YASKAWA AC Drive-V1000 Compact Vector Control Drive

YASKAWA AC Drive-V1000 Compact Vector Control Drive
YASKAWA AC Drive-V1000
Compact Vector Control Drive
Technical Manual
Type: CIMR-VU
Models: 200 V Class, Three-Phase Input: 0.1 to 18.5 kW
200 V Class, Single-Phase Input: 0.1 to 3.7 kW
400 V Class, Three-Phase Input: 0.2 to 18.5 kW
To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain
for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user
receives this manual.
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710606 18E
Receiving
1
Mechanical Installation
2
Electrical Installation
3
Start-Up Programming &
Operation
4
Parameter Details
5
Troubleshooting
6
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
7
Peripheral Devices &
Options
8
Specifications
A
Parameter List
B
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
C
Standards Compliance
D
Quick Reference Sheet
E
Copyright © 2008 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means,
mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Yaskawa. No patent
liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly
striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice.
Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.
Table of Contents
i. PREFACE & GENERAL SAFETY.................................................................. 11
i.1
Preface ....................................................................................................................... 12
Applicable Documentation....................................................................................................... 12
Symbols................................................................................................................................... 12
Terms and Abbreviations ........................................................................................................ 12
i.2
General Safety ........................................................................................................... 13
Supplemental Safety Information ............................................................................................ 13
Safety Messages..................................................................................................................... 13
Drive Label Warnings .............................................................................................................. 15
Warranty Information............................................................................................................... 16
Quick Reference...................................................................................................................... 16
i.3
Application Precautions ........................................................................................... 18
General Application Precautions ............................................................................................. 18
Installation Environment .......................................................................................................... 19
Settings ................................................................................................................................... 19
General Handling .................................................................................................................... 19
Notes on Motor Operation ....................................................................................................... 20
1. RECEIVING .................................................................................................... 23
1.1 Section Safety............................................................................................................ 24
1.2 Model Number and Nameplate Check ..................................................................... 25
Nameplate ............................................................................................................................... 25
1.3 Drive Models and Enclosure Types ......................................................................... 27
1.4 Component Names.................................................................................................... 28
IP20/Open-Chassis ................................................................................................................. 28
IP00/Open-Chassis ................................................................................................................. 30
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure................................................................................................. 31
Front Views ............................................................................................................................. 34
2. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION..................................................................... 35
2.1 Section Safety............................................................................................................ 36
2.2 Mechanical Installation ............................................................................................. 38
Installation Environment .......................................................................................................... 38
Installation Orientation and Spacing........................................................................................ 38
Removing and Attaching the Protective Covers...................................................................... 40
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions ......................................................................................... 40
3. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ...................................................................... 47
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3
Table of Contents
3.1 Section Safety......................................................................................................................48
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram...........................................................................................50
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram......................................................................................53
Single-Phase 200 V Class Models BA0001 to BA0018 .................................................................... 53
Three-Phase 200 V Class Models 2A0001 to 2A0069
Three-Phase 400 V Class Models 4A0001 to 4A0038 .................................................................... 53
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration ............................................................................................54
3.5 Protective Covers ................................................................................................................55
IP20/Open-Chassis Front and Bottom Cover Removal and Installation ........................................... 55
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Front and Bottom Cover Removal and Installation............................................ 56
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Top Cover Removal and Installation ................................................................. 57
3.6 Main Circuit Wiring..............................................................................................................58
Main Circuit Terminal Functions........................................................................................................ 58
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques .............................................................................................. 58
Main Circuit Terminal Power Supply and Motor Wiring..................................................................... 61
3.7 Control Circuit Wiring .........................................................................................................63
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions .......................................................................................... 64
Terminal Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 65
Wiring Procedure............................................................................................................................... 66
3.8 I/O Connections ...................................................................................................................68
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch.......................................................................................................... 68
3.9 Main Frequency Reference.................................................................................................70
DIP Switch S1 Analog Input Signal Selection ................................................................................... 70
3.10 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination .......................................................................................71
3.11 Braking Resistor..................................................................................................................72
Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 72
3.12 Wiring Checklist ..................................................................................................................74
4. START-UP PROGRAMMING & OPERATION ...................................................... 77
4.1 Section Safety......................................................................................................................78
4.2 Using the Digital LED Operator..........................................................................................80
Keys, Displays, and LEDs ................................................................................................................. 80
Digital Text Display............................................................................................................................ 81
LED Screen Displays ........................................................................................................................ 82
LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications.............................................................................................. 82
Menu Structure for Digital LED Operator .......................................................................................... 83
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes ..................................................................................84
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes................................................................................. 85
Changing Parameter Settings or Values ........................................................................................... 88
Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu ...................................................................................... 88
Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE........................................................................................ 88
Parameters Available in the Setup Group ......................................................................................... 89
4.4 Start-up Flowcharts.............................................................................................................90
Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning.................................................................................. 91
Subchart A1: Simple Motor Setup with Energy Savings or Speed Search Using V/f Mode.............. 92
Subchart A2: High Performance Operation Using Open Loop Vector Motor Control........................ 93
Subchart A3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors.................................................................. 94
4.5 Powering Up the Drive ........................................................................................................95
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Table of Contents
Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display....................................................................... 95
4.6 Application Selection ..........................................................................................................96
Setting 1: Water Supply Pump Application........................................................................................ 96
Setting 2: Conveyor Application ........................................................................................................ 97
Setting 3: Exhaust Fan Application ................................................................................................... 97
Setting 4: HVAC Fan Application ...................................................................................................... 97
Setting 5: Compressor Application .................................................................................................... 98
Setting 6: Preset 6............................................................................................................................. 98
Notes on Controlling the Brake when Using Application Preset 6..................................................... 99
Setting 7: Preset 7........................................................................................................................... 100
Setting 8: Conveyor Application 2 ................................................................................................... 101
4.7 Auto-Tuning .......................................................................................................................102
Types of Auto-Tuning ...................................................................................................................... 102
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive.......................................................................................................... 102
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes ...................................................................................... 103
Performing Auto-Tuning .................................................................................................................. 103
Auto-Tuning Example...................................................................................................................... 105
Input Data for Auto-Tuning .............................................................................................................. 106
4.8 No-Load Operation Test Run............................................................................................108
No-Load Operation Test Run .......................................................................................................... 108
4.9 Test Run with Load Connected........................................................................................109
Test Run with the Load Connected ................................................................................................. 109
4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes ...............................................110
Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03 ............................................................................................. 110
Parameter Access Level: A1-01...................................................................................................... 110
Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05 ................................................................................................... 110
Copy Function (Optional) ................................................................................................................ 111
4.11 Test Run Checklist ............................................................................................................112
5. PARAMETER DETAILS ....................................................................................... 115
5.1 A: Initialization ...................................................................................................................116
A1: Initialization ............................................................................................................................... 116
A2: User Parameters....................................................................................................................... 120
5.2 b: Application.....................................................................................................................121
b1: Mode of Operation..................................................................................................................... 121
b2: DC Injection Braking.................................................................................................................. 128
b3: Speed Search............................................................................................................................ 130
b4: Delay Timers ............................................................................................................................. 135
b5: PID Control................................................................................................................................ 136
b6: Dwell Function........................................................................................................................... 144
b8: Energy Saving ........................................................................................................................... 145
5.3 C: Tuning............................................................................................................................147
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times ....................................................................................... 147
C2: S-Curve Characteristics............................................................................................................ 150
C3: Slip Compensation.................................................................................................................... 151
C4: Torque Compensation .............................................................................................................. 152
C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) ........................................................................................... 154
C6: Carrier Frequency..................................................................................................................... 155
5.4 d: Reference Settings .......................................................................................................159
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5
Table of Contents
d1: Frequency Reference................................................................................................................ 160
d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits ................................................................................................. 161
d3: Jump Frequency........................................................................................................................ 162
d4: Frequency Hold and Up/Down 2 Function ................................................................................ 162
d7: Offset Frequencies .................................................................................................................... 167
5.5 E: Motor Parameters .........................................................................................................169
E1: V/f Characteristics..................................................................................................................... 169
E2: Motor 1 Parameters .................................................................................................................. 173
E3: V/f Characteristics for Motor 2 .................................................................................................. 175
E4: Motor 2 Parameters .................................................................................................................. 176
E5: PM Motor Settings .................................................................................................................... 178
5.6 F: Option Settings .............................................................................................................181
F1: Error Detection for V/f Control with PG ..................................................................................... 181
F6: Serial Communications Option Card Settings........................................................................... 182
MECHATROLINK-II Parameters ..................................................................................................... 183
MECHATROLINK-III Parameters .................................................................................................... 183
PROFIBUS-DP Parameters ............................................................................................................ 183
DeviceNet Parameters .................................................................................................................... 183
F7-01 to F7-42: EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP/IP Option Parameters ........................................... 183
5.7 H: Terminal Functions.......................................................................................................184
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs ..................................................................................................... 184
H2: Multi-Function Output ............................................................................................................... 195
H3: Multi-Function Analog Input Terminals ..................................................................................... 204
H4: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminals .................................................................................. 210
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication ............................................................................. 210
H6: Pulse Train Input/Output........................................................................................................... 211
5.8 L: Protection Functions ....................................................................................................213
L1: Motor Protection Functions ....................................................................................................... 213
L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru............................................................................................ 218
L3: Stall Prevention ......................................................................................................................... 221
L4: Speed Agree/Frequency Reference Loss Detection ................................................................. 227
L5: Fault Restart.............................................................................................................................. 230
L6: Torque Detection....................................................................................................................... 231
L7: Torque Limit .............................................................................................................................. 234
L8: Hardware Protection.................................................................................................................. 234
5.9 n: Special Adjustments.....................................................................................................240
n1: Hunting Prevention.................................................................................................................... 240
n2: Automatic Frequency Regulator (AFR) Tuning ......................................................................... 240
n3: High Slip Braking (HSB)/Overexcitation Deceleration............................................................... 241
n6: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Online Tuning ........................................................................... 243
n8: PM Motor Control ...................................................................................................................... 243
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings............................................................................................247
o1: Display Settings and Selections ................................................................................................ 247
o2: Operator Key Selections ........................................................................................................... 248
o3: Copy Function ........................................................................................................................... 250
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings................................................................................................... 251
q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters.......................................................................................................... 252
r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters ....................................................................................... 253
T: Motor Tuning ............................................................................................................................... 253
5.11 U: Monitor Parameters ......................................................................................................254
6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Table of Contents
U1: Operation Status Monitors ........................................................................................................ 254
U2: Fault Trace................................................................................................................................ 254
U3: Fault History.............................................................................................................................. 254
U4: Maintenance Monitors .............................................................................................................. 254
U5: PID Monitors ............................................................................................................................. 254
U6: Control Monitors ....................................................................................................................... 254
U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors............................................................................................................ 255
6. TROUBLESHOOTING.......................................................................................... 257
6.1 Section Safety....................................................................................................................258
6.2 Motor Performance Fine Tuning ......................................................................................260
V/f Motor Control Method Tuning .................................................................................................... 260
Open Loop Vector (OLV) Motor Control Method Tuning................................................................. 261
Motor Hunting and Oscillation Control Parameters ......................................................................... 262
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors .....................................................................................263
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors................................................................................................ 263
Alarm and Error Displays ................................................................................................................ 264
6.4 Fault Detection ..................................................................................................................267
Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions ............................................................................. 267
6.5 Alarm Detection .................................................................................................................282
Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions ............................................................................... 282
6.6 Operator Programming Errors .........................................................................................291
oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions.................................................................................. 291
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection ............................................................................................295
Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions..................................................................... 295
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults.....................................................................................298
Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss ............................................................................... 298
If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs ............................................................................. 298
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault .............................................................................................. 298
Fault Reset Methods ....................................................................................................................... 298
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display ...........................................................................300
Cannot Change Parameter Settings ............................................................................................... 300
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External Run
Command ...................................................................................................................................... 300
7. PERIODIC INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE ...................................................... 309
7.1 Section Safety....................................................................................................................310
7.2 Inspection ..........................................................................................................................312
Recommended Daily Inspection...................................................................................................... 312
Recommended Periodic Inspection................................................................................................. 313
7.3 Periodic Maintenance .......................................................................................................314
Replacement Parts.......................................................................................................................... 314
7.4 Drive Cooling Fans............................................................................................................316
Number of Cooling Fans ................................................................................................................. 316
Cooling Fan Replacement............................................................................................................... 317
7.5 Drive Replacement ............................................................................................................319
Serviceable Parts ............................................................................................................................ 319
Terminal Board Overview................................................................................................................ 319
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7
Table of Contents
Dismantling the Removable Terminal Block.................................................................................... 319
Details on Terminal Board (TB) or Control Board (CNT) Replacement .......................................... 322
8. PERIPHERAL DEVICES & OPTIONS ................................................................ 325
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Section Safety....................................................................................................................326
Drive Options and Peripheral Devices ............................................................................327
Connecting Peripheral Devices .......................................................................................329
Installing Peripheral Devices ...........................................................................................330
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) ..... 330
Installing a Leakage Breaker........................................................................................................... 330
Installing a Magnetic Contactor ....................................................................................................... 331
Connecting an AC Reactor or DC Link Choke ................................................................................ 331
Connecting a Surge Suppressor ..................................................................................................... 332
Connecting a Noise Filter ................................................................................................................ 332
EMC Filter Installation ..................................................................................................................... 334
Zero-Phase Reactor ........................................................................................................................ 334
Installing Fuses on the Input Side ................................................................................................... 335
Attachment for External Heatsink.................................................................................................... 335
Noise Filter Installation .................................................................................................................... 335
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output ............................................. 335
8.5 Communication Options...................................................................................................337
8.6 Connecting an Option Card..............................................................................................338
Verifying the Option Card and Product Type................................................................................... 338
Connecting the Option Card............................................................................................................ 338
A. SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................ 341
A.1
A.2
A.3
A.4
A.5
A.6
Heavy Duty and Normal Duty Ratings .............................................................................342
Single/Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives ..........................................................................343
Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives ......................................................................................345
Drive Specifications ..........................................................................................................347
Drive Watt Loss Data ........................................................................................................350
Drive Derating Data ...........................................................................................................351
Carrier Frequency Derating............................................................................................................. 351
Temperature Derating ..................................................................................................................... 351
Altitude Derating.............................................................................................................................. 352
B. PARAMETER LIST............................................................................................... 353
B.1 Parameter Groups .............................................................................................................354
B.2 Parameter Table ................................................................................................................355
A: Initialization Parameters.............................................................................................................. 355
b: Application................................................................................................................................... 356
C: Tuning......................................................................................................................................... 361
d: References .................................................................................................................................. 364
E: Motor Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 367
F: Options........................................................................................................................................ 371
H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals......................................................................................... 376
L: Protection Function ..................................................................................................................... 384
n: Advanced Performance Set-Up................................................................................................... 391
o: Operator Related Parameters ..................................................................................................... 394
8
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Table of Contents
q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters.......................................................................................................... 396
r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters ....................................................................................... 396
T: Motor Tuning ............................................................................................................................... 398
U: Monitors ...................................................................................................................................... 399
B.3 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values .....................................................406
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters .................................................................. 406
E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters .................................................................. 407
B.4 V/f Pattern Default Values.................................................................................................408
B.5 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating (ND/HD) ........................................................409
B.6 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection .............................................417
Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor ................................................................................................ 417
SS5 Motor: Yaskawa SSR1 Series IPM Motor................................................................................ 418
C. MEMOBUS/MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS........................................................ 431
C.1
C.2
C.3
C.4
Section Safety....................................................................................................................432
MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration ..................................................................................433
Communication Specifications ........................................................................................434
Connecting to a Network ..................................................................................................435
Network Cable Connection.............................................................................................................. 435
Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections ........................................................................................ 436
Network Termination ....................................................................................................................... 438
C.5 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters ...........................................................................439
MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication.................................................................................... 439
C.6 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus........................................................................442
Observing the Drive Operation........................................................................................................ 442
Controlling the Drive........................................................................................................................ 442
C.7 Communications Timing...................................................................................................443
Command Messages from Master to Drive..................................................................................... 443
Response Messages from Drive to Master ..................................................................................... 443
C.8 Message Format ................................................................................................................444
Message Content ............................................................................................................................ 444
Slave Address ................................................................................................................................. 444
Function Code ................................................................................................................................. 444
Data................................................................................................................................................. 444
Error Check ..................................................................................................................................... 444
C.9 Message Examples ...........................................................................................................446
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents .................................................................. 446
Loopback Test................................................................................................................................. 446
Writing to Multiple Registers............................................................................................................ 447
C.10 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table........................................................................................448
Command Data ............................................................................................................................... 448
Monitor Data.................................................................................................................................... 449
Broadcast Messages....................................................................................................................... 457
Fault Trace Contents....................................................................................................................... 457
Alarm Register Contents ................................................................................................................. 458
C.11 Enter Command.................................................................................................................459
Enter Command Types ................................................................................................................... 459
Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive...................................................................... 459
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
9
Table of Contents
C.12 Communication Errors .....................................................................................................460
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes.................................................................................................... 460
Slave Not Responding..................................................................................................................... 460
C.13 Self-Diagnostics ................................................................................................................461
D. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE .............................................................................. 463
D.1 Section Safety....................................................................................................................464
D.2 European Standards .........................................................................................................466
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance............................................................................................ 466
EMC Guidelines Compliance .......................................................................................................... 469
D.3 UL and CSA Standards .....................................................................................................474
UL Standards Compliance .............................................................................................................. 474
CSA Standards Compliance............................................................................................................ 479
Drive Motor Overload Protection ..................................................................................................... 479
D.4 Safe Disable Input Precautions........................................................................................481
Safe Disable Function Description .................................................................................................. 481
Installation ...................................................................................................................................... 481
E. QUICK REFERENCE SHEET .............................................................................. 483
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications........................................................................................484
Drive ................................................................................................................................................ 484
Motor ............................................................................................................................................... 484
E.2 Basic Parameter Settings .................................................................................................485
Basic Setup ..................................................................................................................................... 485
V/f Pattern Setup ............................................................................................................................. 485
Motor Setup..................................................................................................................................... 485
Multi-Function Digital Outputs (SC Common) ................................................................................. 485
Pulse Train Input/Analog Inputs (AC Common) .............................................................................. 486
Multi-Function Digital Outputs (MC Common)................................................................................. 486
Multi-Function Photocoupler Outputs (PC Common) ...................................................................... 486
Monitor Outputs (AC Common)....................................................................................................... 486
E.3 User Setting Table .............................................................................................................487
INDEX ................................................................................................................... 493
10
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
i
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result in fatality,
personal injury, or equipment damage. Yaskawa is not responsible for the consequences of ignoring
these instructions.
i.1
i.2
i.3
PREFACE...............................................................................................................12
GENERAL SAFETY...............................................................................................13
APPLICATION PRECAUTIONS.............................................................................18
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
11
i.1 Preface
i.1
Preface
Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection and
application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa accepts no
responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances should any
Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without exception, all
controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All systems or equipment
designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with appropriate warnings and
instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa must be promptly provided to
the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in conforming to standards and
specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED.
Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims arising from misapplication of its
products.
u Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for V1000 series drives:
V1000 Series AC Drive Quick Start Guide
Read this manual first. This guide is packaged together with the product. It contains basic information
required to install and wire the drive. This guide provides basic programming and simple setup and
adjustment.
V1000 Series AC Drive Technical Manual
This manual describes installation, wiring, operation procedures, functions, troubleshooting,
maintenance, and inspections to perform before operation.
u Symbols
Note:
TERMS
Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.
Indicates a term or definition used in this manual.
u Terms and Abbreviations
TERMS
12
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Drive: Yaskawa V1000 Series Drive
PM motor: Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor (an abbreviation for IPM motor or SPM motor)
IPM motor: Interior Permanent Magnet Motor (e.g., Yaskawa SSR1 Series motor)
SPM motor: Surface Mounted Permanent Magnet Motor (e.g., Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM motor)
PG: Pulse Generator
r/min: Revolutions per Minute
V/f: V/f Control
OLV: Open Loop Vector Control
OLV/PM: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
i.2
General Safety
u Supplemental Safety Information
General Precautions
• The diagrams in this manual may be indicated without covers or safety shields to show details. Restore covers or shields before operating
the drive and run the drive according to the instructions described in this manual.
• Any illustrations, photographs, or examples used in this manual are provided as examples only and may not apply to all products to
which this manual is applicable.
• The products and specifications described in this manual or the content and presentation of the manual may be changed without notice
to improve the product and/or the manual.
• When ordering a new copy of the manual due to damage or loss, contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales
office and provide the manual number shown on the front cover.
• If nameplate becomes worn or damaged, order a replacement from your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed according
to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could result
in serious or possibly even fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTICE: will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
u Safety Messages
DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings in
this manual.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
13
i.2 General Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft keys and
machine loads before applying power to the drive.
When using DriveWorksEZ to create custom programming, the drive I/O terminal functions change from factory
settings and the drive will not perform as outlined in this manual.
Unpredictable equipment operation may result in death or serious injury.
Take special note of custom I/O programming in the drive before attempting to operate equipment.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation,
adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Crush Hazard
Do not use this drive in lifting applications without installing external safety circuitry to prevent accidental dropping
of the load.
The drive does not possess built-in load drop protection for lifting applications.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from falling loads.
Install electrical and/or mechanical safety circuit mechanisms independent of drive circuitry.
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.
14
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 31,000 RMS symmetrical Amperes, 240 Vac maximum
(200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.
Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.
u Drive Label Warnings
Always heed the warning information listed in Figure i.1 in the position shown in Figure i.2 .
WARNING
Risk of electric shock.
Read manual before installing.
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor discharge after
disconnecting power supply.
To conform to
requirements, make sure
to ground the supply neutral for 400V class.
Figure i.1 Warning Information
Warning
Label
Figure i.2 Warning Information Position
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
15
i.2 General Safety
u Warranty Information
n Restrictions
The drive was not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives or
health.
Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health
care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their Yaskawa
representatives or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to be installed in any
location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a facility
where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the likelihood of
any accident.
u Quick Reference
Easily Set Application-Specific Parameters
Preset parameter defaults are available for many applications. Refer to Application Selection on page
96.
Run a Motor of One-Frame Larger Capacity
When using this drive for variable torque loads such as fans and pumps, a motor one frame size larger can be used. Refer to C6-01: Drive Duty
Selection on page 155
Know the Details of Safety Measures
The functions listed below affect the safe operation of the drive. Ensure that the settings fit the application requirements prior to operation.
Operation of digital outputs during Auto-tuning. Rotational Auto-tuning allows for normal digital output operation. Non-rotational Auto-tuning does
not allow for normal digital output operation.
Safe operations. Run by power on. Parameter setting b1-17.
LOCAL/REMOTE key effective during stop in drive mode. Parameter o2-01.
LED operator stop key priority selection. Parameter o2-02.
Enter press required after changing the keypad frequency reference. Parameter o2-05.
Operation interlock when program mode is selected. Parameter b1-08.
Replace the Drive
The removable terminal block with parameter backup function allows the transfer of parameter settings
after drive replacement. Refer to Dismantling the Removable Terminal Block on page 319.
Drive a Synchronous PM Motor
The V1000 drive can operate synchronous PM motors. Refer to Subchart A3: Operation with
Permanent Magnet Motors on page 94.
Perform Auto-Tuning
Automatic tuning sets motor parameters. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 102.
Check the Maintenance Period Using Drive Monitors
The maintenance period of fans and capacitors can be checked with drive monitors. Refer to Performance Life Monitors on page 314
16
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
Drive or Motor Faults are Displayed on a Digital Operator
Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 267 and Refer to Detailed Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page
282.
Standards Compliance
Refer to European Standards on page 466 and Refer to UL and CSA Standards on page 474.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
17
i.3 Application Precautions
i.3
Application Precautions
u General Application Precautions
n Selecting a Reactor
An AC reactor or DC link choke can be used for the following:
• to suppress harmonic current.
• to smooth peak current that results from capacitor switching.
• when the power supply is above 600 kVA.
• when the drive is running from a power supply system with thyristor converters.
Note:
A DC link choke is built in to 200 V and 400 V class models with a capacity of 22 kW and higher (HD rating).
4000
Power Supply
Capacity (kVA)
Power supply harmonics
reactor required
600
0
Reactor
unnecessary
60
400
Drive Capacity (kVA)
Figure i.3 Installing a Reactor
n Drive Capacity
Make sure that the motor rated current is less than the rated nameplate output current of the drive. When running more than
one motor in parallel from a single drive, the drive rated current should 1.1 times larger than the total motor rated current for
all connected motors or nuisance drive faults may occur.
n Starting Torque
The overload rating of the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower running
torque than when running the motor from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor
and drive capacity.
n Emergency/Fast Stop
During a drive fault condition, a protective circuit is activated and drive output is shut off. The motor may coast to a stop or
attempt to decelerate depending on parameter settings. If the emergency/fast stop cannot stop the load as fast as desired, a
customer-supplied mechanical brake may be required. Test emergency stop circuitry before putting drive into operation.
n Options
The B1, B2, +1, +2, and +3 terminals are used to connect optional power devices. Connect only devices compatible with the
drive.
n Repetitive Starting/Stopping
Applications with frequent starts and stops often exceed 150% of their rated current values. Heat stress generated from
repetitive high current can shorten the life span of the IGBTs. The expected lifetime for the IGBTs is about 8 million start and
stop cycles with a 4 kHz carrier frequency and a 150% peak current.
Yaskawa recommends lowering the carrier frequency, particularly when audible noise is not a concern. The user can also
choose to reduce the load, increase the acceleration and deceleration times, or switch to a larger drive. This will help keep
peak current levels under 150%. Be sure to check the peak current levels when starting and stopping repeatedly during the
initial test run, and make adjustments accordingly.
18
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
i.3 Application Precautions
u Installation Environment
n Enclosure Panels
Keep the drive in a clean environment by either selecting an area free of airborne dust, lint, and oil mist, or install the drive
in an enclosure panel. Be sure to leave the required space between drives to provide for cooling, and that proper measures are
taken so that the ambient temperature remains within allowable limits. Keep flammable materials away from the drive. If the
drive must be used in an area where it is subjected to oil mist and excessive vibration, protective designs are available. Contact
Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for details.
n Installation Direction
The drive should be installed upright as specified in the manual.
u Settings
n Motor Code
If using OLV/PM designed for permanent magnet motors (A1-02 = 5), make sure that the proper motor code is set in parameter
E5-01 before performing a trial run.
n Upper Limits
The drive is capable of running the motor up to 400 Hz. Due to the danger of accidentally operating the motor at high speed,
be sure to set the upper frequency limit. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is 60 Hz.
n DC Injection Braking
Motor overheat can result if there is too much current used during DC Injection Braking, or if the DC Injection Braking time
is too long.
n Acceleration/Deceleration Times
Acceleration and deceleration times are affected by how much torque the motor generates, the load torque, and the inertia
moment ((GD2)/4). Set a longer accel/decel time when Stall Prevention is enabled. The accel/decel times are lengthened for
as long as the Stall Prevention function is operating. For faster acceleration and deceleration, install a braking option or increase
the capacity of the drive.
u General Handling
NOTICE: Wiring Check. Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive. Be
sure to perform a final check of all control wiring and other connections before applying line power. Make sure there are no short circuits on
the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.
n Selecting a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI)
Yaskawa recommends installing a GFCI on the line power supply to protect drive wiring and prevent damage in the event of
component failure. An MCCB may also be used if permitted by the power system.
The GFCI should be designed for use with an AC drive (i.e., protected against harmonics)
MCCB selection depends on the power factor for the drive, determined by the power supply voltage, output frequency, and
load.
Refer to Installing Peripheral Devices on page 330 for more information on breaker installation. Note that a larger capacity
breaker is needed when using a fully electromagnetic MCCB, as operation characteristics vary with harmonic current.
n Magnetic Contactor (MC) Installation
Use an MC to ensure that line power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC should be wired so that
it opens when the drive fault output is triggered.
Avoid switching the MC on the power supply side more frequently than once every 30 minutes. Frequent switching can cause
damage to the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
19
i.3 Application Precautions
n Inspection and Maintenance
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury. Disconnect all power to the drive, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF, measure the DC bus voltage to confirm
safe level, and check for unsafe voltages before servicing to prevent electrical shock. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the power
to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and make sure the heatsink has cooled to a safe
level.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Wait for at least the time specified on the drive warning label after opening the load switch on the
output side before any inspection or maintenance of permanent magnet (PM) motors. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Install a switch disconnect between the motor and the drive in applications where the machine can
still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped. Unpredictable equipment operation may result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not attempt to move a load that could potentially rotate the motor faster than the maximum
allowable r/min when the drive has been shut off. Unpredictable equipment operation may result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE: Do not open and close the motor disconnect switch while the motor is running, as this may damage the drive.
NOTICE: If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped before closing
the load switch.
n Wiring
All wire ends should use ring terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer
for crimping.
n Transporting the Drive
NOTICE: Prevent the drive from contact with salts, fluorine, bromine, phthalate ester, and other such harmful chemicals. Never steam clean
the drive. Failure to comply may cause damage to the drive components.
u Notes on Motor Operation
n Using a Standard Motor
Low Speed Range
The cooling fan of a standard motor is usually designed to sufficiently cool the motor at the rated speed. As the self-cooling
capability of such a motor reduces with the speed, applying full torque at low speed will possibly damage the motor. To prevent
motor damage from overheat, reduce the load torque as the motor slows. Figure i.4 shows the allowable load characteristics
for a Yaskawa standard motor. A motor designed specifically for operation with a drive should be used when 100% continuous
torque is needed at low speeds.
25% ED (or 15 min)
40% ED (or 20 min)
60% ED (or 40 min)
100
90
80
70
Torque
(%)
60
50
Continuous operation
3 6
20
60
Frequency (Hz)
Figure i.4 Allowable Load Characteristics for a Yaskawa Motor
Insulation Tolerance
Consider motor voltage tolerance levels and motor insulation in applications with an input voltage of over 440 V or particularly
long wiring distances. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for consultation.
20
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
i.3 Application Precautions
High Speed Operation
Problems may occur with the motor bearings and dynamic balance of the machine when operating a motor beyond its rated
speed. Contact the motor or machine manufacturer.
Torque Characteristics
Torque characteristics differ compared to operating the motor directly from line power. The user should have a full
understanding of the load torque characteristics for the application.
Vibration and Shock
The drive settings allow the user to choose between high carrier PWM control and low carrier PWM. Selecting high carrier
PWM can help reduce motor oscillation.
Take particular caution when using a variable speed drive for an application that is conventionally run from line power at a
constant speed. If mechanical resonance occurs, install shock-absorbing rubber around the base of the motor and enable the
Jump frequency selection parameter to prevent continuous operation in the resonant frequency range.
Audible Noise
Noise created during run varies by the carrier frequency setting. When using a high carrier frequency, audible noise from the
motor is comparable to the motor noise generated when running from line power. Operating above the rated r/min, however,
can create unpleasant motor noise.
n Using a Synchronous Motor
• Synchronous motors cannot be started directly from line power. Applications requiring line power to start should use an
induction motor with the drive.
• A single drive is not capable of running multiple synchronous motors at the same time. Use a standard induction motor for
such setups.
• At start, a synchronous motor may rotate slightly in the opposite direction of the Run command depending on parameter
settings and motor type.
• The amount of starting torque that can be generated differs by each control mode and by the type of motor being used. Set
up the motor with the drive after verifying the starting torque, allowable load characteristics, impact load tolerance, and
speed control range.
Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent if you plan to use a motor that does not fall within these specifications.
• Braking Torque: In Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, braking torque is less than 125% when running between
20% to 100% speed, even with a braking resistor. Braking torque drops to less than half when running at less than 20%
speed.
• Load Inertia: In Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, the allowable load inertia moment is approximately 50 times
higher than the motor inertia moment or less. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent concerning applications with a larger
inertia moment.
• Holding Brake: When using a holding brake in Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, release the brake prior to starting
the motor. Failure to set the proper timing can result in speed loss. Not for use with conveyor, transport, or hoist type
applications.
• Restarting a Coasting Motor: To restart a coasting motor rotating at over 200 Hz while in the V/f control mode, use the Short
Circuit Braking function to first bring the motor to a stop. Short Circuit Braking requires a special braking resistor. Contact
Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for details.
Speed Search can be used to restart a coasting motor rotating slower than 200 Hz. If the motor cable is relatively long,
however, the motor should instead be stopped using Short Circuit Braking, which forces the motor to stop by creating a
short-circuit in the motor windings.
n Applications with Specialized Motors
Multi-Pole Motor
Because the rated current will differ from a standard motor, be sure to check the maximum current when selecting a drive.
Always stop the motor before switching between the number of motor poles. If a regen overvoltage (oV) fault occurs or if
overcurrent protection (oC) is triggered, the motor will coast to stop.
Submersible Motor
Because motor rated current is greater than a standard motor, select the drive capacity accordingly. Be sure to use a large
enough gauge motor cable to avoid decreasing the maximum torque level on account of voltage drop caused by a long motor
cable.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
21
i.3 Application Precautions
Explosion-Proof Motor
Both the motor and drive need to be tested together to be certified as explosion-proof. The drive is not designed for explosion
proof areas.
Furthermore, if an encoder is attached to an explosion-proof motor make sure the encoder is also explosion-proof. Use an
insulating signal converter for connecting the encoder signal lines to the drives speed feedback option card.
Geared Motor
To avoid gear damage when operating at low speeds or very high speeds, make sure that both the gear and lubricant are rated
for the desired speed range. Consult with the manufacturer for applications that require operation outside the rated speed range
of the motor or gear box.
Single-Phase Motor
Variable speed AC drives are not designed for operation with single phase motors. Using capacitors to start the motor causes
excessive current to flow and can damage drive components. A split-phase start or a repulsion start can end up burning out
the starter coils because the internal centrifugal switch is not activated. The drive is for use with 3-phase motors only.
Motor with Brake
Caution should be taken when using a drive to operate a motor with a built-in holding brake. If the brake is connected to the
output side of the drive, it may not release at start due to low voltage levels. A separate power supply should be installed for
the motor brake. Motors with a built-in brake tend to generate a fair amount of noise when running at low speeds.
n Power Driven Machinery (decelerators, belts, chains, etc.)
Continuous operation at low speeds wears on the lubricating material used in gear box type systems to accelerate and decelerate
power driven machinery. Caution should also be taken when operating at speeds above the rated machine speed due to noise
and shortened performance life.
22
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
1
Receiving
This chapter describes the proper inspections to perform after receiving the drive and illustrates the
different enclosure types and components.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
SECTION SAFETY.................................................................................................24
MODEL NUMBER AND NAMEPLATE CHECK....................................................25
DRIVE MODELS AND ENCLOSURE TYPES........................................................27
COMPONENT NAMES...........................................................................................28
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
23
1.1 Section Safety
1.1
Section Safety
CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than a utility-fed motor and the operating
speed range may reduce motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the additional
heating with the intended operating conditions.
24
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
1.2 Model Number and Nameplate Check
1.2
Model Number and Nameplate Check
Please perform the following tasks after receiving the drive:
• Inspect the drive for damage.
If the drive appears damaged upon receipt, contact the shipper immediately.
• Verify receipt of the correct model by checking the information on the nameplate.
• If you have received the wrong model or the drive does not function properly, contact your supplier.
u Nameplate
A
J
MODEL :
MAX APPLI. MOTOR : 0.75kW / 0.4kW REV : A
INPUT : AC3PH 200-240V 50 / 60Hz 2.7A / 1.4A
IND.CONT.EQ.
OUTPUT : AC3PH 0-240V 0-400Hz 1.2A / 0.8A
7J48
MASS : 0.6 kg
O/N
:
S/N
:
I
H
G
F
FILE NO : E131457
E
IP20
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
B
C
PASS
MADE IN JAPAN
2-1 Kurosaki-shiroishi, Yahatanishi-Ku, Kitakyushu 806-0004 Japan
D
F – Serial number
G – Lot number
H – Output specifications
I – Input specifications
J – AC drive model
Figure 1.1 Nameplate Information Example
<1> The address of the head office of Yaskawa Electric Corporation (responsible for product liability) is shown on the nameplate.
CIMR - V U 2
Drive
A
0001
F
A
A
V1000
Series
No.
U
Region
Code
USA
No.
Customized
Specifications
A
Standard model
B
Voltage Class
1-phase, 200-240 Vac
2
3-phase, 200-240 Vac
4
3-phase, 380-480 Vac
1
Design
Revision
Order
No.
No. Enclosure Type
A
IP00/Open-Chassis
B
IP20/Open-Chassis
F
IP20/NEMA Type 1
G
NEMA 4X/IP66 <1>
A
J
IP20/Finless <2>
M
L
IP00/Finless <2>
No.
S
Environmental
Specification <3>
Standard
Humidity- and
dust-resistant
Vibration-resistant
Refer to the tables below.
<1> Refer to manual TOBPC71060635 for more information on these models.
<2> Refer to manual TOBPC71060621 for more information on these models.
<3> Drives with these specifications do not guarantee complete protection for the specified environmental condition.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Receiving
A – Normal Duty Amps / Heavy Duty
Amps
B – Software version
C – CE and TÜV Certification
D – Enclosure type
E – Address <1>
25
1.2 Model Number and Nameplate Check
n Single-Phase 200 V
No.
0001
0002
0003
0006
0010
0012
–
Note:
Normal Duty
Max. Motor Capacity
kW
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.1
2.2
3.0
–
Rated Output
Current A
1.2
1.9
3.3
6.0
9.6
12.0
–
No.
0001
0002
0003
0006
0010
0012
0018
Heavy Duty
Max. Motor Capacity
kW
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
Rated Output
Current A
0.8
1.6
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.5
Heavy Duty
Max Motor Capacity
kW
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
Rated Output
Current A
0.8
1.6
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.5
25.0
33.0
47.0
60.0
Heavy Duty
Max. Motor Capacity
kW
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
Rated Output
Current A
1.2
1.8
3.4
4.8
5.5
7.2
9.2
14.8
18.0
24.0
31.0
Model BA0018 is available with a Heavy Duty rating only.
n Three-Phase 200 V
No.
0001
0002
0004
0006
0010
0012
0020
0030
0040
0056
0069
Normal Duty
Max Motor Capacity
kW
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.1
2.2
3.0
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
Rated Output
Current A
1.2
1.9
3.5
6.0
9.6
12.0
19.6
30.0
40.0
56.0
69.0
No.
0001
0002
0004
0006
0010
0012
0020
0030
0040
0056
0069
n Three-Phase 400 V
No.
0001
0002
0004
0005
0007
0009
0011
0018
0023
0031
0038
Note:
26
Normal Duty
Max. Motor Capacity
kW
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
Rated Output
Current A
1.2
2.1
4.1
5.4
6.9
8.8
11.1
17.5
23.0
31.0
38.0
No.
0001
0002
0004
0005
0007
0009
0011
0018
0023
0031
0038
Refer to Component Names on page 28 for differences regarding enclosure protection types and component descriptions.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
1.3 Drive Models and Enclosure Types
1.3
Drive Models and Enclosure Types
The following table describes drive enclosures and models.
Voltage Class
Single-Phase
200 V Class
Three-Phase
200 V Class
Three-Phase
400 V Class
IP20/Open-Chassis
Drive Model
BA0001B
BA0002B
BA0003B
BA0006B
BA0010B
BA0012B
BA0018B
2A0001B
2A0002B
2A0004B
2A0006B
2A0010B
2A0012B
2A0020B
–
–
–
–
Enclosure Type
IP00/Open-Chassis
Drive Model
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2A0030A
2A0040A
2A0056A
2A0069A
IP20/NEMA Type 1
Drive Model
BA0001F
BA0002F
BA0003F
BA0006F
BA0010F
BA0012F
BA0018F
2A0001F
2A0002F
2A0004F
2A0006F
2A0010F
2A0012F
2A0020F
2A0030F
2A0040F
2A0056F
2A0069F
4A0001B
4A0002B
4A0004B
4A0005B
4A0007B
4A0009B
4A0011B
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4A0018A
4A0023A
4A0031A
4A0038A
4A0001F
4A0002F
4A0004F
4A0005F
4A0007F
4A0009F
4A0011F
4A0018F
4A0023F
4A0031F
4A0038F
Receiving
Table 1.1 Drive Models and Enclosure Types
1
Two types of enclosures are offered for V1000 drives.
• IP20/Open-Chassis and IP00/Open-Chassis models are often placed inside a large enclosure panel where the front of the
drive is covered to prevent someone from accidentally touching charged components.
• IP20/NEMA Type 1 models mount to an indoor wall and not inside a large enclosure panel.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
27
1.4 Component Names
1.4
Component Names
This section illustrates the drive components as they are mentioned in this manual.
u IP20/Open-Chassis
n Single-Phase AC 200 V BA0001B to BA0003B
Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0001B to 2A0006B
A
L
B
K
J
C
H
I
D
E
F
G
A – Fan cover <1>
B – Mounting hole
C – Heatsink
D – Optional 24 VDC power supply
connector cover
E – Terminal board Refer to Control
Circuit Terminal Block Functions
on page 64
F – Terminal cover
G – Front cover screw
H – Front cover
I – Comm port
J – LED operator Refer to Using the
Digital LED Operator on page 80
K – Case
L – Cooling fan <1>
Figure 1.2 Exploded View of IP20/Open-Chassis Type Components (Model 2A0006B)
<1> Models BA0001B to BA0003B and 2A0001B to 2A0004B do not have a cooling fan or a cooling fan cover.
28
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
1.4 Component Names
n Single-Phase AC 200 V BA0006B to BA0018B
Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0010B to 2A0020B
Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0001B to 4A0011B
A
M
B
L
K
C
I
J
H
D
E
Receiving
F
G
A – Fan cover <1>
B – Mounting hole
C – Heatsink
D – Optional 24 VDC power supply
connector cover
E – Comm port
F – Terminal board Refer to Control
Circuit Terminal Block Functions
on page 64
G – Front cover screw
H – Front cover
I – Terminal cover
J – Bottom cover
K – LED operator Refer to Using the
Digital LED Operator on page 80
L – Case
M – Cooling fan <1>
1
Figure 1.3 Exploded View of IP20/Open-Chassis Type Components (Model 2A0012B)
<1> Models BA0006B and 4A0001B to 4A0004B do not have a cooling fan or a cooling fan cover. Model BA0018B has two cooling
fans.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
29
1.4 Component Names
u IP00/Open-Chassis
n Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0030A to 2A0069A
Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0018A to 4A0038A
A
B
M
C
L
D
K
J
I
E
H
F
G
A – Fan cover
B – Cooling Fan
C – Mounting hole
D – Heatsink
E – Optional 24 VDC power supply
connector cover
F – Terminal board Refer to Control
Circuit Terminal Block Functions
on page 64
G – Bottom cover
H – Front cover screw
I – Front cover
J – Terminal cover
K – Comm port
L – LED operator Refer to Using the
Digital LED Operator on page 80
M – Case
Figure 1.4 Exploded View of IP00/Open-Chassis Type Components (Model 4A0018A)
30
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
1.4 Component Names
u IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
n Single-Phase AC 200 V BA0001F to BA0003F
Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0001F to 2A0006F
A
O
B
N
L
M
C
K
J
D
Receiving
E
F
I
G
1
H
A – Fan cover <1>
B – Mounting hole
C – Heatsink
D – Optional 24 VDC power supply
connector cover
E – Terminal board Refer to Control
Circuit Terminal Block Functions
on page 64
F – Bottom cover screws
G – Rubber bushing
H – Bottom front cover
I – Front cover screws
J – Front cover
K – Comm port
L – LED operator Refer to Using the
Digital LED Operator on page 80
M – Case
N – Top cover
O – Cooling fan <1>
Figure 1.5 Exploded View of IP20/NEMA Type 1 Components (Model 2A0006F)
<1> Models BA0001F to BA0003F and 2A0001F to 2A0004F do not have a cooling fan or a cooling fan cover.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
31
1.4 Component Names
n Single-Phase AC 200 V BA0006F to BA0018F
Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0010F to 2A0020F
Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0001F to 4A0011F
A
P
O
N
B
M
K
C
L
J
D
E
F
G
I
H
A – Fan cover <1>
B – Mounting hole
C – Heatsink
D – Optional 24 VDC power supply
connector cover
E – Terminal board Refer to Control
Circuit Terminal Block Functions
on page 64
F – Cover screws
G – Rubber bushing
H – Bottom cover
I – Front cover screws
J – Front cover
K – Terminal cover
L – Comm port
M – LED operator Refer to Using the
Digital LED Operator on page 80
N – Case
O – Top cover
P – Cooling fan <1>
Figure 1.6 Exploded view of IP20/NEMA Type 1 Components (Model 2A0012F)
<1> Models BA0006B and 4A0001B to 4A0004B do not have a cooling fan or a cooling fan cover. Model BA0018B has two cooling
fans.
32
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
1.4 Component Names
n Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0030F to 2A0069F
Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A00018F to 4A0038F
A
O
B
P
C
N
M
D
L
E
K
J
G
I
A – Fan cover
B – Cooling fan
C – Mounting Hole
D – Case and Heatsink
E – Optional 24 VDC power supply
connection cover
F – Cover screws
G – Rubber bushing
H – Bottom cover
Receiving
F
1
H
I – Front cover screws
J – Terminal cover
K – Terminal board Refer to Control
Circuit Terminal Block Functions
on page 64
L – Front cover
M – Comm port
N – LED operator Refer to Using the
Digital LED Operator on page 80
O – Case
P – Top cover
Figure 1.7 Exploded View of IP20/NEMA Type 1 Components (Model 4A0018F)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
33
1.4 Component Names
u Front Views
2A0006B
2A0012B
A
I
I
A
H
B
B
H
C
C
D
G
D
G
E
E
F
F
A – Terminal board connector
B – DIP switch S1 Refer to DIP Switch
S1 Analog Input Signal Selection
on page 70
C – DIP switch S3 Refer to Sinking/
Sourcing Mode Switch on page
68
D – Control circuit terminal Refer to
Control Circuit Wiring on page
63
E – Main circuit terminal Refer to
Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal
on page 62
F – Ground terminal
G – Terminal cover
H – Option card connector Refer to
Connecting the Option Card on
page 338
I – DIP switch S2 Refer to MEMOBUS/
Modbus Termination on page 71
Figure 1.8 Front Views of Drives
34
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
2
Mechanical Installation
This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive.
2.1
2.2
SECTION SAFETY.................................................................................................36
MECHANICAL INSTALLATION.............................................................................38
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
35
2.1 Section Safety
2.1
Section Safety
WARNING
Fire Hazard
Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet.
Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire.
When multiple drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the enclosure
does not exceed 40 °C.
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when handling the drive.
Failure to comply could result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
It may be difficult to perform maintenance on the cooling fans of drives installed in a vertical row inside an enclosure.
Ensure adequate spacing at the top of the drive to perform cooling fan replacement when required.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and may
lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is required
continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector motor. Select a motor that is compatible with the required
load torque and operating speed range.
Do not operate motors above the maximum rated RPM.
Failure to comply may lead to bearing or other mechanical motor failures.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer.
Continuously operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
36
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
2.1 Section Safety
When the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a
drive-rated motor.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously operated
at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base or use the frequency jump function to skip a frequency resonating the
machine.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the machine to be used with the motor.
The rated input current of submersible motors is higher than the rated input current of standard motors.
Select an appropriate drive according to its rated output current. When the distance between the motor and drive is long, use
a cable thick enough to connect the motor to the drive to prevent motor torque reduction.
When using an explosion-proof motor, it must be subject to an explosion-proof test in conjunction with the drive.
This is also applicable when an existing explosion-proof motor is to be operated with the drive. Since the drive itself is not
explosion-proof, always install it in a safe place. Be sure to set A1-02 to “0” when using an explosion-proof motor.
Do not use a drive for a single-phase motor.
Replace the motor with a three-phase motor.
If an oil-lubricated gearbox or speed reducer is used in the power transmission mechanism, oil lubrication will be
affected when the motor operates only in the low speed range.
The power transmission mechanism will make noise and experience problems with service life and durability if the motor
is operated at a speed higher than the rated speed.
Mechanical Installation
NOTICE
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
37
2.2 Mechanical Installation
2.2
Mechanical Installation
This section outlines specifications, procedures, and environment for proper mechanical installation of the drive.
u Installation Environment
To help prolong the optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in the proper environment. Table 2.1 describes
the appropriate environment for the drive.
Table 2.1 Installation Environment
Environment
Installation Area
Ambient Temperature
Humidity
Storage Temperature
Surrounding Area
Altitude
Vibration
Orientation
Conditions
Indoors
IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure: -10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F)
IP20/IP00 Open-Chassis enclosure: -10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)
Finless Type: IP20/IP00 enclosure: -10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)
NEMA Type 4X/IP66 enclosure: -10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F)
Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations.
When using an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside
the enclosure does not exceed the specified levels.
Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.
95% RH or less and free of condensation
-20 °C to +60 °C (-4 °F to +104 °F)
Install the drive in an area free from:
• oil mist and dust
• metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials
• radioactive materials
• combustible materials (e.g., wood)
• harmful gases and liquids
• excessive vibration
• chlorides
• direct sunlight
Up to 1000 meters without derating; up to 3000 meters with output current, ambient temperature, and voltage derating.
Refer to Altitude Derating on page 352 for details.
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2
Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.
NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation and project
construction. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation.
Remove the temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive. Failure to comply could result in erroneous
operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
u Installation Orientation and Spacing
Install the drive upright as illustrated in Figure 2.1 to maintain proper cooling.
A
A – Correct
B
B
B – Incorrect
Figure 2.1 Correct Installation Orientation
38
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
n Single Drive Installation
Figure 2.2 shows the required installation spacing to maintain sufficient space for airflow and wiring. Install the heatsink
against a closed surface to avoid diverting cooling air around the heatsink.
Side Clearance
A
A
Top/Bottom Clearance
C
B
C
A – 30 mm minimum
B – Airflow direction
C – 100 mm minimum
Figure 2.2 Correct Installation Spacing
Note:
IP20/NEMA Type 1, IP00/Open-Chassis, and IP20/Open-Chassis models require the same amount of space above and below the drive for
installation.
n Multiple Drive Installation
When installing multiple drives into the same enclosure panel, mount the drives according to Figure 2.2. When mounting
drives with a minimum side-by-side clearance of 2 mm according to Figure 2.3, derating must be considered and parameter
L8-35 must be set. Refer to Parameter List on page 353.
B
2 mm
B
Mechanical Installation
A
C
D
2
C
A – Line up the tops of the drives.
B – 30 mm minimum
C – 100 mm minimum
D – Airflow direction
Figure 2.3 Space Between Drives (Side-by-Side Mounting)
Note:
When installing drives of different heights in the same enclosure panel, the tops of the drives should line up. Leave space between the top
and bottom of stacked drives for cooling fan replacement if required. Using this method, it is possible to replace the cooling fans later.
NOTICE: When mounting IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure drives side by side, the top covers of all drives must be removed as shown in
Figure 2.4.
Figure 2.4 IP20/NEMA Type 1 Side-by-Side Mounting in Enclosure
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
39
2.2 Mechanical Installation
u Removing and Attaching the Protective Covers
Refer to Electrical Installation on page 47, for information regarding the removal and reattachment of protective covers.
u Exterior and Mounting Dimensions
Table 2.2 Drive Models and Types
Protective Design
Single-Phase
200 V Class
BA0001B
BA0002B
BA0003B
IP20/Open-Chassis
IP00/Open-Chassis
IP20/NEMA Type 1
Note:
40
BA0006B
BA0010B
BA0012B
BA0018B
Drive Model
Three-Phase
200 V Class
2A0001B
2A0002B
2A0004B
2A0006B
2A0010B
2A0012B
2A0020B
BA0001F
BA0002F
BA0003F
2A0030A
2A0040A
2A0056A
2A0069A
2A0001F
2A0002F
2A0004F
BA0006F
BA0010F
BA0012F
BA0018F
2A0006F
2A0010F
2A0012F
2A0020F
–
2A0030F
2A0040F
2A0056F
2A0069F
–
Three-Phase
400 V Class
Page
–
41
4A0001B
4A0002B
4A0004B
4A0005B
4A0007B
4A0009B
4A0011B
4A0018A
4A0023A
4A0031A
4A0038A
–
4A0001F
4A0002F
4A0004F
4A0005F
4A0007F
4A0009F
4A0011F
4A0018F
4A0023F
4A0031F
4A0038F
41
43
44
44
46
Refer to Specifications on page 341 for information on the amount of heat generated by the drive and appropriate cooling methods.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
n IP20/Open-Chassis Drives
Table 2.3 IP20/Open-Chassis (without an EMC filter)
t1
2-M4
H1
H
W1
D1
H2
W
D
Drive Model
BA0001B
Single-Phase
200 V Class
BA0002B
BA0003B
2A0001B
Three-Phase
200 V Class
2A0002B
2A0004B
2A0006B
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
D1
t1
68
(2.68)
68
(2.68)
68
(2.68)
68
(2.68)
68
(2.68)
68
(2.68)
68
(2.68)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
76
(2.99)
76
(2.99)
118
(4.65)
76
(2.99)
76
(2.99)
108
(4.25)
128
(5.04)
56
(2.20)
56
(2.20)
56
(2.20)
56
(2.20)
56
(2.20)
56
(2.20)
56
(2.20)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
6.5
(0.26)
6.5
(0.26)
38.5
(1.52)
6.5
(0.26)
6.5
(0.26)
38.5
(1.52)
58.5
(2.30)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
5
(0.20)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
Wt.
kg
(lb.)
0.6
(1.3)
0.6
(1.3)
1.0
(2.2)
0.6
(1.3)
0.6
(1.3)
0.9
(2.0)
1.1
(2.4)
Table 2.4 IP20/Open-Chassis (without an EMC filter)
W1
Mechanical Installation
Dimensions mm (in)
Voltage
Class
4-M4
H2
H1
H
2
W
D1
D
t1
Dimensions mm (in)
Voltage
Class
Drive Model
BA0006B
Single-Phase
200 V Class
BA0010B
BA0012B
BA0018B
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
D1
t1
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
140
(5.51)
170
(6.69)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
137.5
(5.41)
154
(6.06)
163
(6.42)
180
(7.09)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.04)
158
(6.22)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
58
(2.28)
58
(2.28)
65
(2.56)
65
(2.56)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Wt.
kg
(lb.)
1.7
(3.7)
1.8
(4.0)
2.4
(5.3)
3.0
(6.6)
41
2.2 Mechanical Installation
W1
H2
H1
H
4-M4
W
D1
D
t1
Dimensions mm (in)
Voltage
Class
Drive Model
2A0010B
Three-Phase
200 V Class
2A0012B
2A0020B
4A0001B
4A0002B
4A0004B
Three-Phase
400 V Class
4A0005B
4A0007B
4A0009B
4A0011B
42
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
D1
t1
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
140
(5.51)
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
140
(5.51)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.04)
129
(5.08)
137.5
(5.41)
143
(5.63)
81
(3.19)
99
(3.90)
137.5
(5.41)
154
(6.06)
154
(6.06)
154
(6.06)
143
(5.63)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.04)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.04)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
118
(4.65)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
58
(2.28)
58
(2.28)
65
(2.56)
10
(0.39)
28
(1.10)
58
(2.28)
58
(2.28)
58
(2.28)
58
(2.28)
65
(2.56)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
Wt.
kg
(lb.)
1.7
(3.7)
1.7
(3.7)
2.4
(5.3)
1.0
(2.2)
1.2
(2.6)
1.7
(3.7)
1.7
(3.7)
1.7
(3.7)
1.7
(3.7)
2.4
(5.3)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
n IP00/Open-Chassis Drives
Table 2.5 IP00/Open-Chassis (without an EMC filter)
W1
H2
H1
H
4-d
t1
D1
H4
W
D
Three-Phase
200 V Class
Three-Phase
400 V Class
Drive Model
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
H4
D1
d
t1
Wt.
kg (lb)
2A0030A
140
(5.5)
254
(9.7)
140
(5.5)
122
(4.8)
234
(9.2)
248
(9.8)
13
(0.5)
55
(2.2)
M5
5
(0.2)
3.8
(7.9)
2A0040A
140
(5.5)
254
(9.7)
140
(5.5)
122
(4.8)
234
(9.2)
248
(9.8)
13
(0.5)
55
(2.2)
M5
5
(0.2)
3.8
(7.9)
2A0056A
180
(7.1)
290
(11.2)
163
(6.4)
160
(6.3)
270
(10.6)
284
(11.2)
15
(0.6)
75
(3.0)
M5
5
(0.2)
5.5
(11.7)
2A0069A
220
(8.7)
350
(13.2)
187
(7.4)
192
(7.6)
320
(12.6)
336
(13.2)
15
(0.6)
78
(3.1)
M6
5
(0.2)
9.2
(19.2)
4A0018A
140
(5.5)
254
(9.7)
140
(5.5)
122
(4.8)
234
(9.2)
248
(9.8)
13
(0.5)
55
(2.2)
M5
5
(0.2)
3.8
(7.9)
4A0023A
140
(5.5)
254
(9.7)
140
(5.5)
122
(4.8)
234
(9.2)
248
(9.8)
13
(0.5)
55
(2.2)
M5
5
(0.2)
3.8
(7.9)
4A0031A
180
(7.1)
290
(11.2)
143
(5.6)
160
(6.3)
270
(10.6)
284
(11.2)
15
(0.6)
55
(2.2)
M5
5
(0.2)
5.2
(11.0)
4A0038A
180
(7.1)
290
(11.2)
163
(6.4)
160
(6.3)
270
(10.6)
284
(11.2)
15
(0.6)
75
(3.0)
M5
5
(0.2)
5.5
(11.7)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
43
Mechanical Installation
Voltage
Class
Dimensions mm (in)
2
2.2 Mechanical Installation
n IP20/NEMA Type 1 Drives
Table 2.6 IP20/NEMA Type 1 (without an EMC filter)
t1
H6
2-M4
H5
H4
H2
H1
H
W1
Voltage
Class
Single-Phase
200 V Class
Three-Phase
200 V Class
D1
D
H3
W
Dimensions mm (in)
Drive Model
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
D1
t1
Wt.
kg (lb.)
BA0001F
68
(2.68)
149.5
(5.89)
76
(2.99)
56
(2.20)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
6.5
(0.26)
3
(0.12)
0.8
(1.8)
BA0002F
68
(2.68)
149.5
(5.89)
76
(2.99)
56
(2.20)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
6.5
(0.26)
3
(0.12)
0.8
(1.8)
BA0003F
68
(2.68)
149.5
(5.89)
118
(4.65)
56
(2.20)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
38.5
(1.54)
5
(0.20)
1.2
(2.6)
2A0001F
68
(2.68)
149.5
(5.89)
76
(2.99)
56
(2.20)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
6.5
(0.26)
3
(0.12)
0.8
(1.8)
2A0002F
68
(2.68)
149.5
(5.89)
76
(2.99)
56
(2.20)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
6.5
(0.26)
3
(0.12)
0.8
(1.8)
2A0004F
68
(2.68)
149.5
(5.89)
108
(4.25)
56
(2.20)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
38.5
(1.54)
5
(0.20)
1.1
(2.4)
2A0006F
68
(2.68)
149.5
(5.89)
128
(5.04)
56
(2.20)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58.5
(2.32)
5
(0.20)
1.3
(2.9)
Table 2.7 IP20/NEMA Type 1 (without an EMC filter)
H
H1
H4
H6
t1
H2
4-M4
H5
W1
D1
Voltage
Class
Single-Phase
200 V Class
44
D
H3
W
Dimensions mm (in)
Drive Model
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
D1
t1
Wt.
kg (lb.)
BA0006F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
137.5
(5.41)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
1.9
(4.2)
BA0010F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
154
(6.06)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
2.0
(4.4)
BA0012F
140
(5.51)
153
(6.02)
163
(6.42)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4.8
(0.19)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
65
(2.56)
5
(0.20)
2.6
(5.7)
BA0018F
170
(6.69)
171
(6.73)
180
(7.08)
158
(6.22)
133
(5.23)
118
(4.64)
4.8
(0.19)
38
(1.50)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
65
(2.56)
5
(0.20)
3.3
7.3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
H
H2
H1
H6
t1
H5
4-M4
H4
W1
D1
Three-Phase
200 V Class
Three-Phase
400 V Class
Dimensions mm (in)
Drive Model
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
D1
t1
Wt.
kg (lb.)
2A0010F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
129
(5.08)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
1.9
(4.2)
2A0012F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
137.5
(5.41)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
1.9
(4.2)
2A0020F
140
(5.51)
153
(6.02)
143
(5.63)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4.8
(0.19)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
65
(2.56)
5
(0.20)
2.6
(5.7)
4A0001F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
81
(3.19)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
10
(0.39)
5
(0.20)
1.2
(2.6)
4A0002F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
99
(3.90)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
28
(1.10)
5
(0.20)
1.4
(3.1)
4A0004F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
137.5
(5.41)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
1.9
(4.2)
4A0005F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
154
(6.06)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
1.9
(4.2)
4A0007F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
154
(6.06)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
1.9
(4.2)
4A0009F
108
(4.25)
149.5
(5.89)
154
(6.06)
96
(3.78)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4
(0.16)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
1.5
(0.06)
58
(2.28)
5
(0.20)
1.9
(4.2)
4A0011F
140
(5.51)
153
(6.02)
143
(5.63)
128
(5.04)
128
(5.03)
118
(4.65)
4.8
(0.19)
20
(0.79)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
65
(2.56)
5
(0.20)
2.6
(5.7)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
45
Mechanical Installation
Voltage
Class
D
H3
W
2
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Table 2.8 IP20/NEMA Type 1 (without an EMC filter)
W1
Voltage
Class
ThreePhase
200 V Class
ThreePhase
400 V Class
46
Drive
Model
H1
H
t1
D1
H3
W
H4
H5
H2
H6
4-d
D
Dimensions mm (in)
W
H
D
W1
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
D1
t1
d
Wt.
kg (lb.)
2A0030F
140
(5.51)
254
(10.00)
140
(5.51)
122
(4.80)
234
(9.21)
248
(9.76)
6
(0.24)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
1.5
(0.06)
55
(2.17)
5
(0.20)
M5
3.8
(8.4)
2A0040F
140
(5.51)
254
(10.00)
140
(5.51)
122
(4.80)
234
(9.21)
248
(9.76)
6
(0.24)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
1.5
(0.06)
55
(2.17)
5
(0.20)
M5
3.8
(8.4)
2A0056F
180
(7.09)
290
(11.42)
163
(6.42)
160
(6.30)
270
(10.63)
284
(11.18)
6
(0.24)
15
(0.59)
13
(0.51)
1.5
(0.06)
75
(2.95)
5
(0.20)
M5
5.5
(12.1)
2A0069F
220
(8.66)
350
(13.78)
187
(7.36)
192
(7.56)
320
(12.60)
336
(13.23)
7
(0.28)
15
(0.59)
22
(0.87)
1.5
(0.06)
78
(3.07)
5
(0.20)
M6
9.2
(20.3)
4A0018F
140
(5.51)
254
(10.00)
140
(5.51)
122
(4.80)
234
(9.21)
248
(9.76)
6
(0.24)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
1.5
(0.06)
55
(2.17)
5
(0.20)
M5
3.8
(8.4)
4A0023F
140
(5.51)
254
(10.00)
140
(5.51)
122
(4.80)
234
(9.21)
248
(9.76)
6
(0.24)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
1.5
(0.06)
55
(2.17)
5
(0.20)
M5
3.8
(8.4)
4A0031F
180
(7.09)
290
(11.42)
143
(5.63)
160
(6.30)
270
(10.63)
284
(11.18)
6
(0.24)
15
(0.59)
13
(0.51)
1.5
(0.06)
55
(2.17)
5
(0.20)
M5
5.2
(11.5)
4A0038F
180
(7.09)
290
(11.42)
163
(6.42)
160
(6.30)
270
(10.63)
284
(11.18)
6
(0.24)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
1.5
(0.06)
75
(2.95)
5
(0.20)
M5
5.5
(12.1)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3
Electrical Installation
This chapter explains proper procedures for wiring the control circuit terminals, motor and power
supply.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
SECTION SAFETY.................................................................................................48
STANDARD CONNECTION DIAGRAM.................................................................50
MAIN CIRCUIT CONNECTION DIAGRAM............................................................53
TERMINAL BLOCK CONFIGURATION................................................................54
PROTECTIVE COVERS.........................................................................................55
MAIN CIRCUIT WIRING.........................................................................................58
CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING................................................................................63
I/O CONNECTIONS................................................................................................68
MAIN FREQUENCY REFERENCE........................................................................70
MEMOBUS/MODBUS TERMINATION..................................................................71
BRAKING RESISTOR............................................................................................72
WIRING CHECKLIST.............................................................................................74
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
47
3.1 Section Safety
3.1
Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or
shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric
shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Always use a thermal overload relay or an over-temperature contact when using a braking resistor.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Power to the drive should be interrupted when the relay is triggered.
48
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Electrical Installation
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Route motor leads U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 separate from other leads to reduce possible interference-related issues.
Failure to comply may result in abnormal operation of drive and nearby equipment.
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
49
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
3.2
Standard Connection Diagram
Connect the drive and peripheral devices as shown in Figure 3.. It is possible to run the drive via the digital operator without
connecting digital I/O wiring. This section does not discuss drive operation; Refer to Start-Up Programming & Operation
on page 77 for instructions on operating the drive.
NOTICE: Inadequate branch short circuit protection could result in damage to the drive. Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection
per applicable codes. The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 31,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac
maximum (200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
NOTICE: When the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive duty
motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.
NOTICE: Correctly set Sink/Source jumper S3 for internal power supply. Failure to comply may result in damage to the drive. Refer to I/O
Connections on page 68 for details.
NOTICE: Do not connect AC control circuit ground to drive enclosure. Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.
NOTICE: Route motor leads U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 separate from all other leads to reduce possible interference related issues. Failure to
comply may result in abnormal operation of drive and nearby equipment.
NOTICE: The minimum load for the multi-function relay output MA-MB-MC is 10 mA. If a circuit requires less than 10 mA (reference value),
connect it to a photocoupler output (P1, P2, PC). Improper application of peripheral devices could result in damage to the photocoupler
output of the drive.
50
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
<1>
<3>
<8>
TRX THRX
OFF
ON
Braking resistor unit
Thermal relay trip contact
1
2
MC MB
TRX
Thermal relay
Braking resistor
(option)
(option)
Jumper
+2
-
+1
B1
B2
V1000
R/L1
T/L3
S1
SA
Reverse run/stop
S2
External fault
S3
Option card
connector
Fault reset
Multi-step
speed 1
main/aux switch
Multi-step
speed 2
S4
DIP switch S1
Jog reference
S7
SA
Fault relay contact
Digital inputs
(default setting)
V
S5
DIP
switch S3
+24 V 8 mA
24 V
MB
Sink
MC
Setting power supply
+V
+10.5 max. 20 mA
A2 0 to +10 V (20 k )
(0)4 to 20 mA (250 )
AC
DIP
switch
S2
HC
Jumper
Digital output
5 to 48 Vdc
2 to 50 mA
(default setting)
During Run
(photocoupler 1)
P2
Frequency agree
(photocoupler 2)
PC
Photocoupler
output common
MP
A1 0 to +10 V (20 k )
Safety switch
Safe Disable
Input
Digital output
250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
(default setting)
P1
0V
Pulse train input
RP
(max. 32 kHz)
2k
M
W
Source
Shield ground
terminal
Main speed
frequency
reference.
Multi-function
programmable
V
MA Fault
<5>
SC
M
FW
Ground
10 or less (400 V class)
100 or less (200 V class)
I
S6
Cooling fan
U
W/T3
Forward run/stop
THRX
FV
V/T2
Control circuit
<4>
r1
s1
U/T1
S/L2 Main circuit
Motor
FU
t1
MC
SA
TRX
MC
<2>
DC link choke
(option)
AM
AC
Electrical Installation
Terminals +1, +2, − , B1, and B2
are for connecting options.
Never connect power supply
lines to these terminals.
2 MCCB
For single-phase
r1
200 V power supply
use R/L1 and S/L2.
s1
Wiring sequence should shut off
t1
power to the drive when a fault
MC
1 MCCB
output is triggered.
R/L1
Three phase S/L2
power supply
for 200 V / 400 V T/L3
Pulse train output
0 to 32 kHz
Analog monitor
+ output
AM
0 to +10 Vdc
- (2 mA)
Termination
Comm.
resistor
connector
120 , 1/2 W
R+
<6>
Monitor
output
3
R-
<7>
S+
H1
SIG
MEMOBUS/
Modbus comm.
RS-485/422
Cable shield ground
shielded line
main circuit terminal
twisted-pair shielded line
control terminal
Figure 3.1 Drive Standard Connection Diagram
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
Remove the jumper when installing an optional DC link choke.
The MC on the input side of the main circuit should open when the thermal relay is triggered.
Self-cooled motors do not require separate cooling fan motor wiring.
Connected using sequence input signal (S1 to S7) from NPN transistor; Default: sink mode (0 V com).
Use only a +24 V internal power supply in sinking mode; the source mode requires an external power supply. Refer
to I/O Connections on page 68 for details.
<6> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters and wattmeters; they are
not intended for use as a feedback-type of signal.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
51
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
<7> Disconnect the wire jumper between HC and H1 when utilizing the safety input. Refer to Wiring Procedure on page
66 for details on removing the jumper. The wire length for the Safe Disable input should not exceed 30 m. Use only
dry contacts on safety inputs HC-H1. External power supplies are not permitted.
<8> Note that if the drive is set to trigger a fault output whenever the fault restart function is activated (L5-02 = 1), then a
sequence to interrupt power when a fault occurs will result in shutting off the power to the drive as the drive attempts
to restart itself. The default setting for L5-02 is 0 (fault output active during restart attempt).
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not close the wiring for the control circuit unless the multifunction input terminal parameter is
properly set (S5 for 3-Wire; H1-05 = “0”). Improper sequencing of run/stop circuitry could result in death or serious injury from moving
equipment.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing
the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-Wire control, a momentary
closure on terminal S1 may cause the drive to start.
WARNING! When 3-Wire sequence is used, set the drive to 3-Wire sequence before wiring the control terminals and ensure parameter
b1-17 is set to 0 (drive does not accept a run command at power up (default). If the drive is wired for 3-Wire sequence but set up for 2-Wire
sequence (default) and if parameter b1-17 is set to 1 (drive accepts a Run command at power up), the motor will rotate in reverse direction
at power up of the drive and may cause injury.
WARNING! When the application preset function is executed (or A1-06 is set to any value other than 0) the drive I/O terminal functions
change. This may cause unexpected operation and potential damage to equipment or injury.
Figure 3.2 illustrates an example of a 3-Wire sequence.
Stop relay (N.C.) Run relay (N.O.)
Drive
S1
S2
S5
SC
Run command (run on momentary close)
Stop command (stop on momentary open)
Forward/reverse command
(multi-function input: H1-05 = 0)
Sequence input common
Figure 3.2 3-Wire Sequence
52
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram
3.3
Main Circuit Connection Diagram
Refer to diagrams in this section for the Main Circuit wiring connections. Connections may vary based on drive capacity. The
main circuit DC power supply powers the control circuit.
NOTICE: Do not use the negative DC bus terminal “-” as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high voltage DC potential. Improper wiring
connections could result in damage to the drive.
u Single-Phase 200 V Class Models BA0001 to BA0018
DC reactor
(option)
Braking Resistor
Unit (option)
Jumper
+2
Single-phase
200 Vac
B1 B2
+1
Drive
R/L1
S/L2
U/T1
V/T2
W/T3
Motor
–
Figure 3.3 Connecting Single-Phase Main Circuit Terminals
NOTICE: Do not connect T/L3 terminal when using single-phase power supply input. Incorrect wiring may damage the drive.
u Three-Phase 200 V Class Models 2A0001 to 2A0069
Three-Phase 400 V Class Models 4A0001 to 4A0038
Braking
Resistor Unit
(option)
DC reactor
(option)
Jumper
Three phase 200 Vac
(400 Vac)
B1 B2
Drive
U/T1
V/T2
W/T3
Electrical Installation
+2 +1
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
Motor
—
Figure 3.4 Connecting Three-Phase Main Circuit Terminals
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
53
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration
3.4
Terminal Block Configuration
The figures in this section provide illustrations of the main circuit terminal block configurations of the different drive sizes.
Models: CIMR-VBA0001, 0002, 0003
CIMR-V2A0001, 0002, 0004, 0006
Models: CIMR-VBA0006, 0010, 0012
CIMR-V2A0010, 0012, 0020
CIMR-V4A0001, 0002, 0004, 0005
0007, 0009, 0011
Models: CIMR-V2A0030, 0040
CIMR-V4A0018, 0023
Model: CIMR-V2A0069
Models: CIMR-V2A0056
CIMR-V4A0031, 0038
Model: CIMR-VBA0018
Figure 3.5 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configurations
54
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.5 Protective Covers
3.5
Protective Covers
Follow the procedure below to remove the protective covers before wiring the drive and to reattach the covers after wiring is
complete.
u IP20/Open-Chassis Front and Bottom Cover Removal and Installation
n Removing the Protective Covers
1.
Loosen the screw that locks the front cover in place to remove.
Figure 3.6 Remove the Front Cover on an IP20/Open-Chassis Drive
Apply pressure to the tabs on each side of the terminal cover. Pull the terminal cover away from the drive while pushing
in on the tabs to pull the cover free.
Electrical Installation
2.
Figure 3.7 Remove the Terminal Cover on an IP20/Open-Chassis Drive
n Reattaching the Protective Covers
Properly connect all wiring and route power wiring away from control signal wiring. Reattach all protective covers when
wiring is complete. Apply only a small amount of pressure to lock the cover back into place.
3
Figure 3.8 Reattach the Protective Covers on an IP20/Open-Chassis Drive
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
55
3.5 Protective Covers
u IP20/NEMA Type 1 Front and Bottom Cover Removal and Installation
n Removing the Protective Covers on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Design
1.
Loosen the screw on the front cover to remove the front cover.
Figure 3.9 Remove the Front Cover on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Drive
2.
Loosen the screw on the terminal cover to remove the terminal cover and expose the conduit bracket.
A
B
A – Conduit bracket
B – Terminal cover
Figure 3.10 Remove the Terminal Cover on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Drive
3.
Loosen two screws attaching the conduit bracket to remove.
A
A –Conduit bracket
Figure 3.11 Remove the Conduit Bracket on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Drive
56
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.5 Protective Covers
n Reattaching the Protective Covers
Pass power wiring and control signal wiring through the exit holes on the bottom of the conduit bracket of the drive. Place
power wiring and control signal wiring in separate conduits. Properly connect all wiring after installing the drive and connecting
other devices. Reattach all protective covers when wiring is complete.
A
A –Pass power wiring and control signal wiring through different exit holes at the
bottom of the drive.
Figure 3.12 Reattach the Protective Covers and Conduit Bracket on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Drive
u IP20/NEMA Type 1 Top Cover Removal and Installation
To improve the ambient temperature rating of a NEMA Type 1 drive from 40 °C to 50 °C or to mount NEMA Type 1 drives
side-by-side, the top cover can be removed. Remove the top cover and set L8-35 to “2”.
Refer to Temperature Derating on page 351 for details.
Note:
Removing the top cover of a NEMA Type 1 drive converts the drive to an IP20/Open-Chassis rating, and the drive will no longer have a
NEMA Type 1 rating.
n Removing the Top Cover
Electrical Installation
Insert the blade of a straight-edge screwdriver into the opening of the top cover. Gently lift up on the front cover as indicated
by the arrow in Figure 3.13 to remove it from the drive.
Figure 3.13 Removing the Top Cover
3
n Reattaching the Top Cover
Align the connection tabs on the underside of the top cover with the connection tabs on the drive. Pinch in on the top cover
to click the cover into place on the drive.
Connection tabs
Figure 3.14 Reattaching the Top Cover
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
57
3.6 Main Circuit Wiring
3.6
Main Circuit Wiring
This section describes the functions, specifications, and procedures required to safely and properly wire the main circuit of
the drive.
NOTICE: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.
u Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Table 3.1 Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Terminal
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
U/T1
V/T2
W/T3
B1
B2
⊕1
⊕2
⊕1
⊖
(2 terminals)
Type
Function
Reference
line power to the drive.
Main circuit power supply Connects
Drives
with
single-phase 200 V input power use terminals R/L1 and S/L2 only.
input
Do NOT use T/L3.
53
Drive output
Connects to the motor.
61
Braking resistor
Available for connecting a braking resistor or the braking resistor unit option.
72
These terminals are shorted at shipment. Remove the shorting bar between ⊕1
DC link choke connection and ⊕2 when connecting a DC link choke to this terminal.
331
DC power supply input
For connecting a DC power supply.
–
Ground
Grounding Terminal
62
u Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques
Select the appropriate wires and crimp terminals from Table 3.2 through Table 3.4.
Note:
1. Wire gauge recommendations based on drive continuous current ratings using 75 °C 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire assuming ambient
temperature within 30 °C and wiring distance shorter than 100 m.
2. Terminals ⊕1, ⊕2, ⊖, B1 and B2 are for connecting optional devices such as a braking resistor. Do not connect other non-specified
devices to these terminals.
• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is greater
than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following formula to
calculate the amount of voltage drop:
• Line drop voltage (V) = 3 x wire resistance (Ω/km) x wire length (m) x current (A) x 10-3
• Refer to instruction manual TOBP C720600 00 for braking unit or braking resistor unit wire gauges.
• Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 474 for information on UL compliance.
n Single-Phase 200 V Class
Table 3.2 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications
Recomm.
Gauge
AWG, kcmil
Wire Range
AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
14
14
18 to 14
18 to 14
–
18 to 14
B1, B2
–
18 to 14
Drive
Model
BA0001
BA0002
BA0003
BA0006
58
Terminal
14
18 to 14
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
12
14
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
10
14 to 10
Screw
Size
Tightening
Torque
N•m (lb.in.)
M3.5
0.8 to 1.0
(7.1 to 8.9)
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.6 Main Circuit Wiring
Recomm.
Gauge
AWG, kcmil
Wire Range
AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
10
14
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
Drive
Model
BA0010
BA0012
BA0018
Terminal
10
14 to 10
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
10
14
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
10
14 to 10
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
8
10
12 to 8
12 to 8
–
12 to 8
B1, B2
–
12 to 8
8
12 to 8
Screw
Size
Tightening
Torque
N•m (lb.in.)
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
M4
2.3 to 2.5
(20.4 to 22.1)
M5
2.3 to 2.5
(20.4 to 22.1)
2 to 2.5
(17.7 to 22.1)
n Three-Phase 200 V Class
Recomm.
Gauge
AWG, kcmil
Wire Range
AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
14
18 to 14
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
14
18 to 14
–
18 to 14
Drive
Model
2A0001
2A0002
2A0004
2A0006
2A0010
Terminal
B1, B2
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
B1, B2
2A0012
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
B1, B2
2A0020
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
B1, B2
2A0030
–
18 to 14
14
18 to 14
12
14
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
10
14 to 10
12
14
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
10
14 to 10
10
10
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
10
14 to 10
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
8
8
10 to 6
10 to 6
–
10 to 6
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
8
10 to 6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Screw
Size
Tightening
Torque
N•m (lb.in.)
M3.5
0.8 to 1.0
(7.1 to 8.9)
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
Electrical Installation
Table 3.3 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications
3
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
M4
2.1 to 2.3
(18.6 to 20.4)
M5
2 to 2.5
(17.7 to 22.1)
59
3.6 Main Circuit Wiring
Screw
Size
Tightening
Torque
N•m (lb.in.)
M4
2.1 to 2.3
(18.6 to 20.4)
10 to 6
M5
2 to 2.5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4
4
6 to 4
6 to 4
M6
–
6 to 4
5.4 to 6.0
(47.8 to 53.1)
–
10 to 6
M5
6
8 to 4
M6
2.7 to 3.0
(23.9 to 26.6)
5.4 to 6.0
(47.8 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
3
3
8 to 2
8 to 2
M8
–
8 to 2
9.9 to 11
(87.6 to 97.4)
B1, B2
–
8 to 6
M5
6
6 to 4
M6
2.7 to 3.0
(23.9 to 26.6)
5.4 to 6.0
(47.8 to 53.1)
Screw
Size
Tightening
Torque
N•m (lb.in.)
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
M4
1.2 to 1.5
(10.6 to 13.3)
M4
2.1 to 2.3
(18.6 to 20.4)
M5
2 to 2.5
(17.7 to 22.1)
Recomm.
Gauge
AWG, kcmil
Wire Range
AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
6
8
10 to 6
10 to 6
–
10 to 6
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
B1, B2
Drive
Model
2A0040
2A0056
2A0069
Terminal
n Three-Phase 400 V Class
Table 3.4 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications
Drive
Model
4A0001
4A0002
4A0004
4A0005
4A0007
4A0009
4A0011
Terminal
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
B1, B2
60
Wire Range
AWG, kcmil
14
14
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
14
14 to 10
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
14
14 to 10
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
14
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
B1, B2
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
B1, B2
4A0018
Recomm.
Gauge
AWG, kcmil
–
14 to 10
10
14 to 10
12
14
14 to 10
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
–
14 to 10
10
14 to 10
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
10
10
14 to 6
14 to 6
–
14 to 6
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
8
14 to 6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.6 Main Circuit Wiring
Recomm.
Gauge
AWG, kcmil
Wire Range
AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
10
10
10 to 6
10 to 6
–
10 to 6
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
8
10 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
8
8
10 to 6
10 to 6
–
10 to 6
B1, B2
–
14 to 10
6
10 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
⊖, ⊕1, ⊕2
6
8
10 to 6
10 to 6
–
10 to 6
B1, B2
–
10 to 8
6
10 to 6
Drive
Model
4A0023
4A0031
4A0038
Terminal
Screw
Size
Tightening
Torque
N•m (lb.in.)
M4
2.1 to 2.3
(18.6 to 20.4)
M5
2 to 2.5
(17.7 to 22.1)
M5
M6
M5
M6
3.6 to 4.0
(31.8 to 35.4)
2.7 to 3.0
(23.9 to 26.6)
5.4 to 6.0
(47.8 to 53.1)
3.6 to 4.0
(31.8 to 35.4)
2.7 to 3.0
(23.9 to 26.6)
5.4 to 6.0
(47.8 to 53.1)
u Main Circuit Terminal Power Supply and Motor Wiring
NOTICE: When connecting the motor to the drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, the phase order for the drive and motor should
match. Failure to comply with proper wiring practices may cause the motor to run in reverse if the phase order is backward.
NOTICE: Route motor leads U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 separate from all other leads to reduce possible interference related issues. Failure to
comply may result in abnormal operation of drive and nearby equipment.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Improper application of noise filters could
result in damage to the drive.
NOTICE: Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.
3
n Cable Length Between Drive and Motor
When the cable length between the drive and the motor is too long (especially at low frequency output), note that the cable
voltage drop may cause reduced motor torque. Drive output current will increase as the leakage current from the cable increases.
An increase in leakage current may trigger an overcurrent situation and weaken the accuracy of the current detection.
Adjust the drive carrier frequency according to the following table. If the motor wiring distance exceeds 100 m because of the
system configuration, reduce the ground currents. Refer to C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection on page 156
Refer to Table 3.5 to set the carrier frequency to an appropriate level.
Table 3.5 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor
Cable Length
Carrier Frequency
Note:
50 m or less
15 kHz or less
100 m or less
5 kHz or less
Greater than 100 m
2 kHz or less
When setting carrier frequency, calculate the cable length as the total distance of wiring to all connected motors when running multiple
motors from a single drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Electrical Installation
This section outlines the various steps, precautions, and checkpoints for wiring the main circuit terminals and motor terminals.
61
3.6 Main Circuit Wiring
n Ground Wiring
Follow the precautions to wire the ground for one drive or a series of drives.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and minimize
the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal. (200 V Class: Ground to 100 Ω or less, 400 V Class:
Ground to 10 Ω or less). Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices such as welding machines or large-current electrical equipment. Improper
equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could result in
abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Refer to Figure 3.15 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.
A
B
A
A – Correct
B – Incorrect
Figure 3.15 Multiple Drive Wiring
n Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Shut off the power supply to the drive before wiring the main circuit terminals. Failure to comply may
result in death or serious injury.
Note:
A cover placed over the DC Bus and braking circuit terminals prior to shipment helps prevent miswiring. Cut away covers as needed for
terminals with a needle-nose pliers.
A
A –Protective Cover to Prevent Miswiring
Note:
The ground terminal screw on IP20/NEMA Type 1 holds the protective cover in place.
Main Circuit Connection Diagram
Refer to section 3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram on page 53 for drive main power circuit connections.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect braking resistors to any other terminals.
Improper wiring connections could cause the braking resistor to overheat and cause death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may
result in damage to the braking circuit or drive.
62
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.7 Control Circuit Wiring
3.7
Control Circuit Wiring
NOTICE: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wire connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.
V1000
<1>
Control circuit
Forward run/stop
S1
Reverse run/stop
S2
External fault
S3
Fault reset
Multi-step
speed 1
main/aux switch
Multi-step
speed 2
S4
Jog reference
S7
Option card
connector
V
I
S5
S6
MA
MB
+24 V 8 mA
24 V
<2>
SC
DIP
switch S3
Sink
Safe Disable
Input
P1
During Run
(photocoupler 1)
P2
Frequency agree
(photocoupler 2)
PC
Photocoupler
output common
0V
Pulse train input
RP (max. 32 kHz)
Setting power supply
+V +10.5 max. 20 mA
MP
A1 0 to +10 V (20 k )
A2 0 to +10 V (20 k )
(0)4 to 20 mA (250 )
AC
AM
AC
Safety switch
HC
Digital output
5 to 48 Vdc
2 to 50 mA
(default setting)
Source
Shield ground
terminal
Main speed
frequency
reference.
Multi-function
programmable
Fault
MC
DIP
switch
S2
Electrical Installation
Digital inputs
(default setting)
2k
Digital output
250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
(default setting)
DIP switch S1
Pulse train output
0 to 32 kHz
Analog monitor
+ output
AM
0 to +10 Vdc
- (2 mA)
Termination
Comm.
resistor
connector
120 , 1/2 W
R+
3
Monitor
output
R-
Jumper
S+
H1
SIG
MEMOBUS/
Modbus comm.
RS-485/422
Cable shield ground
shielded line
main circuit terminal
twisted-pair shielded line
control terminal
Figure 3.16 Control Circuit Connection Diagram
<1> Connected using sequence input signal (S1 to S7) from NPN transistor; Default: sink mode (0 V com)
<2> Use only the +24 V internal power supply in sinking mode; the source mode requires an external power supply. Refer
to I/O Connections on page 68.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
63
3.7 Control Circuit Wiring
u Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions
Drive parameters determine which functions apply to the multi-function digital inputs (S1 to S7), multi-function digital outputs
(MA, MB), multi-function pulse inputs and outputs (RP, MP) and multi-function photocoupler outputs (P1, P2). The default
is called out next to each terminal in Figure 3..
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Always check the operation and wiring of control circuits after being wired. Operating a drive with
untested control circuits could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run. Setting parameter A1-06 may change the I/O
terminal function automatically from the factory setting. Refer to Application Selection on page 96. Failure to comply may result in death
or serious injury.
n Input Terminals
Table 3.6 Control Circuit Input Terminals
Type
No.
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
SC
Terminal Name (Function)
Multi-function input 1 (Closed: Forward run, Open:
Stop)
Multi-function input 2 (Closed: Reverse run, Open: Stop)
Multi-function input 3 (External fault (N.O.)
Multi-function input 4 (Fault reset)
Multi-function input 5 (Multi-step speed reference 1)
Multi-function input 6 (Multi-step speed reference 2)
Multi-function input 7 (Jog reference)
Multi-function input common (Control common)
HC
Power supply for safe disable input
H1
Safe disable input
RP
Multi-function pulse train input (frequency reference)
+V
A1
Analog input power supply
Multi-function analog input 1 (frequency reference)
A2
Multi-function analog input 2 (frequency reference)
AC
Frequency reference common
S1
Multi-Function
Digital Inputs
Safe Disable
Input
Main
Frequency
Reference
Input
Function (Signal Level) Default Setting
Photocoupler
24 Vdc, 8 mA
Note: Drive preset to sinking mode. When using source mode, set
DIP switch S3 to allow for a 24 Vdc (±10%) external power supply.
Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch on page 68.
Sequence common
+24 Vdc (max 10 mA allowed)
Do not use external power supply.
Open: Output disabled
Closed: Normal operation
Note: Disconnect wire jumper between HC and H1 when using the
safe disable input. The wire length should not exceed 30 m.
Use only dry contacts on safety inputs HC-H1.
Response frequency: 0.5 to 32 kHz
(Duty Cycle: 30 to 70%)
(High level voltage: 3.5 to 13.2 Vdc)
(Low level voltage: 0.0 to 0.8 Vdc)
(input impedance: 3 kΩ)
+10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA)
Input voltage 0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) resolution 1/1000
Input voltage or input current (Selected by DIP switch S1 and H3-09)
0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ),
Resolution: 1/1000
4 to 20 mA (250 Ω) or 0 to 20 mA (250 Ω),
Resolution: 1/500
0 Vdc
n Output Terminals
Table 3.7 Control Circuit Output Terminals
Type
Multi-Function Digital
Output <1>
Multi-Function
Photocoupler Output
Monitor Output
No.
Terminal Name (Function)
MA N.O. (fault)
MB N.C. output (fault)
MC Digital output common
P1
P2
PC
Photocoupler output 1 (During run)
Photocoupler output 2 (Frequency agree)
Photocoupler output common
MP
Pulse train output (Output frequency)
AM Analog monitor output
AC Monitor common
Function (Signal Level) Default Setting
Digital output
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA (reference value)
Photocoupler output 48 Vdc, 2 to 50 mA
<2>
32 kHz (max) <3> <4>
0 to 10 Vdc (2 mA or less) Resolution: 1/1000
0V
<1> Do not assign functions to digital relay outputs that involve frequent switching. This may shorten relay performance life. Switching life is estimated
at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).
64
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.7 Control Circuit Wiring
<2> Connect a suppression diode as shown in Figure 3.17 when driving a reactive load such as a relay coil. Ensure the diode rating is greater than the
circuit voltage.
<3> When set for sourcing. +5 V/1.5 kΩ or higher, +8 V/3.5 kΩ or higher, +10 V/10 kΩ or higher.
<4> When set for sinking, the external power supply should be +12 Vdc, ±5% with 16 mA or less.
B
A
C
D
A – External power, 48 V max.
B – Suppression diode
C – Coil
D – 50 mA or less
Figure 3.17 Connecting a Suppression Diode
n Serial Communication Terminals
Table 3.8 Control Circuit Terminals: Serial Communications
Type
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communication
No.
R+
RS+
Signal Name
Communications input (+)
Communications input (-)
Communications output (+)
S-
Communications output (-)
IG
Shield ground
Function (Signal Level)
RS-485/422
MEMOBUS/
MEMOBUS/Modbus communication: Use a Modbus
RS-485 or RS-422 cable to connect the drive. communication
protocol 115.2 kbps
(max.)
0V
u Terminal Configuration
P1
S1
P2
S2
PC
S3
S1
R+
R–
S+
S–
A1
A2
+V
AC AM AC MP
S4
S5
S6
S7
IG
HC SC
H1
RP
MA
MB
P2
S2
PC
S3
R-
S+
S-
A1
A2
+V
AC AM AC MP
S4
S5
S6
S7
IG
HC SC
H1
RP
MA
MB
Electrical Installation
P1
R+
MC
MC
3
Figure 3.18 Removable Control Circuit Terminal Block
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
65
3.7 Control Circuit Wiring
n Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Select appropriate wire type and size from Table 3.9. For simpler and more reliable wiring, crimp ferrules to the wire ends.
Refer to Table 3.10 for ferrule terminal types and sizes.
Table 3.9 Wire Size and Torque Specifications (Same for All Models)
Terminal
MA, MB, MC
S1-S7, SC, RP,
+V, A1, A2, AC,
HC, H1, P1, P2,
PC, MP, AM,
AC, S+, S-, R+,
R-, IG
Bare Wire Terminal
Screw
Size
Tightening
Torque
N•m
(in-lbs)
M3
0.5 to 0.6
(4.4 to 5.3)
Stranded: 0.25 to 1.5
(24 to 16)
Single: 0.25 to 1.5
(24 to 16)
0.22 to 0.25
(1.9 to 2.2)
Stranded: 0.25 to 1.0
(24 to 18)
Single: 0.25 to 1.5
(24 to 16)
M2
Applic. wire size Recomm. mm2
mm2 (AWG)
(AWG)
Ferrule-Type Terminal
Applic. wire size
Recomm. mm2 Wire Type
mm2
(AWG)
(AWG)
0.25 to 1.0
(24 to 17)
0.75 (18)
0.5 (20)
Shielded line,
etc.
0.25 to 0.5
(24 to 20)
0.75 (18)
0.5 (20)
n Ferrule-Type Wire Terminations
Crimp a ferrule to signal wiring to improve wiring simplicity and reliability. Use CRIMPFOX 6, a crimping tool manufactured
by PHOENIX CONTACT.
L
6 mm
d1
d2
Figure 3.19 Ferrule Dimensions
Table 3.10 Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes
Size
mm2
(AWG)
0.25 (24)
0.34 (22)
0.5 (20)
0.75 (18)
1.0
Type
L (mm)
d1 (mm)
d2 (mm)
Manufacturer
AI 0.25-6YE
AI 0.34-6TQ
AI 0.5-6WH
AI 0.75-6GY
AI 1-6RD
10.5
10.5
12
12
12
0.8
0.8
1.1
1.3
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.8
3.0
PHOENIX CONTACT
u Wiring Procedure
This section describes the proper procedures and preparations for wiring the control terminals.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not remove covers or touch the circuit boards while the power is on. Failure to comply could result
in death or serious injury.
NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, -, +1, +2) and other
high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB and MC from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral devices
could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.
NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices could
result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or
equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Wire the control terminals using Figure 3.20 as a guide. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in Figure
3.21. Refer to Wire Size and Torque Specifications on page 66.
66
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.7 Control Circuit Wiring
NOTICE: Do not tighten screws beyond the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may damage the terminal block.
NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or
equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
Connect control wires as shown in the following figure:
D
Preparing wire
terminal ends
A
E
B
C
A – Control terminal block
B – Avoid fraying wire strands when
stripping insulation from wire. Strip
length 5.5 mm.
C – Single wire or stranded wire
D – Loosen screw to insert wire.
E – Blade depth of 0.4 mm or less
Blade width of 2.5 mm or less
Figure 3.20 Terminal Board Wiring Guide
B
C
D
E
A – Drive side
B – Connect shield to ground terminal
of drive.
C – Insulation
Electrical Installation
F
A
D – Control device side
E – Shield sheath (Insulate with tape)
F – Shield
Figure 3.21 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables
When setting the frequency by analog reference from an external potentiometer, use shielded twisted-pair wires and ground
the shield of twisted-pair wires to the ground terminal of the drive.
NOTICE: The analog signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50 meters when
using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the frequency reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.
A
B
C
D
RP
2k
G
+V
A1
E
A2
F
AC
A – Drive
B – Ground terminal (shield
connection)
C – (RP) Pulse train (maximum 32 kHz)
D – (+V) Frequency setting power
source +10.5 Vdc maximum 20 mA
E – (A1) Main speed frequency
reference 0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ)
F – (A2) Multi-function analog input
0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) or
4 to 20 mA (250 Ω)/
0 to 20 mA (250 Ω)
G – Frequency setting potentiometer
Figure 3.22 Wiring the Frequency Reference to the Control Circuit Terminals (External Reference)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
67
3
3.8 I/O Connections
3.8
I/O Connections
u Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch
Set the DIP switch S3 on the front of the drive to switch the digital input terminal logic between sinking mode and sourcing
mode; the drive is preset to sinking mode.
Table 3.11 Sinking/Sourcing Mode Setting
Set Value
SINK
SOURCE
Details
Sinking Mode (0 V common): default setting
Sourcing Mode (+24 V common)
DIP Switch S3
SINK
SOURCE
Figure 3.23 DIP Switch S3
n Transistor Input Signal Using 0 V Common/Sink Mode
When controlling the digital inputs by NPN transistors (0 V common/sinking mode), set the DIP switch S3 to SINK and use
the internal 24 V power supply.
SINK
Drive
Shielded cable
S1
SOURCE
Multi-function input
Forward run/stop
Reverse run/stop
External fault N.O.
Fault reset
Multi-speed step 1
Multi-speed step 2
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
Jog reference
SINK
+24V
S3
SC
SOURCE
Figure 3.24 Sinking Mode: Sequence from NPN Transistor (0 V Common)
68
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.8 I/O Connections
n Transistor Input Signal Using +24 V Common/Source Mode
When controlling digital inputs by PNP transistors (+24 V common/sourcing mode), set the DIP switch S3 to SOURCE and
use an external 24 V power supply.
SINK
External
power supply
+24 V
Multi-function input
SOURCE
Shielded cable
Drive
Forward run / stop
S1
Reverse run / stop
S2
External fault N.O.
S3
Fault rest
S4
Multi-step speed 1
S5
Multi-step speed 2
S6
Jog frequency
S7
SINK
S3
SC
+24V
SOURCE
Electrical Installation
Figure 3.25 Source Mode: Sequence from PNP Transistor (+24 V Common)
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
69
3.9 Main Frequency Reference
3.9
Main Frequency Reference
u DIP Switch S1 Analog Input Signal Selection
The main frequency reference can either be a voltage or current signal input. For voltage signals both analog inputs, A1 and
A2, can be used, for current signals A2 must be used.
When using input A2 as a voltage input, set DIP switch S1 to “V” (left position) and program parameter H3-09 to “0” (0 to
+10 Vdc with lower limit) or “1” (0 to +10 Vdc without lower limit).
To use current input at terminal A2, set the DIP switch S1 to "I" (default setting) and set parameter H3-09 = “2” or “3” (4-20
mA or 0-20 mA). Set parameter H3-10 = “0” (frequency reference).
Note:
If Terminals A1 and A2 are both set for frequency reference (H3-02 = 0 and H3-10 = 0), the addition of both input values builds the frequency
reference.
Table 3.12 Frequency Reference Configurations
Voltage Input
Current Input
Drive
Drive
+10.5 V
V
+V +10.5
20 mA current
0 to 10 V
+V 20 mA current
Main speed
A1 frequency reference
4 to 20 mA input
or
0 to 20 mA input
(voltage input)
Main speed
A2 frequency reference
Main speed
A1 frequency reference
(voltage input)
Main speed
A2 frequency reference
(current input)
(current input)
AC Frequency reference
AC Frequency reference
common
common
V
I
Figure 3.26 DIP Switch S1
Table 3.13 DIP Switch S1 Settings
Setting Value
V (left position)
I (right position)
Description
Voltage input (0 to 10 V)
Current input (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA): default setting
Table 3.14 Parameter H3-09 Details
No.
H3-09
70
Parameter Name
Frequency ref. (current)
terminal A2 signal level selection
Description
Selects the signal level for terminal A2.
0: 0 to +10 V, unipolar input (with lower limit)
1: 0 to +10 V, bipolar input (no lower limit)
2: 4 to 20 mA
3: 0 to 20 mA
Setting
Range
Default
Setting
0 to 3
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.10 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination
3.10 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line must be terminated. The drive has a built-in termination resistor that
can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is a single drive on the network or is located at the end of a network
line, set DIP switch S2 to the ON position to enable the termination resistor. Disable the termination resistor on all slave drives
that are not located at the network line end.
Table 3.15 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings
S2 Position
ON
OFF
Description
Internal termination resistor ON
Internal termination resistor OFF (no termination resistor); default setting
DIP Switch S2
OFF
ON
Figure 3.27 DIP Switch S2
Refer to the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications manual for details on MEMOBUS/Modbus.
Electrical Installation
Note:
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
71
3.11 Braking Resistor
3.11 Braking Resistor
Dynamic braking (DB) helps bring the motor to a smooth and rapid stop when working with high inertia loads. Regeneration
occurs as the drive lowers the motor frequency with high inertia. When the regeneration flows back into the DC bus capacitors,
an overvoltage situation occurs. A braking resistor prevents these overvoltage faults.
NOTICE: Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review the braking resistor instruction manual when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Note:
The braking circuit must be sized properly in order to dissipate the power required to decelerate the load in the desired time. Ensure that
the braking circuit can dissipate the energy for the set deceleration time prior to running the drive.
NOTICE: Use a thermal overload relay or over-temperature contact to interrupt input power to the drive if the braking resistor overheats. In
the event of a possible thermal overload, the relay triggers the input contactor and prevents the braking resistor from burning up.
u Installation
WARNING! Fire Hazard. The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any other
terminals. Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to the braking
circuit or drive.
NOTICE: Connect braking resistors to the drive as shown in the I/O wiring examples. Improperly wiring braking circuits could result in damage
to the drive or equipment.
n Installation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect all electrical power to the drive and wait at least five minutes before servicing the drive and any connected
components.
Remove drive front cover.
Use a voltmeter to verify that voltage is disconnected from incoming power terminals and that the DC bus no longer
holds a charge.
Thermal
relay
Power
supply
MCCB
MC
Braking resistor
R/L1 B1
B2
S/L2
U/T1
T/L3
V/T2
Motor
W/T3
THRX OFF ON
MC
Drive
SA
MC
THRX
SA
Thermal relay switch for
external braking resistor
TRX
MC
SA
TRX
MA MC
Fault contact
Figure 3.28 Connecting a Braking Resistor
4.
5.
6.
7.
72
Follow manufacturer instructions to connect the resistor unit to the drive using proper wire gauge according to local
electrical codes.
Power leads for the remote mount resistors generate high levels of electrical noise; group these signal leads
separately.
Mount the resistor unit on a noncombustible surface. Maintain minimum side and top clearances according to resistor
manufacturer instructions.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Do not use improper combustible materials. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by
fire. Attach the drive or braking resistors to metal or other noncombustible material.
Reinstall drive covers and resistor covers, if provided.
Set parameter L3-04 = “0” or “3” to disable stall prevention during deceleration.
Set parameter L8-01 to “1” to enable overheat protection when using a heatsink-mounted braking resistor option.
Set L8-01 = “0” for other braking resistor types.
Set parameter L3-04 = “3” to generate the shortest possible deceleration time.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.11 Braking Resistor
Table 3.16 Braking Resistor Settings
Parameter
Settings
0: Disabled. The drive will not provide overheat protection.
L8-01: Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection Supply separate means of overheat protection.
1: Enabled. Braking Resistor is protected from overheat.
0: Stall prevention disabled.
L3-04: Stall Prevention During Deceleration
3: Stall prevention enabled with a braking resistor
Note:
Select either 0 or 3
Note:
This setting cannot be used in OLV control for PM
motor.
Operate the system and verify the required deceleration rate is obtained during dynamic braking or stopping.
Electrical Installation
8.
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
73
3.12 Wiring Checklist
3.12 Wiring Checklist
No.
Item
Page
Drive, peripherals, option cards
1
Check drive model number to ensure receipt of correct model.
25
2
Check for correct braking resistors, DC link chokes, noise filters, and other peripheral devices.
72
3
Check for correct option card model.
338
Installation area and physical setup
4
Ensure area surrounding the drive complies with specifications.
38
Power supply voltage, output voltage
5
The voltage from the power supply should fall within the input voltage specification range of the drive.
169
6
The voltage rating for the motor should match the drive output specifications.
25
Main circuit wiring
7
Confirm proper branch circuit protection exists per National and Local codes.
50
8
Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2 and T/L3.
53
9
Properly wire the drive and motor together.
The motor lines and drive output terminals R/T1, V/T2 and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired
phase order. If the phase order is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.
61
10
Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines.
58
11
Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit. Refer to Table 3.2, Table 3.3, or Table 3.4.
58
• When using comparatively long motor cable, calculate the amount of voltage drop.
Motor rated voltage (V) x 0.02 ≥
58
3 x voltage resistance (Ω/km) x cable length (m) x motor rated current (A) x 10-3
• If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m, adjust the carrier frequency (C6-02) accordingly.
61
12
Properly ground the drive.
62
13
Tightly fasten all terminal screws (control circuit terminals, grounding terminals). Refer to Table 3.2, Table 3.3, or
Table 3.4.
Set up overload protection circuits when running multiple motors from a single drive.
58
Power supply
Drive
MC1
OL1
M1
MC2
OL2
M2
14
MCn
–
OLn
Mn
MC1 - MCn ... magnetic contactor
OL 1 - OL n ... thermal relay
15
Note: Close MC1 through MCn before operating the drive.
If using a braking resistor or dynamic braking resistor unit, install a magnetic contactor. Properly install the resistor,
and ensure that overload protection shuts off the power supply.
72
16
Verify phase advancing capacitors are NOT installed on the output side of the drive.
–
Control circuit wiring
17
74
Use twisted-pair cables for all drive control circuit wiring.
63
18
Ground the shields of shielded wiring to the GND
66
19
If using a 3-Wire sequence, properly set parameters for multi-function contact input terminals S1 through S7, and
properly wire control circuits.
52
20
Properly wire any option cards.
338
21
Check for any other wiring mistakes.
Only use a multimeter to check wiring.
–
22
Properly fasten the control circuit terminal screws in the drive. Refer to Table 3.2, Table 3.3, or Table 3.4.
58
23
Pick up all wire clippings.
–
terminal.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
3.12 Wiring Checklist
No.
Item
Page
Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections.
–
25
Properly separate control circuit wiring and main circuit wiring.
–
26
Analog signal line wiring should not exceed 50 m.
–
27
Safe Disable Input wiring should not exceed 30 m.
–
Electrical Installation
24
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
75
3.12 Wiring Checklist
This Page Intentionally Blank
76
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4
Start-Up Programming & Operation
This chapter explains the functions of the LED operator and how to program the drive for initial
operation.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
SECTION SAFETY.................................................................................................78
USING THE DIGITAL LED OPERATOR................................................................80
THE DRIVE AND PROGRAMMING MODES.........................................................84
START-UP FLOWCHARTS...................................................................................90
POWERING UP THE DRIVE..................................................................................95
APPLICATION SELECTION..................................................................................96
AUTO-TUNING.....................................................................................................102
NO-LOAD OPERATION TEST RUN....................................................................108
TEST RUN WITH LOAD CONNECTED...............................................................109
VERIFYING PARAMETER SETTINGS AND BACKING UP CHANGES............110
TEST RUN CHECKLIST.......................................................................................112
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
77
4.1 Section Safety
4.1
Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may include drives without covers or safety shields to illustrate details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric
shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
78
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBP C720600 00 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
79
4.2 Using the Digital LED Operator
4.2
Using the Digital LED Operator
Use the LED operator to enter run and stop commands, display data, edit parameters, as well as display fault and alarm
information.
u Keys, Displays, and LEDs
12
1
13
11
5
9
2
15
3
14
STOP
10
4
6
16
7
8
STOP
V1000
Fref
:
FWD/REV Sel :
Fout
:
lout
:
Mon1
:
Monitor
:
Verify
:
SetUpGuide :
Program
:
Auto-Tuning :
(Hz)
(Hz)
(A)
(V)
WARNINGRisk of electric shock.
Read manual before installing.
Wait 1 minute for capacitor discharge after
disconnecting power supply.
To conform to requirements, make sure to
ground the supply neutral for 400V class.
Table 4.1 Keys and Displays on the LED Operator
No.
Name
Function
1
Data Display Area
Displays the frequency reference, parameter number, etc.
2
ESC Key
Returns to the previous menu.
3
RESET Key
Moves the cursor to the right.
Resets the drive to clear a fault situation.
4
RUN Key
Starts the drive.
5
Up Arrow Key
Scrolls up to select parameter numbers, setting values, etc.
6
Down Arrow Key
Scrolls down to select parameter numbers, setting values, etc.
7
8
80
Display
STOP
STOP Key
ENTER Key
Stops the drive.
Note: Stop priority circuit. Pressing the STOP key will always cause the drive to
stop the motor, even when a Run command is active at an external Run command
source. Set parameter o2-06 to 0 to disable the STOP key priority.
Selects all modes, parameters, settings, etc.
Selects a menu item to move from one display screen to the next.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital LED Operator
No.
Display
Name
Function
Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit
terminals (REMOTE).
Note: LOCAL/REMOTE key effective during stop in drive mode. If the digital
operator could change from REMOTE to LOCAL by incorrect operation, set o2-01
(LOCAL/REMOTE Key Function Selection) to “0” (disabled) to disable LOCAL/
REMOTE key.
9
LO/RE Selection Key
10
RUN Light
Lit while the drive is operating the motor.
11
LO/RE Light
Lit while the operator (LOCAL) is selected to run the drive.
12
ALM LED Light
13
REV LED Light
14
DRV LED Light
15
FOUT LED Light
Refer to LED Screen Displays on page 82.
Port used for USB Copy Unit, LCD Operator Keypad, and for connecting to a PC.
16
–
NOTICE: Use only specified cable when making connections to the drive.
Failure to comply may damage the drive.
Communication Port
NOTICE: Do not open the port cover wider than 90 degrees. Failure to
comply may break the port cover and leave the unprotected port susceptible
to damage.
u Digital Text Display
Text appears on the LED Operator as shown below. This section explains the meaning of text as it appears on the display
screen.
Flashing
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Lit
Table 4.2 Digital Text Display
Text
LED
Text
LED
Text
LED
Text
LED
0
9
I
R
1
A
J
S
2
B
K
T
3
C
L
U
4
D
M
V
5
E
N
W
<1>
6
F
O
X
None
7
G
P
Y
8
H
Q
Z
<1>
4
None
<1> Displayed in two digits.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
81
4.2 Using the Digital LED Operator
u LED Screen Displays
Display
Lit
Flashing
• When an alarm occurs
• oPE detected
• When a fault or error occurs during
Auto-Tuning
When the drive detects an alarm or error
Motor is rotating in reverse
—
Drive Mode
Auto-Tuning
Normal state (no fault or alarm)
Motor is rotating forward
<1>
When DriveWorksEZ is used
Displays output frequency (Hz)
Off
Programming Mode
—
—
As illustrated in
this manual
<1> Refer to the DriveWorksEZ instruction manual for further information.
STOP
u LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications
LED
Lit
Flashing
When a Run command is
selected from the LED
operator (LOCAL)
Flashing Quickly
–
<1>
Off
Run command is selected from device
other than LED operator (REMOTE)
–
• During deceleration at a fast• During deceleration to stop
stop.
During stop
• When a Run command is input • During stop by interlock
and frequency reference is 0
operation. <2>
During Run
As shown
<1> Refer to Figure 4.1 for the difference between “flashing” and “flashing quickly”.
<2> Refer to the description for parameter U4-21 on page 403 for information on verifying operation interlock.
1s
ON
ON
Flashing
Flashing
quickly
ON
ON
ON
ON
Figure 4.1 RUN LED Status and Meaning
Drive output frequency
/
Frequency setting
RUN LED
during stop
0 Hz
RUN
RUN
STOP
STOP
6 Hz
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Flashing
Figure 4.2 RUN LED and Drive Operation
82
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital LED Operator
u Menu Structure for Digital LED Operator
Description of Key Operations
:
Turn the power on
DRIVE MODE
<1>
Forward Selection
:
Reverse Selection
:
:
Output Frequency
Output Current
Output Voltage
Note: “XX” characters are shown in this manual.
The drive will display the actual setting values.
XX
Monitor Display
XX XX
XX
XX XX
XX
Verify Menu
Set Up Mode
Application Preset
XX XX
XXX
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
PROGRAMMING MODE
XX
XX
XX
Parameter Setting Mode
XX
4
Auto-Tuning
XX
Figure 4.3 Digital LED Operator Screen Structure
<1> Reverse can only be selected when LOCAL is set.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
83
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
4.3
The Drive and Programming Modes
The drive functions are divided into two main groups accessible via the Digital LED Operator:
Drive Mode: The Drive mode allows motor operation and parameter monitoring. Parameter settings cannot be changed when
accessing functions in the Drive Mode (Table 4.3)
Programming Mode: The Programming Mode allows access to setup/adjust, verify parameters and Auto-Tuning. The drive
prohibits changes in motor operation such as start/stop when the Digital LED Operator is accessing a function in the
Programming Mode.
Table 4.3 illustrates the different functions visible as the “Up arrow” is scrolled immediately after powering up the drive.
Note:
When b1-08 (Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode) is set to 1 (enabled), the drive can run even if the mode is switched
to the programming mode. When setting b1-08 to 0 (disabled), the mode cannot be switched to the programming mode while the drive is
running.
Table 4.3 Summary of Modes
Mode Group
Description
Key Press
LED Digital Operator Display <1>
Frequency Reference Display (Initial
power-up state)
Forward/Reverse
STOP
Drive Mode Functions
(Motor operation and monitoring)
Output Frequency Display
STOP
Output Current Display
STOP
Output Voltage Reference
STOP
Monitor Display
STOP
Verify Function
STOP
Programming Mode Functions
(Changing parameters)
Setup Group Parameters
STOP
All Parameters
STOP
Auto-Tuning
STOP
<1> The enlarged illustration of the LED indicates that the LED is on.
STOP
84
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
u Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes
The drive is set to operate in Drive Mode when it is first powered up. Switch between display screens by using the
keys.
and
Frequency Reference
Power Up
STOP
This display screen allows the user to monitor and set the frequency reference while the
drive is running. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 84.
Note: The user can select items to display when the drive is first powered up by setting
parameter o1-02.
Default Setting
Forward/Reverse
STOP
: Motor rotates forward.
: Motor rotates in reverse.
Note: For applications that should not run in reverse (fans, pumps, etc.), set parameter
b1-04 = “1” to prohibit the motor from rotating in reverse. This sequence also puts the
Switching to reverse:
The LED is lit when
LOCAL is selected
drive in LOCAL mode.
Drive Mode
Output Frequency Display
Monitors the frequency output by the drive.
STOP
Monitors the output current of the drive.
STOP
Output Voltage Reference
(Default setting)
Scroll through o1-01 (User Monitor Selection) until the desired contents appear.
to Parameter List on page 353
Refer
Drive Mode
STOP
Monitor Display
Monitor parameters (U parameters) are displayed.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Output Current Display
4
STOP
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
85
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Verify Function
STOP
Refer to
A select list of parameters necessary to get the drive operational quickly. Refer to The
Setup Group within the Programming Mode on page 87.
Note: Parameters to be displayed differ depending on the setting of A1-06 (Application
Preset). Refer to Application Selection on page 96.
Setup
Programming
Mode
Lists all parameters that have been edited or changed from default settings.
Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu on page 88.
STOP
Parameter Setting
Allows the user to access and edit all parameter settings.
page 353.
Refer to Parameter List on
STOP
Auto-Tuning
Motor parameters are calculated and set automatically.
102.
Refer to Auto-Tuning on page
STOP
Drive Mode
Frequency Reference
n Drive Mode Details
Returns to the frequency reference display screen.
STOP
The following actions are possible in the Drive Mode:
• Run and stop the drive.
• Monitor the operation status of the drive (frequency reference, output frequency, output current, output voltage, etc.).
• View information on an alarm.
• View a history of alarms that have occurred.
Note:
Select "Drive Mode" when running. The mode can be switched to any mode (program mode, etc.) other than drive mode while the drive is
stopped. However, the drive cannot be operated in other modes. Return the mode to "Drive Mode" after completing periodic inspection.
Figure 4.4 illustrates changing the default frequency reference of F 0.00 (0 Hz) to F 6.00 (6 Hz) while in Drive Mode. This
example assumes the drive is set to LOCAL.
Frequency reference
display at power up
STOP
Press to select LOCAL
Press to select the
digit to the right
Press until the frequency
reference becomes 6 Hz
Figure 4.4 Setting the Frequency Reference while in Drive Mode
Note:
86
The drive will not accept a frequency reference set value unless the ENTER key is pressed after the frequency reference is entered. This
feature prevents accidental setting of the frequency reference. By setting o2-05 (Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection) to 1
(Enabled), the drive will accept the frequency reference while it is being adjusted on the digital operator.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
n Programming Mode Details
The following actions are possible in the programming mode:
• Verify Function: Verify parameter setting changes from original default values.
• Setup Group: Access a list of commonly used parameters to simplify setup.
• Parameter Setting Mode: Access and edit all parameter settings.
• Auto-Tuning: Automatically calculates and sets motor parameters for Open Loop or PM Vector control to optimize the
drive for the motor characteristics.
The Setup Group within the Programming Mode
In Setup Group, the user can access the minimum group of parameters required to operate the application.
Note:
Setup Group parameters are listed in Table 4.4.
Note:
Pressing ENTER from APPL navigates to the Application Preset setting display. When the set value is changed, the parameter is changed
to the optimum value for each application. It is set to 0 (General-purpose) prior to shipment. Refer to Application Selection on page 96.
Figure 4.5 illustrates the keys to press to enter the Setup Group.
In this example, the source of the frequency reference is changed from the control circuit terminals to the LED Operator (i.e.,
b1-01 is changed from 1 to 0).
Frequency reference
appears when powered up
<1>
STOP
Application
Preset
Press until
appears
<2>
STOP
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Control Circuit
Terminal Select digit
to edit
Parameter Display
<3>
LED Operator
Parameter Display
STOP
4
STOP
STOP
<1> Pressing ENTER from APPL navigates to the Application
Preset setting display. When the set value is changed, the
STOP
parameter is changed to the optimum value for each
application. It is set to 0 (General-purpose) prior to shipment.
<2> Move to the right to change parameter settings. Scroll
down to view and check settings in the Setup Mode.
<3> To return to the Top Menu, press
. To view or edit
other parameters, press
and
.
Figure 4.5 Setup Group Example
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
87
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
u Changing Parameter Settings or Values
This example explains changing C1-01 (Acceleration Time 1) from 10.0 seconds (default) to 20.0 seconds.
Step
Display/Result
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Press the
3.
Press the
4.
Scroll through parameters by pressing the
5.
Press
6.
Press
7.
Press the
8.
Press
9.
The display automatically returns to the screen shown in Step 4.
10.
Press the
key until the Setup Mode Screen appears.
key to view the parameter setting display.
key until C1-01 appears.
to view the current setting value (10.0). (Number farthest to the left flashes)
until the desired number is selected. (“1” flashes)
key and enter 0020.0.
and the drive will confirm the change.
key until back at the initial display.
u Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu
The Verify Menu lists edited parameters from the Programming Mode or as a result of Auto-Tuning. The Verify Menu helps
determine which settings have been changed, and is particularly useful when replacing a drive. If no settings have been changed,
. The Verify menu also allows users to access and re-edit previously edited parameters.
the Verify Menu will read
Note:
The Verify Menu will not display A1-oo parameters (except for A1-02), nor will it display parameters A2-01 to A2-32 or E5-01 even if
those parameters have been changed from default settings.
The following example is a continuation of the steps beginning on page 88. Here, parameter C1-01 is accessed using the Verify
Menu and is changed again to 20.0 s.
To check the list of edited parameters:
Step
Display/Result
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Press
3.
Press
settings.
until the display shows the “Verify” representation.
to enter the list of parameters that have been edited from their original default
Scroll through the list by pressing the
4.
Press the
5.
Press the
key.
key until C1-01 appears.
key to access the setting value. (number farthest to the left flashes)
u Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE
Entering the run command using the LED operator is referred to as LOCAL, while entering the run command from an external
device via the control circuit terminals or network option is referred to as REMOTE.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Be sure all personnel are clear of rotating machinery
and electrical connections prior to switching between LOCAL mode and REMOTE mode.
There are two ways to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE.
Note:
88
1. After selecting LOCAL, the LO/RE light will remain lit.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
2. The drive will not allow the user to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE during run.
n Using the LO/RE Key on the LED Operator
Step
Display/Result
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Press
. The LO/RE light will light up. The drive is now in Local.
STOP
To set the drive for REMOTE operation, press the
key again.
n Using Input Terminals S1 through S7 to Switch between LO/RE
Switch between LOCAL and REMOTE using one of the digital input terminals S1 through S7 (set the corresponding parameter
H1-01 through H1-07 to 1).
Follow the example below to set the digital input terminals.
Note:
1. Refer to Parameter List on page 353 for a list of digital input selections.
2. Setting a multi-function input terminal to a value of 1 disables the LO/RE key on the LED operator.
u Parameters Available in the Setup Group
n Setup Mode (STUP)
Parameters used for this drive are classified into A to U. To simplify the drive setup, frequently used parameters are selected
and input into Setup Mode.
Note:
To set a parameter, the Setup Mode must be displayed first. Press the Up/Down key until
is displayed.
Select the parameter and change the setting. Table 4.4 lists parameters available in the Setup group. If the desired
parameter cannot be set in the Setup mode, use the Parameter Setting mode.
1. When parameter A1-02 (Control Method Selection) is changed, some parameter set values are also changed automatically.
2. Use the “Par” menu in the Programming mode to access parameters not listed in the Setup Group.
3. Display parameters depend on A1-06. Refer to Application Selection on page 96.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
1.
2.
Table 4.4 Setup Group Parameters
Parameter
A1-02
b1-01
b1-02
b1-03
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
C6-02
d1-01
d1-02
d1-03
d1-04
d1-17
Name
Control Method Selection
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Stop Method Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Duty Selection
Carrier Frequency Selection
Frequency Reference 1
Frequency Reference 2
Frequency Reference 3
Frequency Reference 4
Jog Frequency Reference
Parameter
E1-01
E1-03
E1-04
E1-05
E1-06
E1-09
E1-13
E2-01
E2-04
E2-11
H4-02
L1-01
L3-04
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Name
Input Voltage Reference
V/f Pattern Selection
Maximum Output Frequency
Maximum Voltage
Base Frequency
Minimum Output Frequency
Base Voltage
Motor Rated Current
Number of Motor Poles
Motor Rate Capacity
Terminal AM Gain Setting
Motor Protection Function Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
4
89
4.4 Start-up Flowcharts
4.4
Start-up Flowcharts
The flowcharts in this section summarize basic steps required to start the drive. Use the flowcharts to determine the most
appropriate start-up method for a given application. The charts are intended as a quick reference to help familiarize the user
with start-up procedures.
Flowchart
A
Subchart
A-1
A-2
A-3
-
90
Objective
Basic startup procedure and motor tuning.
Simple motor setup with Energy Savings or Speed Search using V/f mode.
High-performance operation using Open Loop Vector (OLV) motor control.
Operation with Permanent Magnet (PM) motors.
Setup of drive using application specific selections. Refer to Application Selection on page
96.
Page
91
92
93
94
-
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.4 Start-up Flowcharts
u Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning
Figure 4.6, Flowchart A, describes basic start-up sequence for the drive and motor system. This sequence varies slightly
depending on application. Use drive default parameter settings in simple applications that do not require high precision.
START
Install and wire the drive as explained in Chapters 1, 2, and 3
Apply main power on to the drive
Adhere to safety messages concerning application of power
Application Presets
A1-06 used ?
Yes
TO
No
Set the control mode in parameter A1-02.
Set the basic parameters
b1-01/02 for frequency reference and run command source selection
H1-oo,H2-oo,H3-oo,H4-oo,H6-oo for I/O terminal setting
d1-oo for multi-speed references if used
C1-oo and C2-oo for accel./decel. and S-curve time settings
C6-01 for heavy/normal duty mode selection
L3-04 if braking options are used
0: V/f control
To
Flowchart A-1
5: Open Loop Vector for PM motors
Control Mode
A1-02 =
To
Flowchart A-2
FROM
2: Open Loop
Vector control
To
Flowchart A-3
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
*
*
*
*
*
*
Refer to
Application
Selection section
From Flowchart A-1, A-2, or A-3
Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and operation.
Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.
Couple the load or machine to the motor. Run the machine and check for desired operation.
Fine tune parameters. Adjust application settings (PID, ...) if necessary.
4
Check the machine operation and verify parameter settings.
Drive is ready to run the application.
Figure 4.6 Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
91
4.4 Start-up Flowcharts
u Subchart A1: Simple Motor Setup with Energy Savings or Speed Search Using V/f Mode
Figure 4.7, Flowchart A1, describes simple motor setup for V/f control. V/f Motor Control is suited for the most basic
applications such as fans or pumps. This procedure illustrates using Energy Savings and Speed Estimation Speed Search. V/
f control can be used where rotational auto-tuning cannot be performed.
From
Flowchart
A
Set or verify the V/f pattern settings E1-oo.
NO
Energy Savings
(b8-01=1)
or
Speed Estimation
Speed Search (b3-24=1)
enabled ?
Is the motor cable
longer than 50 m?
YES
Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning
for V/f Control
(T1-01 = 3)
YES
NO
Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for
terminal resistance (T1-01 = 2)
Return to
Flowchart
A
Figure 4.7 Simple Motor Set-Up with Energy Savings or Speed Search Using V/f Mode
92
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.4 Start-up Flowcharts
u Subchart A2: High Performance Operation Using Open Loop Vector Motor Control
Figure 4.8, Flowchart A2, describes Open Loop Vector Control for high-performance motor operation. This is appropriate
for applications requiring high starting torque, torque limits, and improved speed regulation.
From
Flowchart
A
NO
Motor test report/ data
sheet available?
Possible for motor to
rotate during tuning? <1>
NO
YES
<1> Rotational tuning should
be performed with the
load disconnected
YES
Enter the data from the motor data
sheet to E2-oo parameters.
Is the motor cable
longer than 50 m?
NO
Calculate necessary E2-oo
parameter data using the
nameplate information.
Perform Rotating AutoTuning (T1-01 = 0)
YES
Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for
terminal resistance (T1-01 = 2)
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Return to
Flowchart
A
Figure 4.8 Flowchart A2: High Performance Operation Using Open Loop Vector Motor Control
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
93
4.4 Start-up Flowcharts
u Subchart A3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors
Figure 4.9, Flowchart A3, describes tuning for PM motors in Open Loop Vector Control. PM motors can be used for energy
savings in reduced or variable torque applications.
From
Flowchart
A
Motorcode is known ?
For parameter E5-01
(for Yaskawa PM Motors)
NO
YES
Enter “FFFF” to parameter
E5-01
Set the motor code to
parameter E5-01
Enter the motor data into
parameters E5-02 to E5-24
Return to
Flowchart
A
Figure 4.9 Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors
94
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.5 Powering Up the Drive
4.5
Powering Up the Drive
u Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display
n Powering Up the Drive
Review the following checklist before turning the power on.
Item to Check
Description
Ensure the power supply voltage is correct:
200 V class: single-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
200 V class: 3-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
400 V class: 3-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz
Properly wire the power supply input terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3).
(for single-phase 200 V class models, wire only R/L1 and S/L2)
Check for proper grounding of drive and motor.
Power supply voltage
Drive output terminals
and motor terminals
Control circuit terminals
Drive control terminal status
Status of the load
and connected machinery
Properly wire drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 with motor terminals U, V, and W.
Check control circuit terminal connections.
Open all control circuit terminals (off).
Uncouple the motor from the load.
n Status Display
When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the LED operator lights will appear as follows:
Name
Fault
The data display area displays the frequency reference.
STOP
Main circuit low voltage (ex)
Note:
Description
is lit.
Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible
Solutions on page 267 for more information and possible solution.
and
are lit.
Display will vary depending
on drive settings.
STOP
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
No.
Normal
Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
95
4.6 Application Selection
4.6
Application Selection
Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically sets the required parameters to the Application Preset default values and selects I/Os. In
addition, the parameters most likely to be changed are assigned to the list of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-16. These
can be accessed in the Setup Mode and provide quicker application adjustment by eliminating the need to scroll through
multiple menus.
The following presets can be selected:
Note:
1. Do not set any value outside the allowable range for A1-06. Setting an out-of-range value will cause “APPL” to flash on the display in
the Setup group and disable the up and down arrow keys on the digital operator. To fix this error, press the ESC key to return to the
Setup group and then it will then be possible to switch to another mode using the up and down arrow keys.
2. A1-06 setting can only be changed by initializing the drive by first setting A1-03 to 2220. Setting A1-06 to a value that is out of range
will not adversely affect drive operation. When the drive should not be initialized because initialization will cause other problems, then
A1-06 does not need to be changed.
WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before performing a test run. Setting parameter A1-06 may change the I/
O terminal function automatically from the default setting. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
No.
Parameter Name
A1-06
Application Preset
Setting Range
0: Disabled
1: Water supply pump
2: Conveyor
3: Exhaust fan
4: HVAC
5: Compressor
Default
0
<1>
8: Conveyor 2 <2>
<1> Application Preset settings 6 and 7 are only available in drive software versions PRG: 5010, PRG: 1010, and PRG: 1011. To determine the drive
software version, refer to the PRG: field on the drive nameplate or drive parameter U1-25.
<2> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later.
u Setting 1: Water Supply Pump Application
Table 4.5 Water Supply Pump Parameter Settings
No.
A1-02
b1-04
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
E1-03
E1-07
E1-08
L2-01
L3-04
Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Drive Duty Selection
V/f Pattern Selection
Middle Output Frequency
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
1.0 s
1.0 s
1: Normal Duty
0FH
30.0 Hz
50.0 V
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
Table 4.6 Water Supply Pump: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
96
No.
b1-01
b1-02
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
No.
E1-08
E2-01
b1-04
Reverse Operation Selection
H1-05
C1-01
Acceleration Time 1
H1-06
C1-02
Deceleration Time 1
H1-07
E1-03
V/f Pattern Selection
L5-01
Parameter Name
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Motor Rated Current
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
Selection
Number of Auto Restart Attempts
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.6 Application Selection
No.
E1-07
Parameter Name
Middle Output Frequency
No.
−
Parameter Name
−
u Setting 2: Conveyor Application
Table 4.7 Conveyor: Parameter Settings
No.
A1-02
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
L3-04
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Drive Duty Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
3.0 s
3.0 s
0: Heavy Duty
1: Enabled
Table 4.8 Conveyor: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
No.
A1-02
b1-01
b1-02
C1-01
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Acceleration Time 1
No.
C1-02
E2-01
L3-04
−
Parameter Name
Deceleration Time 1
Motor Rated Current
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
−
u Setting 3: Exhaust Fan Application
Table 4.9 Exhaust Fan: Parameter Settings
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
Drive Duty Selection
V/f Pattern Selection
Middle Output Frequency
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
1: Normal Duty
0FH
30.0 Hz
50.0 V
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
No.
A1-02
b1-04
C6-01
E1-03
E1-07
E1-08
L2-01
L3-04
Table 4.10 Exhaust Fan: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
No.
b1-01
b1-02
b1-04
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Reverse Operation Selection
No.
E1-07
E1-08
E2-01
b3-01
Speed Search Selection at Start
H1-05
C1-01
Acceleration Time 1
H1-06
C1-02
Deceleration Time 1
H1-07
E1-03
V/f Pattern Selection
L5-01
Parameter Name
Middle Output Frequency
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Motor Rated Current
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
Selection
Number of Auto Restart Attempts
4
u Setting 4: HVAC Fan Application
Table 4.11 HVAC Fan: Parameter Settings
No.
A1-02
b1-04
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
97
4.6 Application Selection
No.
C6-01
C6-02
H2-03
Parameter Name
Drive Duty Selection
Carrier Frequency Selection
Terminals P2 Function Selection
Default Setting
L2-01
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
L8-03
L8-38
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction
1: Normal Duty
3: 8.0 kHz
39: Watt Hour Pulse Output
2: CPU Power Active - Drive will restart if power returns prior
to control power supply shut down.
4: Operation at lower speed
2: Enabled across entire frequency range.
Table 4.12 HVAC Fan: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
No.
b1-01
b1-02
b1-04
C1-01
C1-02
C6-02
d2-01
d2-02
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Reverse Operation Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Carrier Frequency Selection
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Frequency Reference Lower Limit
No.
E1-03
E1-04
E2-01
H3-11
H3-12
L2-01
L8-03
o4-12
Parameter Name
V/f Pattern Selection
Maximum Output Frequency
Motor Rated Current
Terminal A2 Gain Setting
Terminal A2 Bias Setting
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
kWh Monitor Initialization
u Setting 5: Compressor Application
Table 4.13 Compressor: Parameter Settings
No.
A1-02
b1-04
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
E1-03
L2-01
L3-04
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Drive Duty Selection
V/f Pattern Selection
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
5.0 s
5.0 s
0: Heavy Duty
0FH
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
Table 4.14 Compressor: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16):
No.
b1-01
b1-02
b1-04
C1-01
C1-02
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Reverse Operation Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
No.
E1-03
E1-07
E1-08
E2-01
−
Parameter Name
V/f Pattern Selection
Middle Output Frequency
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Motor Rated Current
−
u Setting 6: Preset 6
Note:
1. Read the instructions listed in Notes on Controlling the Brake when Using Application Preset 6 on page 99 when using Application
Preset 6
2. Perform Auto-Tuning after selecting Application Preset 6.
3. If UL3 appears on the operator display after Auto-Tuning is complete, set L6-01 to “0” to repeat the Auto-Tuning process.
Table 4.15 Preset 6: Parameters and Settings
No.
A1-02
b1-01
98
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Default Setting
2: Open Loop Vector Control
0: Operator
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.6 Application Selection
No.
b6-01
b6-02
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
C6-02
d1-01
d1-02
d1-03
E1-03
H2-02
H2-03
L2-03
L3-04
L4-01
L4-02
L6-01
L6-02
L6-03
L8-05
L8-07
L8-38
L8-41
Parameter Name
Dwell Reference at Start
Dwell Time at Start
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Drive Duty Selection
Carrier Frequency Selection
Frequency Reference 1
Frequency Reference 2
Frequency Reference 3
V/f Pattern Selection
Terminals P1 Function Selection
Terminals P2 Function Selection
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
Speed Agreement Detection Level
Speed Agreement Detection Width
Torque Detection Selection 1
Torque Detection Level 1
Torque Detection Time 1
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction
High Current Alarm Selection
Default Setting
3.0 Hz
0.3 s
3.0 s
3.0 s
0: Heavy Duty
2: 5 kHz
6.0 Hz
30.0 Hz
60.0 Hz
0FH
37: During Frequency Output
5: Frequency Detection 2
0.3 s
0: Disabled
2.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
8: UL3 at RUN - Fault
5%
0.5 s
1: Enabled <1>
1: Enabled
1: Enabled below 6 Hz
1: Enabled (alarm is output)
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
<1> Disable L8-05 for single-phase models.
Table 4.16 Preset 6: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16):
No.
A1-02
b1-01
b6-01
b6-02
C1-01
C1-02
C6-02
d1-01
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Dwell Reference at Start
Dwell Time at Start
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Carrier Frequency Selection
Frequency Reference 1
No.
d1-02
d1-03
E1-08
H2-01
L1-01
L4-01
L6-02
L6-03
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference 2
Frequency Reference 3
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Terminals MA, MB, and MC Function Selection
Motor Overload Protection Selection
Speed Agreement Detection Level
Torque Detection Level 1
Torque Detection Time 1
4
u Notes on Controlling the Brake when Using Application Preset 6
The frequency detection function is used for controlling the brake.
When an external Baseblock command is present while a Run command is active, the frequency reference will be kept as long
as the Run command is active. To avoid improper brake operation make sure that frequency detection is set so that the brake
does not open during Baseblock (L4-07 = “0”, default).
The table below shows how to set up the drive when using output terminals P2-PC as brake control output.
Brake Open/Close
Brake Activation Level
Control Mode
OLV for
V/f
OLV
PM
Function
Parameter
Signal
Frequency
Detection 2
L4-07 = 0
Frequency Detection Level
L4-01 = 1.0 to 3.0 Hz
<1>
H2-03 = 5
Frequency Detection Width
L4-02 = 0.0 to 0.5 Hz
<2>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter
O
O
−
99
4.6 Application Selection
<1> This is the setting recommended when using Open Loop Vector Control. In V/f Control, set the level as the motor rated slip frequency plus 0.5 Hz.
Not enough motor torque will be created if this value is set too low, and the load may tend to slip. Make sure this value is greater than the minimum
output frequency and greater than the value of L4-02 as shown in the diagram below. If set too high, however, there may be a jolt at start.
<2> Hysteresis for Frequency Detection 2 can be adjusted by changing the Frequency Detection Width (L4-02) between 0.0 and 0.5 Hz. If the load slips
during stop, make changes in steps of 0.1 Hz until the load no longer slips.
L4-01
L4-02
Output
frequency
Time
ON
Frequency
detection 2
OFF
Figure 4.10 Frequency Detection 2
The braking sequence should be designed as follows:
• A normally open signal (N.O.) should be used to control the brake so that it is released when terminal P2-PC closes.
• When an Up or Down command is entered, the brake should release.
• When a fault signal is output, the brake should close.
• When changing the speed using an analog signal, make sure that the source of the frequency reference is assigned to the
control circuit terminals (b1-01 = 1).
• A sequence to open and close the holding brake appears in the diagram below.
S1-SC
UP
S6-SC
Fast/Slow
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
b6-02
Input
d1-03
Output frequency
0
Output
P2-PC
L4-01 b6-01
Frequency Detection 2
(H2-03=05)
d1-01 (Enabled when b1-01 = 0)
b2-01
DC Injection braking
ON
Time
OFF
Holding brake
Closed
Open
Closed
Figure 4.11 Holding Brake Time Chart
u Setting 7: Preset 7
Table 4.17 Preset 7: Parameters and Settings
No.
A1-02
b1-01
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
C6-02
d1-01
d1-02
d1-03
H1-05
H1-06
H2-02
L3-04
L8-05
100
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Drive Duty Selection
Carrier Frequency Selection
Frequency Reference 1
Frequency Reference 2
Frequency Reference 3
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
Terminals P1 Function Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
0: Operator
3.0 s
3.0 s
0: Heavy Duty
2: 5 kHz
6.0 Hz
30.0 Hz
60.0 Hz
3: Multi-Step Speed 1
4: Multi-Step Speed 2
37: During frequency output
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<1>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.6 Application Selection
No.
L8-07
L8-38
L8-41
Parameter Name
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction
High Current Alarm Selection
Default Setting
1: Triggered when a single phase is lost
1: Enabled below 6 Hz
1: Enabled (alarm output)
<1> Disable L8-05 for single-phase models.
Table 4.18 Preset 7: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16):
No.
b1-01
C1-01
C1-02
C6-02
d1-01
d1-02
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Carrier Frequency Selection
Frequency Reference 1
Frequency Reference 2
No.
d1-03
E2-01
H1-05
H1-06
H2-01
L1-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference 3
Motor Rated Current
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
Terminals MA, MB, and MC Function Selection
Motor Overload Protection Selection
u Setting 8: Conveyor Application 2
This setting is available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later.
Table 4.19 Conveyor 2: Parameters and Settings
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Drive Duty Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
High-Slip Suppression Current Level
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
3.0 s
3.0 s
0: Heavy Duty
0: Disabled
1.4
150%
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
No.
A1-02
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
L3-04
n3-13
n3-21
Table 4.20 Conveyor 2: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16):
No.
A1-02
b1-01
b1-02
C1-01
C1-02
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
No.
E2-01
L3-04
n3-13
n3-21
–
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Current
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
High-Slip Suppression Current Level
–
4
101
4.7 Auto-Tuning
4.7
Auto-Tuning
u Types of Auto-Tuning
There are three types of Auto-Tuning. Select the best type of Auto-Tuning for the application. Refer to Auto-Tuning
Procedure on page 103.
Type
Setting
Rotational
Auto-Tuning
for V/f Control
T1-01 = 3
Rotational AutoTuning
for OLV Control
T1-01 = 0
Stationary AutoTuning
for Line-to-Line
Resistance (V/f and
OLV Control)
T1-01 = 2
Note:
Application Conditions and Benefits
Control Mode
• Assumes the motor can rotate during the Auto-Tuning process
• Improves torque compensation, slip compensation, energy
V/f Control
savings, and Speed Search performance
• Should be performed when Speed Estimation Type Speed Search
or Energy Saving is used in V/f Control
• Assumes the motor can rotate during the Auto-Tuning process
Open Loop Vector Control
• Achieves high-performance motor control and should be
performed whenever Open Loop Vector Control is used
For use when:
• The motor cable exceeds 50 m
V/f Control, Open Loop Vector
• The motor cable length has been modified after Auto-Tuning has Control
been previously performed
• When motor capacity and drive capacity differ
Auto-Tuning cannot be performed on permanent magnet motors (IPM, SPM, etc.).
u Before Auto-Tuning the Drive
Check the items below before Auto-Tuning the drive.
n Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations
• Auto-Tuning automatically determines the electrical characteristics of the motor. This is fundamentally different from other
types of Auto-Tuning features used in servo systems.
• Auto-Tuning requires the user to input data from the motor nameplate. Make sure the information written on the nameplate
is available before Auto-Tuning the drive.
• For best performance, be sure the drive input supply voltage equals or exceeds the motor rated voltage.
Note:
Performance can be enhanced by using a motor with a base voltage that is 20 V (40 V for 400 V class models) lower than the input supply
voltage. This may be of special importance when operating the motor above 90% of base speed, where high torque precision is required.
• Auto-Tuning is not possible with permanent magnet motors.
• To cancel Auto-Tuning, press the STOP key on the LED operator.
• Table 4.21 describes digital input and output terminal status during Auto-Tuning.
Table 4.21 Digital Input and Output Operation During Auto-Tuning
Auto-Tuning Type
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control
Rotational Auto-Tuning for OLV Control
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Digital Input
Not available
Not available
Not available
Digital Output
Functions the same as during normal operation
Functions the same as during normal operation
Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not release the mechanical brake during stationary Auto-Tuning. Inadvertent brake release may
cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Ensure that the mechanical brake release circuit is not controlled by the drive multifunction digital outputs.
Note:
It is recommended that Rotational Auto-Tuning is performed with the load disconnected. Failure to comply could result in improper drive
operation. If Rotational Auto-Tuning is performed for a motor coupled to a load, the motor constants will be inaccurate and the motor may
exhibit abnormal operation. Disconnect or decouple the motor from the load.
n Notes on Rotational Auto-Tuning
• For optimal performance, Auto-Tuning should only be done with the motor uncoupled from the load for applications
requiring high performance over a wide speed range.
• If motor and load cannot be uncoupled, the load should be lower than 30% of the rated load. Performing Rotational AutoTuning with a higher load will set motor parameters incorrectly, and can cause irregular motor rotation.
• Ensure the motor-mounted brake is fully released if installed.
102
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.7 Auto-Tuning
• Connected machinery should be allowed to rotate the motor.
n Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning for Terminal Resistance Only
• If the motor cable lead length has been significantly modified after Auto-Tuning has already been performed, perform
Stationary Auto-Tuning with the new cables.
• Perform when using motor cables longer than 50 m with V/f Control.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance only, the motor does not rotate,
however, power is applied. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical
shock.
u Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes
If tuning results are abnormal or the STOP key is pressed before completion, Auto-Tuning will be interrupted and a fault code
will be displayed on the digital operator.
A
A – Normal Auto-Tuning Display
B
B – Auto-Tuning Interrupted
Figure 4.12 Auto-Tuning Interruption Display
u Performing Auto-Tuning
n Auto-Tuning Procedure
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Auto-Tuning should generally be performed in the following steps.
1. Refer to Before Auto-Tuning the Drive on page 102.
2. Determine which type of Auto-Tuning best fits the application requirements following Figure 4.13.
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
103
4.7 Auto-Tuning
START
Select the Motor Control Mode A1-02
Open Loop Vector
A1-02 = 2
V/f Control
A1-02 = 0
PM Open LoopVector Control
A1-02 = 5
Select the motor code
(E5-01) or set motor data
manually in E5-oo
Select a V/f pattern
E1-03
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
Is the cable
between the motor
and drive longer
than 50 m?
V/f Rotational
Auto-Tuning
(T1-01 = 3)
Is the total
connected load
expected to be less
than 30% of the motor
rating?
Can the load be
disconnected from
the motor?
Will the application
allow motor rotation
for Auto-Tuning?
YES
NO
NOTICE: Auto-Tuning with
a connected load is possible,
but may result in less than
optimum performance.
NO
Stationary Auto-Tuning for
Line-to-Line Resistance
(T1-01 = 2)
Rotational
Auto-Tuning
(T1-01 = 0)
Use V/f control (A1-02 =
0) or set motor
parameters manually if
OLV control is needed
Run the motor without the load.
Fine tune parameters if needed.
Connect the load and run the motor.
Fine tune parameters if needed.
Verify system operates as required.
Auto-Tuning finished.
Figure 4.13 Auto-Tuning Selection
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
104
Enter the type of Auto-Tuning to parameter T1-01.
Enter the motor nameplate data.
Start the Auto-Tuning process when prompted by the drive.
If Auto-Tuning was successfully performed, do a test run without the load and make any necessary parameter adjustments.
If the test run was successful, do a test run with the load connected and make parameter adjustments if necessary.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.7 Auto-Tuning
u Auto-Tuning Example
The following example illustrates how to perform Rotational Auto-Tuning for Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2).
n Set the Selected Type of Auto-Tuning
Step
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Press the
3.
Press
to begin setting parameters.
4.
Press
to display the value for T1-01.
5.
Press
to select the digit to edit.
6.
Press
and set the drive to perform Rotational Auto-Tuning (00).
7.
Save the setting by pressing
8.
The display automatically returns to the display shown in Step 3.
Display/Result
key until the Auto-Tuning display appears.
.
n Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate
After selecting the type of Auto-Tuning, enter the data required from the motor nameplate.
These instructions continue from Step 8 in “Set the Selected Type of Auto-Tuning”.
Step
1.
Press
2.
Press
3.
Press
to select the digit to edit.
4.
Press
and enter the motor power nameplate data in kW.
5.
Press
6.
The display automatically returns to the display in Step 1.
7.
Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to set the following parameters:
• T1-03, Motor Rated Voltage
• T1-04, Motor Rated Current
• T1-05, Motor Base Frequency
• T1-06, Number of Motor Poles
• T1-07, Motor Base Speed
Note:
Display/Result
to access the motor output power parameter T1-02.
to view the default setting.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Note:
to save the setting.
4
1. For the details on each setting, Refer to Input Data for Auto-Tuning on page 106.
2. For Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line resistance only, set T1-02 and T1-04.
n Starting Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death or
serious injury. Ensure the area surrounding the drive motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with the
motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.
NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is engaged on the load. Failure to comply could result in improper
operation of the drive. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
105
4.7 Auto-Tuning
NOTICE: Never perform Rotational Auto-Tuning for a motor connected to a load. Failure to comply could result in improper drive operation.
If Rotational Auto-Tuning is performed for a motor coupled to a load, the motor parameters will be inaccurate and the motor may exhibit
abnormal operation. Disconnect or decouple the motor from the load.
Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press
Note:
to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.
These instructions continue from Step 7 in “Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate”.
Step
Display/Result
1.
After setting T1-07 as illustrated in the previous section, press
display is as described below:
and confirm the
2.
Press
to activate Auto-Tuning.
flashes.
Note: The first digit indicates which motor is undergoing Auto-Tuning (motor 1 or motor
2). The second digit indicates the type of Auto-Tuning being performed.
3.
Auto-Tuning finishes in approximately one to two minutes.
u Input Data for Auto-Tuning
The T1-oo parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data.
Note:
1. Cycling power to the drive will reset any values set during the Auto-Tuning process to factory defaults.
2. For motors that are to be operated in the field weakening range, first perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data, i.e. the frequency at
which the motor is operating with its rated voltage (base frequency). After Auto-Tuning is complete, change the maximum frequency
E1-04 to the desired value.
n T1-00: Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
Selects the motor to be tuned when motor 1/2 switching is enabled, i.e., a digital input is set for function H1-oo = 16. This
parameter is not displayed if motor 1/2 switching is disabled.
No.
T1-00
Name
Motor 1/2 Selection
Setting Range
1 or 2
Default
1
Setting 1: Motor 1
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E1-oo and E2-oo for motor 1.
Setting 2: Motor 2
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E3-oo and E4-oo for motor 2. Make sure that motor 2 is connected to the drive
for Auto-Tuning.
n T1-01: Tuning Mode Selection
Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used. Refer to Types of Auto-Tuning on page 102 for details on different types of AutoTuning.
No.
Name
Setting Range
Default
T1-01
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
0, 2 (OLV) 2, 3 (V/f)
0 (OLV) 2 (V/f)
Setting 0: Rotating Auto-Tuning for Open Loop Vector Control
Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting 3: Rotating Auto-Tuning for V/f Control
n T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Used to set the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value. For optimal performance, the motor rated power
should be between 50 and 100% of the drive rating.
No.
Name
Setting Range
T1-02
Motor Rated Power
<1>
Default
Determined by
o2-04 and C6-01
<1> The setting range differs based on drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 0.03 to 650.00 kW
106
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.7 Auto-Tuning
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 0.00 to 650.00 kW
n T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage (T1-01 = 0 or 3)
Used to set the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. If the motor is used above its base speed, enter
the voltage at base speed here.
For higher tuning precision and better control performance, enter the motor no-load voltage here if known. The motor no-load
voltage is referred as to the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load condition at its rated speed. Refer to the motor
data sheet.
No.
T1-03
Name
Motor Rated Voltage
Setting Range
0.0 to 255.5
V <1>
Default
200.0 V <1>
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class drive.
n T1-04: Motor Rated Current
Used to set the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. For optimal performance in OLV, the motor rated
current should be between 50 and 100% of the drive rating. Enter the current at the motor base speed.
No.
Name
T1-04
Motor Rated Current
Setting Range
10 to 200% of drive rated
current
Default
Determined by
o2-04 and C6-01
n T1-05: Motor Rated Frequency (T1-01 = 0 or 3)
No.
T1-05
Name
Motor Base Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
60.0 Hz
Setting Range
2 to 48
Default
4
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Used to set the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used
or the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the base frequency here.
For higher tuning precision and better control performance, enter the motor no-load frequency here if known. The “no-load
frequency” refers to the frequency needed to operate the motor under no-load condition at its rated speed. Refer to the motor
data sheet.
n T1-06: Number of Motor Poles (T1-01 = 0 or 3)
Used to set the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.
No.
T1-06
Name
Number of Motor Poles
4
n T1-07: Motor Base Speed (T1-01 = 0 or 3)
Used to set the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used or
the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the speed at base frequency here.
No.
T1-07
Name
Motor Base Speed
Setting Range
0 to 24000 r/min
Default
1750 r/min
n T1-11: Motor Iron Loss (T1-01 = 3)
Provides iron loss information for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. If E2-10 has been changed and the power has
been cycled, the value set to E2-10 will appear as the default in T1-11. If the value of T1-02 is not changed during AutoTuning data input, the drive will select a value that is typical for the motor power entered to T1-02.
No.
Name
Setting Range
T1-11
Motor Iron Loss
0 to 65535 W
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Default
Determined by
o2-04 and C6-01
107
4.8 No-Load Operation Test Run
4.8
No-Load Operation Test Run
u No-Load Operation Test Run
This section explains how to operate the drive with the motor uncoupled from the load during a test run.
n Before Starting the Motor
Check the following items before operation:
• Ensure the area around the motor is safe.
• Ensure external emergency stop circuitry is working properly and other safety precautions have been taken.
n During Operation
Check the following items during operation:
• The motor should rotate smoothly (i.e., no abnormal noise or oscillation).
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
n No-Load Operation Instructions
The following example illustrates a test run procedure using the digital operator.
Note:
Before starting the motor, set the frequency reference d1-01 to 6 Hz.
Step
Display/Result
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Press the
3.
Press
at 6 Hz.
key to select LOCAL. The LO/RE LED will turn on.
STOP
STOP
to give the drive a Run command. RUN will light and the motor will rotate
Off
On
Motor
4.
Ensure the motor is rotating in the correct direction and no faults or alarms occur.
Forward
5.
to increase the frequency reference. Increase the
If there is no error in step 4, press
frequency in 10 Hz increments verifying smooth operation results at all speeds. For each
frequency, monitor the drive output current (U1-03) through the LED operator to confirm
the current is well below the motor rated current. Example: 6 Hz → 60 Hz.
6.
The drive should operate normally. Press
motor comes to a complete stop.
STOP
to stop the motor. RUN flashes until the
STOP
Flashing
108
Off
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.9 Test Run with Load Connected
4.9
Test Run with Load Connected
u Test Run with the Load Connected
After performing a no-load test run connect the load and proceed to run the motor and load together.
n Notes on Connected Machinery
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clear the area around the motor.
The motor should come to a complete stop without problems.
Connect the machinery.
Fasten all installation screws properly. Check that the motor and connected machinery are held in place.
Confirm that the Fast-stop circuit or mechanical safety measures operate correctly.
Be ready to press the STOP button in case of emergency.
n Checklist Before Operation
• The motor should rotate in the proper direction.
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
n Operating the Motor under Loaded Conditions
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Test run the application similarly to the no-load test procedure when connecting the machinery to the motor.
• Check monitor parameter U1-03 to ensure there is no overcurrent.
• If the application permits running the load in the reverse direction, try changing motor direction and the frequency reference
while watching for abnormal motor oscillation or vibration.
• Correct any problems that occurs with hunting, oscillation, or other control-related issues.
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
109
4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
Check changes to parameter settings as a result of Auto-Tuning using the Verify function. Refer to Verifying Parameter
Changes: Verify Menu on page 88.
Save the verified parameter settings. Change the access level or set a password to the drive to prevent accidental modification
of parameter settings.
u Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03
Performing the following procedure stores all parameters settings to drive memory where they can later be recalled if necessary.
Set o2-03 to “1” to save parameter changes. This saves all parameter settings, and then returns o2-03 to 0. The drive can now
“recall” the saved parameters by performing a “user-initialization” (A1-03 = 1110).
No.
Parameter Name
o2-03
User Parameter
Default Value
A1-03
Initialize
Parameters
Description
Allows storing of parameter settings as a User Initialization Selection.
0: Saved/Not set
1: Set Defaults - Saves current parameter settings as user default settings.
2: Clear All - Clears the currently saved user settings. After saving the user parameter
set value, the items of 1110 (User Parameter Initialize) are displayed in A1-03 (User
Parameter Default Value).
Selects a method to initialize the parameters.
0: No Initialize
1110: User Initialize (The user must first program and store desired settings using
parameter o2-03)
2220: 2-Wire Initialization (parameter initialized prior to shipment)
3330: 3-Wire Initialization
5550: oPE4 Fault reset
Setting
Range
Default
Setting
0 to 2
0
0 to 5550
0
u Parameter Access Level: A1-01
Setting the Access Level for “Operation only” (A1-01 = 0) allows the user to access parameters A1-oo and Uo-oo only.
Other parameters are not displayed.
Setting the Access Level for “User Parameters” (A1-01 = 1) allows the user to access parameters that have been previously
saved as User Parameters. This is helpful when displaying only the relevant parameters for a specific application.
No.
Parameter Name
A1-01
Access Level
Selection
A2-01
to
A2-32
User Parameters 1
to 32
A2-33
User Parameter
Automatic
Selection
Description
Selects which parameters are accessible via the digital operator.
0: Operation only (A1-01, -04, and -06 can be set and monitored. U parameters can be
monitored)
1: User Parameters (Only those recently changed among application parameters A2-01 to
-16 and A2-17 to -32 can be set and monitored)
2: Advanced Access Level (All parameters can be set and monitored)
Parameters selected by the user are stored to the User Parameter menu. This includes
recently viewed parameters or parameters specifically selected for quick access.
If parameter A2-33 is set to 1, recently viewed parameters will be listed between A2-17
and A2-32. Parameters A2-01 through A2-16 must be manually selected by the user.
If A2-33 is set to 0, then recently viewed parameters will not be saved to the User Parameter
group. The entire A2 parameter group is now available for manual programming.
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User
Parameters.
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved
to A2-17 through A2-32 for quick access. The most recently changed parameter is
registered in A2-17. The second most recently changed parameter is registered in A2-18.
Setting
Range
Default
0 to 2
2
b1-01 to
o2-08
–
0, 1
1
u Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05
The user can set a password to the drive to restrict access. The password is selected via parameter A1-05. The selected password
must be entered in parameter A1-04 to unlock parameter access (i.e., parameter setting A1-04 must match the value
programmed into A1-05). The following parameters cannot be viewed or edited until the value programmed into A1-04
correctly matches the value as programmed in parameter A1-05: A1-01, A1-02, A1-03, A1-06 and A2-01 through A2-33.
Note:
110
Parameter A1-05 is hidden from view. To display A1-05, access parameter A1-04 and simultaneously depress the
key.
key and the
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
u Copy Function (Optional)
Parameter settings can be copied to another drive to simplify parameter restoration or multiple drive setup. The drive supports
the following options:
n USB/Copy Unit (JVOP-181)
The copy unit is an external option connected to the drive to copy parameter settings to another drive. It includes a USB adapter
to connect the drive to a PC.
n LCD Operator (JVOP-180)
The LCD operator operates the drive and supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings using the parameters
o3-01 and o3-02.
Note:
Use of the LCD operator requires that the drive is running drive software version PRG: 1012 or later. The LCD operator is not compatible
with drive software version PRG: 5010.
n LED Operator (JVOP-182)
The LED operator operates the drive and supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings.
Note:
Use of the LED operator requires that the drive is running drive software version PRG: 1014 or later. The LED operator is not compatible
with version PRG: 5010.
n Drive Wizard Plus
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Drive Wizard Plus is a PC software tool for parameter management, monitoring, and diagnosis. Drive Wizard Plus can load,
store, and copy drive parameter settings. For details, refer to Help in the Drive Wizard Plus software.
The installation files can be obtained at no charge from:
U.S.: http://www.yaskawa.com
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
111
4.11 Test Run Checklist
4.11 Test Run Checklist
Review the checklist before performing a test run. Check each item that applies.
No.
Checklist
Page
1
Thoroughly read the manual before performing a test run.
–
2
Turn the power on.
95
3
Set the voltage for the power supply to E1-01.
169
Check the items that correspond to the control mode being used.
WARNING! Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive. Failure to comply
could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-Wire control, a momentary closure on terminal S1
may cause the drive to start.
No.
Checklist
V/f Control (A1-02 = 0)
Select the best V/f pattern according to the application and motor characteristics.
4
Example: If using a motor with a rated frequency of 60.0 Hz, set E1-03 to “1”.
5
Perform Auto-Tuning for Energy Savings if using Energy Saving functions.
Page
–
102
Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2)
6
Uncouple the load from the motor when performing Rotational Auto-Tuning.
102
7
Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
102
The following data entered during Auto-Tuning should match the information written on the motor nameplate:
• motor rated output power (kW) → T1-02
• rated voltage (V) → T1-03
• rated current (A) → T1-04
8
• base frequency (Hz) → T1-05
• number of motor poles → T1-06
• motor rotations per minutes (r/min) → T1-07
PM Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 5)
9
Set permanent motor parameters E5-01 through E5-24
106
94
Proceed to the following checklist after checking items 4 through 9.
No.
should illuminate after giving a run command.
Page
10
The
11
89
12
to set to LOCAL.
To give a run command and frequency reference from the LED Digital Operator, press
The LO/RE key lights while LOCAL is displayed.
If the motor rotates in the opposite direction during the test run, switch two of the drive output terminals (U/T1,
V/T2, W/T3).
13
Select the correct duty rating (C6-01) for the application.
–
14
–
16
Set the correct values for the motor rated current (E2-01) and the motor protection selection (L1-01) to ensure
motor thermal protection.
If the run command and frequency reference are provided via the control circuit terminals, set the drive for
REMOTE and be sure the LO/RE light is out.
If the control circuit terminals should supply the frequency reference, select the correct voltage input signal level
(0 to 10 V) or the correct current input signal level (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA).
89
17
Set the proper voltage to terminal A1. (0 to 10 V).
121
18
Set the proper current to terminal A2. (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA).
121
19
When current input is used, set H3-09 to “2” (4 to 20 mA) or “3” (0 to 20 mA) and set H3-10 to “0”.
–
20
When current input is used, switch the drive built-in DIP switch S1 from the V-side (OFF) to I-side (ON).
–
15
112
Checklist
–
95
89
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
4.11 Test Run Checklist
Checklist
Page
21
Set the minimum and maximum frequency references to the desired values. Make the following adjustments if
the drive does not operate as expected:
Gain adjustment: Set the maximum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input gain (H3-03 for input A1,
H3-11 for input A2) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired value.
Bias adjustment: Set the minimum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input bias (H3-04 for input A1,
H3-12 for input A2) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired minimum value.
–
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
No.
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
113
4.11 Test Run Checklist
This Page Intentionally Blank
114
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5
Parameter Details
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
A: INITIALIZATION..............................................................................................116
B: APPLICATION.................................................................................................121
C: TUNING............................................................................................................147
D: REFERENCE SETTINGS................................................................................159
E: MOTOR PARAMETERS..................................................................................169
F: OPTION SETTINGS.........................................................................................181
H: TERMINAL FUNCTIONS.................................................................................184
L: PROTECTION FUNCTIONS............................................................................213
N: SPECIAL ADJUSTMENTS..............................................................................240
O: OPERATOR RELATED SETTINGS................................................................247
U: MONITOR PARAMETERS..............................................................................254
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
115
5.1 A: Initialization
5.1
A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial setup of the drive. Parameters involving the display
language, access levels, initialization, and password are located in this group.
u A1: Initialization
n A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the digital operator.
Note:
This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
No.
A1-00
Parameter Name
Language Selection
Setting Range
0 to 7
Default
0
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
2
Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting 2: German
Setting 3: French
Setting 4: Italian
Setting 5: Spanish
Setting 6: Portuguese
Setting 7: Chinese
n A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.
No.
A1-01
Parameter Name
Access Level Selection
Setting 0: Operation Only
Access is restricted to parameters A1-01, A1-04, A1-06, and all U monitor parameters.
Setting 1: User Parameters
Access to only a specific list of parameters set to A2-01 through A2-32. These User Parameters can be accessed using the
Setup mode of the digital operator.
Setting 2: Advanced Access Level (A) and Setup Access Level (S)
All parameters can be viewed and edited.
Notes on Parameter Access
• If the drive parameters are password protected by A1-04 and A1-05, parameters A1-00 through A1-03, A1-06, and all A2
parameters cannot be modified.
• If a digital input programmed for Program Lockout (H1-oo = 1B) is enabled, parameter values cannot be modified, even
though the A1-01 is set to 1 or 2.
• If parameters are changed via serial communication the parameters cannot be changed from the digital operator until an
Enter command is received from the serial communication.
n A1-02: Control Method Selection
Selects the Control Method of the drive.
Note:
1. Be sure to perform Auto-Tuning when using one of the vector control modes.
2. Reinitializing the drive does not reset A1-02 to the factory default value.
No.
A1-02
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 2, 5
Default
0
Setting 0: V/f Control
• For general-purpose and multiple motor applications.
116
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
• For use when the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-tuning can not be performed.
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector
• For general, variable-speed applications.
• For applications requiring precise speed control, quick response, and higher torque at low speeds.
Setting 5: PM Open Loop Vector
For operating SPM, IPM, and various permanent magnet motors. Takes advantage of Energy Saving features when operating
with derated torque.
n A1-03: Initialize Parameters
Resets parameter settings back to their original default values. After the initialization the parameter automatically returns to
0.
No.
A1-03
Parameter Name
Initialize Parameters
Setting Range
0, 1110, 2220, 3330, 5550
Default
0
Setting 0: No Initialization
Setting 1110: User Initialize
The modified drive parameters are returned to the values selected as user settings. User settings are stored when parameter
o2-03 = “1: Set Defaults”.
Note:
A “user-initialization” resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values that were previously saved to the drive. To clear the userdefined default values, set parameter o2-03 to “2”.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets all parameters back to their original default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as forward run and reverse
run, respectively. A 2-wire sequence assigns functions to input terminals S1 and S2.
Refer to Setting 40/41: Forward Run/Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire Sequence on page 191 for more information.
Setting 3330: 3-Wire Initialization
The drive parameters are returned to factory default values with digital inputs S1, S2, and S5 configured as run, stop, and
forward/reverse respectively. A 3-wire sequence assigns functions to input terminals S1, S2, and S5.
Refer to Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 185 for more information.
If parameters on a certain drive have been edited and then a different terminal block is installed with different settings saved
in its built-in memory, an oPE04 error will appear on the display. To use the parameter settings saved to the terminal block
memory, set A1-02 to “5550”.
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 5.1 will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220 or 3330. The fault
history will not be reset when the drive is initialized by A1-03 = 2220 or 3330. Although the control mode in A1-02 is not
reset when A1-03 is set to 2220 or 3330, it may change when an application preset is selected.
Table 5.1 Parameters not Changed by Drive Initialization
No.
A1-00
A1-02
A1-07
E1-03
E5-01
E5-02
E5-03
E5-04
E5-05
E5-06
Parameter Name
Language Selection
Control Method Selection
DriveWorksEZ Function Selection
V/f Pattern Selection
Motor Code Selection (for PM motors)
Motor Rated Capacity (for PM motors)
Motor Rated Current (for PM motors)
Motor Poles (for PM motors)
Motor Stator Resistance (for PM motors)
Motor d Axis Inductance (for PM motors)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
117
Parameter Details
Setting 5550: oPE04 Reset
5
5.1 A: Initialization
No.
E5-07
E5-09
E5-24
o2-04
L8-35
Parameter Name
Motor q Axis Inductance (for PM motors)
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (for PM motors)
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (for PM motors)
Drive/kVA Selection
Installation Selection
n A1-04, A1-05: Password and Password Setting
A1-04 is for entering the password when the drive is locked. A1-05 is a hidden parameter used to set the password.
No.
A1-04
A1-05
Parameter Name
Password
Password Setting
Setting Range
Default
0 to 9999
0
How to use the Password
The user can set a password for the drive to restrict access. The password is set to A1-05 and must be entered to A1-04 to
unlock parameter access. Until the correct password is entered, the following parameters cannot be viewed or edited: A1-01,
A1-02, A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33.
The instructions below demonstrate how to set a new password. Here, the password set is “1234”. An explanation follows on
how to enter the password to unlock the parameters.
Table 5.2 Setting the Password for Parameter Lock
Step
Display/Result
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Scroll to the Parameter Setup display and press
3.
Scroll to the right by pressing
4.
Select the flashing digits by pressing
5.
Select A1-04 by pressing
6.
Press the
key while holding down
at the same time. A1-05 will appear.
Note: A1-05 is normally hidden, but can be displayed by following the directions listed
here.
7.
Press the
8.
Use
9.
Press
10.
The display automatically returns to the display shown in step 5.
.
.
.
.
“05” flashes
key.
,
and
to enter the password.
to save what was entered.
Table 5.3 Check to see if A1-01 is locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step
1.
Press
2.
Press
3.
Press
and
4.
Press
to return to the first display.
118
Display/Result
to display A1-01.
“01” flashes
to display the value set to A1-01.
, making sure that the setting values cannot be changed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
Table 5.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 4 above)
Step
1.
Press
to enter the parameter setup display.
2.
Press
to select the flashing digits as shown.
3.
Press
to scroll to A1-04.
4.
Enter the password “1234”.
5.
Press
6.
Drive returns to the parameter display.
7.
Press
8.
Press
to display the value set to A1-01. If the first "0" blinks, parameter settings
are unlocked.
9.
Use
10.
Press
changes.
11.
The display automatically returns to the parameter display.
Note:
Display/Result
“01” flashes
to save the new password.
and scroll to A1-01.
and
to change the value if desired. This is not typical.
to save the setting, or
to return to the previous display without saving
Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password. Performing a 2-Wire or 3-Wire initialization resets the password to
“0000”. Reenter the password to parameter A1-05 after drive initialization.
n A1-06: Application Presets
n A1-07: DriveWorksEZ Function Selection
DriveWorksEZ is a software package that can be used to customize the drive functionality or add PLC functionality by the
interconnection and configuration of basic software function blocks. The drive performs program created by the user in 2 ms
cycles.
Parameter A1-07 can be used to enable or disable the DriveWorksEZ program inside the drive.
Note:
1. If DriveWorksEZ assigned functions to any multi-function output terminals, those functions stay set after disabling DriveWorksEZ.
2. Reinitialization using A1-03 does not reset A1-07 to the factory default value.
3. For more information on DriveWorksEZ, contact a Yaskawa representative or the Yaskawa sales department directly.
No.
A1-07
Parameter Name
DriveWorksEZ Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: DWEZ Disabled
Setting 1: DWEZ Enabled
Setting 2: Digital Input
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
119
Parameter Details
Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically sets the required parameters to default values and selects I/Os. In addition, Application
Preset parameters are assigned to the list of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-16. These can be accessed in the Setup Mode
and provide quicker application adjustment by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple menus.
Refer to Application Selection on page 96 for details on parameter A1-06.
5
5.1 A: Initialization
u A2: User Parameters
n A2-01 to A2-32: User Parameters
The user can select 32 parameters and assign them to A2-01 through A2-32. This saves time later scrolling through the
parameter menu. The list of User Parameters can also track the most recently edited settings and save those parameters to this
list.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
A2-01 to A2-32
User Parameters 1 to 32
A1-02; b1-01 to o2-08
Default
Depending on
A1-06
Saving User Parameters
To save specific parameters to A2-01 to A2-32, first set the access level to allow access to all parameters (A1-02 = 2). Next
assign the parameter number to the User Parameters list by entering it into one of the A2-oo parameters. By then setting
A1-01 to “1”, the access level can be restricted so that users can only set and reference the specific parameters saved as User
Parameters.
n A2-33: User Parameter Automatic Selection
A2-33 determines whether or not parameters that have been edited are saved to the User Parameters (A2-17 to A2-32) for
quick, easy access.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
A2-33
User Parameter Automatic Selection
0 or 1
Default
Depending on
A1-06
Setting 0: Do not save list of recently viewed parameters.
To manually select the parameters listed in the User Parameter group, set A2-33 to “0”.
Setting 1: Save history of recently viewed parameters.
By setting A2-33 to 1, all parameters that were recently edited will be automatically saved to A2-17 through A2-32. A total
of 16 parameters are saved in order with the most recently edited parameter set to A2-17. User parameters can be accessed
using the Setup mode of the digital operator.
120
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
5.2
b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the frequency reference, the Run command, DC Injection Braking, Speed
Search, various timer functions, PID control, the Dwell function, Energy Savings and a variety of other application-related
settings.
u b1: Mode of Operation
n b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1
Use parameter b1-01 to select the frequency reference source 1 for the REMOTE mode.
Note:
1. If a Run command is input to the drive but the frequency reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the RUN indicator
LED on the digital operator will light and the STOP indicator will flash.
2. Press the LO/RE key to set the drive to LOCAL and use the operator keypad to enter the frequency reference.
No.
b1-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
1
Setting 0: Digital Operator
Using this setting, the frequency reference can be input by:
• Switching between the multi-speed references in the d1-oo parameters.
• Entering the frequency reference on the operator keypad.
Setting 1: Terminals (Analog Input Terminals)
Using this setting, an analog frequency reference can be entered from:
• Terminal A1 using a 0 to 10 Vdc signal.
• Terminal A2 using either a 0 to 10 Vdc or a 0/4 to 20 mA signal.
Terminal A2 supports voltage and current input. The input signal type must be set up by setting DIP switch S1 and adjusting parameter
H3-09. Refer to H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection on page 207.
Entering only the main frequency reference:
Using Control Circuit Terminal A1 (0 to 10 Vdc voltage input):
Use a circuit such as the one shown in Figure 5.1 or an external 0 to 10 Vdc voltage source like a PLC analog output and set
the input level selection for A1 in parameter H3-02 as desired. Refer to H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection on page
205.
Parameter Details
Note:
5
Figure 5.1 Setting the Frequency Reference by Voltage Input
• Using Control Circuit Terminal A2 (0 to 10 Vdc voltage input)
Use the same connection like explained for terminal A1 for terminal A2. Make sure that switch S1 is set to “V” and set the
appropriate signal level for terminal A2 by entering 0 or 1 into parameter H3-09. The terminal A2 function must be set to
frequency bias by entering 0 into parameter H3-10 (Refer to H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection on page 207).
• Using Control Circuit Terminal A2 (0/4 to 20 mA current input)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
121
5.2 b: Application
Connect input A2 to an external current source such as the one shown in Figure 5.2. Make sure that switch S1 is set to “I”
and set the appropriate signal level for terminal A2 by entering 2 (4 to 20 mA) or 3 (0 to 20 mA) into parameter H3-09. The
terminal A2 function must be set to frequency bias by entering 0 into parameter H3-10 (Refer to H3-10: Terminal A2 Function
Selection on page 207).
DIP switch S1
V
Drive
I
+V (+10.5 V, 20 mA power supply)
0 or 4 to 20 mA input
A1
Frequency reference
A2
Frequency reference bias
AC
Analog common
Figure 5.2 Setting the Frequency Reference by Current Input
Switching between Main/Auxiliary Frequency References
The frequency reference input can be switched between terminal A1 (main) and terminal A2 (auxiliary). When using this
function:
• Make sure that b1-01 is set to “1” (Frequency reference from analog input).
• Set the terminal A2 function to auxiliary frequency (H3-10 = 2).
• Set one digital input to multi-speed 1 (H1-oo = 3, default for S5).
The frequency reference value is read from
• Terminal A1 when the digital input set for multi-speed 1 is open.
• Terminal A2 when the digital input set for multi-speed 1 is closed.
Figure 5.2 shows a wiring example for main/auxiliary reference switching using digital input S5.
Figure 5.3 Switching between Analog Reference 1 and 2
122
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
This setting requires that the frequency reference is entered via the RS-485/422 serial communications port (control terminals
R+, R-, S+, S-, Protocol: MEMOBUS/Modbus). For instructions, Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page
431.
Setting 3: Option Card
This setting requires that the frequency reference is entered via an option board plugged into connector CN5 on the drive
control board. Consult the manual supplied with the option board for instructions on integrating the drive with the
communication system.
Note:
If the frequency reference source is set for an option PCB (b1-01 = 3) but an option board is not installed in CN5, an oPE05 Programming
Error will be displayed on the digital operator and the RUN command will not be accepted.
Setting 4: Pulse Train Input
If b1-01 is set to 4 the frequency reference must be provided by a pulse train signal at terminal RP that complies with the
following specification.
Pulse Train Input Specifications
Response Frequency
Duty Cycle
High Level Voltage
Low Level Voltage
Input Impedance
0.5 to 32 kHz
30 to 70%
3.5 to 13.2 V
0.0 to 0.8 V
3 kΩ
Verifying Pulse Train is Working Properly
• Make sure that b1-01 is set to 4 and H6-01 is set to 0.
• Set the pulse input scaling H6-02 to the pulse train frequency value that equals 100% frequency reference.
• Enter a pulse train signal to terminal RP and check if the correct frequency reference is displayed. Try also with different
pulse train input frequencies.
n b1-02: Run Command Selection 1
Parameter b1-02 determines the Run and Stop command source 1 in the REMOTE mode.
No.
b1-02
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection 1
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: Digital Operator
Using this setting, the RUN and STOP keys on the operator keypad will start and stop the motor. The LED in the LO/RE key
will be on to indicate that the Run command is assigned to the operator. The example below shows how the drive can be
operated if b1-02 is set to 0.
Step
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Set the frequency reference to F6.00 (6 Hz).
3.
key to start the motor. The RUN indicator LED will light and the motor
Press the
will begin rotating at 6 Hz.
4.
Press the
key to stop the motor. The RUN light will flash until the motor comes to
a complete stop.
5
Display/Result
STOP
off
flashing
on
off
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
This setting requires that the Run and Stop commands are entered from the digital input terminals. The following sequences
can be used:
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Clear personnel, secure equipment, and check sequence and safety circuitry before starting the
drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
123
5.2 b: Application
• 2-Wire sequence 1:
Two inputs (FWD/Stop-REV/Stop). Initializing the drive by setting A1-01 = 2220, presets the terminals S1 and S2 to these
functions. This is the default setting of the drive. Refer to Setting 40/41: Forward Run/Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire
Sequence on page 191.
• 2-Wire sequence 2:
Two inputs (Start/Stop-FWD/REV). Refer to Setting 42/43: Run and Direction Command for 2-Wire Sequence 2 on page
191.
• 3-Wire sequence:
Inputs S1, S2, S5 (Start-Stop-FWD/REV). Initialize the drive by setting A1-01 = 3330 presets the terminals S1, S2 and S5
to these functions. Refer to Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 185.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
To issue a Run command via serial communications, set b1-02 to “2” and connect the RS-485/422 serial communication cable
to R+, R-, S+, and S- on the removable terminal block. Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 431.
Setting 3: Option Card
To issue the Run command via the communication option board, set b1-02 to “3” and plug a communication option board into
the 2CN port on the control PCB. Refer to the manual supplied with the option board for instructions on integrating the drive
into the communication system.
Note:
If b1-01 is set to 3, but an option board is not installed in 2CN, an oPE05 operator programming error will be displayed on the digital
operator and the drive will not run.
n b1-03: Stopping Method Selection
Select how the drive stops the motor when a Stop command is entered or when the Run command is removed.
No.
b1-03
Parameter Name
Stopping Method Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
When a Stop command is issued or the Run command is removed, the drive will decelerate the motor to stop. The deceleration
rate is determined by the active deceleration time. The default deceleration time is set to parameter C1-02.
DC Injection braking (for IM control) or Short Circuit Braking (PM Open Loop Vector) can be applied at the end of the ramp
in order to completely stop high inertia loads. Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking on page 128 for details.
Run Command
ON
OFF
Maximum
Output Frequency
Decelerates according to the
specified deceleration time
Zero Speed Level
(b2-01)
Decel Time
(C1-02, etc.)
DC Injection Braking
DC Injection
Current (b2-02)
DC Braking Time at Stop (b2-04)
Figure 5.4 Ramp to Stop
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
When a Stop command is issued or the Run command is removed, the drive will shut off its output and the motor will coast
(uncontrolled deceleration) to stop where the stopping time is determined by the inertia and the friction in the driven system.
124
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Run
Command
ON
OFF
Output
Frequency
Drive output frequency is shut off
Motor rpm
Figure 5.5 Coast to Stop
Note:
After a stop is initiated, any subsequent Run command that is entered will be ignored until the Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03) has
expired. Do not attempt to start the motor again until it has come to a complete stop. To start the motor before it has stopped completely,
use DC Injection at start (Refer to b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start on page 129) or Speed Search (Refer to b3: Speed
Search on page 130).
Setting 2: DC Injection Braking to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will baseblock (turn off its output) for the minimum baseblock time (L2-03).
Once the minimum baseblock time has expired, the drive will brake the motor by injecting DC current into the motor windings.
The stopping time will be reduced as compared to coast to stop. The level of DC Injection current is set by parameter b2-02
(default = 50%).
Note:
This function is not available when using PM Open Loop Vector.
Run Command
ON
OFF
Output Frequency
Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03)
DC Injection Braking
Motor Speed
DC Braking
Current (b2-02)
Parameter Details
DC Injection Braking
Time at Stop
(b2-04)*
Figure 5.6 DC Injection Braking to Stop
The time for DC Injection Braking is determined by the value set to b2-04 and by the output frequency at the time the Run
command is removed. It can be calculated by:
DC Injection brake time
=
b2-04 • 10 • Output frequency
Max. output frequency (E1-04)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
125
5
5.2 b: Application
DC Injection braking time
b2-04×10
b2-04
10%
Output frequency when
100%
Stop command was entered
(Maximum output
frequency)
Figure 5.7 DC Injection Braking Time Depending on Output Frequency
Note:
If an overcurrent (oC) fault occurs during DC Injection Braking to stop, lengthen the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) until the fault no
longer occurs.
Setting 3: Coast to Stop with Timer
When the Run command is removed, the drive will turn off its output and the motor will coast to stop. If a Run command is
input before the operation wait time t expires, the drive will not rotate the motor and the Run command will need to be cycled
before operation can occur.
Run Command
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Output Frequency
Drive output voltage
interrupted
Operation Wait Time t
Figure 5.8 Coast to Stop with Timer
The operation wait time t is determined by the output frequency when the Run command is removed and by the active
deceleration time.
Operation wait time t
Selected
decel time
Minimum
Baseblock Time
(L2-03)
Output frequency
when Stop command
is entered
Min. output
frequency
100%
(Max. output
frequency)
Figure 5.9 Operation Wait Time Depending on Output Frequency
n b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection
For some applications, reverse motor rotation is not appropriate and may even cause problems (e.g., air handling units, pumps,
etc.). Setting parameter b1-04 to 1 instructs the drive to ignore any Reverse run commands.
No.
b1-04
Parameter Name
Reverse Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Reverse Operation Enabled
Possible to operate the motor in both forward and reverse directions.
126
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Setting 1: Reverse Operation Disabled
Drive disregards a Reverse run command or a negative frequency reference.
n b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection
The drive has the following three separate control sources that can be switched using digital inputs or the LO/RE key on the
digital operator (for details Refer to Setting 1: LOCAL/REMOTE Selection on page 185, Refer to Setting 2: External
Reference 1/2 Selection on page 186 and Refer to o2-01: LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection on page
248):
• LOCAL - The digital operator is used to set the reference and the Run command.
• REMOTE -Reference 1: The settings of b1-01 and b1-02 determine where the frequency reference and Run command are
input from.
• REMOTE - Reference 2: The settings of b1-15 and b1-16 determine where the frequency reference and Run command are
input from.
When switching from LOCAL to REMOTE, or between Reference 1 and Reference 2, the Run command may already be
present at the location the source was switched to. Parameter b1-07 can be used to determine how the Run command is treated
in this case.
No.
b1-07
Parameter Name
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Run Command Must Be Cycled
If the Run command is issued differently in the old and new control source (e.g. old - terminals, new - serial communications)
and it is active at the new source when switching takes place, the drive will either not start or it will stop if it was running
before. The Run command has to be cycled to start from the new control source.
Setting 1: Continue Running
If the Run command is active at the new control source, the drive starts or continues running. There is no need to cycle the
Run command.
WARNING! The drive may start unexpectedly if switching control sources when b1-07 = 1. Clear all personnel away from rotating machinery
and electrical connections prior to switching control sources. Failure to comply may cause death or serious injury.
n b1-08: Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode
No.
b1-08
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode
Setting Range
0 to 2
Parameter Details
As a safety precaution, the drive will not normally respond to a Run input when the digital operator is being used to adjust
parameters in the Programming Mode (Verify Menu, Setup Mode, Parameter Settings Mode, and Auto-Tuning). If required
by the application b1-08 can be used to changed this functionality.
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
A Run command is not accepted while the digital operator is in Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Enabled
5
A Run command is accepted in any digital operator mode.
Setting 2: Prohibit Programming During Run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active.
n b1-14: Phase Order Selection
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
No.
b1-14
Parameter Name
Phase Order Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Standard Phase Order
Setting 1: Switched Phase Order
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
127
5.2 b: Application
n b1-15: Frequency Reference Selection 2
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1 on page 121 for details.
The value set to b1-15 is used as Frequency Reference 2 when one of the multi-function input terminals set for Frequency
Reference Switching (H1-oo = 2) closes. Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on page 186 for instructions
on how this function works.
No.
b1-15
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 2
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
0
n b1-16: Run Command Selection 2
Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 on page 123 for details.
The value set to b1-16 is used as Run Command Source 2 when one of the multi-function input terminals set for Frequency
Reference Switching (H1-oo = 2) closes. Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on page 186 for instructions
on how this function works.
No.
b1-16
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection 2
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
n b1-17: Run Command at Power Up
This parameter is used to determine whether an external Run command that is active during power up of the drive will start
the drive or not.
No.
b1-17
Parameter Name
Run Command at Power Up
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Run Command at Power Up is not Issued
The Run command has to be cycled to start the drive.
Note:
For safety reasons, the drive is initially set up not to accept a Run command at power up (b1-17 = "0"). If a Run command is issued at power
up, the RUN indicator LED will flash quickly. Change parameter b1-17 to 1 if a Run command active at power up shall be accepted by the
drive.
Setting 1: Run Command and Power Up is Issued
An external Run command active during power up is issued and the drive starts to operate the motor as soon as it gets ready
for operation (i.e. once the internal start up process is complete).
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If b1-17 is set to 1 and an external Run command is active during power up, the motor will begin
rotating as soon as the power is switched on. Proper precautions must be taken to ensure that the area around the motor is safe prior to
powering up the drive. Failure to comply may cause serious injury.
u b2: DC Injection Braking
These parameters determine how the DC Injection Braking/Short Circuit Braking feature operates. Parameters involving the
starting frequency, current level, braking time are located here.
n b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Active when “Ramp to Stop” is selected as the stopping method (b1-03 = 0). Sets the starting frequency for:
• DC Injection Braking at stop in V/f and OLV control.
• Short Circuit Braking at stop in PM OLV control.
No.
b2-01
Name
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 Hz
Default
0.5 Hz
When the output frequency while ramping to stop drops below b2-01, the drive begins DC Injection/Short Circuit Braking in
order to completely stop the motor at the end of deceleration. If b2-01 < E1-09 (Minimum Frequency), then DC Injection/
Short Circuit Braking begins at the frequency set to E1-09.
No.
Name
E1-09
Minimum Output Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
<1>
Default
Determined by A1-02 and E1-03 and on E5-01 in
OLV for PM.
<1> The upper limit for the setting range is determined by E1-04.
128
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
DC Injection Braking
start frequency
b2-01
output
frequency
braking time
b2-04
Figure 5.10 DC Injection Braking during Deceleration
n b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. If set to larger than 50%, the carrier frequency
is automatically reduced to 1 kHz.
No.
b2-02
Name
DC Injection Braking Current
Setting Range
0 to 75%
Default
50%
The level of DC Injection Braking current affects the strength of the magnetic field attempting to lock the motor shaft.
Increasing the current level will increase the amount of heat generated by the motor windings. This parameter should only be
increased to the level necessary to hold the motor shaft.
n b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking at start. It can be used to stop a coasting motor before restarting it or to apply a braking
torque at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-03
Note:
Name
DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.50 s
Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g. a fan motor driven by windmill effect), DC Injection or Speed Search should be used
to either stop the motor or detect its speed before starting it. Otherwise motor stalling and other faults can occur.
n b2-04: DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
This parameter works in combination with b2-01, and sets the DC Injection Braking time at stop. Used to completely stop a
motor with high inertia load after ramp down. Increase the setting if the motor tends to coast by inertia after a stop.
Name
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.50 s
n b2-08: Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
Sets the magnetic flux compensation as a percentage of the no-load current value (E2-03) and can be used to increase the
motor flux when the motor is started up.
No.
b2-08
Name
Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
Setting Range
0 to 1000%
Default
0%
This parameter allows the magnetizing motor flux to be boosted when starting the motor and thereby facilitate a quick rampup of the torque reference and magnetizing current reference in order to reduce motor slip during start. This flux level will be
applied below the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 until the DC Injection time at start (b2-03) expires. It may be used
to compensate for reduced starting torque due to motor circuit inefficiencies.
n b2-12: Short Circuit Brake Time at Start
Short-Circuit braking can be used in Open Loop Vector for PM motors. By shorting all three motor phases it produces a braking
torque in the motor and can be used to stop a coasting motor before starting it.
Parameter b2-12 sets the time for Short-Circuit Brake operation at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-12
Name
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.50 s
Default
0.00 s
n b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop
The Short-Circuit braking described for parameter b2-12 can also be applied at the end of deceleration in order to completely
stop high inertia loads. Short circuit braking is initiated when the output frequency falls below the higher of the values b2-01
and E1-09.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
129
Parameter Details
No.
b2-04
5
5.2 b: Application
Parameter b2-13 sets the time for Short-Circuit brake operation at stop. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-13
Name
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.50 s
Default
0.50 s
u b3: Speed Search
The Speed Search function allows the drive to detect the speed of a rotating motor shaft that is driven by external forces (e.g.
fan rotating by windmill effect or motor driven by load inertia). The motor operation can be directly started from the speed
detected without needing to stop the machine before.
Example: When a momentary loss of power occurs, the drive output shuts off. This results in a coasting motor. When power
returns, the drive can find the speed of the coasting motor and restart it directly.
The drive offers two types of Speed Search, Speed Estimation and Current Detection. Both methods are explained below
followed by a description of all relevant parameters.
n Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1)
This method can be used for a single motor connected to a drive. It should not be utilized if the motor is one or more frame
sizes smaller than the drive, at motor speeds above 130 Hz, or when using a single drive to operate more than one motor.
The Speed Estimation type distinguishes two kinds of operation, Back EMF voltage estimation and DC current injection.
Back EMF Voltage Estimation
This method is used by Speed Search after short Baseblock (e.g. a power loss where the drives CPU kept running and the Run
command was kept active). Here the drive estimates the motor speed by analyzing the back EMF voltage. It outputs the
estimated frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set in parameter L2-04. After that the motor is accelerated
or decelerated to the frequency reference starting from the detected speed.
AC power
supply
ON
OFF
Starts at the detected speed
Output
frequency
Selected
frequency
reference
Output
current
Several milliseconds
Min. Baseblock Time
(L2-03)
b3 -05 <1>
Figure 5.11 Speed Search after Baseblock
<1> Once AC power is restored, the drive will wait for at least the time set to b3-05. If the power interruption is longer than
the Minimum Baseblock Time L2-03, the drive will wait for b3-05 after the power has returned before starting Speed Search.
Current Injection
This method is used when there is no detectable back EMF, e.g. after longer power losses, when Speed Search is applied with
the Run command (b3-01 = 1) or if an External Search command is used. It injects the DC current set in b3-06 to the motor
and detects the speed by measuring the current feedback. The drive outputs the detected frequency and increases the voltage
using the time constant set in parameter L2-04. If the resulting current is higher than the level in b3-02 the output frequency
is reduced. When the current becomes lower than b3-02 the motor speed is assumed to be found and the drive starts to accelerate
or decelerate to the frequency reference.
130
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Decelerates at the Speed
Search decel time set to b3-03
Run
command
OFF
Waits for L2-04 x 2 time
ON
Frequency reference
set to the drive
Starts at the detected speed
Output
frequency
b3-02
Output
current
1.0 s
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) <1>
Figure 5.12 Speed Search at Start
<1> The wait time for Speed Search (b3-05) determines the lower limit.
Note:
If the Run command is quickly switched off and then back on again when the drive is set to “Coast to stop” as the stopping method, Speed
Search will operate as shown in Figure 5.11.
n Current Detection Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 0)
Current Detection Speed Search can be applied to any motor. Be aware that sudden acceleration may occur when using Current
Detection with relatively light loads.
This method detects the motor speed by reducing the output frequency and measuring the current. The frequency reduction
starts from the maximum output frequency or from the set frequency reference. As long as the output frequency is higher than
the rotor speed, the slip will cause a high current. The closer the output frequency comes to the rotor speed, the lower the
current draw will be. When the output current drops below the level as set in b3-02, the output frequency stops decreasing and
normal operation resumes.
The following time chart illustrates how Current Detection Speed Search operates after a momentary power loss:
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
131
Parameter Details
Notes on Using Speed Estimation Type Speed Search
• Auto-Tuning needs to be first performed if you plan to use Speed Estimation. Perform Auto-Tuning again if the there is a
change in the cable length between the drive and motor.
• Use Current Detection to search for speeds beyond 130 Hz or if the application is running multiple motors from the same
drive, or if the motor is considerably smaller than the capacity of the drive.
• Speed Estimation may have trouble finding the actual speed if the motor cable very long. Current Detection should be used
in such situations.
• Use Current Detection instead of Speed Estimation when operating motors smaller than 1.5 kW. Speed Estimation can end
up stopping smaller motors as it might not be able to detect the speed or rotation direction of such small motors.
• Use Short circuit Braking instead of Speed Estimation when using Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors along with a
fairly long motor cable.
• Use Short circuit Braking instead of Speed Estimation if attempting to find the speed of a motor coasting faster than 120 Hz
in Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors.
5
5.2 b: Application
Output frequency before
momentary power loss
AC power
supply
ON
Decel time
set to b3-03
Waits for L2-04 x 2 time
OFF
Selected
frequency
reference
Output
frequency
Speed Search operation
current set to b3-02
Output
current
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03)
b3-05
Figure 5.13 Current Detection Speed Search after Power Loss
Note:
After power is restored, the drive waits until the time set to b3-05 has passed before performing Speed Search. Thereby the Speed Search
may start not at the end of L2-03 but even later.
When Speed Search is applied using an external Search command or automatically with the Run command, the drive waits
for the minimum baseblock time L2-03 before Speed Search is started. If L2-03 is smaller than the time set in parameter b3-05,
b3-05 is used as the wait time.
Decel time
set to b3-03
Run command
OFF
Waits for L2-04 x 2 time
ON
Selected
frequency
reference
Max. output frequency
or the specified
frequency reference
Output
frequency
b3-02
Output current
Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03)
Figure 5.14 Current Detection Speed Search at Start or External Speed Search
Note:
When the Run command is set the drive waits until the Speed Search Wait Time (b3-05) before Speed Search is performed, even if the
Minimum Baseblock Time is set to smaller values than b3-05.
Notes on Using Current Detection Type Speed Search
• Increase the voltage recovery ramp time set to L2-04 if a Uv1 fault occurs when performing Current Detection Speed Search.
• Shorten the Speed Search deceleration time set to b3-03 if an oL1 fault occurs while performing Current Detection Speed
Search.
• Current Detection Speed Search is not available when using Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors.
• Increase the minimum baseblock time set to L2-03 if an overcurrent fault occurs when performing Speed Search after power
is restored following a momentary power loss.
n Activation of Speed Search
Speed Search can be activated as described below. Independent of the activation method the Speed Search type must be selected
in parameter b3-24.
1. Automatically at every Run command (Refer to b3-01: Speed Search Selection at Start on page 133). With this setting
external Speed Search commands are disregarded.
2. By digital inputs:
The following input functions for H1-oo can be used.
132
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Table 5.5 Speed Search Activation by Digital Inputs
Setting
Description
61
External Search
Command 1
62
External Search
Command 2
b3-24 = 0
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed
Search from the maximum output frequency
(E1-04).
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed
Search from the frequency reference if b3-01
is set to 0.
b3-24 = 1
Activate Speed Estimation
Speed Search
–
To activate Speed Search by a digital input the input must always be set together with the Run command.
3. After automatic fault restart
Set the number of maximum fault restarts in parameter L5-01 higher than 0.
4. After momentary power loss
The following parameter settings are necessary:
Enable
•
Power Loss Ride-Thru selection by setting L2-01 to 1 (enabled) or 2 (enabled during CPU operation). Refer to
L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection on page 218.
Set• the number of maximum fault restarts in parameter L5-01 higher than 0.
5. After baseblock is released
The drive will resume the operation starting with Speed Search if the Run command is present and the output frequency
is above the minimum frequency when the Baseblock command (H1-oo = 8 or 9, N.O. and N.C., respectively) is released.
n b3-01: Speed Search Selection at Start
Selects if Speed Search is automatically performed when a Run command is issued.
No.
b3-01
Parameter Name
Speed Search Selection at Start
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Speed Search is not automatically performed. It can be activated using a digital input.
Setting 1: Enabled
n b3-02: Speed Search Deactivation Current
Sets Speed Search operating current as a percentage of the drive rated current. If the current falls below this level while
performing Current Detection Speed Search then Speed Search will be finished and normal operation will resume. Normally
there is no need to change this setting. If the drive won’t run after a restart, lower this value.
No.
Name
Setting Range
b3-02
Speed Search Deactivation Current
0 to 200%
Note:
Default
Determined by
A1-02
When parameter A1-02 = 0 (V/f Control) the factory default setting is 120. When parameter A1-02 = 2 (Open Loop Vector) the factory
default setting is 100.
n b3-03: Speed Search Deceleration Time
Parameter b3-03 sets the output frequency reduction ramp used by Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) and by the
Current Injection Method of Speed Estimation (b3-24 = 1). The time entered into b3-03 will be the time to decelerate from
maximum frequency (E1-04) to minimum frequency (E1-09).
No.
b3-03
Name
Speed Search Deceleration Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 10.0 s
Default
2.0 s
n b3-05: Speed Search Delay Time
In cases where an output contactor is used between the drive and the motor, the contactor must be closed before Speed Search
can be performed. For Speed Search after a momentary power loss, parameter b3-05 can be used to delay the Speed Search
start providing enough time to operate the contactor.
When Speed Search at start is used, b3-05 will serve as the lower limit of the minimum baseblock time (L2-03).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
133
Parameter Details
Speed Search is performed with every Run command.
5
5.2 b: Application
No.
b3-05
Name
Speed Search Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0 s
Default
0.2 s
n b3-06: Output Current 1 During Speed Search
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Estimation Type Speed Search as a factor related to motor rated
current set in E2-01 and E4-01. If the motor speed is relatively slow when the drive starts to perform Speed Search after a long
period of baseblock, it may be helpful to increase the setting value. The output current during Speed Search is automatically
limited by the drive rated current. This function has no influence when Current Detection Speed Search is used (b3-24 = 0).
No.
Name
Setting Range
b3-06
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
0.0 to 2.0
Note:
Default
Determined by
o2-04
If Speed Estimation is not working correctly even after adjusting b3-06, try using Current Detection Speed Search instead.
n b3-08: Current Control Gain during Speed Search (Speed Estimation Type)
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1022 and later.
Sets the proportional gain for the current controller during Speed Search. There is normally no need to change this parameter
from the default value.
No.
Name
Current Control Gain during Speed Search
(Speed Estimation Type)
b3-08
Setting Range
0.00 to 6.00
Default
A1-02 = 0 or 2: 0.50
A1-02 = 5: 0.30
n b3-10: Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain
This parameter sets the gain for the detected motor speed of the Speed Estimation Speed Search. The drive will start the motor
at the estimated speed multiplied by b3-10. The setting should be increased if an overvoltage fault occurs when the drive
restarts the motor. This function has no influence when Current Detection Speed Search is used (b3-24 = 0).
No.
b3-10
Note:
Name
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain
Setting Range
1.00 to 1.20
Default
1.10
Increase this value if overvoltage occurs when performing Speed Search at start after a relatively long period of baseblock.
n b3-14: Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection
Sets how the drive determines the motor rotation direction when performing Speed Estimation Speed Search. The setting has
no influence on Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0).
No.
b3-14
Parameter Name
Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive uses the frequency reference to determine the direction of motor rotation in order to restart the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The drive detects the motor rotation direction in order to restart the motor.
n b3-17: Speed Search Restart Current Level
If there is a fairly large difference between the estimated frequency and the actual motor speed when performing Speed
Estimation, a large current can flow. This parameter sets the current level at which Speed Estimation is restarted, thus avoiding
overcurrent and overvoltage problems. The parameter is set as a percentage of the drive rated current. This function has no
influence when Current Detection Speed Search is used (b3-24 = 0).
No.
b3-17
Name
Speed Search Restart Current Level
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
150%
n b3-18: Speed Search Restart Detection Time
Sets the time the current must be above the level set in b3-17 before Speed Search is restarted. This function has no influence
when Current Detection Speed Search is used (b3-24 = 0)
134
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
No.
b3-18
Name
Speed Search Restart Detection Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 1.00 s
Default
0.10 s
n b3-19: Number of Speed Search Restarts
Sets the number of times the drive should attempt to find the speed and restart the motor using Speed Estimation Speed Search.
This function has no influence when Current Detection Speed Search is used (b3-24 = 0).
No.
b3-19
Name
Number of Speed Search Restarts
Setting Range
0 to 10
Default
3
n b3-24: Speed Search Method Selection
Sets the Speed Search method used.
Note:
For explanations of the Speed Search methods, Refer to Current Detection Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) on page 131 and Refer to Speed
Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1) on page 130.
No.
b3-24
Parameter Name
Speed Search Method Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting Range
0.0 to 30.0 s
Default
0.5 s
Setting 0: Current Detection Speed Search
Setting 1: Speed Estimation Speed Search
n b3-25: Speed Search Wait Time
Sets the wait time between Speed Search restarts.
No.
b3-25
Name
Speed Search Wait Time
n b3-29: Speed Search Induced Voltage Level
No.
b3-29
Name
Speed Search Induced Voltage Level
Setting Range
0 to 10%
Default
10%
u b4: Delay Timers
The timer function is independent of the drive operation and can be used to delay the switching of a digital output triggered
by a digital input signal. An On-delay and Off-delay can be separately set. The delay timer can help to get rid of chattering
switch noise from sensors.
To enable the timer function, a multi-function input must be set to “Timer input” (H1-oo = 18) and a multi-function output
must be set to “Timer output” (H2-oo = 12). Only one timer can be used.
n b4-01/b4-02: Timer Function On/Off-Delay Time
b4-01 sets the On-delay time for switching the timer output. b4-02 sets the Off-delay time for switching the timer output.
No.
b4-01
b4-02
Name
Timer Function On-Delay Time
Timer Function Off-Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 300.0 s
0.0 to 300.0 s
Default
0.0 s
0.0 s
n Timer Function Operation
When the timer function input closes for longer than the value set in b4-01, the timer output switches on. When the timer
function input is open for longer than the value set in b4-02, the timer output function switches off. The following diagram
demonstrates the timer function operation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
135
Parameter Details
Performs Speed Search when the motor induced voltage exceeds the set level.
There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value. Lower this value in small increments if changes
are necessary. However, setting this value too low will prevent the drive from performing Speed Search.
5
5.2 b: Application
Multi-function Contact
Input: Timer Function
ON
Multi-function Contact
Output: Timer Function
ON
b4-01
On (Closed)
Off (Open)
ON
On (Closed)
Off (Open)
ON
b4-02
b4-01
b4-02
Figure 5.15 Timer Operation
u b5: PID Control
The drive has a built in PID (Proportional + Integral + Derivative) controller that can be used for closed loop control of system
variables such as pressure, temperature etc. The difference between the target and the feedback value (deviation) is fed into
the PID controller. The PID controller adjusts the drive output frequency in order to minimize the deviation, providing an
accurate control of the system variables.
n P Control
The output of P control is the product of the deviation and the P gain so that it follows the deviation directly and linearly. With
P control only an offset between the target and feedback remains.
n I Control
The output of I control is the integral of the deviation. It minimizes the offset between target and feedback value that typically
remains when pure P control is used. The integral time (I-time) constant determines how fast the offset is eliminated.
n D Control
D control predicts the deviation signal by multiplying its derivative (slope of the deviation) with a time constant and adding
this to the PID input. This way the D portion of a PID controller provides a braking action to the controller response and can
reduce the tendency of oscillations and overshoot.
Be aware that D control tends to amplify noise on the deviation signal, which can result in control instability. D control should
therefore only be used when necessary.
n PID Operation
To better demonstrate how PID works, the diagram below shows how the PID output changes when the PID input (deviation)
jumps from 0 to a constant level.
PID input
Time
PID output
I control
PID Output
D control
P control
Time
Figure 5.16 PID Operation
n Using PID Control
Applications for PID control are listed in the table below.
Application
Speed Control
Pressure
Fluid Control
Temperature
Control
136
Description
Sensors Used
Machinery speed is fed back and adjusted to meet the target value. Synchronous control is Tachometer
performed using speed data from other machinery as the target value
Maintains constant pressure using pressure feedback.
Pressure sensor
Keeps flow at a constant level by feeding back flow data.
Flow rate sensor
Thermocoupler,
Maintains a constant temperature by controlling a fan with a thermostat.
Thermistor
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
n PID Setpoint Input Methods
When the PID control parameter b5-01 is set to 1 or 2, the frequency reference in b1-01 (or b1-15) becomes the PID setpoint.
If b5-01 is set to 3 or 4, then the PID setpoint can be input from one of the sources in the following table.
Table 5.6 PID Setpoint Sources
PID Setpoint Source
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0006H
Pulse Input RP
Parameter b5-19
Note:
Settings
Set H3-02 = C
Set H3-10 = C
Set Bit 1 in register 000FH to 1 and input the setpoint to register 0006H
Set H6-01 = 2
Set parameter b5-18 = 1 and input the PID setpoint to b5-19
A duplicate allocation of the PID setpoint input will result in an OPE alarm.
n PID Feedback Input Methods
Either one feedback signal can be input for normal PID control or two feedback signals can be input for controlling a differential
process value.
Normal PID Feedback
The PID feedback can be input from one of the sources listed below.
Table 5.7 PID Feedback Sources
PID Feedback Source
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
Pulse Input RP
Note:
Settings
Set H3-02 = B
Set H3-10 = B
Set H6-01 = 1
A duplicate allocation of the PID feedback input will result in an OPE alarm.
Differential Feedback
The second PID feedback signal for differential feedback can come from the sources listed below. The differential feedback
function is automatically enabled when a differential feedback input is assigned.
Table 5.8 PID Differential Feedback Sources
Note:
Settings
Parameter Details
PID Differential Feedback Source
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
Set H3-02 = 16
Set H3-10 = 16
A duplicate allocation of the PID differential feedback input will result in an OPE alarm.
5
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
137
Analog Input A1/A2
Analog Input A1/A2
Pulse Input
PID Feedback
Analog Input A1/A2
Pulse Input
b5-19
MEMOBUS Reg. 0006h
PID Target
Pulse Input
Option Card
Serial Comm
Analog Input A1/A2
0
4
3
2
1
-
0
0
0
+
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
Off
On
PID Soft
Starter b5-17
Z-1
+
+
+
-
+
Derivative
+
Time 2 or 4
b5-05
b5-01
1 or 3
Adjusted
PID Feedback
(U5-06)
PID Set Point
(U5-04)
PID SFS Cancel DI
H1-oo=34
b5-01
PID Feedback
(U5-01)
not B
not 1
0
not C
not 2
not 1
PID Differential
Feedback
(U5-05)
H3-02/10
= 16
not 16
0
H3-02/10=B
H6-01=1
H3-02/10=C
H6-01=2
b5-18=1
Reg. 0Fh, bit 1
1
Frequency Reference 1 to 16
d1-01 to d1-16
Frequency
Reference 1
b1-01
PID Input
Limit
b5-35
PID Input
(U5-02)
P
0
1
PID Input
Characteristic
H1-oo=35
-1
Proportional
Gain
b5-02
1
1/s
I-time
b5-03
Z-1
+
+
Integral Hold
H1-oo=31
0
PID Ouput
(U5-03)
+
+
+
+
Derivative
Time
b5-05
Z-1
1
0
+
+ +
2 or 4
1 or 3
Lower Limit 0
Upper Limit
Fmax x109%
-1
1
0
PID Output
Characteristic
b5-09
b5-08
PID Delay
Time
Lower Limit
Fmax x109%
Upper Limit
Fmax x109%
PID Output
Upper/Lower
Limit
b5-06 / b5-34
b5-01
Integral Reset
H1-oo=30
I - limit
b5-04
Enabled
Disabled
PID disable when:
- b5-01=0
- a JOG Command is Input
- PID Disable by Digital Input Enabled
1
0
+
-
SFS
C1-oo
b5-07
PID Offset
PID Output
Gain
b5-10
Always 1 when
b5-01 = 3/4
RUN
On/Off
Output
Frequency
Enable / Disable Reverse
Operation when PID
Output is Negative
b5-11
b5-16
Delay
Timer
Sleep Function
b5-15
Sleep Level
+
138
+
PID Block Diagram
5.2 b: Application
n PID Block Diagram
Figure 5.17 PID Block Diagram
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
n b5-01: PID Function Setting
Enables or disables the PID operation and selects the PID operation mode.
No.
b5-01
Parameter Name
PID Function Setting
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
0
Setting 0: PID disabled
Setting 1: Output Frequency = PID Output 1
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output builds the frequency reference. The PID input is D controlled.
Setting 2: Output Frequency = PID Output 2
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output builds the frequency reference. The PID feedback is D controlled.
Setting 3: Output Frequency = Frequency Reference + PID Output 1
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output is added to the frequency reference. D control is applied to the difference of
the feedback value (U5-02) and the setpoint.
Setting 4: Output Frequency = Frequency Reference + PID Output 2
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output is added to the frequency reference. Applies D control on the feedback value
(U5-06).
n b5-02: Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Sets the P gain that is applied to the PID input. A large value will tend to reduce the error, but may cause instability (oscillations)
if too high. A small value may allow too much offset between the setpoint and feedback.
No.
b5-02
Name
Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.00
Default
1.00
n b5-03: Integral Time Setting (I)
Sets the time constant that is used to calculate the integral of the PID input. The smaller the integral time set to b5-03, the
faster the offset will be eliminated. If set too short, it can cause overshoot or oscillations. To turn off the integral time, set
b5-03 = 0.00.
Name
Integral Time Setting (I)
Setting Range
0.0 to 360.0 s
With Integral
Without Integral
PID
feedback
Default
1.0 s
Parameter Details
No.
b5-03
Setpoint
Setpoint
Zero
offset with
integral action
Offset
5
Feedback
Feedback
Time
Time
Figure 5.18 Offset Elimination by Integral Operation
n b5-04: Integral Limit Setting
Sets the maximum output possible from the integral block. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-04
Note:
Name
Integral Limit Setting
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0
Default
100.0
On some applications, especially those with rapidly varying loads, the output of the PID function may show a fair amount of oscillation.
To suppress this oscillation, a limit can be applied to the integral output by programming b5-04.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
139
5.2 b: Application
n b5-05: Derivative Time (D)
Sets the time the drive predicts the PID input/PID feedback signal based on the derivative of the PID input/PID feedback.
Longer time settings will improve the response but can cause vibrations. Shorter settings will reduce the overshoot but also
reduce the controller responsiveness. D control is disabled by setting b5-05 to zero seconds.
No.
b5-05
Name
Derivative Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s
n b5-06: PID Output Limit
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PID controller. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-06
Name
PID Output Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
100.0%
n b5-07: PID Offset Adjustment
Sets the offset added to the PID controller output. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency.
No.
b5-07
Name
PID Offset Adjustment
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.0%
n b5-08: PID Primary Delay Time Constant
Sets the time constant for the filter applied to the output of the PID controller. Normally, change is not required.
No.
b5-08
Note:
Name
PID Primary Delay Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s
Effective in preventing oscillation when there is a fair amount of oscillation or when rigidity is low. Set to a value larger than the cycle of
the resonant frequency. Increasing this time constant reduces the responsiveness of the drive.
n b5-09: PID Output Level Selection
Normally, the output of the PID function increase whenever the PID input is negative (feedback below setpoint). Using b5-09
the PID controller can be set up for applications that require opposite operation.
No.
b5-09
Parameter Name
PID Output Level Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Normal Output
A negative PID input causes an increase in the PID output (direct acting).
Setting 1: Reverse Output
A negative PID input causes a decrease in the PID output (reverse acting).
n b5-10: PID Output Gain Setting
Applies a gain to the PID output and can be helpful when the PID function is used to trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3
or 4). Increasing b5-10 causes the PID function to have a greater regulating effect on the frequency reference.
No.
b5-10
Name
PID Output Gain Setting
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.00
Default
1.00
n b5-11: PID Output Reverse Selection
Determines whether a negative PID output reverses the drive operation direction or not. When the PID function is used to trim
the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3 or 4), this parameter has no effect and the PID output will not be limited (same as
b5-11 = 1).
No.
b5-11
Parameter Name
PID Output Reverse Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PID output will be limited to 0 and the drive output will be stopped.
140
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PID output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
n PID Feedback Loss Detection
The PID Feedback Loss Detection function can detect broken sensors or broken sensor wiring. It should be used whenever
PID control is enabled to prevent critical machine conditions (e.g. acceleration to max. frequency) caused by a feedback loss.
Feedback loss can be detected in two ways:
• Feedback Low Detection:
Detected when the feedback falls below a certain level for longer than the specified time.
• Feedback High Detection:
Detected when the feedback rises beyond a certain level for longer than the specified time.
The following figure explains the working principle of feedback loss detection when the feedback signal is too low. Feedback
high detection works in the same way.
PID feedback value
PID
Feedback
Detection
Loss Level
(b5-13)
no FbL
detection
PID Feedback
Loss Detection Time
(b5-14)
time
FbL detection
PID Feedback
Loss Detection Time
(b5-14)
Figure 5.19 PID Feedback Loss Detection
The parameters necessary to set up the feedback loss detection are explained below.
n b5-12: PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection
No.
b5-12
Parameter Name
PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 5
Default
0
Setting 0: Digital Output Only
A digital output set for “PID feedback low” (H2-oo = 3E) will be triggered if the PID feedback value is below the detection
level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. A digital output set for “PID feedback high” (H2-oo = 3F) will be
triggered if the PID feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for the time set to b5-37 or longer. Neither a
fault nor an alarm is displayed on the digital operator. The drive will continue operation. When the feedback value leaves the
loss detection range, the output is reset.
Setting 1: Feedback Loss Alarm
If the PID feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low”
alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PID feedback low” (H2-oo = 3E) will be triggered. If the PID feedback
value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm will be displayed
and a digital output set for “PID feedback high” (H2-oo = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger an alarm output (H1oo = 10). The drive will continue operation. When the feedback value leaves the loss detection range, the alarm and outputs
are reset.
Setting 2: Feedback Loss Fault
If the PID feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low”
fault will be displayed. If the PID feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH
- Feedback High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H1-oo = E) and cause the drive to stop the
motor.
Setting 3: Digital Output Only, Even if PID is Disabled by Digital Input
Same as b5-12 = 0. Detection is still active even if PID is disabled by a digital input (H1-oo = 19).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
141
Parameter Details
Enables or disables the feedback loss detection and sets the operation when a feedback loss is detected.
5
5.2 b: Application
Setting 4: Feedback Loss Alarm, Even if PID is Disabled by Digital Input
Same as b5-12 = 1. Detection is still active even if PID is disabled by a digital input (H1-oo = 19).
Setting 5: Feedback Loss Fault, Even if PID is Disabled by Digital Input
Same as b5-12 = 2. Detection is still active even if PID is disabled by a digital input (H1-oo = 19).
n b5-13: PID Feedback Loss Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PID feedback loss detection. The PID feedback has to fall below this level for longer than the
time b5-14 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-13
Name
PID Feedback Loss Detection Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0%
n b5-14: PID Feedback Loss Detection Time
Sets the time that the PID feedback has to fall below b5-13 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-14
Name
PID Feedback Loss Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
1.0 s
n b5-36: PID Feedback High Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PID feedback high detection. The PID feedback has to exceed this level for longer than the
time b5-37 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-36
Name
PID Feedback High Detection Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
100%
n b5-37: PID Feedback High Detection Time
Sets the time for that the PID feedback has to exceed b5-36 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-37
Name
PID Feedback High Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
1.0 s
n PID Sleep
The PID Sleep function stops the drive when the PID output or the frequency reference falls below the PID Sleep operation
level for a certain time. The drive will resume operating once the PID output or frequency reference rises above the PID Sleep
operation level for the specified time. The operation is explained in the figure below.
PID Output
PID Sleep Function
Start Level ( b5-15)
Sleep Delay Time
Internal Run
command
b5-16
Run
b5-16
Sleep Delay Time
Stop
Run command enabled
External Run
command
During Run
Continues to output “During Run”
Figure 5.20 PID Sleep Operation
Notes on using the PID Sleep function:
• The PID Sleep function is always active, even if PID control is disabled.
• The method the Sleep function uses to stop the motor is defined by parameter b1-03.
• The parameters necessary to set up the PID Sleep function are explained below.
n b5-15: PID Sleep Function Start Level
Sets the level used for PID Sleep.
The drive goes into Sleep mode if the PID output or frequency reference is smaller than b5-15 for longer than the time set in
b5-16. It resumes the operation when the PID output or frequency reference is above b5-15 for longer than the time set in
b5-16.
142
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
No.
b5-15
Name
PID Sleep Function Start Level
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
0.0 s
n b5-16: PID Sleep Delay Time
Sets the delay time to activate or deactivate the PID Sleep function.
No.
b5-16
Name
PID Sleep Delay Time
n b5-17: PID Accel/Decel Time
The PID acceleration/deceleration time is applied on the PID setpoint value.
As the normal acceleration times C1-oo are applied after the PID output, they reduce the responsiveness of the system and
can cause hunting or over- and undershooting when the setpoint changes quickly. Using the PID acceleration/deceleration
time instead helps to avoid such problems.
The PID acceleration/deceleration time can be canceled using a digital input programmed for “PID SFS cancel” (H1-oo =
34).
No.
b5-17
Name
PID Accel/Decel Time
Setting Range
0 to 255 s
Default
0s
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
n b5-18: PID Setpoint Selection
Enables or disables parameter b5-19 for PID setpoint.
No.
b5-18
Parameter Name
PID Setpoint Selection
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter b5-19 is not used as the PID setpoint. The setpoint must be entered via an analog input, pulse input, or MEMOBUS/
Modbus register 06H.
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter b5-19 is used as PID setpoint.
Parameter Details
n b5-19: PID Setpoint Value
Used to adjust the PID setpoint if parameter b5-18 = 1.
No.
b5-19
Name
PID Setpoint Value
Setting Range
0.00 to 100.00%
Default
0.00%
n b5-20: PID Setpoint Scaling
Determines the units that the PID setpoint (b5-19) is set in and displayed. Also determines the units for monitors U5-01 and
U5-04.
No.
b5-20
Parameter Name
PID Setpoint Scaling
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: Hz
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed in Hz with a resolution of 0.01 Hz.
Setting 1: %
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed as a percentage with a resolution of 0.01%.
Setting 2: r/min
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed in r/min with a resolution of 1 r/min.
Setting 3: User Defined
The setpoint b5-19 and PID monitors U1-01/04 are displayed with the unit and resolution defined by parameters b5-38 and
b5-39.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
143
5
5.2 b: Application
n b5-34: PID Output Lower Limit
Sets the minimum possible PID controller output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). The lower limit
is disabled when set to 0.00%
No.
b5-34
Name
PID Output Lower Limit
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.00%
n b5-35: PID Input Limit
Sets the maximum allowed PID input as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1–04). Parameter b5-35 acts as a
bipolar limit.
No.
b5-35
Name
PID Input Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 1000.0%
Default
1000.0%
n b5-38/39 PID Setpoint/Monitor User Display Value/Display Digits
When parameter b5-20 is set to 3, the parameters b5-38 and b5-39 can be used to set a user defined display for the PID setpoint
(b5-19) and feedback monitors (U5-01/04).
Parameter b5-38 determines the display value when the maximum frequency is output. Parameter b5-39 determines the number
of digits. The setting value is equal to the number of decimal places.
No.
Name
Setting Range
b5-38
PID Setpoint/Monitor User Display Value
0 to 60000
b5-39
PID Setpoint and Display Digits
0 to 3
Default
Determined by
b5-20
Determined by
b5-20
n b5-40: Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID
Sets the content on the frequency reference monitor display (U1-01) when PID control is active.
No.
b5-40
Name
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Frequency Reference after PID
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference increased or reduced for the PID output.
Setting 1: Frequency Reference
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference value.
n b5-47: Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PID Output
Reverses operation selection when b5-01 is set to 3 or 4.
No.
b5-47
Name
Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PID Output
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Zero Limit when PID Output is a Negative Value
Setting 1: Reverse Operation when PID Output is a Negative Value (Zero Limit if the Reverse Operation Is Prohibited
by b1-04)
u b6: Dwell Function
The reference hold or Dwell function is used to temporarily hold the output frequency at a set reference value, for a set time,
and then continue to ramp up or stop.
The Dwell at start function can be used when driving a permanent magnet motor in V/f Control, or a motor with a heavy
starting load. The pause in acceleration allows the PM motor rotor to align with the stator field of the motor, thus reducing the
starting current.
Dwell works as shown in the figure below.
Note:
144
Using the Dwell function requires that the stopping method for the drive be set to “Ramp to Stop” (b1-03 = 0).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
OFF
Run Command
OFF
ON
b6-01
b6-03
Output Frequency
b6-02
b6-04
Figure 5.21 Dwell Function at Start and Stop
n b6-01/b6-02: Dwell Reference/Time at Start
b6-01 sets the frequency that is kept for the time set in b6-02 during acceleration.
No.
b6-01
b6-02
Name
Dwell Reference at Start
Dwell Time at Start
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
0.0 Hz
0.0 s
n b6-03/b6-04: Dwell Reference/Time at Stop
Parameter b6-03 sets the frequency that is kept for the time set in b6-04 during deceleration.
No.
b6-03
b6-04
Name
Dwell Reference at Stop
Dwell Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
0.0 Hz
0.0 s
u b8: Energy Saving
The Energy Saving feature improves overall system operating efficiency by operating the motor at its most efficient level.
This is accomplished by continuously monitoring the motor load and controlling the motor so that it always operates near its
rated slip frequency.
Note:
Energy Saving is mainly designed for applications with variable torque (Normal Duty) but is not appropriate for applications where the
load may suddenly increase.
Parameter Details
n b8-01: Energy Saving Control Selection
Enables or disables the Energy Saving function.
No.
b8-01
Parameter Name
Energy Saving Control Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
5
Setting 1: Enabled
n b8-02: Energy Saving Gain (OLV only)
Sets the gain that is used to for magnetizing current reduction during Energy Saving. A higher value results in lower
magnetization of the motor and thereby less energy consumption. However, if b8-02 is too high the motor might stall.
No.
b8-02
Name
Energy Saving Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.0
Default
0.7
n b8-03: Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant (OLV only)
Parameter b8-03 sets the response time for Energy Saving. Although lowering this value allows for a quicker response,
instability may result if it is too low.
No.
Name
Setting Range
b8-03
Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant
0.00 to 10.00
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Default
Determined by
o2-04
145
5.2 b: Application
n b8-04: Energy Saving Coefficient Value (V/f Control)
Fine tunes Energy Saving control.
The default setting is for a standard Yaskawa motor. When using a different motor, adjust this parameter in 5% increments
while running the drive with a light load until output power monitor U1-08 is at the minimum value.
A low setting results in less output voltage and less energy consumption. If the value is set too low the motor may stall. The
default setting depends on the capacity of the drive.
No.
Name
Setting Range
b8-04
Energy Saving Coefficient Value
0.00 to 655.00
Note:
Default
Determined by
C6-01, E2-11, and
o2-04
This default value changes if the motor rated capacity set to E2-11 is changed. The Energy Saving coefficient is set automatically when
Auto-Tuning for Energy Saving is performed (Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 102).
n b8-05: Power Detection Filter Time (V/f Control only)
The Energy Saving function continuously searches out the lowest output voltage in order to achieve minimum output power.
Parameter b8-05 determines how often the output power is measured and the output voltage is adjusted.
No.
b8-05
Name
Power Detection Filter Time
Setting Range
0 to 2000 ms
Default
20 ms
n b8-06: Search Operation Voltage Limit (V/f Control only)
Sets the voltage limit for the optimal output voltage detection of Speed Search as a percentage of the maximum output voltage.
During the search operation the drive will keep the output voltage above this level to prevent motor stalling.
Note:
If set too low, the motor may stall with a sudden increase to the load. Disabled when b8-06 = 0. Setting this value to 0 does not disable
Energy Saving.
No.
b8-06
Name
Search Operation Voltage Limit
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0%
n Parameters Related to the Energy Saving Function
Open Loop Vector Control
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
Default
E2-02 <1>
Motor Rated Slip
0.00 to 20.00
<2>
<1> Automatically set when Rotational Auto-Tuning is performed.
<2> Default setting is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
V/f Control
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
Default
E2-11 <1>
Motor Rated Capacity
0.00 to 650.00 kW
<2>
<1> Automatically set when Auto-Tuning is performed.
<2> Default setting is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
146
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
5.3
C: Tuning
C parameters are used to set the acceleration and deceleration characteristics, as well as S-curves. Other parameters in this
group cover settings for slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency.
u C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times
n C1-01 to C1-08: Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4
Four different sets of acceleration and deceleration times can be set in the drive. They can be selected by digital inputs, by the
motor selection, or can be switched automatically. Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate from 0 to
the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate from maximum output
frequency to 0. C1-01 and C1-02 are the default active accel/decel settings.
No.
C1-01
C1-02
C1-03
C1-04
C1-05
C1-06
C1-07
C1-08
Parameter Name
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Acceleration Time 2
Deceleration Time 2
Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Accel Time 1)
Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Decel Time 1)
Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
Setting Range
Default
0.0 to 6000.0 s <1>
10.0 s
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by C1-10 (Accel/Decel Time Setting Units). For example, if the time is
set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s.
Switching Acceleration Times by Digital Input
Accel/decel times 1 are active by default if no input is set. The accel/decel times 2, 3, and 4 can be activated by digital inputs
(H1-oo= 7 and 1A) as explained in Table 5.9.
Table 5.9 Accel/Decel Time Selection by Digital Input
0
1
0
1
Acceleration
C1-01
C1-03
C1-05
C1-07
0
0
1
1
Deceleration
C1-02
C1-04
C1-06
C1-08
Figure 5.22 shows an operation example for changing accel/decel. times. The example below requires that the stopping method
be set for "Ramp to Stop" (b1-03 = 0).
Output
frequency
Accel Time 1
(C1-01)
Decel Time 1
Decel Time 3
Decel Time 2
(C1-02)
Accel Time 3 (C1-06)
Accel Time 2 (C1-04)
(C1-05)
(C1-03)
Accel Time 4
(C1-07)
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)
Decel Time 4
(C1-08)
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)
Time
FWD (REV)
Run command
ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
(Terminals S3 to S8, H1-0x = “7”)
OFF
ON
ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
(Terminals S3 to S8, H1-0x = “1A”)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Figure 5.22 Timing Diagram of Accel/Decel Time Change
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
147
Parameter Details
Active Times
Accel/Decel Time Sel. 1 H1-oo = 7 Accel/Decel Time Sel. 2 H1-oo =
1A
5
5.3 C: Tuning
Switching Accel/decel Times by a Frequency Level
The drive can automatically switch from accel/decel times 4 (C1-07 and C1-08) to the default accel/decel times (C1-01/02 for
motor 1, C1-05/06 for motor 2) when the output frequency exceeds the frequency level set in parameter C1-11. When it falls
below this level, the accel/decel times are switched back. Figure 5.23 shows an operation example.
Note:
Acceleration and deceleration times selected by digital inputs have priority over the automatic switching by a frequency level. For example,
if accel/decel time 2 is selected, the drive will use this time only and not switch from accel/decel time 4 to the selected one.
Output Frequency
C1-11
Accel/Decel Time
Switch Frequency
C1-07
setting
C1-01
setting
C1-02
setting
C1-08
setting
When the output frequency
C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 1 (C1-01, -02)
When the output frequency < C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 2 (C1-07, -08)
Figure 5.23 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
Switching Acceleration and Deceleration Times by Motor Selection
When switching between motor 1 and 2 using a digital input (H1-oo = 16) parameters C1-01 to C1-04 become accel/decel
time 1/2 for motor 1 and C1-05 to C1-08 become accel/decel time 1/2 for motor 2. In this case the digital input “Accel/Decel
Time 2 Selection” cannot be used (this would trigger an oPE03 error, indicating a contradictory multi-function input settings).
Table 5.10 explains the activation of accel/decel times depending on the motor selection and accel/decel time selection.
Table 5.10 Motor Switching and Accel/Decel Time Combinations
Accel/Decel Time 1 (H1-oo = 7)
Open
Closed
Motor 1 Selected
Accel
C1-01
C1-03
Motor 2 Selected
Decel
C1-02
C1-04
Accel
C1-05
C1-07
Decel
C1-06
C1-08
n C1-09: Fast-stop Time
Parameter C1-09 will set a special deceleration that is used when certain faults occur or that can be operated by closing a
digital input configured as H1-oo = 15 (N.O. input) or H1-oo = 17 (N.C. input). The input does not have to be closed
continuously, even a momentary closure will trigger the Fast-stop operation.
Unlike standard deceleration, once the Fast-stop operation is initiated, the drive cannot be restarted until the deceleration is
complete, the Fast-stop input is cleared, and the Run command is cycled.
A digital output programmed for “During Fast-stop” (H2-01/02/03 = 4C) will be closed as long as Fast-stop is active.
No.
C1-09
Parameter Name
Fast-stop Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 6000.0 s
<1>
Default
10.0 s
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by C1-10 (Accel/Decel Time Setting Units). For example, if the time is
set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid this
uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast-stop time to C1-09.
n C1-10: Accel/Decel Time Setting Units
Determines the units for the acceleration and deceleration times set to C1-01 through C1-09 using parameter C1-10.
No.
C1-10
Parameter Name
Accel/Decel Time Setting Units
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: 0.01 s Units
The accel/decel. times are set in 0.01 s units. The setting range will be 0.00 to 600.00 s. If any of the parameters C1-01 to
C1-09 is set to 600.1 seconds or more, then C1-10 cannot be set to 0.
Setting 1: 0.1 s Units
The accel/decel. times are set in 0.1 s units. The setting range will be 0.0 to 6000.0 s.
148
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
n C1-11: Accel/Decel Switch Frequency
Sets the switching frequency for automation accel/decel time change over. Refer to Switching Accel/decel Times by a
Frequency Level on page 148 for details.
No.
C1-11
Note:
Parameter Name
Accel/Decel Switch Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
Setting C1-11 to 0.0 Hz disables this function.
n C1-14: Accel/Decel Rate Frequency
Sets the base frequency used to calculate acceleration and deceleration times.
No.
C1-14
Note:
Parameter Name
Accel/Decel Rate Frequency
The accel/decel rates set to parameters C1-01 to C1-09 change in response to the value set to C1-14.
When C1-14 = 0.0 Hz
Operation example is shown in Figure 5.24.
• Accel Times 1 through 4 determine the time required to accelerate from 0 to the maximum output frequency (E1-04)
• Decel Times 1 through 4 and the Fast-stop Time determine the time required to decelerate from the Maximum Output
Frequency (E1-04) to 0 Hz.
Output
frequency
E1-04 = 60 Hz
Frequency
reference = 60 Hz
Accel Times 1 to 4
Decel Times 1 to 4
Figure 5.24 Accel/Decel Rate, Example 1 (C1-14 = 0 Hz, E1-04 = 60 Hz, Frequency Reference = 60 Hz)
When C1-14 ≠ 0.0 Hz
Operation examples are shown in Figure 5.25 and Figure 5.26.
• Accel Times 1 through 4 determine the time required to accelerate from 0 to the value set in C1-14 (Accel/Decel Rate
Frequency)
• Decel Times 1 through 4 and the Fast-stop Time determine the time required to decelerate from the value set in C1-14 (Accel/
Decel Rate Frequency ) to 0 Hz.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
149
Parameter Details
Time
0
5
5.3 C: Tuning
Output
frequency
Frequency
reference = 60 Hz
C1-14 = 40 Hz
Time
0
Accel Times 1 to 4
Decel Times 1 to 4
Figure 5.25 Accel/Decel Rate, Example 2 (C1-14 = 40 Hz, E1-04 = 60 Hz, Frequency Reference = 60 Hz)
Output
frequency
C1-14 = 80 Hz
Frequency
reference = 60 Hz
Time
0
Accel Times 1 to 4
Decel Times 1 to 4
Figure 5.26 Accel/Decel Rate, Example 3 (C1-14 = 80 Hz, E1-04 = 60 Hz, Frequency Reference = 60 Hz)
Note:
1. The accel/decel times shown in Figure 5.24 to Figure 5.26 assume S-curve characteristic time during accel/decel at start and accel/
decel at stop of 0.00 s (parameters C2-01 to C2-04).
2. When Stall Prevention during acceleration is enabled (L3-01 ≠ 0), the accel time may take longer than the set value.
3. When Stall Prevention during deceleration is enabled (L3-04 ≠ 0), the decel time may take longer than the set value.
4. When performing Rotational Auto-Tuning for OLV Control (T1-01 = 0) and Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control (T1-04 = 3), the
drive uses the maximum output frequency set in E1-04 to determine the base accel/decel rate, regardless of the C1-14 value.
u C2: S-Curve Characteristics
Use S-curve characteristics to smooth acceleration and deceleration and to minimize abrupt shock to the load. Set S-curve
characteristic time during acceleration/deceleration at start and acceleration/deceleration at stop. If a STo fault (Step Out
Detection) occurs when starting a PM motor, try increasing the value set to C2-01.
n C2-01 to C2-04: S-Curve Characteristics
C2-01 through C2-04 set separate S-curves for each section of the acceleration or deceleration.
150
No.
Parameter Name
C2-01
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start
C2-02
C2-03
C2-04
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End
S-Curve Characteristic at Decel Start
S-Curve Characteristic at Decel End
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
Determined by
A1-02
0.20 s
0.20 s
0.00 s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Figure 5.27 explains how S-curves are applied.
FWD run
REV run
C2-02
C2-03
C2-04
Output
frequency C2-01
C2-04
C2-01
C2-02
C2-03
Figure 5.27 S-Curve Timing Diagram - FWD/REV Operation
Setting the S-curve will increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
Actual accel time = accel time setting + (C2-01 + C2-02)/2
Actual decel time = decel time setting + (C2-03 + C2-04)/2
u C3: Slip Compensation
The Slip Compensation function prevents motor speed loss due to an increase in load.
Note:
Before making changes to the Slip Compensation parameters, make sure the motor parameters and V/f pattern are set properly or perform
Auto-Tuning.
n C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
C3-01
Slip Compensation Gain
0.0 to 2.5
Note:
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Default setting is 0.0 in V/f Control (A1-02 = 0). Default setting is 1.0 in Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2). This parameter is disabled
when using V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback (H6-01 = 3).
n C3-02: Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
Adjusts the filter on the output of the slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed,
adjustments might be needed under the following situations:
• Decrease the setting when the slip compensation response is too slow.
• Increase this setting when the speed is not stable.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
C3-02
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
0 to 10000 ms
Note:
5
Default
Determined by
A1-02
When using V/f Control (A1-02 = 0), the default setting becomes 2000 ms. When using Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2), the default
setting becomes 200 ms. This function is not available when using V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback.
n C3-03: Slip Compensation Limit
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E2-02).
No.
C3-03
Parameter Name
Slip Compensation Limit
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Setting Range
0 to 250%
Parameter Details
This parameter sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed,
adjustments might be needed under the following situations:
• If the speed at constant frequency reference is lower than the frequency reference, increase C3-01.
• If the speed at constant frequency reference is higher than the frequency reference, decrease C3-01.
Default
200%
151
5.3 C: Tuning
The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range. In the constant power range it is increased based
on C3-03 and the output frequency as shown in the following diagram.
Note:
This parameter is disabled when using V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback Control (H6-01 = 3).
E1-04
E1-06 × C3-03
C3-03
output frequency
E1-06
Base
Frequency
E1-04
Maximum
Frequency
Figure 5.28 Slip Compensation Limit
n C3-04: Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
When the slip compensation during regeneration function has been activated and regenerative load is applied, it might be
necessary to use a braking option (braking resistor, braking resistor unit, or braking unit).
Even if enabled, this function does not operate when the output frequency is too low.
No.
C3-04
Parameter Name
Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Slip compensation is not provided. Depending on the load and operation mode (motoring or regenerative) the actual motor
speed will be lower or higher than the frequency reference.
Setting 1: Enabled
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 6 Hz.
n C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Determines if the motor flux reference is automatically reduced when output voltage reaches the saturation range.
No.
C3-05
Parameter Name
Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n C3-18: Output Voltage Limit Level
Sets the maximum percentage of output voltage reduction when C3-05 is set to 1 (Enabled).
No.
C3-18
Parameter Name
Output Voltage Limit Level
Setting Range
70.0 to 100.0%
Default
90.0%
u C4: Torque Compensation
The torque compensation function compensates for insufficient torque production at start-up or when a load is applied.
Note:
Before making changes to the torque compensation parameters make sure the motor parameters and V/f pattern are set properly or perform
Auto-Tuning.
n C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain
Sets the gain for the torque compensation function.
152
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
C4-01
Torque Compensation Gain
0.00 to 2.50
Default
Determined by
A1-02
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Torque Compensation in V/f Control:
The drive calculates the motor primary voltage loss using the output current and the terminal resistance value (E2-05) and
then adjusts the output voltage to compensate insufficient torque at start or when load is applied. The effect of this voltage
compensation can be increased or decreased using parameter C4-01.
Torque Compensation in Open Loop Vector Control:
The drive controls the motor excitation current and torque producing current separately. Torque compensation affects the
torque producing current only. C4-01 works as a factor of the torque reference value that builds the torque producing current
reference.
Adjustment
Although this parameter rarely needs to be adjusted, small changes in increments of 0.05 may help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when using a long motor cable.
• Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
Adjust C4-01 so that the output current does not exceed the drive rated current.
n C4-02: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 1
Sets the delay time used for applying torque compensation.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
C4-02
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 1
0 to 60000 ms
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may help in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates, increase C4-02.
• If the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load, decrease C4-02.
n C4-03: Torque Compensation at Forward Start (OLV only)
Sets the amount of torque at start in the forward direction in order to improve motor performance during start with heavy load.
Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. A setting of 0.0% disables this feature.
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation at Forward Start
Setting Range
0.0 to 200.0%
Default
0.0%
n C4-04: Torque Compensation at Reverse Start (OLV only)
Sets the amount of torque reference at start in the reverse direction in order to improve motor performance during start with
heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. A setting of 0.0% disables this feature.
No.
C4-04
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
Setting Range
-200.0 to 0.0%
Default
0.0%
5
n C4-05: Torque Compensation at Start Time Constant (OLV only)
This parameter is the time constant for applying the torque compensation at start set in parameters C4-03 and C4-04.
No.
C4-05
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Time Constant
Setting Range
0 to 200 ms
Default
10 ms
n C4-06: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 (OLV only)
This time constant is used during Speed Search or during regenerative operation when the actual motor slip is higher than 50%
of the rated slip. Adjust the value if an overvoltage fault occurs with sudden changes in the load or at the end of acceleration
with high inertia load.
No.
C4-06
Note:
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2
Setting Range
0 to 10000 ms
Default
150 ms
1. If C4-06 is set to a relatively large value, be sure to also increase the setting in n2-03 (AFR Time Constant 2) proportionally.
2. C4-06 will not be active if L3-04 is 0, 3 or 4, the output frequency is below 5 Hz, or Speed Search after momentary power loss is active.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
No.
C4-03
153
5.3 C: Tuning
u C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)
The ASR is a PI controller that adjusts the output frequency in order to compensate the motor slip when load is applied. It is
active only when V/f Control is used in combination with a speed feedback signal connected to the drive pulse input RP (V/
f Control with Simple Speed Feedback).
The pulse input provides one track only and cannot detect the direction of motor rotation. A separate motor speed direction
signal must therefore be input to the ASR by:
1. Using a Digital Input
This method is automatically enabled when a digital input is programmed for “Forward/Reverse direction” (H1-oo=
7E). If the input is closed, the drive assumes reverse rotation. If open, then the drive assumes that the motor is rotating
forwards.
When a 2 track encoder is used, an external unit that converts the 2 tracks into 1 track and a digital direction signal can
be used.
2. Using the Frequency Reference Direction
When no digital input is set for “Forward/Reverse direction” (H1-oo≠ 7E), ASR uses the direction of the frequency
reference.
Figure 5.29 illustrates the ASR function when using V/f with Simple Speed Feedback.
Motor speed
(Commercially
available
converter)
Figure 5.29 Speed Control with ASR in V/f with Simple Speed Feedback
To activate V/f Control with PG feedback:
1. Set the drive to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
2. Connect the motor speed pulse signal to the pulse input RP, set H6-01 = 3, and set the pulse signal frequency that is equal
to the maximum speed to H6-02 (pulse input scaling). Make sure the pulse input bias (H6-04) is 0% and the gain (H6-03)
is 100%.
3. Decide the signal used for detecting the direction. If a digital input is used set H1-oo = 7E.
4. Use the ASR gain and integral time parameters described below for adjusting the ASR responsiveness.
Note:
1. C5 parameters will appear only when using V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) and when the pulse input RP function is set for PG feedback in V/
f Control (H6-01 = 3).
2. V/f Control with PG feedback can be used for motor 1 only.
ASR Tuning Parameters
ASR provides two sets of gain and integral time. Set 1 is active at the maximum output frequency, set 2 is active at the minimum
output frequency. The settings are changed linearly depending on the output frequency as shown in Figure 5.30.
154
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
P gain and I time
P = C5-01
I = C5-02
P = C5-03
I = C5-04
0
Motor Speed
E1-09
Minimum
Output
Frequency
E1-04
Maximum
Output
Frequency
Figure 5.30 Adjusting ASR Proportional Gain and Integral Time
n C5-01/02: ASR Proportional Gain/Integral Time 1
These parameters determine the responsiveness of ASR at maximum output frequency.
• Increase the gain and/or reduce the integral time if the response is slow at maximum output frequency.
• Reduce the gain and/or increase the integral time when vibrations occur at the maximum output frequency.
• When adjusting ASR always first adjust the P gain, then adjust the integral time.
No.
C5-01
C5-02
Parameter Name
ASR Proportional Gain 1
ASR Integral Time 1
Setting Range
0.00 to 300.00
0.000 to 10.000 s
Default
0.20
0.200 s
n C5-03/04: ASR Proportional Gain/Integral Time 2
These parameters determine the responsiveness of ASR at the minimum output frequency. Use the same setting rules as
described for C5-01/02
No.
C5-03
C5-04
Parameter Name
ASR Proportional Gain 2
ASR Integral Time 2
Setting Range
0.00 to 300.00
0.000 to 10.000 s
Default
0.02
0.050 s
Sets the ASR output limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). If the motor slip is high, the setting
might need to be increased to provide proper slip compensation. Use the ASR output monitor U6-04 to determine if ASR is
working at the limit and make settings if necessary. If ASR is operating at the ASR limit, check the pulse signal and the pulse
input settings prior to changes in C5-05.
No.
C5-05
Parameter Name
ASR Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 20.0%
Default
5.0%
Parameter Details
n C5-05: ASR Limit
5
u C6: Carrier Frequency
n C6-01: Drive Duty Selection
The drive has two different duty modes from which to select based on the load characteristics. The drive rated current, overload
capacity, and carrier frequency will change depending upon the duty mode selection. Use parameter C6-01 to select Heavy
Duty (HD) or Normal Duty (ND) for the application. The default setting is ND. Refer to Heavy Duty and Normal Duty
Ratings on page 342 for details about the rated current.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
C6-01
Drive Duty Selection
0 or 1
Default
1
<1>
<1> Model BA0018 does not have a Normal Duty mode. The default setting is 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
155
5.3 C: Tuning
Table 5.11 Differences between Heavy and Normal Duty
Mode
C6-01
Heavy Duty Rating (HD)
0
Normal Duty Rating (ND)
1
Overload
150 %
Overload
120 %
Rated Load
100 %
Rated Load
100 %
Characteristics
0
Motor Speed
0
100 %
Use Heavy Duty Rating for applications requiring a high
overload tolerance with constant load torque. Such
applications include extruders and conveyors.
Over load capability (oL2)
150% of drive rated Heavy Duty current for 60 s
L3-02 Stall Prevention
150%
during Acceleration
L3-06 Stall Prevention
150%
during Run
Default Carrier Frequency
8/10 kHz
Application
Note:
Motor Speed
100 %
Use Normal Duty Rating for applications in which the torque
requirements drop along with the speed. Examples include
fans or pumps where a high overload tolerance is not required.
120% of drive rated Normal Duty current for 60 s
120%
120%
2 kHz Swing PWM
By changing the Drive Duty, the drive maximum applicable motor power changes and the E2-oo and E4-oo parameters are automatically
set to appropriate values.
n C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection
Parameter C6-02 sets the switching frequency of the drive’s output transistors. It can be changed in order to reduce audible
noise and also reduce leakage current.
Note:
The drive rated current is reduced when the carrier frequency is set higher than the default value. Refer to Rated Current Depending on
Carrier Frequency on page 158.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
C6-02
Carrier Frequency Selection
<1>
Default
Determined by A1-02 and o2-04.
Reset when C6-01 is changed.
<1> Setting range is determined by the drive software version.
PRG: 1020 and later: 1 to B; F
PRG: 1018 and earlier: 1 to A; F
Settings:
C6-02
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Carrier Frequency
2.0 kHz
5.0 kHz
8.0 kHz
10.0 kHz
12.5 kHz
15.0 kHz
Swing PWM 1
C6-02
8
9
A
Carrier Frequency
Swing PWM 2
Swing PWM 3
Swing PWM 4
B <1>
F
User-defined (C6-03 to C6-05)
Leakage Current Rejection PWM
<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later. Setting B uses a PWM pattern that reduces the amount of leakage current detected over
long wiring distances. This can help reduce alarm detection and problems with the current monitor that result from leakage current over long wiring
distances. This is the same as setting the carrier frequency to 2 kHz.
Note:
Swing PWM uses 2.0 kHz carrier frequency as a base. Applying special PWM patterns minimizes the audible noise of the motor.
Guidelines for Carrier Frequency Parameter Setup
Symptom
Speed and torque are unstable at low speeds.
Noise from the drive is affecting peripheral devices.
Excessive leakage current from the drive.
156
Remedy
Lower the carrier frequency.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Symptom
Remedy
• Lower the carrier frequency
• Set C6-02 to B if an alarm is detected or if leakage current causes a
problem with the current monitor.
Wiring between the drive and motor is too long. <1>
Audible motor noise is too loud.
Increase the carrier frequency or use Swing PWM.
<2>
<1> The carrier frequency may need to be lowered if the motor cable is too long. Refer to the table below.
<2> In Normal Duty default setting is 7 (Swing PWM), equivalent to setting 2 kHz. Increasing the carrier frequency is fine when using the drive is set
for Normal Duty, but remember that the drive rated current falls when the carrier frequency is increased.
Wiring Distance
C6-02 (Carrier Frequency Selection)
Note:
Up to 50 m
0 to 6 (15 kHz)
Up to 100 m
0 to 4 (10 kHz)
Greater than 100 m
1, 7 to A (2 kHz)
If the motor cable is fairly long when using PM Open Loop Vector, set the carrier frequency to 2 kHz (C6-02 = 1). Switch to V/f Control
if the cable is longer than 100 m.
n C6-03/C6-04/C6-05: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit/Lower Limit/Proportional Gain
Use these parameters to set a user defined or a variable carrier frequency. To set the upper and lower limits, first set C6-02 to
“F”.
No.
C6-03
C6-04
C6-05
Parameter Name
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit (V/f only)
Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain (V/f only)
Setting Range
1.0 to 15.0 kHz
1.0 to 15.0 kHz
0 to 99
Default
<1>
<1> The default value is determined by the control method (A1-02) as well as the drive capacity (o2-04), and is reinitialized when the value set to C6-01
is changed.
Setting a Fixed User Defined Carrier Frequency
A carrier frequency between the fixed selectable values can be entered in parameter C6-03 when C6-02 is set to “F”. In V/f
Control, parameter C6-04 must also be adjusted to the same value as C6-03.
Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency (V/f Control only)
In V/f Control, the carrier frequency can be set up to change linearly with the output frequency. In this case the upper and
lower limits for the carrier frequency and the carrier frequency proportional gain (C6-03, C6-04, C6-05) have to be set as
shown in Figure 5.31.
Parameter Details
Carrier Frequency
C6-03
C6-04
Output
Frequency x C6-05 x K*
Output Frequency
E1-04
Max Output Frequency
5
Figure 5.31 Carrier Frequency Changes Relative to Output Frequency
K is a coefficient determined by the value of C6-03:
• 10.0 kHz > C6-03 ≥ to 5.0 kHz: K = 2
• 5.0 kHz > C6-03: K = 1
• C6-03 ≥ 10.0 kHz: K = 3
Note:
1. A carrier frequency error (oPE11) will occur when the carrier frequency proportional gain is greater than 6 while C6-03 is less than
C6-04.
2. When C6-05 is set lower than 7, C6-04 is disabled and the carrier frequency will be fixed to the value set in C6-03.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
157
5.3 C: Tuning
n Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency
The tables below show the drive output current depending on the carrier frequency settings. The 2 kHz value is equal to the
Normal Duty rated current, the 8/10 kHz value is equal to the Heavy Duty rated current. The carrier frequency determines the
output current linearly. Use the data below to calculate output current values for carrier frequencies not listed in the tables.
Note:
In Heavy Duty mode the maximum rated output current is equal to the 8/10 kHz value, even if the carrier frequency is reduced.
Table 5.12 Drives with Heavy Duty Default Carrier Frequency of 10 kHz
200 V Single-Phase Units
Rated Current [A]
2 kHz
10 kHz
1.2
0.8
Drive
Model
BA0001
BA0002
BA0003
BA0006
1.9
3.5
6.0
1.6
3.0
5.0
15 kHz
0.6
1.3
2.4
4.0
Drive
Model
2A0001
2A0002
2A0004
2A0006
200 V Three-Phase Units
Rated Current [A]
2 kHz
10 kHz
1.2
0.8
1.9
1.6
3.5
3.0
6.0
5.0
15 kHz
0.6
1.3
2.4
4.0
Table 5.13 Drives with Heavy Duty Default Carrier Frequency of 8 kHz
200 V Single-Phase Units
Rated Current [A]
Drive
Model
2 kHz
8 kHz
15 kHz
BA0010
9.6
8.0
6.4
BA0012
BA0018
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
158
12.0
17.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11.0
17.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.8
14.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200 V Three-Phase Units
Rated Current [A]
Drive
Model
2 kHz
8 kHz
15 kHz
—
—
—
—
2A0010
9.6
8.0
6.4
2A0012
12.0
11.0
8.8
—
—
—
—
2A0020
19.6
17.5
14.0
2A0030
30.0
25.0
20.0
2A0040
40.0
33.0
26.4
2A0056
56.0
47.0
37.6
2A0069
69.0
60.0
48.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
400 V Three-Phase Units
Rated Current [A]
Drive
Model
2 kHz
8 kHz
15 kHz
4A0001
1.2
1.2
0.7
4A0002
2.1
1.8
1.1
4A0004
4.1
3.4
2.0
4A0005
5.4
4.8
2.9
4A0007
6.9
5.5
3.3
4A0009
8.8
7.2
4.3
4A0011
11.1
9.2
5.5
4A0018
17.5
14.8
8.9
4A0023
23.0
18.0
10.8
4A0031
31.0
24.0
14.4
4A0038
38.0
31.0
18.6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
5.4
d: Reference Settings
Determined by the NetRef function
selection of each comm. option card.
Parameter Details
NetRef
4
The drive offers various ways of entering the frequency reference. The figure below gives an overview of the reference input,
selections, and priorities.
5
Figure 5.32 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
159
5.4 d: Reference Settings
u d1: Frequency Reference
n d1-01 to d1-17: Frequency Reference 1 to 16 and Jog Reference
Up to 17 preset references (including Jog reference) can be programmed in the drive. The references can be switched during
Run by digital inputs. The acceleration/deceleration to the new reference is performed using the active acceleration/deceleration
time.
The Jog frequency must be selected by a separate digital input and has priority over the references 1 to 16.
The multi-speed references 1 and 2 can be provided by analog inputs.
No.
d1-01 to d1-16
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference 1 to 16
d1-17
Jog Frequency Reference
Setting Range
Hz <1>
Default
0.00 Hz
0.00 to 400.00 Hz <1>
6.00 Hz
0.00 to 400.00
<1> The upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and upper limit for the frequency reference (d2-01).
Multi-Step Speed Selection
Depending on how many speeds are used, some digital inputs have to be programmed for Multi-Step Speed Reference 1, 2,
3 and 4 (H1-oo = 3, 4, 5, 32). For the Jog reference a digital input must be set to H1-oo = 6.
Notes on using analog inputs as multi-speed 1 and 2:
• If the frequency reference source is assigned to analog input A1 (b1-01 = 1), then this input will be used for Frequency
Reference 1 instead of d1-01. If the reference source is assigned to the digital operator (b1-01 = 0), then d1-01 will be used
as Frequency Reference 1.
• When the analog input A2 function is set to “Auxiliary Frequency” (H3-10 = 2), then the value input to terminal A2 will be
used as the Frequency Reference 2 instead of the value set to parameter d1-02. When H3-10 does not equal 2, then d1-02
becomes the reference for Frequency Reference 2.
The different speed references can be selected as shown in Table 5.14. Figure 5.33 illustrates the multi-step speed selection.
Table 5.14 Multi-Step Speed Reference and Terminal Switch Combinations
Multi-Step
Speed 2
H1-oo=4
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Multi-Step
Speed 3
H1-oo=5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
Multi-Step
Speed 4
H1-oo=32
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Jog Reference
H1-oo=6
Frequency Reference 1 (d1-01/A1)
Frequency Reference 2 (d1-02/A2)
Frequency Reference 3 (d1-03)
Frequency Reference 4 (d1-04)
Frequency Reference 5 (d1-05)
Frequency Reference 6 (d1-06)
Frequency Reference 7 (d1-07)
Frequency Reference 8 (d1-08)
Frequency Reference 9 (d1-09)
Frequency Reference 10 (d1-10)
Frequency Reference 11 (d1-11)
Frequency Reference 12 (d1-12)
Frequency Reference 13 (d1-13)
Frequency Reference 14 (d1-14)
Frequency Reference 15 (d1-15)
Frequency Reference 16 (d1-16)
Multi-Step
Speed
H1-oo=3
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Jog Frequency Reference (d1-17) <1>
−
−
−
−
ON
Reference
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
<1> The Jog frequency overrides the frequency reference being used.
160
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
d1-15
d1-14
d1-13
d1-12
Frequency
reference
d1-16
d1-07
d1-06
d1-05
d1-04
d1-03
d1-02
d1-01 (A2)
(A1)
FWD (REV) Run/Stop
Multi-step Speed Ref. 1
ON
Multi-step Speed Ref. 2
ON
Multi-step Speed Ref. 3
ON
ON
ON
ON
d1-17
ON
Time
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Multi-step Speed Ref. 4
ON
Jog Reference
ON
Figure 5.33 Preset Reference Timing Diagram
u d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
By entering upper or lower frequency limits, the drive programmer can prevent operation of the drive above or below levels
that may cause resonance and or equipment damage.
Sets the maximum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency
references.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.
No.
d2-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
100.0%
n d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Sets the minimum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency
references.
If a lower reference than this value is input, the drive will run at the d2-02 level. If the drive is started with a lower reference
than d2-02, it will accelerate up to d2-02.
No.
d2-02
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
0.0%
Internal frequency
reference
d2-01
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Operating
range
Frequency Reference Lower Limit
d2-02
Set frequency reference
Figure 5.34 Frequency Reference: Upper and Lower Limits
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
161
Parameter Details
n d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit
5
5.4 d: Reference Settings
n d2-03: Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Unlike frequency reference lower limit (d2-02) which will affect the frequency reference no matter where it is sourced from
(i.e., analog input, preset speed, Jog speed, etc.), the master speed lower limit (d2-03) sets a lower limit that will only affect
the analog input (terminals A1 and A2) that is the active master speed frequency.
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Note:
No.
d2-03
The lower limits for the Jog frequency, multi-step speed settings, and 2-step speed settings do not change. When lower limits are set to both
the frequency reference (d2-02) and the main frequency reference (d2-03), the drive uses the greater of those two values as the lower limit.
Parameter Name
Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
0.0%
u d3: Jump Frequency
n d3-01 to d3-04: Jump Frequencies 1, 2, 3, and Jump Frequency Width
In order to avoid continuous operation at a speed that causes resonance in driven machinery, the drive can be programmed
with three separate Jump frequencies that will not allow continued operation within specific frequency ranges. If the speed
reference falls within a Jump frequency dead band, the drive will clamp the frequency reference just below the dead band and
only accelerate past it when the frequency reference rises above the upper end of the dead band.
Setting parameters d3-01 through d3-03 to 0.0 Hz disables the Jump frequency function.
No.
d3-01
d3-02
d3-03
d3-04
Parameter Name
Jump Frequency 1
Jump Frequency 2
Jump Frequency 3
Jump Frequency Width
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
1.0 Hz
Figure 5.35 shows the relationship between the Jump frequency and the output frequency.
Output
frequency
Frequency
reference
decreases
Frequency
reference
increases
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency 3
d3-03
Jump
Frequency 2
d3-02
Jump
Frequency 1
d3-01
Frequency
reference
Figure 5.35 Jump Frequency Operation
Note:
1. The drive will use the active accel/decel time to pass through the specified dead band range but will not allow continuous operation in
that range.
2. When using more than one Jump frequency, make sure that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
u d4: Frequency Hold and Up/Down 2 Function
n d4-01: Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
This parameter is effective when either of the digital input functions listed below is used.
• Accel/decel ramp hold function (H1-oo= A)
162
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
• Up/Down function (H1-oo = 10 and 11, sets the frequency reference by digital inputs)
• Up/Down 2 function (H1-oo = 75/76, adds a bias to the frequency reference using digital inputs)
Parameter d4-01 determines whether the frequency reference or the frequency bias (Up/Down 2) value is saved when the Run
command is cleared or the power supply is shut down.
No.
d4-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
The operation depends on with what function parameter d4-01 is used.
Setting 0: Disabled
• Acceleration Hold
The hold value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Run command is canceled or the drive power is switched off. The active
frequency reference will be the value the drive uses when it restarts.
• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Run command is canceled or the drive power is switched off.
The drive will start from 0 Hz when restarted.
• Up/Down 2
The frequency bias is not saved when the Run command is switched off or 5 s after the Up/Down 2 command has been
released. The Up/Down 2 function will start with a bias of 0% when the drive is restarted.
Setting 1: Enabled
• Acceleration Hold
The last hold value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off. The drive will use the value
that was saved as the frequency reference when it restarts. The accel/decel hold input must be enabled the entire time or else
the hold value will be cleared.
ON
Power supply
Forward Run / Stop
Hold Accel/Decel
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
Output frequency
Parameter Details
Frequency reference
d4-01 = 1
d4-01 = 0
Hold
5
Hold
Figure 5.36 Frequency Reference Hold with Accel/Decel Hold Function
• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off. The drive will use
the frequency reference that was saved when it restarts.
• Up/Down 2 with Frequency Reference from Digital Operator
When the digital operator is selected as the frequency reference source, the bias will be added to the frequency reference
that was selected 5 s after the Up/Down 2 command has been released, and then reset to 0 afterwards. The new frequency
reference value is then saved. When the Run command or the power supply is switched off, the drive will use the value that
was when it restarts.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
163
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Bias is added to frequency
reference and reset to 0
Output
frequency
Frequency
reference
Bias
5s
5s
Up 2 command
Figure 5.37 Up/Down 2 Example with Reference from Digital Operator and d4-01 = 1
• Up/Down 2 with Frequency Reference from Other Input Sources
When the frequency reference is set by an another source than the digital operator, the bias value will be saved in parameter
d4-06 exactly 5 s after the Up/Down 2 command has been released. When the Run command is turned off or the power is
switched off, the drive will use the value saved in d4-06 when it restarts.
Bias is saved in parameter d4-06
Output
frequency
d4-06 value
Bias
5s
5s
Up 2 command
Figure 5.38 Up/Down 2 Example with Other Reference than Digital Operator and d4-01 = 1
Note:
Make sure to set the Up/Down 2 limits properly when using d4-01 = 1 in combination with the Up/Down 2 function. Refer to d4-08:
Frequency Reference Bias Upper Limit (Up/Down 2) on page 166 and Refer to d4-09: Frequency Reference Bias Lower Limit (Up/
Down 2) on page 167 for details on the limit settings.
Clearing the Value that was Saved
Depending on which function is used, the frequency reference value that was saved can be cleared by:
164
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
• Releasing the acceleration hold input.
• Setting an Up or Down command while no Run command is active.
n d4-03: Frequency Reference Bias Step (Up/Down 2)
Sets the bias that is added to or subtracted from the frequency reference by the Up/Down 2 function.
No.
d4-03
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Step
Setting Range
0.00 to 99.99 Hz
Default
0.00 Hz
The operation depends on the set value:
Setting d4-03 = 0.0 Hz
While the Up 2 or Down 2 command is enabled, the bias value is increased or decreased using the accel/decel time determined
by parameter d4-04.
Output
frequency
Bias value is increased using the
accel/decel times as set in d4-04
Bias
Up 2 command
Figure 5.39 Up/Down 2 Bias when d4-03 = 0.0 Hz
Setting d4-03 > 0.0 Hz
Parameter Details
When an Up 2 or Down 2 command is enabled, the bias is increased or decreased in steps for the value set in d4-03. The
frequency reference changes with the accel/decel times determined by parameter d4-04.
Output
frequency
Bias value is increased in steps as
defined in d4-03
Drive uses accel/decel times as
set in d4-04
Bias
5
Up 2 command
Figure 5.40 Up/Down 2 Bias when d4-03 > 0.0 Hz
n d4-04: Frequency Reference Bias Accel/Decel (Up/Down 2)
Parameter d4-04 determines the accel/decel times that are used for increasing/decreasing the frequency reference or bias when
the Up/Down 2 function is used.
No.
d4-04
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Accel/Decel
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
165
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Setting 0: Current Accel/Decel Time
The drive uses the currently active accel/decel time.
Setting 1: Accel/Decel Time 4
The drive uses accel/decel time 4 set to parameters C1-07 and C1-08.
n d4-05: Frequency Reference Bias Operation Mode Selection (Up/Down 2)
Determines if the bias value is held or not when the Up/Down 2 inputs are both released or both enabled. The parameter is
effective only when parameter d4-03 is set to 0.00.
No.
d4-05
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Operation Mode Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Hold Bias Value
The bias value will be held if no input Up 2 or Down 2 is active.
Setting 1: Reset Bias Value
The bias is reset to 0% when both inputs Up 2 and Down 2 are either on or off. The drive will use the accel/decel time as
selected in d4-04 to accelerate or decelerate to the frequency reference value.
n d4-06: Frequency Reference Bias (Up/Down 2)
This parameter is used to save the frequency reference bias value set by the Up/Down 2 function. It is set as a percentage of
the maximum output frequency. The function of d4-06 depends on how the Up/Down 2 function is configured.
• This parameter is not normally used when the frequency reference is set by the digital operator. The user can set d4-06 to a
certain value that will be applied when the operation is started, but it will be reset when the frequency reference changes
(including multi-step references) or will be disabled when d4-01 = 0 and the Run command is removed.
• When d4-01 = 0 and the frequency reference is set by an analog or pulse input, the value set in d4-06 is generally added to
or subtracted from the frequency reference.
• When d4-01 = 1 and the frequency reference is set by a different source than the digital operator, the bias value adjusted
with the Up/Down 2 inputs is stored in d4-06 when 5 s have passed after the Up 2 or Down 2 command release.
No.
d4-06
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias
Setting Range
-99.9 to 100.0%
Default
0.0%
Conditions that Generally Reset or Disable Parameter d4-06
• When the Up/Down 2 function has not been assigned to the multi-function terminals
• When the frequency reference source has been changed (including LOCAL/REMOTE or external reference 1/external
reference 2 switch over by digital inputs)
• If d4-03 = 0 Hz, d4-05 = 1 and the Up/Down 2 commands are both open or both closed
• Any changes to the maximum frequency set to E1-04
n d4-07: Analog Frequency Reference Fluctuation Limit (Up/Down 2)
This parameter is for handling changes in the frequency reference while the terminal set for Up 2 or Down 2 is enabled. If the
frequency reference changes for more than the level set to d4-07, then the bias value will be held, and the drive will accelerate
or decelerate following the frequency reference. When the frequency reference is reached, the bias hold is released and the
bias follows the Up/Down 2 input commands.
Parameter d4-07 is applicable only if the frequency reference is set by an analog or pulse input.
No.
d4-07
Parameter Name
Analog Frequency Reference Fluctuation Limit
Setting Range
0.1 to 100.0%
Default
1.0%
n d4-08: Frequency Reference Bias Upper Limit (Up/Down 2)
Parameter d4-08 sets the upper limit of the Up/Down 2 bias (monitor U6-20) and the value that can be saved in parameter
d4-06. Set this parameter to an appropriate value before using the Up/Down 2 function.
Note:
166
When the frequency reference is set by the digital operator (b1-01 = 0) and d4-01 = 1, the bias value will be added to the frequency reference
if no Up/Down 2 command is received for 5 s, and will be reset to 0 afterwards. From that point the bias can be increased up to the limit
set in d4-08 again.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
No.
d4-08
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Upper Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
<1>
<1> Default setting is determined by the software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 100.00%
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 0.00%
n d4-09: Frequency Reference Bias Lower Limit (Up/Down 2)
Parameter d4-08 sets the lower limit of the Up/Down 2 bias (monitor U6-20) and the value that can be saved in parameter
d4-06. Set this parameter to an appropriate value before using the Up/Down 2 function.
Note:
No.
d4-09
When the frequency reference is set by the digital operator (b1-01 = 0) and d4-01 = 1, the bias value will be added to the frequency reference
if no Up/Down 2 command is received for 5 s, and will be reset to 0 afterwards. If the bias is increased using the Up 2 command, once it is
added to the frequency reference the speed cannot be reduced with a Down 2 command if the limit set in d4-09 is 0. In this case make sure
to set a negative lower limit in d4-09 to allow speed reduction.
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Lower Limit
Setting Range
-99.9 to 0.0%
Default
0.0%
n d4-10: Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection
Selects how the lower frequency limit is set when the Up/Down function is used. Refer to Setting 10/11: Up/Down
Command on page 187 for details on the Up/Down function in combination with frequency reference limits.
Setting 0: Lower Limit is Determined by d2-02 or Analog Input
The lower frequency reference limit is determined by the higher value of both, parameter d2-02 or an analog input that is
programmed for “Frequency Bias” (H3-02/10 = 0).
Note:
If the external reference change over function (H1-oo = 2) used to switch between Up/Down function and analog input as reference source,
the analog value would become the lower reference limit when the Up/Down reference is active. Change d4-10 to 1 to make the Up/Down
function independent of the analog input value.
Setting 1: Lower Limit is Determined by Parameter d2-02
Only parameter d2-02 sets the lower frequency reference limit.
u d7: Offset Frequencies
Three different offset values can be added to the frequency reference. They can be selected using digital inputs programmed
for Offset frequency 1, 2 and 3 (H1-oo = 44, 45, 46). The selected offset values are added if two or all three inputs are closed
at the same time.
Note:
No.
d7-01
d7-02
d7-03
This function can be used to replace the “Trim Control” function (H1-oo = 1C/1D) of earlier Yaskawa drives.
Parameter Name
Offset Frequency 1
Offset Frequency 2
Offset Frequency 3
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0%
0%
0%
5
Figure 5.41 illustrates the Offset Frequency Function.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
n d7-01 to d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3
167
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Frequency
reference
SFS
Offset Frequency 1 [d7-01]
(Signed)
Multi-function
input (44) = on
Frequency
reference after
soft starter
Multi-function
input (45) = on
Offset Frequency 2 [d7-02]
(Signed)
Multi-function
input (46) = on
Offset Frequency 3 [d7-03]
(Signed)
Figure 5.41 Offset Frequency Operation
168
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
5.5
E: Motor Parameters
E parameters cover V/f pattern and motor data settings.
u E1: V/f Characteristics
n E1-01: Input Voltage Setting
Set the input voltage parameter to the nominal voltage of the AC power supply. This parameter adjusts the levels of some
protective features of the drive (overvoltage, Stall Prevention, etc.).
NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the
protective features of the drive to function properly. Failure to comply could result in improper drive operation.
No.
Parameter Name
Input Voltage Setting
E1-01 <1>
Setting Range
155 to 255 V
Default
230 V
<1> The setting range and default value shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double this for 400 V class units.
E1-01 Related Values
The input voltage setting determines the over-/undervoltage detection level and the operation levels of the braking transistor
as well as the KEB function and the overvoltage suppression function.
(Approximate Values)
Voltage
Setting Value of
E1-01
200 V Class
all settings
410 V
400 V Class
setting ≥ 400 V
setting < 400 V
Desired DC Bus
ov Detection BTR Operation Uv Detection Level Voltage
during KEB
Level
Level
(L2-05)
(L2-11)
ov Suppression /
Stall Prevention
Level
(L3-17)
394 V
190 V
(single-phase = 160
V)
240 V
370 V
820 V
788 V
380 V
480 V
740 V
740 V
708 V
350 V
440 V
660 V
The braking transistor operation levels are valid for the drive internal braking transistor. If an external CDBR braking chopper is used, refer
to the instruction manual of that unit.
Note:
The drive utilizes a set V/f pattern to determine the appropriate output voltage level for each relative to the frequency reference.
There are 15 different preset V/f patterns to select from with varying voltage profiles, saturation levels (frequency at which
maximum voltage is reached), and maximum frequencies. Additionally, one custom V/f pattern can be set up by programming
parameters E1-04 through E1-10.
V/f Pattern Setup for V/f Control
1.
2.
Set the input voltage for the drive. Refer to E1-01: Input Voltage Setting on page 169.
Set the V/f pattern by:
5
a) choosing one of the 15 preset V/f patterns (E1-03 = 0 to E).
3.
b) select the custom V/f pattern (E1-03 = F, default setting).
When using one of the 15 presets, E1-04 through E1-13 are automatically set. Refer to the description below.
For a custom V/f pattern, E1-04 through E1-13 must be adjusted manually. Refer to V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to
E1-13 on page 172.
Open Loop Vector Control Setup for IM and PM Motors
In OLV only the user defined V/f pattern can be used. Refer to V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13 on page 172.
n E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection
This parameter can only be changed when the drive is operating in V/f Control. It allows the user to select the V/f pattern from
15 predefined patterns or to create a custom V/f pattern.
No.
E1-03
Parameter Name
V/f Pattern Selection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Setting Range
0 to F
Parameter Details
n V/f Pattern Settings
Default
F
169
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Setting a Predefined V/f Pattern
Setting the V/f Pattern
Choose the V/f pattern that meets the application demands from the table below. Set the correct value to E1-03. The V/f
parameters E1-04 to E1-13 can only be monitored, not changed.
Note:
1. Setting an improper V/f pattern may result in low motor torque or increased current due to overexcitation.
2. Parameter E1-03 is not reset when the drive is initialized.
Table 5.15 Predefined V/f Patterns
Setting
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
Specification
50 Hz
60 Hz
(default setting)
60 Hz (with 50 Hz base)
72 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
50 Hz, Heavy Duty 2
50 Hz, Heavy Duty 1
60 Hz, Heavy Duty 1
60 Hz, Heavy Duty 2
8
9
A
50 Hz, mid starting torque
50 Hz, high starting torque
60 Hz, mid starting torque
B
60 Hz, high starting torque
C
D
E
90 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
120 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
180 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
1
Characteristic
Application
Constant torque
For general purpose applications. Torque remains
constant regardless of changes to speed.
Derated torque
For fans, pumps, and other applications that require
torque derating relative to the load.
High starting torque
Select high starting torque when:
• Wiring between the drive and motor exceeds
150 m
• A large amount of starting torque is required
• An AC reactor is installed
Constant output
When operating at greater than 60 Hz the output
voltage will be constant.
The following tables show details on predefined V/f patterns.
The following graphs are for 200 V class drives; double the values for 400 V class drives.
Predefined V/f Patterns for 0.1 to 3.7 kW Drives
Table 5.16 Constant Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
60 Hz
(default)
200
Voltage (V)
200
Voltage (V)
Setting = 1
16
Setting = 2
200
16
12
12
Setting = 3
72 Hz
200
16
12
0 1.5 3
60
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
60 Hz
Voltage (V)
50 Hz
Voltage (V)
Setting = 0
16
12
0 1.5 3
50 60
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60 72
Frequency (Hz)
Table 5.17 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7
8
0 1.3
25
50
Frequency (Hz)
170
50 Hz
200
50
9
0 1.3
25
50
Frequency (Hz)
Setting = 6
60 Hz
Setting = 7
200
35
50
9
8
0 1.5
60 Hz
200
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
35
Setting = 5
Voltage (V)
50 Hz
200
Voltage (V)
Setting = 4
30
60
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5
30
60
Frequency (Hz)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Table 5.18 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B
Setting = 9
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
50 Hz
Setting = A
19
24
13
12
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
60 Hz
Setting = B
19
24
15
12
0 1.5 3
60
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
60 Hz
200
200
200
Voltage (V)
50 Hz
200
Voltage (V)
Setting = 8
Table 5.19 Rated Output Operation, Settings C to F
90 Hz
120 Hz
Setting = E
12
Voltage (V)
16
16
Setting = F
16
12
12
0 1.5 3
60
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60 180
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60 120
Frequency (Hz)
60 Hz
200
16
12
0 1.5 3
60 90
Frequency (Hz)
180 Hz
200
200
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
200
Setting = D
Voltage (V)
Setting = C
Predefined V/f Patterns for 5.5 to 18.5 kW Drives
The following graphs are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class drive.
Table 5.20 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
60 Hz
Setting = 2
200
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Setting = 1
14
60 Hz
14
Setting = 3
72 Hz
200
200
Voltage (V)
50 Hz
200
Voltage (V)
Setting = 0
14
14
7
7
7
7
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
60
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
50 60
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60 72
Frequency (Hz)
Table 5.21 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7
50 Hz
Setting = 6
35
6
50
7
Setting = 7
35
0 1.5
60 Hz
200
6
0 1.3
25
50
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.3
25
50
Frequency (Hz)
60 Hz
200
50
7
0 1.5
30
60
Frequency (Hz)
Parameter Details
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Setting = 5
200
200
Voltage (V)
50 Hz
Voltage (V)
Setting = 4
30
60
Frequency (Hz)
5
Table 5.22 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B
9
50
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50 Hz
Setting = A
200
23
11
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
60 Hz
200
18
9
0 1.5 3
60
Frequency (Hz)
Setting = B
60 Hz
200
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
18
Setting = 9
Voltage (V)
50 Hz
200
Voltage (V)
Setting = 8
23
13
0 1.5 3
60
Frequency (Hz)
171
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Table 5.23 Constant Output, Settings C to F
90 Hz
Setting = D
Setting = E
14
180 Hz
Setting = F
200
14
60 Hz
200
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
120 Hz
200
200
Voltage (V)
Setting = C
14
14
7
7
7
7
0 1.5 3
60 90
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60 120
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60 180
Frequency (Hz)
0 1.5 3
60
Frequency (Hz)
Setting a Custom V/f Pattern
Setting parameter E1-03 to “F” allows to set up a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13.
When E1-03 is changed to “F”, the default values for parameters E1-04 to E1-13 will be equal to V/f pattern 1 of the predefined
patterns.
n V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13
Using parameters E1-04 through E1-13, the user can either monitor the V/f pattern values if E1-03 =< 15 or set up a custom
V/f pattern as shown in Figure 5.42 when E1-03 = F.
No.
E1-04
Parameter Name
Maximum Output Frequency
Setting Range
E1-05
Maximum Voltage
0.0 to 255.0 V <2>
<1>
E1-06
Base Frequency
<1>
E1-07
Middle Output Frequency
0.0 to 400.0 Hz <5>
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
40.0 to 400.0
Hz <5>
V <2>
Default
<1>
<1>
<1>
E1-08
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
E1-09 <3>
Minimum Output Frequency
0.0 to 400.0 Hz <5>
<1>
E1-10
E1-11
E1-12
Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
Middle Output Frequency 2
Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2
0.0 to 255.0 V <2>
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
<1>
E1-13 <4>
Base Voltage
0.0 to 255.0
0.0 to 255.0 V <2>
0.0 to 255.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 V
0.0 V
<1> Default setting is determined by the control mode.
<2> Values shown are for 200 V class drives; double the value when using 400 V class drives.
<3> In OLV for PM E1-09 specifies the start frequency for short circuit braking at stop. Refer to b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop on page
129 for details.
<4> When E1-13 is set to 0.0 V, the drive uses the value set in E1-05 to control the voltage.
<5> Default setting is determined by E5-01 in OLV/PM. When E5-01 is set to FFFFH, the setting range for E1-04 and E1-06 is 10.0 to 40.0 Hz and the
setting range for E1-09 is 0.0 to 400.0 Hz.
Output Voltage (V)
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.42 V/f Pattern
Note:
172
1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
2. Setting E1-11 to 0 disables both E1-11 and E1-12 and the above conditions do not apply.
3. To make the V/f pattern a straight line set E1-09 = E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
4. E1-03 is unaffected when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03, but the settings for E1-04 through E1-13 are returned to their
default values.
u E2: Motor 1 Parameters
These parameters contain the most important motor data needed for optimal motor control. The parameters are set automatically
during Auto-Tuning. Set the parameters manually when Auto-Tuning cannot be performed.
n E2-01: Motor Rated Current
Set E2-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the motor nameplate. During Auto-Tuning the value must be entered to
parameter T1-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered will automatically be saved to E2-01.
No.
Parameter Name
E2-01
Motor Rated Current
Note:
Setting Range
10% to 200% of the drive
rated current.
(unit: 0.01 A)
Default
Depending on
o2-04
1. Display is in the following units: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0040, and 4A0001 to 4A0023: 0.01 A units.
2A0056 to 2A0069, 4A0031 to 4A0038: 0.1 A units.
2. Change E2-01 only after changing the value set to E2-03. Setting E2-01 < E2-03 will trigger an oPE02 error.
n E2-02: Motor Rated Slip
Sets the motor rated slip in Hz. This value is automatically set during Rotational Auto-Tuning.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E2-02
Motor Rated Slip
0.00 to 20.00 Hz
Default
Depending on
o2-04
If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed calculate the motor rated slip using the information written on the motor nameplate and
the formula below:
E2-02 = f - (n x p)/120
(f: rated frequency (Hz), n: rated motor speed (r/min), p: number of motor poles)
Set E2-03 to the motor no-load current at rated voltage and rated frequency. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully,
this value is automatically calculated. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, contact the motor manufacturer for information
about the no-load current.
No.
Parameter Name
E2-03
Motor No-Load Current
Note:
Setting Range
0 to [E2-01]
(unit: 0.01 A)
Default
Depending on
o2-04
5
Display is in the following units: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0040, and 4A0001 to 4A0023: 0.01 A units.
2A0056 to 2A0069, 4A0031 to 4A0038: 0.1 A units.
n E2-04: Number of Motor Poles
Set the number of motor poles to E2-04. This value must be entered during Auto-Tuning, and will automatically be saved to
E2-04 if Auto-Tuning completes successfully.
No.
E2-04
Parameter Name
Number of Motor Poles
Setting Range
2 to 48 poles
Default
4 poles
n E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Sets the line-to-line resistance of the motor stator winding. If the Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is
automatically calculated. Remember this value must be entered as line-line and not line-neutral.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E2-05
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
0.000 to 65.000 Ω
Note:
Default
Depending on
o2-04
The setting range becomes 0.00 to 130.00 when using VoBA0002, Vo2A0002, Vo4A0001 and smaller.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
n E2-03: Motor No-Load Current
173
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
If Auto-Tuning is not possible, then contact the motor manufacturer to find out the line-to-line resistance or measure it
manually. When using the manufacturer Motor Test Report, calculate E2-05 by the formulas below.
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the Test Report at 75 °C
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the Test Report at 75 °C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the Test Report at 115 °C.
n E2-06: Motor Leakage Inductance
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E2-06
Motor Leakage Inductance
0.0 to 40.0%
Default
Depending on
o2-04
n E2-07: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
This parameter sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes
successfully, then this value is automatically calculated.
No.
E2-07
Parameter Name
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Setting Range
0.00 to 0.50
Default
0.50
n E2-08: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
This parameter sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes
successfully, then this value is automatically calculated.
No.
E2-08
Parameter Name
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Setting Range
E2-07 to 0.75
Default
0.75
n E2-09: Motor Mechanical Loss
This parameter sets to the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW) capacity.
No.
E2-09
Parameter Name
Motor Mechanical Loss
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0%
Default
0.0%
Default
Depending on
o2-04
Adjust this setting in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
• When there is a large amount of torque loss in a fan or pump application.
The setting for the mechanical loss is added to the torque.
n E2-10: Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
This parameter sets the motor iron loss in watts.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E2-10
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
0 to 65535 W
n E2-11: Motor Rated Power
This parameter sets the motor rated power in kW. During Auto-Tuning the value must entered to parameter T1-02. If AutoTuning completes successfully, the value entered will automatically be saved to E2-11.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E2-11
Motor Rated Power
0.00 to 650.00 kW
Default
Depending on
o2-04
n E2-12: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 3
This parameter sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 130% of the magnetic flux.
No.
E2-12
174
Parameter Name
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 3
Setting Range
1.30 to 5.00
Default
1.30
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
u E3: V/f Characteristics for Motor 2
These parameters set the V/f pattern used for motor 2. Refer to Setting 16: Motor 2 Selection on page 189 for details on
switching motors.
n E3-01: Motor 2 Control Mode Selection
Selects the control mode for motor 2. Motor 2 cannot be used in OLV/PM control mode.
No.
E3-01
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Control Mode Selection
Setting Range
0 or 2
Default
0
Setting 0: V/f Control
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
n E3-04 to E3-13
Parameters E3-04 through E3-13 set up the V/f pattern used for motor 2 like shown in Figure 5.43.
No.
E3-04
E3-05
E3-06
E3-07
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Max Output Frequency
Motor 2 Max Voltage
Motor 2 Base Frequency
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency
Setting Range
40.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
60.0 Hz
0.0 to 255.0 V <1>
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
230.0 V <1>
60.0 Hz
<2>
0.0 to 255.0
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
<2>
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2
0.0 to 255.0 V <1>
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
<2>
0.0 to 255.0 V <1>
0.0 Hz
0.0 Vac
Motor 2 Base Voltage
0.0 to 255.0 V <1>
0.0 Vac
E3-08
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage
E3-09
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency
E3-10
E3-11
E3-12
E3-13
V <1>
<2>
Parameter Details
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Multiply voltage values by 1.15 for U-spec drives. Double the value when using 400 V class drives.
<2> Default setting is determined by the control mode for motor 2.
Output (V)
E3-05
E3-12
E3-13
5
E3-08
E3-10
E3-09
E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.43 V/f Pattern for Motor 2
Note:
1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E3-09 ≤ E3-07 ≤ E3-06 ≤ E3-11 ≤ E3-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line set E3-09 = E3-07. In this case the E3-08 setting is disregarded.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
175
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
u E4: Motor 2 Parameters
E4 parameters contain the motor data for motor 2. These parameters are usually set automatically during the Auto-Tuning
process. They may need to be set manually if there is a problem performing Auto-Tuning.
n E4-01: Motor 2 Rated Current
Set E4-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the nameplate of motor 2. During Auto-Tuning the value must be entered
to parameter T1-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered will automatically be saved to E4-01.
No.
Parameter Name
E4-01
Motor 2 Rated Current
Note:
Setting Range
10 to 200% of the drive rated
current.
Default
Depending on
o2-04
Display is in the following units: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0040, and 4A0001 to 4A0023: 0.01 A units.
2A0056 to 2A0069, 4A0031 to 4A0038: 0.1 A units.
n E4-02: Motor 2 Rated Slip
This parameter sets the motor 2 rated slip frequency. The drive calculates this value automatically during Rotational AutoTuning.
For information on calculating the motor rated slip, see the description for E2-02.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E4-02
Motor 2 Rated Slip
0.00 to 20.00 Hz
Default
Depending on
o2-04
n E4-03: Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current
Set E4-03 to the motor no-load current at rated voltage and rated frequency. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully,
this value is automatically calculated. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed contact the motor manufacturer for information
about the no-load current.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E4-03
Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current
0 to [E4-01]
Note:
Default
Depending on
o2-04
Display is in the following units: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0040, and 4A0001 to 4A0023: 0.01 A units.
2A0056 to 2A0069, 4A0031 to 4A0038: 0.1 A units.
n E4-04: Motor 2 Motor Poles
Set the pole number of motor 2 to E4-04. During Auto-Tuning the value must entered to parameter T1-06. If Auto-Tuning
completes successfully, the entered value will automatically be saved to E4-04.
No.
E4-04
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Motor Poles
Setting Range
2 to 48
Default
4
n E4-05: Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance
Sets the line-to-line resistance of motor 2 stator winding. If the Auto-tuning completes successfully, this value is automatically
calculated. Remember this value must be entered as line-line and not line-neutral.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E4-05
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance
0.000 to 65.000 Ω
Note:
Default
Depending on
o2-04
The setting range is 0.00 to 130.00 when using a drive capacity of 0.2 kW or less.
Refer to E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance on page 173 to manually enter this parameter setting.
n E4-06: Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance of motor 2. The value is set as a percentage of the rated voltage.
176
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E4-06
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
0.0 to 40.0%
Default
Depending on
o2-04
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
n E4-07: Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Sets the motor 2 iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux. This value is automatically set during Rotational AutoTuning.
No.
E4-07
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Setting Range
0.00 to 0.50
Default
0.50
n E4-08: Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux. This value is automatically set during Rotational AutoTuning.
No.
E4-08
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Setting Range
[E4-07] to 0.75
Default
0.75
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.0%
Default
0.0%
n E4-09: Motor 2 Mechanical Loss
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).
No.
E4-09
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Mechanical Loss
This parameter seldom needs to be changed, but may need to be adjusted in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
• When there is a large amount of torque loss in a fan or pump application.
n E4-10: Motor 2 Iron Loss
Sets the motor 2 iron loss in watts.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E4-10
Motor 2 Iron Loss
0 to 65535 W
Default
Depending on
o2-04
n E4-11: Motor 2 Rated Power
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E4-11
Motor 2 Rated Power
0.00 to 650.00 kW
Default
Depending on
o2-04
Setting Range
1.30 to 5.00
Default
1.30
n E4-12: Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 3
Sets the motor 2 iron saturation coefficient at 130% of magnetic flux.
No.
E4-12
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 3
5
n E4-14: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
Instead of C3-01 the value of E4-14 is used as gain for slip compensation when motor 2 is selected. Refer to C3-01: Slip
Compensation Gain on page 151 for details and setting instructions.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E4-14
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
0.0 to 2.50
Default
Depending on
E3-01
n E4-15: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain
Instead of C4-01 the value of E4-15 is used as gain for torque compensation when motor 2 is selected. Refer to C4-01: Torque
Compensation Gain on page 152 for details and setting instructions.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
Sets the motor 2 rated power. During Auto-Tuning the value must entered to parameter T1-02. If Auto-Tuning completes
successfully, the entered value will automatically be saved to E4-11.
177
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
No.
E4-15
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain
Setting Range
0.0 to 2.50
Default
1.00
u E5: PM Motor Settings
These parameters set the motor data of a PM motor used in OLV for PM (A1-02 = 5).
When Yaskawa motors are used, entering the motor code written on the motor nameplate will set up the E5-oo parameters.
For all other PM motors, the data must be entered manually.
n E5-01: PM Motor Code Selection
Set the motor code for the PM motor being used. Depending on the motor code entered, the drive automatically sets several
parameters to appropriate values. Refer to Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection on page 417 for details
on the supported motor codes and their parameter settings.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-01
PM Motor Code Selection
0000 to FFFF
Note:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Default
Depending on
o2-04
This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
The default setting is for a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor with a speed rating of 1800 r/min.
Changing the motor code setting resets all E5-oo settings to their default values.
Set to “FFFF” when using a non-Yaskawa PM motor or one that is not supported by the motor code settings.
Figure 5.44 explains the motor code setting.
0000
Motor Voltage Class
and Capacity
0: Pico Motor
(SMRA Series)
1: Derated Torque for IPM
Motors
(SSR 1 Series)
0: 1800 r/min Series
1: 3600 r/min Series
2: 1750 r/min Series
3: 1450 r/min Series
4: 1150 r/min Series
F: Special Motor
Figure 5.44 PM Motor Code
n E5-02: Motor Rated Power (PM OLV)
Sets the rated power of the motor.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-02
Motor Rated Power
0.10 to 18.50 kW
Default
Depending on
E5-01
Setting Range
10 to 200% of drive rated
current
Default
Depending on
E5-01
Note:
This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
n E5-03: Motor Rated Current (PM OLV)
Sets the motor rated current in amps.
No.
Parameter Name
E5-03
Motor Rated Current
Note:
1. Display is in the following units: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0040, and 4A0001 to 4A0023: 0.01 A units.
2A0056 to 2A0069, 4A0031 to 4A0038: 0.1 A units.
2. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
n E5-04: Number of Motor Poles (PM OLV)
Sets the number of motor poles.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-04
Number of Motor Poles
2 to 48
Note:
178
Default
Depending on
E5-01
This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
n E5-05: Motor Stator Resistance (PM OLV)
Set the resistance for each motor phase (not line-to-line resistance). When measuring the resistance manually make sure to
enter the resistance of one phase into E5-05.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-05
Motor Stator Resistance
0.000 to 65.000 Ω
Note:
Default
Depending on
E5-01
This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
n E5-06: Motor d Axis Inductance (PM OLV)
Sets the d axis inductance in units of 0.01 mH. Contact the motor manufacturer for d-axis inductance. If an LCR meter is
available, enter half the value of the measurement taken.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-06
Motor d Axis Inductance
0.00 to 300.00 mH
Note:
Default
Depending on
E5-01
This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
n E5-07: Motor q Axis Inductance (PM OLV)
Sets the q axis inductance in units of 0.01 mH. Contact the motor manufacturer for d-axis inductance. If an LCR meter is
available, enter half the value of the measurement taken.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-07
Motor q Axis Inductance
0.00 to 600.00 mH
Note:
Default
Depending on
E5-01
This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
n E5-09: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (PM OLV)
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-09
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1
0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(rad/s)
Note:
Default
Depending on
E5-01
1. Ensure that E5-24 = 0 when setting parameter E5-09. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or if neither
parameter is set to 0.
2. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
n E5-24: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (PM OLV)
Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set this parameter to 0 when using
an SMRA Series SPM Motor.
When E5-01 is set to “FFFF” use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant.
No.
Parameter Name
Setting Range
E5-24
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (PM OLV)
<1>
Default
Depending on
E5-01
<1> Range depends on the drive software version.
PRG: 1018 and later: 0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min)
PRG: 1017 and earlier: 0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(r/min)
Note:
1. If E5-03 is not set to 0, then setting both E5-09 and E5-24 to 0, or setting neither E5-09 nor E5-24 to 0, will trigger an oPE08 error.
However, if E5-03 is set to 0, setting both E5-09 and E5-24 to 0 will not trigger the error.
2. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
3. The values for the electrical and mechanical angle should be set using the same units specified by the manufacturer of the motor.
n E5-39: Current Detection Delay Time
Sets the current detection delay time of d-Axis and q-Axis current feedback calculation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
179
Parameter Details
Set the induced phase peak voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an SSR1 series
IPM motor with derated torque or an SST4 series motor with constant torque.
When E5-01 is set to “FFFF” use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant.
5
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Changing this parameter from the default setting is not normally required.
Note:
No.
E5-39
180
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1022 and later.
Parameter Name
Current Detection Delay Time
Setting Range
-1000 to 1000 µs
Default
0 µs
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
5.6
F: Option Settings
u F1: Error Detection for V/f Control with PG
A one-track pulse signal can be connected to the drive pulse train input RP as speed feedback. Using this signal for slip
compensation improves the speed control accuracy. This function is only available for motor 1.
The F1 parameters determine how the error detection for the speed feedback signal works. Refer to C5: Automatic Speed
Regulator (ASR) on page 154 for details on how to activate and tune the function.
n Operation at PG Fault Detection
The drive lets the user select from one of four possible operations when a fault occurs with the PG encoder. The operation can
be set up separately for each fault using parameters F1-02/03/04. The table below list the stopping methods and the parameter
setting values.
Table 5.24 Stopping Methods for PGo, oS, dEv Detection
Description
Ramp to Stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Coast to Stop
Fast-stop (uses the Fast-stop time set to C1-09)
Alarm only
Setting
0
1
2
3
NOTICE: Setting = 3: Alarm only will provide an alarm only while continuing to run the motor during abnormal PG fault conditions. This may
cause damage to machinery. Use caution when selecting this setting.
n F1-02: Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo)
Sets the stopping method when a PG open circuit fault (PGo) occurs. Refer to Table 5.24 for setting explanations.
No.
F1-02
Parameter Name
Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo)
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
n F1-03: Operation Selection at Overspeed
Sets the stopping method when an overspeed (oS) fault occurs. Refer to Table 5.24 for setting explanations.
Parameter Name
Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS)
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Parameter Details
No.
F1-03
n F1-04: Operation Selection at Deviation
Sets the stopping method when a speed deviation (dEv) fault occurs. Refer to Table 5.24 for setting explanations.
No.
F1-04
Parameter Name
Operation Selection at Deviation (dEv)
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
3
5
n F1-08/F1-09: Overspeed Detection Level/Delay Time
F1-08 sets the detection level for an overspeed (oS) fault as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. The speed feedback
has to exceed this level for longer than the time set in F1-09 before a fault is detected.
No.
F1-08
F1-09
Parameter Name
Overspeed Detection Level
Overspeed Detection Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 120%
0.0 to 2.0 s
Default
115%
1.0 s
n F1-10/F1-11: Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level/Delay Time
F1-10 sets the detection level for a speed deviation (dEv) fault as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. The speed
feedback has to exceed this level for longer than the time set in F1-11 before a fault is detected. Speed deviation is the difference
between actual motor speed and the frequency reference command.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
181
5.6 F: Option Settings
No.
F1-10
F1-11
Parameter Name
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 50%
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
10%
0.5 s
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
2.0 s
n F1-14: PG Open-Circuit Detection Time
Sets the time required to detect PGo if no pulse signal is present at terminal RP.
No.
F1-14
Parameter Name
PG Open-Circuit Detection Time
u F6: Serial Communications Option Card Settings
These parameters configure communication option cards and communication fault detection methods.
n F6-01: Communications Error Operation Selection
Determines drive operation if a communication error occurs.
No.
F6-01
Parameter Name
Communications Error Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 5
Default
1
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop Using Current Accel/Decel Time
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast-stop Using C1-09
Setting 3: Alarm Only, Continue Operation
Setting 4: Alarm and Run at d1-04
Note:
Take proper safety measures, such as installing an emergency stop switch, as the drive will continue operation when detecting an bUS error.
Setting 5: Alarm and Ramp to stop
n F6-02: External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Determines the detection method of an external fault initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No.
F6-02
Parameter Name
External Fault from Comm. Option Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Always Detected
Setting 1: Detection During Run Only
n F6-03: External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Determines the operation when an external fault is initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No.
F6-03
Parameter Name
External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop Using Current Accel/Decel Time
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast-stop Using C1-09
Setting 3: Alarm Only, Continue Operation
n F6-07: NetRef/ComRef Function Selection
Selects how multi-step speed inputs are treated when the NetRef command is set.
182
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
No.
F6-07
Parameter Name
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Multi-Step Speed Operation Disabled
If the NetRef command is selected, multi-step speed input frequency references are disabled. This is the same as Yaskawa F7
drives.
Setting 1: Multi-Step Speed Operation Enabled
Multi-step speed inputs are active and can override the frequency reference from the communications option even when the
NetRef command is selected. This is the same as Yaskawa F7 drives.
n F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters
Determines whether communication-related parameters (F6-oo and F7-oo) are reset when the drive is initialized using
A1-03.
No.
F6-08
Parameter Name
Reset Communication Parameters
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Do Not Reset Parameters F6-oo and F7-oo when the Drive Is Initialized with A1-03
Setting 1: Reset F6-oo and F7-oo when the Drive Is Initialized with A1-03
Note:
F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized, but does determine whether initializing the drive with A1-03 resets communication parameters
F6-oo and F7-oo.
u MECHATROLINK-II Parameters
Parameters F6-20 through F6-26 set up the drive to operate on a MECHATROLINK-II network. Refer to the option manual
for details on parameter settings.
u MECHATROLINK-III Parameters
Parameters F6-20, F6-21, and F6-23 through F6-26 set up the drive to operate on a MECHATROLINK-III network. Refer to
the option manual for details on parameter settings.
Parameters F6-30 through F6-32 set up the drive to operate on a PROFIBUS-DP network. Refer to the option manual for
details on parameter settings.
u DeviceNet Parameters
Parameters F6-50 through F6-63 set up the drive to operate on a DeviceNet network. Refer to the option manual for details
on parameter settings.
5
u F7-01 to F7-42: EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP/IP Option Parameters
F7-oo parameters are reserved for use with SI-EN3/V and SI-EM3/V options. Refer to the Option Installation Manuals for
details.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
u PROFIBUS-DP Parameters
183
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
5.7
H: Terminal Functions
H parameters are used to assign functions to the external terminals.
u H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
n H1-01 to H1-07: Functions for Terminals S1 to S7
These parameters assign functions to the multi-function digital inputs. Settings 0 to 9F determine function for each terminal
and are explained below.
Note:
1. Terminals that are not used and terminals using the through-mode should be set to “F”.
2. Drive software versions PRG: 1013 and later require that the Forward run and Reverse Run commands be set simultaneously.
H1-01
H1-02
H1-03
H1-04
Digital Input S1 Function Selection
Digital Input S2 Function Selection
Digital Input S3 Function Selection
Digital Input S4 Function Selection
Setting
Range
1 to 9F
1 to 9F
0 to 9F
0 to 9F
H1-05
Digital Input S5 Function Selection
0 to 9F
3 (0) <1> : Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
H1-06
Digital Input S6 Function Selection
0 to 9F
4 (3) <1> : Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
H1-07
Digital Input S7 Function Selection
0 to 9F
6 (4) <1> : Jog Reference Selection
No.
Parameter Name
Default
40: Forward Run Command (2-wire sequence)
41: Reverse Run Command (2-wire sequence)
24: External Fault (N.O., always detected, coast to stop)
14: Fault Reset
<1> Number appearing in parenthesis is the default value after performing a 3-Wire initialization.
Table 5.25 Digital Multi-Function Input Settings
Setting
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1E
20 to 2F
184
Function
3-Wire Sequence
LOCAL/REMOTE Selection
External Reference 1/2
Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
Multi-Step Speed Reference 3
Jog Reference Selection
Accel/Decel Time 1
Baseblock Command (N.O.)
Baseblock Command (N.C.)
Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Terminal A1/A2 Enable/Disable
Not used/Through Mode
Up Command
Down Command
Forward Jog
Reverse Jog
Fault Reset
Fast-Stop (N.O.)
Motor 2 Selection
Fast-stop (N.C.)
Timer Function Input
PID Disable
Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
Program Lockout
Reference Sample Hold
External Fault
Page
185
185
186
186
186
186
186
186
187
187
187
187
188
188
188
189
188
189
189
189
189
190
190
Setting
30
31
32
34
35
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47 <1>
60
61
62
65
66
67
68
6A
75
76
7A
7B
7C
7D
Function
PID Integral Reset
PID Integral Hold
Multi-Step Speed Reference 4
PID Soft Starter Cancel
PID Input Level Selection
Forward Run/Stop (2-wire sequence)
Reverse Run/Stop (2-wire sequence)
Run/Stop (2-Wire sequence 2)
FWD/REV (2-Wire sequence 2)
Offset Frequency 1 Addition
Offset Frequency 2 Addition
Offset Frequency 3 Addition
Page
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
192
Node Setup
192
DC Injection Braking Command
External Speed Search Command 1
External Speed Search Command 2
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.)
Communications Test Mode
High-Slip Braking
Drive Enable
Up 2 Command
Down 2 Command
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.)
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.)
Short-Circuit Braking (N.O.)
Short-Circuit Braking (N.C.)
192
192
192
192
192
192
193
194
194
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
7E
90 to 96
Function
Forward/Reverse Detection (V/f Control with
Simple PG Feedback)
DriveWorksEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 7
Page
Setting
9F
194
Function
DriveWorksEZ Disable
Page
194
194
<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence
When one of the digital inputs is programmed for 3-Wire control, that input becomes a forward/reverse directional input, S1
becomes the Run command input, and S2 becomes the Stop command input.
The drive will start the motor when the Run input S1 is closed for longer than 50 ms. The drive will stop the operation when
the Stop input S2 is released. When the input programmed for 3-Wire sequence is open, the drive will be set for forward
direction. If the input is closed, the drive is set for reverse direction.
Note:
When 3-Wire sequence is selected the Run and Stop command must be input at S1 and S2.
Stop Switch
(N.C.)
Run Switch
(N.O.)
DRIVE
S1
S2
S5
SC
Run Command (Runs when Closed)
Stop Command (Stops when Open)
FWD/REV (Multi-Function Input)
(H1-05 = 0)
Sequence Input Common
Figure 5.45 3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram
Figure 5.61
2 ms min.
Can be either ON or OFF
Run command
2 ms min.
Can be
ON or OFF
Stop command
Forward/reverse
command
OFF (forward)
ON (reverse)
Stop
Forward
Reverse
Stop
Foward
Figure 5.46 3-Wire Sequence
Note:
1. The Run and Stop command must be open/closed for a short moment only to start and stop the drive.
2. If the Run command is active at power up and b1-17 = 0 (Run command at power up not accepted), the Run LED will flash to indicate
that protective functions are operating. If required by the application, set b1-17 to “1” to have the Run command issued automatically
as soon as the drive is powered up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly in reverse direction after power up if it is wired for 3-Wire sequence
but set up for 2-Wire sequence (default). When using 3-Wire sequence first set the drive properly (H1-oo = 0) and then connect the control
wires. Make sure b1-17 is set to “0” (drive does not accept Run command active at power up). When initializing the drive use 3-Wire
initialization. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Setting 1: LOCAL/REMOTE Selection
This setting allows the input terminal to determine if the drive will run in LOCAL mode or REMOTE mode.
Status
Closed
Open
Note:
Description
LOCAL: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the digital operator.
REMOTE: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the selected external reference in accordance with the b1-01 and
b1-02 or b1-15 and b1-16 settings.
1. If one of the multi-function input terminals is set to for LOCAL/REMOTE, then the LO/RE key on the operator will be disabled.
2. When the drive is set to LOCAL, the LO/RE LED will light.
3. The default setting of the drive is not to allow switching between LOCAL and REMOTE during run. to Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/
REMOTE Run Selection on page 127 if this feature is required by the application.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
185
Parameter Details
Motor speed
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection
The external reference 1/external reference 2 selection function allows the user to switch between the frequency reference and
Run command source between external reference 1 and 2.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
External reference 1 is used (defined by parameters b1-01 and b1-02)
External reference 2 is used (defined by parameters b1-15 and b1-16)
The default setting of the drive is not to allow switching between external reference 1 and 2 during run. Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE
Run Selection on page 127 if this feature is required by the application.
Setting 3 to 5: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 to 3
Used to switch Multi-Step Speed frequency references d1-01 to d1-08 by digital inputs. Refer to d1-01 to d1-17: Frequency
Reference 1 to 16 and Jog Reference on page 160 for details.
Setting 6: Jog Frequency Reference Selection
Used to select the Jog frequency set in parameter d1-17 as active frequency reference. Refer to d1-01 to d1-17: Frequency
Reference 1 to 16 and Jog Reference on page 160 for details.
Setting 7: Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
Used to switch between accel/decel times 1 and 2. Refer to C1-01 to C1-08: Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4 on page 147 for details.
Setting 8/9: External Baseblock (N.O.) and External Baseblock (N.C.)
Setting 8 or 9 assign the Baseblock command to digital input terminals. When the drive receives a Baseblock command, the
output transistor stop switching and the motor coasts to stop. During this time, the alarm “bb” will flash on the LED operator
to indicate baseblock. For more information on alarms, Refer to Alarm Detection on page 282. When baseblock ends and a
Run command is active, the drive performs Speed Search to get the motor running again (Refer to b3: Speed Search on page
130 for details).
Inputs
Operation
Setting 8 (N.O.)
Open
Closed
Normal operation
Baseblock (Interrupt output)
Setting 9 (N.C.)
Closed
Open
NOTICE: If using baseblock in elevator applications, make sure the brake closes when the drive output is cut off by a Baseblock input.
Failure to do so will result in the motor suddenly coasting when the Baseblock command is entered, causing the load to slip.
Run command
Baseblock input
Frequency
reference
OFF
ON
ON
Baseblock
release
Begin Speed Search from the
previous frequency reference
Output frequency
Output off, motor coasts
Figure 5.47 Baseblock Operation During Run
Setting A: Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
When the digital input programmed for the Accel/Decel Ramp Hold function closes, the drive will lock ("hold") the output
frequency. All acceleration or deceleration will cease, and the drive will hold the current speed. Acceleration or deceleration
will resume once the input is opened again.
186
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
If the Accel/Decel Ramp Hold function is enabled (d4-01 = 1), the drive will save the output frequency to memory whenever
the Ramp Hold input is closed. When the drive is restarted after stop or after power supply interruption, the output frequency
that was saved will become the frequency reference (provided that the Accel/Decel Ramp Hold input is still closed). Refer
to d4-01: Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection on page 162 for details.
Setting B: Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Triggers an oH2 alarm when the contact closes. Because this is an alarm, drive operation is not affected.
Setting C: Analog Inputs A1/A2 Enable
If a digital input programmed for this function is open, both analog inputs A1 and A2 are disabled. Close the input to enable
the inputs.
The drive disregards the input value selected by parameter H3-14 when this terminal closes.
Note:
In drive software versions PRG: 1015 and earlier, input values to terminals A1 and A2 are both disregarded when this terminal closes.
Setting F: Not Used/Through Mode
Any digital input that is not used should be set to F. When set to “F”, an input does not trigger any function in the drive. Setting
F, however, still allows the input status to be read out by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus
communications (through mode). This way external sensors can be connected to unused drive digital inputs, thus reducing the
need for separate PLC I/O units.
Setting 10/11: Up/Down Command
Using the Up/Down function allows the frequency reference to be set by two push buttons. One digital input must be
programmed as the Up input (H1-oo= 10) to increase the frequency reference, the other one must be programmed as the
Down input (H1-oo= 11) to decrease the frequency reference.
The Up/Down function has priority over the frequency references digital operator, analog inputs, and pulse input (b1-01 = 0,
1, 4). If the Up/Down function is used, then references provided by these sources will be disregarded.
The inputs operate as shown in the table below.
Status
Note:
Down (11)
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Description
Hold current frequency reference
Increase frequency reference
Decrease frequency reference
Hold current frequency reference
1. An oPE03 alarm will occur when only one of the functions Up/Down is programmed for a digital input.
2. An oPE03 alarm will occur if the Up/Down function is assigned to the terminals while another input is programmed for the Accel/Decel
Ramp Hold function. For more information on alarms, Refer to Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors on page 263.
3. The Up/Down function can only be used for External Reference 1 for parameter b1-01. This should be taken into account when using
Up/Down and the external reference parameter b1-15 switching command (H1-oo = 2).
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Hold (d4-01)
• When the frequency reference hold function is disabled (d4-01 = 0), the Up/Down frequency reference will be reset to 0
when the Run command is cleared or the power is cycled.
• When d4-01 = 1, the drive will save the frequency reference set by the Up/Down function. When the Run command or the
power is cycled, the drive will restart with the reference value that was saved. The value that was saved can be reset by
closing either the Up or Down input without having a Run command active. Refer to d4-01: Frequency Reference Hold
Function Selection on page 162.
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Limits
The upper frequency reference limit is determined by parameter d2-01.
The value for the lower frequency reference limit depends on the setting of parameter d4-10 and can be set by an analog input
or parameter d2-02. Refer to d4-10: Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection on page 167 for details. When a Run
command is applied, the lower limits work as follows:
• If the lower limit is set by parameter d2-02 only, the drive will accelerate to this limit as soon as a Run command is
entered.
• If the lower limit is determined by an analog input only, the drive will accelerate to the limit as long as the Run command
and an Up or Down command are active. It will not start running if only the Run command is on.
• If the lower limit is set by both an analog input and d2-02, and the analog limit is higher than the d2-02 value, the drive will
accelerate to the d2-02 value when a Run command is input. Once the d2-02 value is reached, it will continue acceleration
to the analog limit only if an Up or Down command is set.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
187
Parameter Details
Up (10)
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.48 shows an Up/Down function example with a lower frequency reference limit set by d2-02 and the frequency
reference hold function both enabled (d4-01 = 1) and disabled (d4-01 = 0).
Output frequency
upper limit
Accelerates to
lower limit
Same
frequency
d4-01 = 1
Lower limit
d4-01 = 0
ON
FWD run/stop
ON
Up command
Hold
frequency
reset
ON
Down command
ON
ON
Power supply
Figure 5.48 Up/Down Command Operation
Setting 12/13: FJOG/RJOG Reference
Digital inputs programmed as Forward Jog (H1-oo = 12) and Reverse Jog (H1-oo = 13) will be Jog inputs that do not
require a Run command. Closing the terminal set for Forward Jog input will cause the drive to ramp to the Jog Frequency
Reference (d1-17) in the forward direction. The Reverse Jog will cause the same action in the reverse direction. The Forward
Jog and Reverse Jog command can be set independently.
Note:
The Forward Jog and Reverse Jog commands override all other frequency references. However, if the drive is set to prohibit reverse rotation
(b1-04 = 1), then activating Reverse Jog will have no effect. If both the Forward Jog and Reverse Jog are input simultaneously for 500 ms
or more, an external fault will occur and the drive will stop using the method set by b1-03.
d1-17
Output
Frequency
d1-17
FJOG
RJOG
ON
ON
Figure 5.49 FJOG/RJOG Operation
Setting 14: Fault Reset
Whenever the drive detects a fault condition, the fault output contact will close and the drive’s output will shut off. The motor
then coasts to stop (specific stopping methods can be selected for some faults such as L1-04 for motor overheat). Once the
Run command is removed, the fault can be cleared by either the RESET key on the digital operator or by closing a digital
input configured as a Fault Reset (H1-oo = 14).
Note:
Fault Reset commands are ignored as long as the Run command is present. To reset a fault, first remove the Run command.
Setting 15/17: Fast-stop (N.O./N.C.)
The Fast-stop function operates much like an emergency stop input to the drive. If a Fast-stop command is input while the
drive is running, the drive will decelerate to a stop by the deceleration time set to C1-09 (Refer to C1-09: Fast-stop Time on
page 148). The drive can only be restarted after is has come to a complete stop, the Fast-stop input is off, and the Run command
has been switched off.
• To trigger the Fast-stop function with a N.O. switch, set H1-oo = 15
• To trigger the Fast-stop function with a N.C. switch, set H1-oo = 17
Figure 5.50 shows an operation example of Fast-stop.
188
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Run/Stop
ON
Fast-Stop
H1= 17
ON
ON
ON
Decelerates at C1-09
Output Frequency
TIME
Figure 5.50 Fast-stop Sequence
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid this
uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast-stop time to C1-09.
Setting 16: Motor 2 Selection
The drive has the capability to control two motors independently. A second motor may be selected using a multi-function
digital input (H1-oo = 16) as shown in Figure 5.51.
Drive
M
Motor 1
M
Motor 2
Motor switch input
Motor 2 is selected when the input set for Motor 2 Selection closes. When operating motor 2,
• E3-oo and E4-oo become valid for motor control. Refer to E3: V/f Characteristics for Motor 2 on page 175 and Refer
to E4: Motor 2 Parameters on page 176 for details.
• Accel/decel times set in parameters C1-05/06/07/08 are activated ( Refer to C1-01 to C1-08: Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4 on
page 147 for details).
• E4-14 is used as gain for slip compensation instead of C3-01.
• E4-15 is used as gain for torque compensation instead of C4-01.
• A digital output programmed for “Motor 2 Selection” (H2-01/02/03 = 1C) will be switched on.
Note:
1. When using 2 motors, the motor overload protection selection (oL1) set to L1-01 applies to both motor 1 and motor 2.
2. It is not possible to switch between motor 1 and motor 2 during run. Doing so will trigger a "rUn" alarm.
5
Setting 18: Timer Function Input
This setting configures a digital input terminal as the input for the timer function. Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 135 for
details.
Setting 19: PID Control Cancel
When the PID Function has been enabled by b5-01 (PID Mode Selection), it can be indefinitely disabled by closing a digital
input configured as a PID Disable (H1-oo = 19). When the input is released, the drive resumes PID operation. Refer to PID
Block Diagram on page 138 for more information on this function.
Setting 1A: Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
Used to select accel/decel times 3 and 4 in combination with the Accel/Decel Time Selection 1 command. Refer to C1-01 to
C1-08: Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4 on page 147 for details.
Setting 1B: Program Lockout
When an input is programmed for Program Lockout, parameters values can be monitored but not changed as long as this input
is open.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
Figure 5.51 Motor Selection
189
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 1E: Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold
This function allows the user to sample an analog frequency reference signal being input to terminal A1 or A2 and hold the
frequency reference at the sampled level. Once the Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold function is held for at least 100
ms, the drive reads the analog input and changes the frequency reference to the newly sampled speed as illustrated in Figure
5.52.
When the power is shut off and the sampled analog frequency reference is cleared, the frequency reference is reset to 0.
Frequency
reference
g
alo
An
sig
l
na
ON (closed)
OFF (open)
Reference
Sample Hold Input
100 ms
100 ms
Time
Figure 5.52 Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold
An oPE03 error will occur when one of the following functions is used simultaneously with the Analog Frequency Reference
Sample/Hold function.
• Hold Accel/Decel Stop (setting: A)
• Up command, Down command (setting: 10, 11)
• Offset Frequency (setting: 44 to 46)
• Up or Down functions (setting: 75, 76)
Setting 20 to 2F: External Fault
By using the External Fault function, the drive can be stopped when problems occur with external devices.
To use the external fault function, set one of the multi-function digital inputs to any value between 20 to 2F. The operator will
display EFo where o is the number of the terminal (terminal So) to which the external fault signal is assigned.
For example, if an external fault signal is input to terminal S3, “EF3” will be displayed.
Select the value to be set in H1-oo from a combination of any of the following three conditions:
• Signal input level from peripheral devices (N.O./N.C.)
• External fault detection method
• Operation after external fault detection
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1-oo:
Terminal Status <1>
Setting
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
190
N.O.
N.C.
O
O
Detection Method <2>
Detected
Always
during Run
Detected
only
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Stopping Method
Ramp to Stop
(fault)
Coast to Stop
(fault)
Fast-stop
(fault)
Alarm Only
(continue
running)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Terminal Status <1>
Setting
2C
2D
2E
2F
N.O.
N.C.
O
O
Detection Method <2>
Detected
Always
during Run
Detected
only
Stopping Method
Ramp to Stop
(fault)
Coast to Stop
(fault)
O
O
O
O
O
O
Fast-stop
(fault)
Alarm Only
(continue
running)
O
O
O
O
<1> Determine the terminal status for each fault, i.e., whether the terminal is normally open or normally closed.
<2> Determine whether detection for each fault should be enabled only during run or always detected.
Setting 30: PID Integral Reset
By configuring one of the digital inputs as an Integral Reset Input, (H1-oo = 30), the value of the integral component of PID
control can be reset to 0 whenever the configured input is closed. The integral component of PID control will be held at 0 as
long as the configured digital input is held closed. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 138 for details.
Setting 31: PID Integral Hold
By configuring a digital input for Integral Hold (H1-0o = 31), the value of the integral component of the PID control is locked
as long as the input is active. The PID controller resumes integral operation from the hold value as soon as the integral hold
input is released. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 138 for details.
Setting 32: Multi-Step Speed 4
Used to select the Multi-Step Speeds d1-09 to d1-16 in combination with the Multi-Step Speed inputs 1, 2 and 3. Refer to
d1-01 to d1-17: Frequency Reference 1 to 16 and Jog Reference on page 160 for details.
Setting 34: PID SFS Cancel
A digital input configured as a PID SFS Cancel input (H1-0o = 34) can be used to enable or disable the PID soft starter and
thereby canceling the Accel/Decel time b5-17. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 138 for details.
Function 35: PID Input Level Selection
An input programmed for this function can be used to switch the sign of the PID input. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page
138 for more information on this function.
Sets the drive for 2-Wire sequence.
When the input set to 40 is closed, the drive operates in the forward direction. When the input set for 41 is closed, the drive
will operate in reverse. Closing both inputs at the same time will result in an external fault.
Note:
1. This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 42 and 43.
2. These functions are assigned to the terminals S1 and S2 when the drive is initialized for 2-Wire sequence.
3. Software versions PRG: 1013 and later require that both Forward run and Reverse Run commands be set at the same time.
Drive
Forward Run
5
S1
Reverse Run
S2
SC Digital Input Common
Figure 5.53 Example Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence
Setting 42/43: Run and Direction Command for 2-Wire Sequence 2
Sets the drive for 2-Wire sequence 2.
When the input programmed for 42 is closed, the drive will operate in the selected direction. When the input opens, the drive
will stop. The input programmed for 43 selects the direction. If it is open, forward direction is selected; if it is closed, reverse
direction is selected.
Note:
This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 40 and 41.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
Setting 40/41: Forward Run/Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire Sequence
191
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 44/45/46: Offset Frequency 1/2/3 Addition
These inputs can be used to add offset frequencies d7-01, d7-02, and d7-03 to the frequency reference. Refer to d7-01 to
d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3 on page 167 for details.
Setting 47: Node Setup
If the SI-S3/V option unit is connected, closing this terminal sets a node address for operation on a CANopen network.
Setting 60: DC Injection Braking
When a DC Injection Braking command is input while the drive is stopped, DC Injection Braking operation is activated. When
a Run command or a Jog command is input, DC Injection Braking is released. Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking on page
128 for details on setting up the DC braking function.
The diagram below illustrates the DC Injection Braking function.
DC Injection braking
command
FWD Run command
OFF
OFF
DC Injection
braking
Output frequency
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
DC Injection Braking
Start Frequency
(b2-01)
DC Injection
braking
Figure 5.54 DC Injection Braking Input Timing Diagram
Setting 61/62: Speed Search 1/2
These input functions can be used to enable Speed Search even if parameter b3-01 = 0 (no Speed Search at start. Refer to
Activation of Speed Search on page 132 for details on how to use the input signals.
If b3-24 is set to 0 and b3-01 is set to 0, when the input terminal set for Speed Search 1 (H1-oo = 61) is enabled, Speed
Search will begin looking for the motor speed from the maximum output frequency. If the Speed Search 2 input (H1-oo =
62) is enabled, Speed Search starts looking for the motor speed starting at the frequency reference. Refer to b3: Speed
Search on page 130 for more information about Speed Search.
Note:
Operator error oPE03 will result if both Speed Search 1 and Speed Search 2 are set to the input terminals at the same time.
Setting 65/66: KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)/2 (N.O.)
A digital input programmed for this function can be used to activate the KEB 1 function and detect power supply return.
Description
KEB 1 deceleration
Normal operation
Digital Inputs
Setting 65 (N.C.)
Open
Closed
Setting 66 (N.O.)
Closed
Open
Refer to Kinetic Energy Backup (KEB) Function on page 219 for details on how to use these input settings.
Setting 67: Communication Test Mode
The drive has a built-in function for self-diagnosing the serial communications operation. The test involves wiring the send
and receive terminals of the RS-485/RS-422 port together. The drive transmits data and then confirms the communications
are received normally. Refer to Self-Diagnostics on page 461 for details on how to use this function.
Setting 68: High Slip Braking
Closing an input programmed for this function triggers High Slip Braking. Once HSB is started, the drive has to completely
stop and the HSB input has to be removed before a restart can be performed. Refer to n3: High Slip Braking (HSB)/
Overexcitation Deceleration on page 241 for details on High Slip Braking.
Setting 6A: Drive Enable
A digital input configured as a Drive Enable input (H1-oo = 6A) will prevent the drive from executing a Run command until
the input is closed. When the Drive Enable input is open, the digital operator will display “dnE” to indicate that the drive is
disabled.
192
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
If a Run command is closed prior to the Drive Enable input being closed, then the drive will not run until the Run command
is cycled. If the Drive Enable input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will stop using the method set by parameter
b1-03 (Refer to b1-03: Stopping Method Selection on page 124 for details).
Setting 75/76: Up/Down 2
The Up/Down 2 function can be used to add a bias to the frequency reference. The input programmed for 75 will increase the
bias and the input programmed for 76 will decrease it. Table 5.26 explains how the Up/Down 2 function works depending on
the frequency reference source and parameters d4-01, d5-03 and d4-05. Refer to d4: Frequency Hold and Up/Down 2
Function on page 162 for detailed explanations of these and other Up/Down 2 related parameters.
Note:
1. The Up 2 and Down 2 functions must be set as a pair.
2. When using the Up/Down 2 function, set appropriate bias limit values in parameters d4-08 and d4-09.
Table 5.26 Up/Down 2 Operations
d4-03
d4-05
1
0
2
Multi-Step
Speed
Reference
1
4
0
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2
function is closed
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2
is closed
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when no
Up 2 or Down 2 input or both active.
• Resets the bias when the reference changes
• Operates with the frequency reference in all
other situations.
1
--
0
Multi-Step
Speed
Reference
Value
other
than 0
--
6
7
Operation
0
3
5
d4-01
1
0
Other (analog
communicati
ons, etc.)
0
0
1
Frequency Saved
Not saved
If the bias and frequency reference are
constant for 5 s, the bias is added to
the active frequency reference and
reset afterwards.
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2
function is closed,
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 Not saved
is closed.
• Otherwise operates at the frequency reference
• When the Up 2 is enabled, drive accelerates up Not saved
to the frequency reference plus d4-03 (bias is
increased for d4-03).
• When Down 2 is enabled, drive decelerates
down to the frequency reference minus d4-03
If the bias and frequency reference are
(bias is decreased for d4-03).
constant for 5 s, the bias is added to
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when no the active frequency reference and
Up 2 or Down 2 input or both active.
reset afterwards.
• Resets the bias when the reference changes
• Operates with the frequency reference in all
other situations.
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 Not saved
function is closed
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2
is closed
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when no If the bias is constant for 5 s, it is saved
to parameter d4-06. The frequency
Up 2 or Down 2 input or both active.
reference cannot be overwritten, so
• When during accel/decel. the frequency
only the bias is saved.
reference changes for more than d4-07, bias
value is held until the output frequency meets
the reference (speed agree).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
193
Parameter Details
Condition
Freq. Ref.
Source
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Condition
Freq. Ref.
Source
8
d4-03
0
d4-05
1
9
d4-01
--
0
Other (analog
comms, etc.)
Value
other
than 0
10
--
1
Operation
Frequency Saved
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2
function is closed,
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 Not saved
is closed.
• Otherwise operates at the frequency reference
• When the Up 2 is enabled, drive accelerates up Not saved
to the frequency reference plus d4-03 (increases
the bias for d4-03).
• When Down 2 is enabled, drive decelerates
down to the frequency reference minus d4-03 If the bias is constant for 5 s, it is saved
to parameter d4-06. The frequency
(decreases the bias for d4-03).
reference cannot be overwritten, so
• When during accel/decel the frequency
only the bias is saved.
reference changes for more then d4-07, bias
value is held until the output frequency meets
the reference (speed agree).
Setting 7A/7B: KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C./N.O.)
A digital input programmed for this function can be used to activate the KEB 2 function and detect power supply return.
Description
KEB 2 deceleration
Normal operation
Digital Inputs
Setting 7A (N.C.)
Open
Closed
Setting 7B (N.O.)
Closed
Open
Refer to Kinetic Energy Backup (KEB) Function on page 219 for details on how to use these input settings.
Setting 7C/7D: Short Circuit Braking (N.O./N.C.) (OLV/PM only)
An input programmed for this function can be used to activate Short Circuit Braking in Open Loop Vector Control for PM
motors. By linking all three phases of a PM motor it creates a braking torque in a rotating motor and can be used to stop a
rotating motor or prevent a motor from coasting by external forces (like windmill effect in fan applications etc.).
Description
Normal operation
Short-Circuit Braking
Digital Inputs
Setting 7C (N.O.)
Open
Closed
Setting 7D (N.C.)
Closed
Open
Setting 7E: Forward Reverse Detection (V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback)
When a digital input is programmed for this function, the input determines the direction of the speed feedback signal for V/f
Control with PG feedback. If the input is open, the speed feedback signal is considered to be forward, if the input is closed, it
is considered to be in reverse. Refer to C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 154 for details.
Setting 90 to 96: DriveWorksEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 7
These settings are for digital inputs functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Normally there is no need to change or apply these
settings.
Setting 9F: DriveWorksEZ Function Disable
This function is used to enable or disable a DriveWorksEZ program in the drive. An input programmed for this function is
effective only if A1-07 = 2.
Status
Open
Closed
194
Description
DriveWorksEZ enabled
DriveWorksEZ disabled
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
u H2: Multi-Function Output
n H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal MA/MB/MC, P1/PC and P2/PC Function Selection
The drive has three multi-function output terminals. Set parameters H2-01 to H2-03 to values between 0 and 192 to assign
functions to these terminals. Default values are listed in the following table.
No.
H2-01
H2-02
H2-03
Note:
Parameter Name
Terminal MA, MB and MC Function Selection (relay)
Terminal P1 Function Selection (open-collector)
Terminal P2 Function Selection (open-collector)
Setting Range
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
Default
E: Fault
0: During Run
2: Speed Agree 1
Terminals that are not used and terminals using the through-mode should be set to “F”.
Table 5.27 Multi-Function Output Terminal Settings
Function
During Run
Zero Speed
Speed Agree 1
User Set Speed Agree 1
Frequency Detection 1
Frequency Detection 2
Drive Ready
DC Bus Undervoltage
During Baseblock (N.O.)
Frequency Reference Source
Run Command Source
Torque Detection 1 (N.O.)
Frequency Reference Loss
Braking Resistor Fault
Fault
Not used/Through Mode
Alarm
Reset Command Active
Timer Output
Speed Agree 2
User Set Speed Agree 2
Frequency Detection 3
Frequency Detection 4
Torque Detection 1 (N.C.)
Torque Detection 2 (N.O.)
Torque Detection 2 (N.C.)
During Reverse Operation
Page
195
196
196
196
197
197
198
198
198
198
198
198
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
200
200
201
198
198
201
Setting
1B
1C
1E
1F
20
22
Function
During Baseblock (N.C.)
Motor 2 Selection
Restart Enabled
Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)
Drive Overheat Pre alarm (oH)
Mechanical Weakening
Page
202
202
202
202
202
202
2F <1>
30
37
38
39
3C
3D
3E
3F
4A
4B
4C
4D
Maintenance Period
202
During Torque Limit
During Frequency Output
Drive Enable
Watt Hour Pulse Output
LOCAL/REMOTE Status
During Speed Search
PID Feedback Low
PID Feedback High
During KEB Operation
During Short-Circuit Braking
During Fast-stop
oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit
202
202
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
4E <1>
Braking Transistor Fault (rr)
203
4F <1>
Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
204
90
91
92
DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 1
DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 2
DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 3
Parameter Functions Reversed Output
100 to 192 H2
Switching of 0 to 92
204
204
<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Setting 0: During Run
Output closes when the drive is outputting a voltage.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Drive is stopped.
A Run command is input or the drive is during deceleration or during DC injection.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
195
Parameter Details
Setting
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Run command
OFF
Baseblock
command
OFF
ON
ON
Output
frequency
OFF
During Run
ON
Figure 5.55 During Run Time Chart
Setting 1: Zero Speed
Terminal closes whenever the output frequency falls below the minimum output frequency set to E1-09.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09
Output frequency is less than or equal to the minimum output frequency set to E1-09
Output frequency
or
motor speed
Zero Speed
E1-09 (Max. Output Frequency)
OFF
ON
Figure 5.56 Zero-Speed Time Chart
Setting 2: Speed Agree 1 (fref/fout Agree 1)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02) of the current frequency reference
regardless of the direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Output frequency is within the range of frequency reference ± L4-02.
Detection works in both directions, forward and reverse.
Frequency
reference
Output
frequency
L4-02
L4-02
Speed agree 1
OFF
ON
Figure 5.57 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01/02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 227 for details on setting the detection
width.
Setting 3: User Set Speed Agree 1 (fref/fset Agree 1)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency and the frequency reference are within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02) of the
programmed Speed Agree Level (L4-01).
196
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency or frequency reference are outside the range of L4-01 ± L4-02.
Output frequency and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-01 ± L4-02.
The detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 will be used as the detection level for both directions.
Output
frequency
Frequency
reference
L4-01
Output
frequency
+/- L4-02
L4-01
Frequency
reference
User Set
Speed Agree 1
+/- L4-02
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Figure 5.58 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01/02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 227 for details on setting the detection
width.
Setting 4: Frequency Detection 1
Output is closed as long as the output frequency is below the detection level set in L4-01 plus the hysteresis set in L4-02. It
closes when the output frequency falls below L4-01.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Output frequency is below L4-01 or has not exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
The detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 will be used as the detection level for both directions.
Output
frequency
L4-02
Parameter Details
L4-01
L4-01
L4-02
Frequency
Detection 1 <1>
ON
OFF
5
Figure 5.59 Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart
<1> This is the time chart when L4-07, Speed Agree Detection Selection, is set to 1 (Detection always enabled). The default
setting for L4-07 is 0 (No detection during baseblock). When L4-07 is set to 0, the terminal opens during baseblock.
Refer to L4-01/02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 227 for details on setting the detection
width.
Setting 5: Frequency Detection 2
Output closes whenever the output frequency is equal to or above the detection level set in L4-01. The output opens when the
output frequency falls below L4-01 minus the hysteresis set in L4-02.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency is below L4-01 minus L4-02 or has not exceeded L4-01.
Output frequency exceeded L4-01.
The detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 will be used as the detection level for both directions.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
197
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Output
frequency
L4-02
L4-01
L4-01
L4-02
Frequency
Detection 2
OFF
ON
Figure 5.60 Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01/02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 227 for details on setting the detection
width.
Setting 6: Drive Ready
Output closes whenever the drive is ready to operate the motor.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
During power up, initialization, fault or in Programming Mode (while b1-08 = 0 or 2).
Drive is ready for operation.
Refer to b1-08: Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode on page 127 for details on the setting of b1-08.
Setting 7: DC Bus Undervoltage
Output closes whenever the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply drops below the trip level. The undervoltage trip
level is determined by L2-05. A fault in the DC bus charge circuit will also cause the DC Bus Undervoltage output to close.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
DC bus voltage is above the level set to L2-05
DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level set to L2-05.
Setting 8: During Baseblock (N.O.)
Output closes to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While Baseblock is executed, output transistors are not switched
and no voltage will be output.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Baseblock is being executed.
Setting 9: Frequency Reference Source
A digital output programmed for this function shows the frequency reference source that is currently selected.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Frequency reference is provided from External Reference 1 (b1-01) or 2 (b1-15)
Frequency reference is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting A: Run Command Source
A digital output programmed for this function shows the Run command source that is currently selected.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Run command is provided from External Reference 1 (b1-02) or 2 (b1-16)
Run command is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting B/17/18/19: Torque Detection 1 (N.O./N.C.) and Torque Detection 2 (N.O./N.C.)
These digital output functions can be used to signal an overtorque or undertorque situation to an external device.
Set up the torque detection and select the output function from the table below. Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page
231 for details.
198
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
Status
B
Closed
17
Open
18
Closed
19
Open
Description
Torque Detection 1 (N.O.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in
parameter L6-02 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque Detection 1 (N.C.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in
parameter L6-02 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque Detection 2 (N.O.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in
parameter L6-05 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-06.
Torque Detection 2 (N.C.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in
parameter L6-05 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-06.
Setting C: Frequency Reference Loss
An output set for this function will be closed if frequency reference loss is detected. Refer to L4-05: Frequency Reference
Loss Detection Selection on page 227 for details.
Setting D: Dynamic Braking Resistor Overheat
An output programmed for this function will close when the dynamic braking resistor (DB) overheats or the braking transistor
is in a fault condition.
Setting E: Fault
The Fault configured digital output will close whenever the drive experiences a fault (this excludes faults CPF00 and CPF01).
Setting F: Not Used
Use this setting when the terminal is not used or when using the terminal as a throughput.
When set to “F”, the output is not set by any drive function but it can be switched by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (through mode).
Setting 10: Minor Fault
Output closes when a minor fault condition is present.
Setting 11: Reset Command Active
Setting 12: Timer Output
This setting configures a digital output terminal as output for the timer function. Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 135 for
details.
Setting 13: Speed Agree 2 (fref /fout Agree 2)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-04) of the current frequency reference
regardless of the direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running
Output frequency is within the range of frequency reference ± L4-04
The detection works in both forward and reverse.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
199
Parameter Details
Output closes whenever there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial
communications, or using a communications option card.
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Frequency
reference
Output
frequency
L4-04
L4-04
OFF
Speed Agree 2
ON
Figure 5.61 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-03/04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 227 for details on setting the
detection width.
Setting 14: User Set Speed Agree 2 (fref /fset Agree 2)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency and the frequency reference are within the Speed Agree Width (L4-04) of the
programmed Speed Agree Level (L4-03). As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, detection works in the specified
direction only.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Output frequency or frequency reference are outside the range of L4-03 ± L4-04
Output frequency and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-03 ± L4-04
Output
frequency
Frequency
reference
L4-03
+/- L4-04
Output
frequency
Frequency
reference
User Set
Speed Agree 2
OFF
ON
Figure 5.62 User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03/04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 227 for details on setting the
detection width.
Setting 15: Frequency Detection 3
Output is closed as long as the output frequency is below the detection level set in L4-03 plus the hysteresis set in L4-04. It
closes when the output frequency falls below L4-03. As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, the detection works in the
specified direction only.
Status
Open
Closed
200
Description
Output frequency exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Output frequency is below L4-03 or has not exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04 yet.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Output
frequency
L4-04
L4-03
Frequency
detection 3 <1>
ON
OFF
Figure 5.63 Frequency Detection 3 Example with Positive L3-04 Value
<1> This is the time chart when L4-07, Speed Agree Detection Selection, is set to 1 (Detection always enabled). The default
setting for L4-07 is 0 (No detection during baseblock). When L4-07 is set to 0, the terminal opens during baseblock.
Refer to L4-03/04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 227 for details on setting the
detection width.
Setting 16: Frequency Detection 4
Output closes whenever the output frequency is equal to or above the detection level set in L4-03. The output opens when the
output frequency falls below L4-03 minus the hysteresis set in L4-04. As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, the
detection works in the specified direction only.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Output frequency is below L4-03 minus L4-04 or has not exceeded L4-03 yet.
Output frequency exceeded L4-03.
Output
frequency
L4-04
Frequency
Detection 4
OFF
Parameter Details
L4-03
ON
Figure 5.64 Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Value
5
Refer to L4-03/04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 227 for details on setting the
detection width.
Setting 1A: During Reverse
The During Reverse digital output will close whenever the drive is turning the motor in the reverse direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Motor is driven in the forward direction or stopped.
Motor is driven in reverse.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
201
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Output frequency
FWD Run command
REV Run command
During Reverse
OFF
ON
time
Figure 5.65 Reverse Direction Output Example Time Chart
Setting 1B: During Baseblock (N.C.)
Output opens to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While Baseblock is executed, output transistors are not switched
and no voltage is output.
Status
Open
Description
Baseblock is being executed.
Closed
Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Setting 1C: Motor 2 Selected
This output function shows the motor 1/2 selection status. Refer to Setting 16: Motor 2 Selection on page 189 for details on
switching motors.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Motor 1 is selected.
Motor 2 is selected.
Setting 1E: Restart Enabled
The Restart Enabled output will be closed once the fault restart function becomes active and will remain closed until a successful
restart is accomplished or the number of Auto Restart attempts as specified by L5-01 is reached. Refer to L5: Fault Restart
on page 230 for details on automatic fault restart.
Setting 1F: Motor Overload Alarm oL1
An output programmed for this function will be closed when the motor overload level estimated by the oL1 fault detection
exceeds 90% of the oL1 detection level. Refer to L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection on page 213 for details.
Setting 20: Drive Overheat Pre-alarm (oH)
Output closes whenever the drive heatsink temperature reaches the level specified by parameter L8-02. Refer to L8-02:
Overheat Alarm Level on page 235 for details on drive overheat detection.
Setting 22: Mechanical Weakening Detection
Output closes when mechanical weakening is detected. Refer to Mechanical Weakening Detection on page 233 for details.
Setting 2F: Maintenance Period
The output closes when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay may require maintenance as determined
by the estimated performance life span of those components.
Setting 30: During Torque Limit
Output closes when the motor is operating at the torque limit specified by the L7-oo parameters or an analog input. This
setting is only valid when using Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2). Refer to L7-01/02/03/04: Torque Limits on page
234 for details.
Setting 37: During Frequency Output
Output closes when the drive is outputting a frequency.
Status
Open
Closed
202
Description
Drive is not outputting a frequency. One of the following functions is being performed: Stop, baseblock, DC injection braking (during
initial excitation), short circuit braking.
Drive is outputting frequency.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
run command
baseblock
command
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
output
frequency
during run
OFF
during frequency
output
OFF
ON
ON
Figure 5.66 During Frequency Output Time Chart
Setting 38: Drive Enabled
A Drive Enable digital output will reflect the status of a digital input configured as a Drive Enable input (H1-oo = 6A). If
the Drive Enable digital input is closed then the Drive Enabled digital output will also close.
Setting 39: Watt Hour Pulse Output
Outputs a pulse to indicate the watt hours. Refer to H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection on page 204 for details.
Setting 3C: LOCAL/REMOTE Status
Output terminal closes while the drive is set for LOCAL and opens when in REMOTE.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
REMOTE: The selected external reference (b1-01/b1-02 or b1-15/b1-16) is used as frequency reference and Run command source
LOCAL: The digital operator is used as frequency reference and Run command source
Setting 3D: During Speed Search
Output terminal closes while Speed Search is being performed. Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 130 for details on the
Speed Search function.
Output terminal closes when a PID feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it falls below the level
set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14. Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 141 for details.
Setting 3F: PID Feedback High
Output terminal closes when a PID feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it rises beyond the level
set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 141 for details.
Setting 4A: During KEB Operation
Output terminal closes while KEB is being performed. Refer to Kinetic Energy Backup (KEB) Function on page 219 for a
KEB function description.
Setting 4B: During Short Circuit Braking
Closes the output terminal while Short Circuit Braking is being executed.
Setting 4C: During Fast-stop
Output terminal closes when a Fast-stop is being executed. C1-09: Fast-stop Time for details.
Setting 4D: oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit
Output terminal closes when the drive is reducing the speed due to a drive overheat alarm (L8-03 = 4) and the overheat alarm
has not disappeared after ten frequency reduction operation cycles. Refer to L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation
Selection on page 235 for details.
Setting 4E: Braking Transistor Fault (rr)
The output closes when the internal braking transistor reaches the overheat level.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
203
Parameter Details
Setting 3E: PID Feedback Low
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 4F: Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
The output closes when the braking resistor exceeds the overheat level. the braking resistor may overheat due to the motor
regeneration or short deceleration time setting.
Setting 90 to 92: DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 1 to 3
These settings are for digital output functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Normally there is no need to change or apply these
settings.
Setting 100 to 192: Reverse Switching for Functions 0 to 92
These settings reverse the switching status of the specified function. Set as 1oo, where the last two digits specify the setting
number of the function to be reversed.
Examples:
• To reverse the output for “8: During Baseblock”, set “108”.
• To reverse the output for “4A: During KEB” set “14A” .
n H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
When one of the multi-function terminals is set to output the number of watt hours (H2-01/02/03 = 39), parameter H2-06
determines the units for the output signal.
The output is intended to drive a watt hour meter or a PLC input by a 200 ms pulse signal. A pulse is output according to the
kWh unit selected in H2-06.
No.
Parameter Name
H2-06
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
Setting Range
0: 0.1 kWh units
1: 1 kWh units
2: 10 kWh units
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units
Default
0
u H3: Multi-Function Analog Input Terminals
The drive is equipped with 2 multi-function analog input terminals, A1 and A2. The user can assign functions to these terminals
by setting parameters H3-02 and H3-10 between 0 and 31.
n H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1.
No.
H3-01
Name
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 1
Default
0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc with Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Negative input values will be limited to 0.
Example: Terminal A1 is set to supply the frequency reference, and the bias (H3-04) is set to -100%. The frequency reference
can be set from 0 to 100% with an analog input of 5 to 10 V. The frequency reference will be zero when the analog input is
between 0 and 5 V.
204
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
100%
Analog input
value
0
10 V
Analog input
voltage
-100%
Negative input is limited to 0
Figure 5.67 Analog Input with Limit (Bias Setting -100%)
Setting 1: 0 to 10 Vdc without Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Negative input values will be accepted.
Example: Terminal A1 is set to supply the frequency reference, and the bias (H3-04) is set to -100%. The frequency reference
can be set from 0 to 100% with an analog input of 5 to 10 V. With an input of 0 to 5 V, the frequency reference can be set
from -100% to 0%. The drive reverses the motor rotation with negative input.
100%
Analog input
value
0V
10 V
Analog input
voltage
Parameter Details
-100%
Figure 5.68 Analog Input without Limit (Bias Setting -100%)
n H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A1. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on
page 208 for a list of functions and descriptions.
No.
H3-02
Note:
Name
Terminal A1 Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 31
Default
0
If not using an input terminal or if using it in the through-mode, be sure to set that terminal to “F”.
n H3-03/H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain/Bias Setting
Parameter H3-03 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A1 (Gain).
Parameter H3-04 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A1.
Both can be used to adjust the analog input A1 characteristics.
No.
H3-03
H3-04
Name
Terminal A1 Gain Setting
Terminal A1 Bias Setting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0%
205
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Default Settings
Using the factory default settings for the analog input’s function, gain, and bias, the 0 to 10 Vdc signal at the analog input will
yield a 0 to 100% frequency reference span.
Gain = 100 %
Frequency
reference
Bias = 0 %
0V
10 V
Figure 5.69 Analog Input A1 Default Characteristics
Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, A1 as frequency reference input:
An input 10 Vdc will be equivalent to a 200% frequency reference and 5 Vdc will be equivalent to a 100% frequency
reference. Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the frequency reference will be
equal to E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
Gain = 200 %
Frequency
reference
100 %
E1-04
Bias = 0 %
0V
5V
10 V
Figure 5.70 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain
• Bias H3-04 = -25%, A1 as frequency reference input
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% frequency reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0 the minimum frequency reference is 0% between 0 and 2.5 Vdc input. An analog input of 2.5
to 10 Vdc will now be the same as 0 to 100% of the frequency reference span.
When parameter H3-01 = 1, the motor will rotate in reverse between 0 and 2.5 Vdc input.
Gain = 100 %
Frequency
reference
H3-01 = 0
0
2.0 V
10 V
Bias = -25%
H3-01 = 1
Figure 5.71 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias
• Gain = 0%, Bias = 100%, A1 as frequency reference input
This setting leads to an inverse-acting frequency reference. The minimum analog input level (0 Vdc) will produce a 100%
frequency reference and the maximum analog input level (10 Vdc) will produce a 0% frequency reference.
206
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Bias = 100 %
Frequency
reference
Gain = 0 %
0V
10 V
Figure 5.72 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Inverse Gain and Bias Settings
n H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A2. Be sure to also set DIP switch S1 on the terminal board accordingly for a
voltage input or current input.
No.
H3-09
Name
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
2
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc with Lower Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Negative input values will be limited to 0. Refer to the explanation of H3-01, Setting 0. Refer
to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc with Limit on page 204
Setting 1: 0 to 10 Vdc without Lower Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Negative input values will be accepted. Refer to the explanation of H3-01, Setting 1. Refer to
Setting 1: 0 to 10 Vdc without Limit on page 205
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0 (like setting 0).
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0 (like setting 0).
n H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
No.
H3-10
Name
Terminal A2 Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 31
Default
0
n H3-11/H3-12: Terminal A2 Gain/Bias Setting
Parameter H3-11 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc/20 mA input at terminal A2 (Gain).
Parameter H3-12 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 Vdc/4 mA/0 mA input at terminal A2.
Both can be used to adjust the analog input A2 characteristics. The setting works in the same way as parameters H3-03/04 for
analog input A1.
No.
H3-11
H3-12
Name
Terminal A2 Gain Setting
Terminal A2 Bias Setting
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0%
n H3-13: Analog Input Filter Time Constant
Parameter H3-13 sets the time constant for a first order filter that will be applied to both analog inputs A1 and A2.
No.
H3-13
Name
Analog Input Filter Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00 s
Default
0.03 s
An analog input filter can be used to prevent erratic drive control when a “noisy” analog reference is used. The drive operation
becomes more stable the longer the time programmed, but it becomes less responsive to rapidly changing analog signals.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
207
Parameter Details
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A2. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on
page 208 for a list of functions and descriptions.
5
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
n Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
This section describes the various functions that can be assigned to terminals A1 and A2 by setting H3-02 and H3-10.
Note:
The scaling of all input functions depends on the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs. Set these to appropriate values when selecting
and adjusting analog input functions.
Table 5.28 Multi-Function Input Terminal Settings
Setting
0
1
2
4
7
B
C
E
F
Function
Frequency Bias
Frequency Gain
Auxiliary Frequency Reference
Output Voltage Bias
Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Level
PID Feedback
PID Set Point
Motor Temperature (PTC input)
Not used/Through Mode
Page
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
209
Setting
10
11
12
15
16
30
31
41 <1>
Function
Forward Torque Limit
Reverse Torque Limit
Regenerative Torque Limit
General Torque Limit
Differential PID Feedback
DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 1
DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 2
Output Voltage Gain
Page
209
209
209
209
<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Setting 0: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the analog frequency reference value. Use this setting
also when only one analog input is used to supply the frequency reference.
By default both analog inputs A1 and A2 are set for this function. Using both A1 and A2 at the same time increases the
frequency reference by the total of both inputs.
Example: If the analog frequency reference by analog input A1 is 50% and a bias of 20% is applied by analog input A2, the
resulting frequency reference will be 70% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 1: Frequency Gain
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be multiplied with the analog frequency reference value.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input A1 is 80% and a gain of 50% is applied from analog input A2,
the resulting frequency reference will be 40% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 2: Auxiliary Reference
Sets the auxiliary frequency reference when Multi-Step Speed operation is selected. Refer to Multi-Step Speed Selection on
page 160 for details.
Setting 4: Voltage Bias
Voltage bias boosts the output voltage of the V/f curve as a percentage of the maximum output voltage (E1-05). Available
only when using V/f Control.
Setting 7: Overtorque/Undertorque Level
Overtorque level sets the overtorque/undertorque detection level using the analog input. This works with Torque Detection
Selection 1 (L6-01) and will take the place of the torque detection level set to L6-02. For general Open Loop Vector Control,
this function is based on 100% of the motor rated torque. For V/f Control and PM Open Loop Vector, this function is based
on 100% of the drive rated current. Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 231 for details on torque detection.
Setting B: PID Feedback
An input set for this function supplies the PID feedback value. This setting requires PID operation to be enabled in b5-01.
Refer to PID Feedback Input Methods on page 137.
Setting C: PID Setpoint
An input set for this function supplies the PID setpoint value. The frequency reference selected in parameter b1-01 no longer
becomes the PID se point. This setting requires PID operation to be enabled in b5-01. Refer to PID Setpoint Input
Methods on page 137.
Setting E: Motor Temperature
In addition to or in place of the oL1 (motor overload) fault detection, it is possible to use a PTC (Positive Temperature
Coefficient) thermistor for motor insulation protection. Refer to Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient
(PTC) on page 215 for detailed explanations.
208
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting F: Not Used
Any analog input that is not used should be set to F. When set to “F”, an input does not affect any drive function but the input
level can be read out by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (through mode). This
way drive analog inputs can be used to read out external sensor values if there is a lack of PLC analog inputs.
Setting 10/11/12/15: Positive/Negative/Regenerative/General Torque Limit (OLV only)
These functions make it possible to limit the torque reference with an analog input. The limit can either be set as a general
value for all operation conditions (setting 15) or can be programmed separately for each operation condition (quadrants 1, 2,
3, and 4). Figure 5.73 shows which limit is applied in each quadrant. The lowest of the values will always be used as the limit.
The value is set as a percentage of the motor rated torque. Refer to L7: Torque Limit on page 234 for information how torque
limits work.
positive torque reference
REV run regenerative
FWD run motoring
10: Positive Torque Limit
12: Regenerative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-04
10: Positive Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-01
REV motor rotation
quadrant 2
quadrant 1
quadrant 3
quadrant 4
FWD motor rotation
11: Negative Torque Limit
12: Regenerative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-02
FWD run regenerative
11: Negative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-03
REV run motoring
negative torque reference
Figure 5.73 Analog Input Torque Limits
Setting 16: Differential PID Feedback
If an analog value is set for this function, the PID controller is set for differential feedback. The subtraction of the PID feedback
input value and the differential feedback input value builds the feedback value that is used to calculate the PID input. Refer
to PID Feedback Input Methods on page 137.
Setting 30/31: DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 1/2
Setting 41: Output Voltage Gain
Allows the user to change the output voltage by adjusting the voltage reference via one of the analog input terminals or with
MEMOBUS/Modbus.
An internal 0.3 second delay has been added to prevent sudden, drastic change to the V/f pattern.
Note:
When an input terminal is assigned to adjust the Output Voltage Gain (H3-oo = 41), a voltage reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus is
ignored.
5
n H3-14: Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Determines which of the analog input terminals will be enabled or disabled when a digital input programmed for “Analog
input enable” (H1-oo = C) is closed. When H1-oo ≠ C, all of the input terminals are enabled all of the time. Terminals not
set as the target are not influenced by input signals.
No.
H3-14
Name
Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
Setting Range
1, 2, 7
Default
7
Setting 1: Terminal A1 only
Setting 2: Terminal A2 only
Setting 7: All Terminals Enabled
n H3-16/H3-17: Terminal A1/A2 Offset
Note:
Parameters available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Determines the amount of offset to be used to calibrate analog input signals from the terminals A1 and A2.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
These settings are for analog output functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Normally there is no need to change or apply these
settings.
209
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Enter a 0 V signal to terminal A1. Next adjust the offset in H3-16 until the monitor U1-13 for the terminal A1 input voltage
reads 0.0%.
The process is the same for terminal A2. Enter a 0 V signal, and adjust the offset for terminal A2 in H3-17 until the monitor
U1-14 for terminal A2 input voltage reads 0.0%.
No.
H3-16
H3-17
Name
Terminal A1 Offset
Terminal A2 Offset
Setting Range
-500 to 500
-500 to 500
Default
0
0
u H4: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminals
These parameters assign a function to analog output terminal AM for monitoring a specific aspect of drive performance.
n H4-01: Multi-Function Analog Terminal AM Monitor Selection
Sets the desired drive monitor parameter Uo-oo to output as an analog value via terminal AM. Refer to U: Monitors on
page 399 for a list of all monitors. The “Analog Output Level” columns indicates if a monitor can be applied for analog output.
Example: Enter “103” for U1-03.
No.
H4-01
Name
Multi-Function Analog 1 (Terminal AM Monitor Selection)
Setting Range
000 to 999
Default
102
A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With this setting the terminal AM output level can be
set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (through mode).
n H4-02/H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain/Bias
Parameter H4-02 sets the output voltage that is equal to 100% of the monitor value. Parameter H4-03 sets the output voltage
equal to 0% of the monitor value.
Both values are set as a percentage of 10 V. The minimum output voltage for terminal AM is 0 V, the maximum is 10 Vdc.
Figure 5.74 illustrates the function of the gain and bias settings.
No.
H4-02
H4-03
Name
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0%
Bias 30%
Gain 100%
10 V
Gain 150%
Bias 0%
Terminal AM
output
voltage
Gain 100%
Bias 0%
5V
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
10 V
Terminal AM
output
voltage
Bias 0%
Gain 100%
3V
0V
0V
0%
Monitor value
100%
0%
Monitor value
100%
Figure 5.74 Analog Output Gain/Bias Setting
When viewing the settings for H4-02, terminal AM will output a voltage that is equal to 100% of the monitor value (considering
the present setting). When viewing the settings for H4-03, terminal AM will output a voltage that is equal to 0% of the monitor
value.
u H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
Through the drives built in RS-422/485 port (terminals R+, R-, S+, S-), serial communication can be performed with
programmable logic controllers (PLCs) or similar devices using the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
The H5-oo parameters are used to set up the drive for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications. Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus
Serial Communication on page 439 for detailed descriptions of the H5-oo parameters.
210
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
u H6: Pulse Train Input/Output
A one track pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz can be input to the drive at terminal RP. This pulse train
signal can be used as the frequency reference, for PID functions, or as the speed feedback signal in V/f Control.
The pulse output monitor terminal MP, which can be used in sinking or sourcing mode, can output drive monitors values as
a pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz.
Use parameters H6-oo to scale and set up the function for the pulse input terminal RP and pulse output terminal MP.
n H6-01: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Selects the function of pulse train input terminal RP.
No.
H6-01
Name
Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
0
Setting 0: Frequency Reference
If the pulse input is set for this function and the frequency reference source is set to pulse input (b1-01/15 = 4), the drive reads
the frequency value from terminal RP.
Setting 1: PID Feedback Value
Using this setting, the feedback value for PID control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP. Refer to b5: PID
Control on page 136 for details on PID control.
Setting 2: PID Setpoint Value
Using this setting, the setpoint value for PID control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP. Refer to b5: PID
Control on page 136 for details on PID control.
Setting 3: Speed Feedback for V/f Control (V/f Control only, Motor 1 only)
This setting enables simple speed feedback for V/f Control. A pulse signal can be used to input the motor speed to the drive
and thereby improve the speed control accuracy. Note that this speed feedback can only be a one track signal that cannot be
used for direction detection. The drive needs a separate motor rotation direction signal. Refer to C5: Automatic Speed
Regulator (ASR) on page 154 for details on using Simple V/f Control with Speed Feedback.
n H6-02: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Scaling
The pulse train input scaling parameter sets the terminal RP input frequency that is equal to 100% of the signal selected as the
input value in parameter H6-01.
Name
Pulse Train Input Scaling
Setting Range
<1>
Default
1440 Hz
Parameter Details
No.
H6-02
<1> Setting range is determined by drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 100 to 32000 Hz
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 1000 to 32000 Hz
n H6-03: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Gain
5
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when a pulse train signal with the frequency set in H6-02 is input to terminal RP.
No.
H6-03
Name
Pulse Train Input Gain
Setting Range
0.0 to 1000.0%
Default
100.0%
n H6-04: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Bias
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when a 0 Hz signal is input to terminal RP.
No.
H6-04
Name
Pulse Train Input Bias
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.0%
n H6-05: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Filter Time
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant in seconds.
The pulse train input filter helps prevent noise interference from causing erroneous operation when operating the drive within
the pulse train signal.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
211
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Increasing the filter setting time increases the effectiveness of the noise prevention, however, this also increasingly slows drive
response time.
No.
H6-05
Name
Pulse Train Input Filter Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00 s
Default
0.10 s
n H6-06: Pulse Train Output Terminal MP Monitor Selection
Selects the pulse train monitor output terminal MP function. The set value ooo is equal to the numerals in Uo-oo of the
selected monitor. Refer to U: Monitors on page 399 for a complete list of monitors. Selectable monitor items are listed below.
No.
Name
H6-06
Pulse Train Output Terminal MP Monitor Selection
Setting Range
000, 031, 101, 102, 105, 116,
501, 502, 801 to 809
Default
102
n H6-07: Pulse Train Output Terminal MP Monitor Scaling
Pulse train monitor scaling sets the output frequency at terminal MP when the monitor item is 100%. Set H6-06 to 102 and
H6-07 to 0 to make the pulse train monitor output synchronous to the output frequency.
No.
H6-07
212
Name
Pulse Train Input Monitor Scaling
Setting Range
0 to 32000 Hz
Default
1440 Hz
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
5.8
L: Protection Functions
u L1: Motor Protection Functions
n L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function that estimates the motor overload level based on output current, output
frequency, thermal motor characteristics, and time. An oL1 fault will be triggered when motor overload is detected.
L1-01 sets the overload protection function characteristics according to the motor being used.
No.
L1-01
Name
Motor Overload Protection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4;
6 <1>
Default
A1-02 dependent
<1> Setting 6 is available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Note:
1. When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01 is not set to zero), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function
outputs by setting H2-01 to 1F. The output will close when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2. Select a method to protect the motor from overheat by setting L1-01 to a value between 1 and 4; use setting 6 when running a single
motor from the drive. An external thermal relay is not required.
Setting 0: Disabled - Motor Overload Protection is not Provided
This setting should be used if no motor overheat protection is desired or if multiple motors are connected to one drive. In this
case it is recommended that you install a thermal relay for each motor as show in Figure 5.75
Power
supply
Drive
M1
MC1
L10
MC2
L20
M2
MC1, MC2: Magnetic contactors
L10, L20: Thermal relays
NOTICE: Protect each motor with individual thermal overloads when multiple motors are connected to one drive. Failure to comply could
result in motor damage. Disable the electronic overload protection of the drive (L1-01 = “0: Disabled”) and protect each motor with individual
motor thermal overloads.
Setting 1: General Purpose Motor (standard self-cooled)
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from overheat
throughout the entire speed range.
Overload Tolerance
Cooling Ability
Overload Characteristics
Motor designed to operate from line
power.
Motor cooling is most effective when
running at rated nameplate base
frequency (check the motor
specifications).
Continuous operation at less than line
power frequency with 100% load can
trigger motor overload protection
(oL1). A fault is output and the motor
will coast to stop.
Setting 2: Drive Dedicated Motor (constant torque, 1:10)
Use this setting when operating a drive duty motor with a torque ratio of 1:10. This motor type is allowed to run with 100%
load from 10% up to 100% speed. Running slower speeds with full load can trigger an overload fault.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
213
Parameter Details
Figure 5.75 Example of Protection Circuit Design for Multiple Motors
5
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Overload Tolerance
150
Overload Characteristics
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 sec.
Torque (%)
Cooling Ability
100
55
50
Motor is designed to effectively cool
itself at speeds as low as 6 Hz.
Continuous
A
Continuous operation with 100% load
from 6 Hz to 50/60 Hz.
D
B
0 110
100120 167 200
(60 Hz)
Speed (%)
Setting 3: Vector Motor (constant torque, 1:100)
Use this setting when operating a drive dedicated motor with a torque ratio of 1:100. This motor type is allowed to run with
100% load from 1% up to 100% speed. Running slower speeds with full load can trigger an overload fault.
Overload Tolerance
150
Cooling Ability
Overload Characteristics
Rated Speed=100% Speed
Torque (%)
60 sec.
100
90
50 Continuous
A
Motor is designed to effectively cool Continuous operation with 100% load
itself at speeds as low as approximately from 0.6 Hz to 50/60 Hz.
0.6 Hz.
B
D
0 1
100120 167 200
(60 Hz)
Speed (%)
Setting 4: PM Derated Torque Motor
This setting is for operating a PM motor. PM motors for derated torque have a self-cooling design, so the overload tolerance
drops as the motor slows. Electronic thermal overload is triggered in accordance with the motor overload characteristics,
providing overheat protection across the entire speed range.
Overload Tolerance
Cooling Ability
Overload Characteristics
Torque (%)
150
120
60 sec.
100
80
50
0
Continuous
10
33
Motor is designed to produce 100%
torque at base speed. Built with
effective cooling capabilities.
Reaching 100% when operating at
below the base frequency causes a
motor overload fault (oL1). The drive
fault output closes and the motor
coasts to stop.
100
Motor Speed (%)
Setting 6: General-Purpose Motor
Note:
General-purpose motors are designed with a base speed that operates at line frequency (50/60 Hz depending on geographic region).
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics and protects the motor from overheat
throughout the entire speed range.
214
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Overload Tolerance
Torque (%)
150
60 s
Cooling Ability
Overload Characteristics
Motor designed to operate from line
power. Motor cooling is most effective
when running at rated base frequency
(check the motor nameplate or
specifications)
Continuous operation at less than line
power frequency with 100% load can
trigger motor overload protection
(oL1). A fault is output and the motor
will coast to stop.
Rated Speed=100% Speed
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
100
90
60
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33
100 120 167 200
Speed (%)
n L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time
Sets the time for the drive to shut down on motor overload (oL1) when the motor is running with excessive current. Enter the
time the motor can withstand operating at 150% current after previously running at 100% current (hot motor overload
condition). This parameter rarely requires adjustment.
No.
L1-02
Name
Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 5.0 minutes
Default
1.0 minutes
Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start after continuous operation
at 100%.
Figure 5.76 illustrates an example of the electrothermal protection operation time using a general-purpose motor operating at
the value of E1-06, Motor Base Speed, with L1-02 set to one minute.
Motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Characteristics of motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached
when starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Characteristics of motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred while the
motor was operating continuously at or below its rated current.
Operation time (minutes)
10
Parameter Details
7
Cold start
(characteristics when an
overload occurs at a
complete stop)
3
1
Hot start
(characteristics when an
overload occurs during
continuous operation at 100%)
0.4
0.1
0
100
150
200
5
Motor current (%)
E2-01 = 100% motor current
Figure 5.76 Protection Operation Time for General Purpose Motors at the Rated Output Frequency
n Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC)
A motor PTC can be connected to an analog input of the drive. This input is used by the drive for motor overheat protection.
When the motor overheat alarm level is reached, an oH3 alarm will be triggered and the drive will continue operation as
selected in L1-03. When the overheat fault level is reached an oH4 fault is triggered, a fault signal will be output and the drive
will stop the motor using the stop method determined in L1-04.
Figure 5.77 shows a PTC connection example for analog input A2. If using analog input A2, make sure to set DIP switch S1
on the terminal board for voltage input when using this function.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
215
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Drive
Multi-function input
MA
Multi-function
MB output (contact)
MC
+V
(+10.5V, 20 mA)
Branch
resistor
12 k
P1
A2 (0-10 V)
PTC
thermistor
P2 Multi-function
output (photocoupler)
AC
PC
Figure 5.77 Connection of a Motor PTC
The PTC must have the following characteristics for one motor phase. Normally a motor is protected by three PTCs connected
in series.
Tr’
Figure 5.78 Motor PTC Characteristics
Overheat detection using a PTC can be set up by parameters L1-03/04/05 as explained below.
n L1-03: Motor Overheat Alarm (oH3) Operation Selection
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat alarm level. (PTC input level: Tr - 5 °C)
No.
L1-03
Name
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
3
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the active deceleration time.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast-stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast-stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
The operation is continued and an oH3 alarm is displayed on the digital operator
216
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L1-04: Motor Overheat Fault (oH4) Operation Selection
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat fault level. (PTC input level: Tr + 5 °C)
No.
L1-04
Name
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the active deceleration time.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast-stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast-stop time set in parameter C1-09.
n L1-05: Motor Temperature Input Filter Time
Used to set a filter on the PTC signal in order to prevent a motor overheat fault from being mistakenly detected.
No.
L1-05
Name
Motor Temperature Input Filter Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.20 s
n L1-13: Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Determines whether to hold the current value of the electrothermal motor protection (L1-01) when the power supply is
interrupted.
No.
L1-13
Name
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n L1-22: Leakage Current Filter Time Constant 1
1. Available in drive software versions PRG: 1021 and later.
2. Available only when C6-02 is set to B. To display this parameter, first set C6-02 to B.
Sets the time constant for the filter applied to motor overload detection current or monitor current for constant speed operation.
Leakage current can incorrectly trigger motor overload fault oL1 or result in incorrect monitor reading. Increase this setting
if erroneous detection occurs or if the monitor display is incorrect.
NOTICE: Setting parameter L1-22 too high may cause the drive to detect motor overload too slowly and burn out the motor. Be sure to set
L1-22 to an appropriate value for the application.
No.
L1-22
Name
Leakage Current Filter Time Constant 1
Setting Range
0.0 to 60.0 s
Default
20.0 s
5
n L1-23: Leakage Current Filter Time Constant 2
Note:
1. Available in drive software versions PRG: 1021 and later.
2. Available only when C6-02 is set to B. To display this parameter, first set C6-02 to B.
Sets the time constant for the filter applied to monitor current during acceleration and deceleration. Leakage current can result
in incorrect monitor reading. Increase this setting if the monitor display is incorrect.
Note:
No.
L1-23
Setting parameter L1-23 too high may cause the current monitor to take too long to read the initial current level. Check the operation sequence
being used if this is a problem.
Name
Leakage Current Filter Time Constant 2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
Note:
Setting Range
0.0 to 60.0 s
Default
1.0 s
217
5.8 L: Protection Functions
u L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
n L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
When a momentary power loss occurs (DC bus voltage falls below the level set in L2-05), the drive can be set to automatically
return to the operation it was performing when the power went out based on certain conditions.
No.
L2-01
Name
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled (default)
If power is not restored within 15 ms, a Uv1 fault will result and the drive will stop the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled, Recover Within L2-02
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive will attempt to restart and perform Speed Search if power is restored within
the period of time set to parameter L2-02. If power is not restored within the time set to L2-02 (i.e. DC bus voltage level
remains below Uv1 detection level L2-05), then a Uv1 fault is triggered and the drive output will be shut off.
Setting 2: Recover as Long as CPU has Power
Drive will try to restart as long as the CPU still has power. This allows for a longer ride-through time than setting L2-01 to 1.
A Uv1 fault is not triggered. This setting should also be used if the KEB function is utilized.
Note:
1. The amount of time the drive is capable of recovering after a power loss is determined by the capacity of the drive. Drive capacity
determines the upper limit for L2-02.
2. When L2-01 is set to 1 or 2, and a magnetic contactor between motor and drive is used, be sure that the magnetic contactor is kept close
as long as the drive attempts to restart.
3. When L2-01 is set to 1 or 2, “Uv” will flash on the operator while the drive is attempting to recover from a momentary power loss. A
fault signal is not output at this time.
n L2-02: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Set the time in which the power has to return before a Uv fault is tripped. This parameter is valid only if L2-01 = 1.
No.
Name
Setting Range
L2-02
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
Determined by
o2-04.
n L2-03: Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Sets the minimum baseblock time when power is restored following a momentary power loss. This determines the time it takes
for the leftover voltage in the motor to dissipate. Increase this setting if overcurrent or overvoltage occur at the beginning of
Speed Search after a power loss or DC Injection Braking. If L2-03 > L2-02, then the drive will restart after the time set to
L2-03 has passed from the beginning of the power loss.
No.
Name
Setting Range
L2-03
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
0.1 to 5.0 s
Default
Determined by
o2-04
n L2-04: Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
Sets the time constant used to ramp up the voltage during Speed Search. The setting value determines the time for a change
from zero to the maximum voltage.
No.
Name
Setting Range
L2-04
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
0.0 to 5.0 s
Default
Determined by
o2-04
n L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Level
Determines the voltage at which a Uv1 fault is triggered or at which the KEB function is activated.
No.
L2-05 <1>
Name
Undervoltage Detection Level
Setting Range
150 to 210 V
Default
190 V <2>
<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
<2> This value is initialized when E1-01 is changed.
218
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
This setting rarely needs to be changed.
When setting L2-05 is lower than the default setting, be sure to install an AC reactor option to the input side of the power
supply to prevent damage to drive circuitry.
n Kinetic Energy Backup (KEB) Function
In case of a power loss, the KEB function can decelerate the motor and use the rotational energy of the machine to backup/
maintain the drive DC bus for a certain period of time. This allows the drive to continue running without interrupting the output
power during a momentary power loss. Once the power is restored, the drive smoothly returns to the same operational state
before the power loss occurred. The KEB function supports two different operation modes.
KEB 1
In this mode the drive decelerates the motor based on the deceleration time set in parameter L2-06/C1-09 in order to keep the
DC bus voltage level high. When the power supply returns, it uses the time set to L2-07 or the selected acceleration time to
accelerate back to the frequency reference.
KEB Ride-Thru
(H1-oo = 65 or 66)
OFF
ON
OFF
Output
frequency
L2-06
L2-07
Figure 5.79 KEB Ride-Thru Timing Diagram for Multiple Drives
Note:
If L2-06 is set to 0.0 s, C1-09 is used instead. If L2-07 is set to 0.0 s, the drive reaccelerates using the selected acceleration time.
Use this method with setting parameters L2-06 and L2-07 if multiple drives must decelerate but still keep the speed ratio
between the drives constant during power loss. In this case, a braking resistor is required in order to avoid overvoltage trips.
In this mode the drive decelerates the motor by calculating the energy of the rotating system. The deceleration rate is
continuously adjusted so that the DC bus voltage meets the level set in parameter L2-11. The rotational energy is estimated
using the parameters L3-24 and L3-25. When the power supply returns, the drive accelerates back to the frequency reference
using the selected acceleration time.
Activation and Deactivation of the KEB Function
The KEB function requires parameter L2-01 to be set to 1 or 2 and a digital input has to be configured for the KEB 1
(H1-oo = 65/66) or KEB 2 (H1-oo = 7A/7B) command. The input has to be enabled during KEB. Refer to Setting 65/66:
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)/2 (N.O.) on page 192 and Refer to Setting 7A/7B: KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C./N.O.) on page 194 for
details on setting the KEB input commands.
The KEB function is automatically activated when one of the conditions below becomes true.
• The DC bus voltage falls below the level set in parameter L2-05. The KEB input has to be set within 50 ms after the KEB
function was activated, or the drive will assume the power supply has returned and attempt to restart.
• The input programmed for KEB 1 or 2 is activated. This input should be triggered by an external undervoltage detection
relay.
The KEB function ends when one of the conditions below become true.
• The KEB input was released or
• The function was activated by DC bus voltage detection and no KEB input was set within 50 ms after the KEB activation.
Figure 5.80 shows a wiring example for triggering the KEB function at power loss using digital input S6.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
219
Parameter Details
KEB 2
5
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Braking
Resistor
B1
B2
L1
R/L1
U/T1
L2
S/L2
V/T2
L3
T/L3
W/T3
M
UV Detection
Relay
S6 - KEB command 1 or 2
S1 - Start command
SC
Figure 5.80 KEB Function Wiring Example
Note:
Make sure the Run command is not switched off when momentary power loss occurs. If the Run command is shut off, the drive will not
accelerate back to speed when the power is restored.
KEB Related Adjustment Parameters
The KEB 1 functions can be adjusted using the following parameters:
• L2-05, Undervoltage Detection Level
• L2-06 or C1-09, KEB Deceleration Time or Fast-stop Time
• L2-07, KEB Acceleration Time
• L2-08, Frequency Gain at KEB Start
Use the following parameters when adjusting the KEB 2 function:
• L2-05, Undervoltage Detection Level
• L2-08, Frequency Gain at KEB Start
• L2-11, Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB
• L3-20, Main Circuit DC Voltage Adjustment Gain
Sets the proportional gain for controlling the DC bus voltage and keeping it at the desired level during KEB 2 operation.
• L3-21, Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain
Sets the gain used to calculate the acceleration or deceleration rate when KEB 2 is active.
• L3-24, Motor Acceleration Time
This value is used to estimate the regenerative power fed back from the mechanics to the drive DC bus during KEB 2.
• L3-25, Load Inertia Ratio
This value is used to estimate the regenerative power fed back from the mechanics to the drive DC bus during KEB 2.
n L2-06: KEB Deceleration Time (KEB 1 only)
Sets the time to decelerate from the frequency reference when the KEB command was input down to zero speed. It can be
used to decelerate different drives down to zero in the same time and thereby keep a constant speed ratio.
When L2-06 is set to 0.0 s, the time set in parameter C1-09 (set for deceleration from maximum frequency to zero) is used for
the deceleration.
No.
L2-06
Name
KEB Deceleration Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 200.0 s
Default
0.0 s
n L2-07: KEB Acceleration Time (KEB 1 only)
Sets the time to reaccelerate from the speed when KEB was deactivated to the frequency reference. It can be used to accelerate
different drives up to their frequency reference in the same time and thereby keep a constant speed ratio.
When set to 0, the drive will accelerate back up to speed according to parameters C1-01 through C1-08 (set for acceleration
from zero to maximum frequency).
220
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L2-07
Name
KEB Acceleration Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
0.0 s
n L2-08: Frequency Gain at KEB Start (KEB 1 only)
When KEB 1 is activated, the output frequency is reduced in a single step in order to quickly get the motor into a regenerative
state. The amount of this frequency reduction can be calculated using the following formula:
Amount of reduction = Slip frequency prior to KEB x (L2-08/100) x 2
No.
L2-08
Name
Minimum Frequency Gain at KEB Start
Setting Range
0 to 300%
Default
100%
Setting Range
Default
E1-01 x 1.22
n L2-11: Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB (KEB 2 only)
Sets the desired voltage in the DC bus during KEB 2 operation.
No.
L2-11
Name
Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB
150 to 400 V
<1>
<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
u L3: Stall Prevention
When the load is too high or acceleration and deceleration times are too short, the motor may be unable to keep up with the
frequency reference, resulting in excessive slip. This “stalling” makes it impossible to decelerate or accelerate. The drive can
prevent the motor from stalling and still reach the desired speed without the user needing to change the acceleration or
deceleration time settings. The Stall Prevention function can be set separately for acceleration, operating at constant speeds,
and deceleration.
n L3-01: Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Stall Prevention during acceleration is used when the motor loses speed during acceleration due to a relatively large load. It
prevents overcurrent and motor overload (oL1) from occurring.
This parameter sets the Stall Prevention method for acceleration.
Name
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 2
<1>
Default
1
<1> Setting 2 is not available for PM OLV.
Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration time setting is too short, the drive may not be able to accelerate within the
set time and the motor may stall.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration. The operation depends on the selected control mode.
• V/f or Open Loop Vector Control:
When the output current exceeds 85% of the level set in parameter L3-02, the acceleration rate is reduced. The acceleration
is stopped when the current exceeds L3-02. Acceleration continues when the current falls below L3-02.
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the field weakening area. Refer to L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit
During Acceleration on page 223.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
221
Parameter Details
No.
L3-01
5
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Output current
L3-02
Stall Prevention Level
During Acceleration
L3-02
-15%
Time
Output frequency
Controls the output frequency
to prevent the motor from stalling
Time
Figure 5.81 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Induction Motors
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM:
Acceleration is stopped when the output current reaches the level set in parameter L3-02, and after 100 ms the drive
decelerates using the deceleration time set in parameter L3-22 (Refer to L3-22: Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention
During Acceleration on page 223). When the current falls below 85% of L3-02, deceleration is stopped. The drive will
attempt to reaccelerate again after 100 ms.
Output current
L3-02
15 % of L3-02
Time
Output frequency
100 ms
100 ms
Time
Deceleration
using L3-22
Figure 5.82 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Permanent Magnet Motors
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
When L3-01 = 2, the drive will disregard the selected acceleration time and try to accelerate in the minimum time. The
acceleration rate is adjusted so that the current does not exceed the value set in parameter L3-02.
n L3-02: Stall Prevention Level During Acceleration
Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention during acceleration is activated.
No.
L3-02
Name
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 150%
<1>
Default
<1>
<1> The upper limit and default value is determined by the duty rating and the carrier frequency derating selection (C6-01 and L8-38 respectively).
• If stalling occurs with L3-02 set to its default value when using a motor that is relatively small compared to the drive, try
lowering L3-02.
• When operating the motor in the constant power range, also set parameter L3-03.
222
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit During Acceleration
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced when the motor is operated in the constant power range. L3-03 sets the
lower limit for this reduction as a percentage of the drive rated current.
No.
L3-03
Name
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
50%
Stall Prevention level during Acceleration
L3-02
L3-03
Output frequency
E1-06
Base frequency
Figure 5.83 Stall Prevention Level and Limit During Acceleration
n L3-22: Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention During Acceleration
Sets the brief deceleration time used when stalling occurs while accelerating a PM motor. When set to 0, this function is
disabled and the drive will decelerate at the selected deceleration time when stalling occurs.
The function is effective only in Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors and if parameter L3-01 is set to 1.
No.
L3-22
Name
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention During Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 6000.0 s
Default
0.0 s
n L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
No.
L3-04
Name
Stall Prevention Selection During Deceleration Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4;
7 <1> <2>
Parameter Details
Stall Prevention during deceleration can control the deceleration based on the DC bus voltage and prevent an overvoltage fault
caused by high inertia or rapid deceleration.
Selects the Stall Prevention method during deceleration.
Default
1
<1> Settings 3 and 4 are not available in OLV/PM control mode.
<2> Setting 7 is available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later.
Setting 0: Disabled
5
When this setting is used, the drive decelerates according to the set deceleration time. With high inertia loads or rapid
deceleration, an overvoltage (ov) fault may occur. In this case use braking options or switch to another L3-04 selection.
Note:
Use this setting or set L3-04 to 3 whenever a Dynamic Braking Resistor or another braking option is used.
Setting 1: General Purpose Stall Prevention
With this setting the drive tries to decelerate in the set deceleration time. When the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall Prevention
level, the drive pauses deceleration. Deceleration continues as soon as the DC bus voltage drops below that level. Stall
Prevention may be triggered repeatedly to avoid an overvoltage fault. The DC bus voltage level for Stall Prevention depends
on the input voltage setting E1-01.
Drive Input Voltage
200 V Class
E1-01 ≥ 400 V
400 V Class
E1-01 < 400 V
Note:
Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration
Vdc = 380 V
Vdc = 760 V
Vdc = 660 V
1. This setting should not be used in combination with a Dynamic Braking Resistor or other braking options. If Stall Prevention during
deceleration is enabled, it will be triggered before the braking resistor option can operate.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
223
5.8 L: Protection Functions
2. This method may lengthen the total deceleration time compared to the set value. If this is not appropriate for the application consider
using a braking option.
Figure 5.84 illustrates the function of Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Output Frequency
Deceleration characteristics
when Stall Prevention was
triggered during deceleration
Time
specified deceleration time
Figure 5.84 Stall Prevention During Deceleration
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
With this setting the drive adjusts the deceleration rate so that the DC bus voltage is kept at the level set in parameter L3-17.
This way the shortest possible deceleration time is achieved while the motor is protected from stalling. The deceleration time
that has been selected is disregarded, but the achievable deceleration time cannot be smaller than 1/10 of the set deceleration
time.
This function uses the following parameters for adjusting the deceleration rate:
• DC bus voltage gain L3-20
• Deceleration rate calculations gain L3-21
• Inertia calculations for motor acceleration time L3-24
• Load inertia ratio L3-25
Refer to these parameter descriptions for details.
Note:
As the deceleration time is not constant, Intelligent Stall Prevention should not be used in applications where stopping accuracy is a concern.
Use braking options instead.
Setting 3: Stall Prevention with Braking Option
Enables the Stall Prevention function while using a braking resistor. Use this setting if overvoltage occurs with L3-04 disabled
when using a braking resistor. This makes it possible to reduce the deceleration time.
Setting 4: Overexcitation Deceleration
Enables overexcitation deceleration. Overexcitation Deceleration (increasing the motor flux) shortens the deceleration time
compared to deceleration with no Stall Prevention (L3-04 = 0). Repetitive or long overexcitation deceleration can result in
motor overheat. In such situations, either shorten the deceleration time setting or use a braking resistor option.
Use parameters n3-13 and n3-23 for fine-tuning this function.
Note:
Because the allowable flux level for overexcitation varies based on the flux saturation characteristics of the motor, set the proper
overexcitation level by adjusting the excitation gain in parameter n3-13. Motor characteristics and inertia of the machine influence the
deceleration time during overexcitation deceleration.
Setting 7: Overexcitation Deceleration 3
Provides faster deceleration than normal Overexcitation Deceleration (L3-04 = 4) by increasing the amount of overexcitation
current applied to the motor.
Note:
When operation permits, use normal Overexcitation Deceleration (L3-04 = 4).
n L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection During Run
Stall Prevention During Run can prevent a motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient overload
occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
This parameter selects the Stall Prevention During Run method.
No.
L3-05
Note:
224
Name
Stall Prevention Selection During Run
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
1. This function is not available in Open Loop Vector Control. Use the torque limit function instead.
2. When output frequency is 6 Hz or less, Stall Prevention During Run is disabled regardless of the setting in L3-05/06.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load may cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with an oC or oL fault.
Setting 1: Decelerate Using C1-02
If the current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in parameter L3-06, the drive decelerates at Decel Time 1 (C1-02). Once
the current level drops below the value of L3-06 minus 2% for 100 ms it accelerates back to the frequency reference at the
active acceleration time.
Setting 2: Decelerate Using C1-04
Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates at decel time 2 (C1-04).
n L3-06: Stall Prevention Level During Run
Sets the current level for Stall Prevention During Run. Depending on the setting of parameter L3-23 the level is automatically
reduced in the constant power range (speed beyond base speed).
No.
L3-06
Name
Stall Prevention Level During Run
Setting Range
30 to 150
<1>
Default
<1>
<1> The upper limit and default value for this setting are determined by C6-01, Drive Duty Selection, and L8-38, Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection.
n L3-23: Automatic Stall Prevention Level Reduction
This function reduces the Stall Prevention during run level in the constant power range.
No.
L3-23
Name
Automatic Reduction Function Selection for Stall Prevention during
Run
Setting Range
Default
0 or 1
0
Setting 0: Disabled
The level set in L3-06 is used throughout the entire speed range.
Setting 1: Enabled
The Stall Prevention level during run is reduced in the constant power range. The lower limit will be 40% of L3-06.
This function suppresses overvoltage faults by slightly increasing the output frequency when the DC bus voltage rises. It can
be used to drive loads with cyclic regenerative operation, such as punch presses or other applications that involve repetitive
crank movements.
The output frequency is adjusted during ov suppression so that the DC bus voltage does not exceed the level set in parameter
L3-17. In addition to the parameters explained below, ov suppression also uses these settings for frequency adjustment:
• DC bus voltage gain L3-20
• Deceleration rate calculations gain L3-21
• Inertia calculations for motor acceleration time L3-24
• Load inertia ratio L3-25
Note:
1. The motor speed will exceed the frequency reference when overvoltage suppression is triggered. Consequently, overvoltage suppression
is not appropriate in applications that require a perfect match between the frequency reference and the actual motor speed.
2. Disable overvoltage suppression when using a braking resistor.
3. Overvoltage may still occur if there is a sudden increase to a regenerative load.
4. This function is enabled only when operating just below the maximum frequency. Overvoltage suppression does not increase the output
frequency beyond the maximum frequency. If this is required by the application increase the maximum frequency and change the base
frequency setting.
n L3-11: Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Enables or disables the overvoltage suppression function.
No.
L3-11
Name
ov Suppression Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
The output frequency is not adjusted. A regenerative load may trip the drive with an overvoltage fault. Use this setting if
braking options are installed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
225
Parameter Details
n Overvoltage Suppression Function
5
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 1: Enabled
When the DC bus voltage rises due to regenerative load, an overvoltage fault is prevented by increasing the output frequency.
n L3-17: Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
Sets the target DC bus voltage target level used by the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1) and Intelligent Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
No.
L3-17
Name
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression, and
Intelligent Stall Prevention During Deceleration
Setting Range
150 to 400
<1>
Default
370 V
<1> <2>
<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
<2> This value is initialized when E1-01 is changed.
n L3-20: DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain
Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1), Kinetic Energy Backup 2, and Intelligent Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) in order to control the DC bus voltage.
No.
L3-20
Name
DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 5.00
Default
1.00
Adjustment for KEB 2 and Intelligent Stall Prevention During Deceleration
• Increase this setting slowly in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage (ov) or undervoltage (Uv1) occurs at the beginning of deceleration
while KEB Ride-Thru 2 is enabled or Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration is activated.
• If this setting is too high, then a fair amount of speed or torque ripple can result.
Adjustment for Overvoltage Suppression
• Increase this setting slowly in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage suppression is enabled (L3-11 = 1) and a sudden increase in a
regenerative load results in an overvoltage (ov) fault.
• If this setting is too high, excessive speed or torque ripple can result.
n L3-21: Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain
Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1), Kinetic Energy Backup 2, and Intelligent Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) in order to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.
No.
L3-21
Name
Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 200.00
Default
1.00
<1>
<1> This value is reset to its default value when the control mode is changed (A1-02). The value shown here is for Open Loop Vector Control.
Adjustment for KEB 2 and Intelligent Stall Prevention During Deceleration
• Reduce the setting in steps of 0.05 if there is a fairly large speed or current ripple during KEB Ride-Thru 2 or when using
Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration.
• Small reductions in the acceleration gain can also help solve problems with overvoltage and overcurrent.
• Decreasing this setting too much can result in a slow DC bus voltage control response and may also lengthen deceleration
times beyond optimal levels.
Adjustment for Overvoltage Suppression
• Increase this setting in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage occurs as a result of a regenerative load when overvoltage suppression is
enabled (L3-11 = 1).
• If there is a fairly large speed ripple when overvoltage suppression is enabled, then decrease L3-21 in steps of 0.05.
n L3-24: Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Sets the time it takes to accelerate the motor from stop to the maximum speed at motor rated torque. This parameter should
be set when using KEB Ride-Thru 2, Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L2-04 = 2), or the overvoltage suppression
function (L3-11 = 1).
226
No.
Name
Setting Range
L3-24
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
0.001 to 10.000
Default
Determined by o2-04, E2-11, and
E5-01 <1>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
<1> Parameter L3-24 is defaulted for a Yaskawa standard 4-pole motor. During Auto-Tuning, L3-24 will be initialized to a Yaskawa standard 4-pole
motor if parameter E2-11 is changed. This value also changes based on the motor code set to E5-01 when using the Open Loop Vector Control
Mode for PM motors.
Calculations are made as follows:
L3-24 =
2
J [kgm2] n rated [r/min]
60 Trated [Nm]
The rated torque can be calculated as follows:
T rated[Nm] =
60
P Motor[kW] 103
2
n rated [r/min]
n L3-25: Load Inertia Ratio
Determines the ratio between the rotor inertia and the load. Set this parameter when using KEB Ride-Thru 2, Intelligent Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2), or the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
No.
L3-25
Name
Load Inertia Ratio
Setting Range
0.0 to 1000.0
Default
1.0
When set incorrectly, a fairly large current ripple can result during KEB Ride-Thru 2 and overvoltage suppression (L3-11 =
1) or other faults such as ov, Uv1, and oC may occur.
Parameter L3-25 can be calculated by:
L3-25 =
Machine Inertia
Motor Inertia
u L4: Speed Agree/Frequency Reference Loss Detection
These parameters set up the speed agree and speed detection functions which can be assigned to the multi-function output
terminals.
n L4-01/02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width
No.
L4-01
L4-02
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Level
Speed Agreement Detection Width
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Parameter Details
Parameter L4-01 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed Agree 1”, “User Set Speed Agree 1”,
“Frequency Detection 1”, and “Frequency Detection 2”.
Parameter L4-02 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
Default
0.0 Hz
2.0 Hz
Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal MA/MB/MC, P1/PC and P2/PC Function Selection on page 195, Settings 2, 3, 4, and
5.
n L4-03/04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed Agree 2”, “User Set Speed Agree 2”,
“Frequency Detection 3”, and “Frequency Detection 4”.
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
No.
L4-03
L4-04
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
2.0 Hz
Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal MA/MB/MC, P1/PC and P2/PC Function Selection on page 195, Settings 13, 14, 15,
and 16.
n L4-05: Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
The drive can detect a loss of an analog frequency reference from input A1 or A2. Reference loss is detected when the frequency
reference value reduces for 90% within 400 ms.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
227
5
5.8 L: Protection Functions
100%
80%
10%
Analog
frequency
reference
400ms
Loss of
Reference
output
OFF
ON
time
Figure 5.85 Loss of Reference Function
To have a fault output trigger when frequency reference loss occurs, set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to “C”. Refer to Setting C:
Frequency Reference Loss on page 199 for details on setting the output function.
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a frequency reference loss is detected.
No.
L4-05
Name
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Stop
The drive will stop the motor.
Setting 1: Continue Operation with Reduced Frequency Reference
The drive will continue operation at the frequency reference value set in parameter L4-06. When the external frequency
reference value is restored, the operation is continued with the frequency reference.
n L4-06: Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the frequency reference level the drive runs with when L4-05 = 1 and a reference loss was detected. The value is set as
a percentage of the frequency reference before the loss was detected.
No.
L4-06
Name
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
80.0%
n L4-07: Speed Agreement Detection Selection
Determines when frequency detection is active using parameters L4-01 through L4-04.
No.
L4-07
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Detection During Baseblock
Setting 1: Detection Always Enabled
n L4-08: Speed Agreement Detection Conditions
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Determines whether soft-starter output or estimated motor speed constitutes a speed agreement situation.
No.
L4-08
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Conditions
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Match Speed with the Soft-Starter Output
Setting 1: Match Frequency Reference and Motor Speed
Note:
In V/f control the drive ignores the value set to L4-08 and refers to the soft-starter output to determine whether a speed agreement situation
has been reached.
The following functions are influenced by the speed agree condition:
• Overtorque alarms oL3 and oL4 when parameters L6-01 or L6-04 are set to 1, 3, 5, or 7.
• DriveWorksEZ functions that use speed agree output
• The Up 2/Down 2 functions
• Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
228
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting Value
2
3
4
5
13
14
15
16
Function
Frequency (Speed) Agree 1
User-set Frequency (Speed) Agree 1
Frequency (FOUT) Detection 1
Frequency (FOUT) Detection 2
Frequency (Speed) Agree 2
User-set Frequency (Speed) Agree 2
Frequency (FOUT) Detection 3
Frequency (FOUT) Detection 4
• MEMOBUS/Modbus Monitor Data
Register No.
002CH
004BH
Description
Drive Status 2
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Drive Status (U1-12)
Bit 4
Speed Agree, 1: During Agree
User-set Speed Agree, 1: During Agree
Frequency Detection 1, 1: Output Frequency ≤ L4-01
Frequency Detection 2, 1: Output Frequency ≥ L4-01
1: During Speed Agree
• U: Monitor
No.
U1-12
Name
Drive Status
Description
The fifth digit from the right side: During Speed Agree
n Notes on Drive Control for Holding Brake Applications
The frequency detection function is used for controlling the brake.
When an external Baseblock command is present while a Run command is active, the frequency reference will be kept as long
as the Run command is active. To avoid improper brake operation make sure that frequency detection is set so that the brake
does not open during Baseblock (L4-07 = “0”, default).
Brake Activation Level
Signal
Parameter
Frequency Detection Level
L4-01 = 2.0 to 3.0 Hz
Frequency Detection Width
Parameter Details
Brake Open/Close
Function
Parameter
Frequency Detection
L4-07 = 0
Conditions
Frequency Detection
H2-01 = 5
2
<1>
2.0 Hz (fixed)
<1> If the load slips during stop, make it greater than E1-09 or 2.0 Hz until the load no longer slips.
L4-01
Output
Frequency
Frequency
Detection 2
5
2.0 Hz (fixed)
Time
ON
OFF
Figure 5.86 Frequency Detection 2
The braking sequence should be designed as follows:
• A normally open signal (N.O.) should be used to control the brake so that it is released when terminal MA-MC closes.
• An external circuit should be added to ensure the brake is fully applied in case of a fault or emergency condition.
• An additional external circuit should also be added to ensure the brake releases properly when an Up/Down Command is
entered.
When changing the speed using an analog signal, make sure that the source of the frequency reference is assigned to the control
circuit terminals (b1-01 = 1).
A sequence to open and close the holding brake appears in the diagram below.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
229
5.8 L: Protection Functions
S1-SC
OFF
UP
ON
b6-02
Output
MA-MC
d1-01 (Enabled when b1-01 = 0)
d1-03
Output frequency
0
L4-01 b6-01
b4-01
DC Injection braking
Frequency Detection 2
(H2-01=5)
Time
OFF
ON
Holding brake
Open
Closed
Closed
Figure 5.87 Holding Brake Time Chart
u L5: Fault Restart
The drive can be set up to perform a self-diagnostic check and resume the operation after a fault has occurred. If the self-check
is successful and the cause of the fault has disappeared, the drive restarts by performing Speed Search (Refer to b3: Speed
Search on page 130 for details).
The drive can attempt to restart itself following the faults listed below.
Table 5.29 Restart Faults
Setting
GF
Function
Setting
(Ground Fault)
LF
(Output Open Phase)
oC
(Overcurrent)
oH1
(Drive Overheat)
oL1
oL2
oL3
oL4
(Motor Overload)
(Drive Overload)
(Overtorque 1)
(Overtorque 2)
Function
ov
(DC Bus Overvoltage)
PF
(Input Phase Loss)
rH
(Braking Resistor Fault)
rr
STo
(Braking Transistor Fault)
(Step Out Detection)
Uv1
(DC Bus Undervoltage)
<1>
<1> When L2-01 is set to 1 or 2 (continue operation during momentary power loss)
Use parameters L5-01 to L5-05 to set up automatic fault restart.
To output a signal during fault restart, set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to 1E.
Do not use the fault restart function in elevator applications.
n L5-01: Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Sets the number of times that the drive may attempt to restart itself.
No.
L5-01
Name
Number of Auto Restarts
Setting Range
0 to 10
Default
0
The method of incrementing the restart counter is determined by the setting of parameter L5-05. When the counter reaches
the number set in L5-01 the operation stops and the fault has to be reset manually after correcting the cause.
The restart counter is incremented at each restart attempt, regardless of whether the attempt was successful. When the counter
reaches the number set in L5-01 the operation stops and the fault has to be reset manually after correcting the cause.
The number of fault restarts is reset back to zero when:
• The drive operates normally for ten minutes following a fault restart.
• A fault is cleared manually after protective functions are triggered.
• The power supply is cycled.
n L5-02: Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Selects if the fault output (H2-01/02/03 = E) is set when the drive attempts to restart.
No.
L5-02
230
Name
Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: No Fault Output
Setting 1: Fault Output is Set
n L5-04: Fault Reset Interval Time
Determines the amount of time to wait between attempts to restart the drive when parameter L5-05 is set to 1.
No.
L5-04
Name
Fault Reset Interval Time
Setting Range
0.5 to 600.0 s
Default
10.0 s
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
n L5-05: Fault Reset Operation Selection
No.
L5-05
Name
Fault Reset Operation Selection
Setting 0: Count Successful Restarts
The drive will continuously attempt to restart. If a restart trial is successful, the restart counter is increased. This operation is
repeated each time a fault occurs until the counter reaches the value set in L5-01.
Setting 1: Count Restart Attempts
The drive will try to restart using the time interval set in parameter L5-04. Each attempt is counted, whether it was successful
or not.
u L6: Torque Detection
The drive provides two independent torque detection functions that trigger an alarm or fault signal when the load is too heavy
(oL), or suddenly drops (UL). They are set up using the L6-oo parameters. To indicate the underload or overload condition
to an external device, digital outputs should be programmed as shown below.
H2-01 /02/03 Setting
B
17
18
19
Description
Torque detection 1, N.O. (output close when over-/underload is detected)
Torque detection 1, N.C. (output opens when over-/underload is detected)
Torque detection 2, N.O. (output close when over-/underload is detected)
Torque detection 2, N.C. (output opens when over-/underload is detected)
Parameter Details
Figure 5.88 and Figure 5.89 show the function of overtorque and undertorque detection.
Motor current / torque
10 % hysteresis
10 % hysteresis
L6-02/05
L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO)
L6-03/06
ON
5
ON
Figure 5.88 Overtorque Detection Operation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
231
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Motor current / torque
10 % hysteresis
L6-02/05
L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO)
L6-03/06
ON
ON
Figure 5.89 Undertorque Detection Operation
Note:
1. The torque detection function uses a hysteresis of 10% of the drive rated output current/motor rated torque.
2. In V/f Control and Open Loop Vector Control for PM, the level is set as a percentage of the drive rated output current. In Open Loop
Vector, it is set as a percentage of the motor rated torque.
Note:
When overtorque occurs in the application, the drive may stop due to overcurrent (oC) or overload (oL1). To prevent this, an overload
situation should be indicated to the controller before oC or oL1 occur in the drive. Use the torque detection for this purpose. Use undertorque
detection to discover application problems like a torn belt, a pump shutting off, or other similar trouble.
n L6-01/L6-04: Torque Detection Selection 1/2
The torque detection function is triggered when the current/torque exceeds the levels set in parameter L6-02/L6-05 for longer
than the time set in L6-03L6-/06. The parameters L6-01/L6-04 select the detection condition and the operation at detection.
No.
L6-01/ L6-04
Name
Torque Detection Selection 1/2
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: oL3/oL4 at Speed Agree - Alarm
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3/oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 2: oL3/oL4 at Run - Alarm
Overtorque detection works whenever a Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and an oL3/oL4
alarm is triggered.
Setting 3: oL3/oL4 at Speed Agree - Fault
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3/oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 4: oL3/oL4 at Run - Fault
Overtorque detection works whenever a Run command is active. The operation is stopped and an oL3/oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 5: UL3/UL4 at Speed Agree - Alarm
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and a UL3/UL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 6: oL5/UL5 at Run - Alarm
Undertorque detection works whenever a Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and an oL5/UL5
alarm is triggered.
Setting 7: UL5 at Speed Agree - Fault
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and a UL5 fault is triggered.
Setting 8: oL3/oL4 at Run - Fault
Undertorque detection works whenever a Run command is active. The operation is stopped and an oL3/oL4 fault is triggered.
n L6-02/L6-05: Torque Detection Level 1/2
These parameters the detection levels for the torque detection functions 1 and 2.
232
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L6-02
L6-05
Note:
Name
Torque Detection Level 1
Torque Detection Level 2
Setting Range
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
Default
150%
150%
1. The torque detection level 1 (L6-02) can also be supplied by an analog input set to H3-02/10 = 7. In this case the analog value has priority
and the setting L6-02 is disregarded. Torque detection level 2 (L6-05) cannot be set by an analog input.
2. The detection levels for overtorque and undertorque are set as a percentage of the drive rated current when using V/f Control or Open
Loop Vector Control. When using Closed Loop Vector Control, the drive sets torque detection as a percentage of the motor rated current.
n L6-03/L6-06: Torque Detection Time 1/2
These parameters set the time that the levels set in L6-02/05 have to be exceeded before an alarm/fault is triggered.
No.
L6-03
L6-06
Name
Torque Detection Time 1
Torque Detection Time 2
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
0.1 s
0.1 s
n Mechanical Weakening Detection
This function can be used to detect mechanical weakening of a machine that leads to overtorque or undertorque situations after
a certain machine operation time has elapsed.
The function is activated in the drive when the cumulative operation counter U4-01 exceeds the time set in parameter L6-11.
Mechanical weakening detection uses the torque detection 1 settings (L6-01/02/03) and triggers an oL5 fault when overtorque
or undertorque occurs in the speed range determined by parameter L6-08/09. The oL5 operation is set by parameter L6-08.
To output a signal for mechanical weakening detection, set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to 22.
n L6-08: Mechanical Weakening Detection Operation
Decides which speed range the function is active and sets the mechanical weakening detection operation.
No.
L6-08
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Continue Running if the Speed is Greater than L6-09 (signed) - Alarm
Setting 2: Continue Running if the Speed is Greater than L6-09 - Alarm
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (unsigned). Upon detection the operation is continued but an oL5 alarm is output.
Setting 3: Stop when Motor Speed is Greater than L6-09 (signed)
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (signed). Upon detection the operation is stopped and an oL5 fault is output.
Setting 4: Stop when Motor Speed is Greater than L6-09
5
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (unsigned). Upon detection the operation is stopped and an fault is output.
Setting 5: Continue Running if the Speed is less than L6-09 (signed) - Alarm
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (signed). Upon detection the operation is continued but an oL5 alarm is output.
Setting 6: Continue Running if the Speed is less than L6-09 - Alarm
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (unsigned). Upon detection the operation is continued but an oL5 alarm is output.
Setting 7: Stop when Motor Speed is less than L6-09 (signed)
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (signed). Upon detection the operation is stopped and an oL5 fault is output.
Setting 8: Stop when Motor Speed is less than L6-09
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (unsigned). Upon detection the operation is stopped and an oL5 fault is output.
n L6-09: Mechanical Weakening Detection Speed Level
Sets the speed level that defines the speed range for mechanical weakening detection.
No.
L6-09
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection Speed Level
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Setting Range
-110.0 to 110.0%
Parameter Details
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (signed). Upon detection the operation is continued but an oL5 alarm is output.
Default
110%
233
5.8 L: Protection Functions
The value is set as a percentage of the maximum frequency. If L6-08 is set for unsigned speed detection (L6-08 = 2, 4, 6, 8)
then the absolute value of L6-09 is used, i.e., negative settings will be treated as positive.
n L6-10: Mechanical Weakening Detection Time
Sets the time permitted for the situation selected in parameter L6-08 to arise before mechanical weakening is detected.
No.
L6-10
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
0.1 s
n L6-11: Mechanical Weakening Detection Start Time
Sets the drives cumulative operation time at which mechanical weakening detection is activated. If U4-01 reaches the L6-11
value, the function is activated.
No.
L6-11
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection Start Time
Setting Range
0 to 65535 h
Default
0h
u L7: Torque Limit
The torque limit function can be used to limit the torque in each of the four quadrants individually and thereby protect the
machinery. It can be used in the Open Loop Vector Control mode. A digital output programmed for “During Torque Limit”
(H2-01/02/03 = 30) can be switched when the drive is operating at the torque limit.
n L7-01/02/03/04: Torque Limits
These parameters set the torque limits in each operation mode.
No.
L7-01
L7-02
L7-03
L7-04
Note:
Name
Forward Torque Limit
Reverse Torque Limit
Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
Setting Range
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
Default
200%
200%
200%
200%
If the multi-function analog input is programmed for “10: Positive Torque Limit”, “11: Negative Torque Limit”, “12: Regenerative Torque
Limit”, or “15: General Torque Limit”, the drive uses the lower value of either L7-01 through L7-04, or analog input torque limit. Refer
to Setting 10/11/12/15: Positive/Negative/Regenerative/General Torque Limit (OLV only) on page 209 for details on using analog torque
limits.
n L7-06: Torque Limit Integral Time Constant
Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit function.
No.
L7-06
Name
Torque Limit Integral Time Constant
Setting Range
5 to 10000 ms
Default
200 ms
n L7-07: Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Accel/Decel
Selects the function of torque limit during acceleration and deceleration.
No.
L7-07
Name
Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Acceleration/
Deceleration
Setting Range
Default
0 or 1
0
Setting 0: Proportional Control
The torque limit function works with P-control during acceleration and deceleration and switches to I-control at constant speed.
Use this setting when acceleration or deceleration to the desired speed has priority over torque limitation during speed changes.
Setting 1: Integral Control
The torque limit function always uses I-control. Use this setting when high accuracy torque limitation is required even during
speed changes. Using this function may increase the acceleration time, or may prevent the motor speed from reaching the
frequency reference when the torque limit is reached before.
u L8: Hardware Protection
234
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L8-01: Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection (ERF type)
This parameter selects the dynamic braking resistor protection when using an optional heatsink mounted braking resistor (ERF
type, 3% ED).
No.
L8-01
Name
Internal Braking Resistor Protection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Disables the braking resistor protection. Use this setting for any braking option other than the Yaskawa ERF Type resistor.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables the protection for ERF type resistors.
n L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level
Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive will output an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the alarm level set in parameter L8-02. If the temperature
reaches the overheat fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 fault and stop operation.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2-01/02/03 = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature
rises above L8-02.
No.
L8-02
Name
Overheat Alarm Level
Setting Range
50 to 130 °C
Default
Depending on size
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
3
n L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Sets the operation when an overheat pre-alarm is detected.
No.
L8-03
Name
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the selected deceleration time. If a digital output is programmed
for “fault” (H2-01/02/03 = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 2: Fast-stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast-stop time (C1-09). If a digital output is programmed
for “fault” (H2-01/02/03 = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
5
If an overheat alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
Setting 4: Operation with Reduced Speed
If an overheat alarm occurs, the operation is continued but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19. If after 10
s the oH alarm is still present, the speed is reduced once more. The amount of reduction depends on how often the alarm
repeats. If the oH alarm disappears while the drive is operating at a reduced speed, then the drive will switch back to the
previous speed it was reduced to before. Figure 5.90 explains the operation with reduced speed during an oH alarm. A digital
output programmed for 4D is switched when the oH alarm is still active after ten reduction cycles.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is programmed
for “fault” (H2-01/02/03 = E), this output will be triggered.
235
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Output frequency
10 s
10 s
10 s
10 s
10 s
10 s
10 s
fref
fref × (L8-19)
oH
Alarm
oH
Alarm
fref × (L8-19)2
fref × (L8-19)
Reset oH
Alarm
Reset oH
Alarm
oH
Alarm
3
etc.
oH
Alarm
fref × (L8-19)4
oH Alarm number
Time
Digital output (4D)
Figure 5.90 Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm
n L8-19: Frequency Reduction Rate During Overheat Pre-Alarm
Specifies how much the output frequency is reduced when L8-03 is set to 4 and an oH alarm is present. Set as a factor of the
maximum output frequency.
No.
L8-19
Name
Frequency Reduction Rate During oH Pre-Alarm
Setting Range
0.1 to 0.9
Default
0.8
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
n L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the input phase loss detection.
No.
L8-05
Name
Input Phase Loss Detection Selection
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables the input phase loss detection. As detection is performed by measuring the DC bus ripple, a phase loss fault (PF) can
also be triggered by power supply voltage imbalance or main circuit capacitor deterioration. Detection is disabled when:
• The drive is decelerating.
• No Run command is active.
• Output current is less than or equal to 30% of the drive rated current.
n L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the output phase loss detection, which is triggered when the output current falls below 5% of the drive
rated current.
Note:
Output phase loss detection can mistakenly be triggered if the motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. Disable this
parameter in such cases.
No.
L8-07
Name
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when One Phase is Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when one output phase is lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
236
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Fault when Two Phases are Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when two output phases are lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
n L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.
No.
L8-09
Name
Output Ground Fault Detection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
n L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.
No.
L8-10
Name
Fan Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Run with Timer
The fan is switched on when a Run command is active. It is switched off with the delay set in parameter L8-11 after the Run
command has been released. Using this setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run always
The fan runs whenever power is supplied to the drive.
n L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time
Sets the cooling fan switch off delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.
No.
L8-11
Name
Cooling Fan Switch Off Delay
Setting Range
0 to 300 s
Default
60 s
If the temperature where the drive is mounted is above the specified values, the drive rated current must be reduced for optimal
performance life. By setting the ambient temperature to parameter L8-12 and adjusting the installation method setting in L8-35,
the drive rating automatically adapts to safe values.
No.
L8-12
Name
Ambient Temperature Setting
Setting Range
-10 to +50 °C
Default
40 °C
n L8-15: oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds
Selects whether the drive overload capability (oL fault detection level) is reduced at low speeds in order to prevent premature
output transistor failures.
No.
L8-15
Name
oL2 Characteristics at Low Speed
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
The overload protection level is not reduced. Frequently operating the drive with high output current at low speed can lead to
premature drive faults.
Setting 1: Enabled
The overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) is automatically reduced at speeds below 6 Hz.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
237
Parameter Details
n L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting
5
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection
The Software Current Limit (CLA) is a drive protection function that prevents output transistor failures caused by high current.
Parameter L8-18 enables or disables this function.
Note:
This setting should not be changed unless absolutely necessary. For proper drive protection and operation leave the Software CLA function
enabled.
No.
L8-18
Name
Software Current Limit Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
<1>
<1> Default setting is determined by drive software version and C6-02 setting. Drive software versions PRG: 1021 and later have a default setting of 0
when the carrier frequency is set for Leakage Current Rejection PWM (C6-02 = B), and 1 when C6-02 is set to any other value.
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive may trip on an oC fault if the load is too heavy or the acceleration is too short.
Setting 1: Enabled
When the soft CLA current level is reached, the drive reduces the output voltage in order to reduce the current. If the current
level drops below the Software CLA level, then normal operation will continue.
n L8-29: Current Unbalance Detection (PM OLV only)
Current unbalance can heat up a PM motor and lead to demagnetization of the magnets from heat. The current imbalance
detection function prevents such motor damage by monitoring output currents and triggering a LF2 fault in case of current
unbalance.
No.
L8-29
Name
Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive does not protect the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
When an output current imbalance is detected, a LF2 fault is triggered, the output is switched off, and the motor coasts to stop.
n L8-35: Installation Method Selection
Selects the type of installation and changes the drive overload (oL2) limits accordingly.
Note:
1. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized.
2. The value is preset to the appropriate value when the drive is shipped. Change the value only when using Side-by-Side installation or
when mounting a standard drive with the heatsink outside the cabinet.
No.
Name
Setting Range
L8-35
Installation Method Selection
0 to 3
Default
Determined by
o2-04
Setting 0: IP20/IP00 Drive
Must be selected if an IP20/IP00 drive is installed with a minimum of 30 mm space to the next drive or a cabinet wall.
Setting 1: Side-by-Side Mounting
Must be selected if drives are Side-by-Side mounted with a minimum space of 2 mm.
Setting 2: NEMA Type 1 Drive
Must be selected if the drive has a NEMA Type 1 enclosure or an IP20/Open-Chassis drive fitted with the NEMA Type 1 Kit
option.
Setting 3: Finless Drive or External Heatsink Installation
Must be selected for finless drives or if a standard drive is mounted with the heatsink outside the cabinet.
n L8-38: Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
The drive can reduce the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain level. This temporarily increases the
overload capability (oL2 detection) and the drive can run through transient load peaks without tripping.
L8-38 selects the operation of the carrier frequency reduction function.
Note:
238
This function cannot be used in Open Loop Vector for PM motors.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
Name
Setting Range
L8-38
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
0 to 2
Default
Determined by
o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
No carrier frequency reduction at high current.
Setting 1: Enabled for Output Frequencies below 6 Hz
The carrier frequency is reduced at speeds below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current. The drive
returns to its normal carrier frequency when the current falls below 88% or the output frequency exceeds 7 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled for Entire Frequency Range
The carrier frequency is reduced at the following speeds:
• Below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current.
• Above 7 Hz when the current exceeds 112% of the drive rated current.
The drive uses the delay time set in parameter L8-40 and a hysteresis of 12% when switching the carrier frequency back to
the set value.
n L8-40: Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time
Sets the delay time which is used to switch back to the normal carrier frequency. The carrier frequency reduction function is
disabled if this value is 0 s.
No.
L8-40
Name
Low Carrier Frequency Off Delay Time
Setting Range
0.00 or 2.00 s
Default
0.50 s
n L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection
The drive can be set to trigger a high current alarm (HCA) when the output current rises too high.
No.
L8-41
Name
High Current Alarm Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
No alarm is output.
An alarm is triggered when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current. A digital output indicating an alarm
(H2-01/02/03 = 10) can be programmed.
n L8-51: STo Fault Detection Level
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Sets the STo detection level as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Increase this value for faster detection of pull-out during acceleration. The drive calculates this value automatically when
L8-51 is set to 0.0%. There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value.
No.
L8-51
Name
STo Fault Detection Level
Setting Range
0.0 to 150. %
Default
0.0%
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
n L8-54: STo Deviation Detection
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Enables or disables the STo Deviation fault detection.
There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value.
No.
L8-54
Name
STo Deviation Detection
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
239
Parameter Details
Setting 1: Enabled
5
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
5.9
n: Special Adjustments
The n parameters handle a variety of specialized adjustments and functions, including Hunting Prevention, AFR Control, High
Slip Braking, resistance between motor lines, and PM motor control functions.
u n1: Hunting Prevention
Hunting Prevention keeps the drive from hunting as a result of low inertia and operating with light load. It is available in V/f
Control only.
n n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection
Enables or disables the Hunting Prevention function.
Note:
This function is available only when using V/f Control. Hunting Prevention should be disabled when drive response is need over suppressing
motor oscillation. This function can also be disabled without any problems in applications with high inertia loads or relatively heavy loads.
No.
n1-01
Name
Hunting Prevention Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Default
1.00
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n n1-02: Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.
No.
n1-02
Name
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Normally, n1-02 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:
• If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and n1-01 = 1, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
• If the motor stalls while n1-01 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
n n1-03: Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Determines how responsive the Hunting Prevention function is (affects the primary delay time for Hunting Prevention).
No.
Name
Setting Range
n1-03
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
0 to 500 ms
Default
Determined by
o2-04
n n1-05: Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
This parameter is the same as n1-02, except that it is used when the motor rotates in reverse. See the setting instructions for
n1-02.
Note:
No.
n1-05
When set to 0 ms, n1-02 is enabled even when the drive is operating in reverse.
Name
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Default
0.00
u n2: Automatic Frequency Regulator (AFR) Tuning
These parameters are used to achieve speed stability when a load is suddenly applied or removed by calculating changes in
the torque current feedback and then compensating the output frequency.
Note:
Before making changes to the AFR parameters, make sure the motor parameters are set properly or perform Auto-Tuning.
n n2-01: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain
Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the AFR.
No.
n2-01
Name
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00
Default
<1>
<1> Default setting is determined by drive model.
240
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Models BA0001 to BA0012, 2A0001 to 2A0020, and 4A0001 to 4A0011: Setting 1.00.
Models BA0018, 2A0030 to 2A0069, and 4A0018 to 4A0038: Setting 1.50.
Normally there is no need to adjust n2-01 from the default setting. Make adjustments in the following cases:
• If hunting occurs, increase the set value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
• If response is low, decrease the set value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
n n2-02/n2-03: AFR Time Constant 1/2
Parameter n2-02 sets the time constant normally used by AFR.
Parameter n2-03 sets the time constant during Speed Search or when during regenerative operation the actual motor slip
exceeds 50% of the rated slip.
No.
n2-02
n2-03
Note:
Name
AFR Time Constant 1
AFR Time Constant 2
Setting Range
0 to 2000 ms
0 to 2000 ms
Default
50 ms
750 ms
Parameter n2-02 cannot be set higher than n2-03 or an oPE08 error will result.
These parameters rarely need to be changed. Adjust settings only under the following conditions.
• If hunting occurs, increase n2-02. If response is low, decrease it.
• Increase the setting of n2-03 if overvoltage (ov) failures occur with high inertia loads at the end of acceleration or when the
load changes radically.
• When increasing n2-02, make sure to increase C4-02 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 1) proportionally.
• When increasing n2-03, make sure to increase C4-06 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 2) proportionally.
High Slip Braking (V/f Control)
HSB works in V/f Control only and is used to decrease the stopping time compared to normal deceleration without using
braking resistor options. HSB stops the motor by reducing the output frequency in large steps, thus producing a high slip.
Regenerative energy created from decelerating the load is dissipated in the motor windings through increased motor slip.
Because of the increased temperature of the motor windings, HSB should not be used for frequently stopping the motor. The
duty cycle should be around 5% or less.
Notes on using High Slip Braking:
• The deceleration time that has been set is ignored during HSB.
• Braking time varies based on the load inertia and motor characteristics.
• HSB must be triggered by a digital input set to H1-oo = 68. Once the HSB command is given, it is not possible to restart
the drive until the motor is stopped and the Run command is cycled.
Use parameters n3-01 through n3-04 for adjusting HSB.
Overexcitation Deceleration (V/f Control and Open Loop Vector)
Overexcitation deceleration increases the flux during deceleration and allows shorter deceleration time settings than with
normal deceleration without the use of a braking resistor. Enabled by setting L3-04 = 4.
Notes on Overexcitation Deceleration
• As regenerative energy is mainly dissipated as heat in the motor, the motor temperature will rise if overexcitation deceleration
is applied frequently. In such cases, make sure the motor temperature does not exceed the maximum allowable value or
consider using a braking resistor option instead.
• The drive decelerates at the active deceleration time. Make sure to set this time so that no overvoltage (ov) fault occurs.
• When a Run command is entered during overexcitation deceleration, overexcitation operation is cancelled and the drive will
reaccelerate to the specified speed.
• Do not use overexcitation deceleration in combination with a braking resistor option.
• Overexcitation deceleration cannot be used in OLV/PM control mode.
Use parameters n3-13 through n3-23 for adjusting overexcitation deceleration.
n n3-01: High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width
Sets the step width for frequency reduction during HSB. Increase this value if DC bus overvoltage (ov) occurs during HSB.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
241
Parameter Details
u n3: High Slip Braking (HSB)/Overexcitation Deceleration
5
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
No.
n3-01
Name
High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width
Setting Range
1 to 20%
Default
5%
n n3-02: High Slip Braking Current Limit
Sets the maximum current to be output during an HSB stop as a percentage of motor rated current (E2-01). Reducing the
current limit increases the deceleration time. Make sure that this value does not exceed 150% of the drive’s current rating.
No.
n3-02
Name
High Slip Braking Current Limit
Setting Range
100 to 200%
Default
150%
n n3-03: High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop
When the motor reaches a relatively low speed at the end of HSB, the output frequency is kept at the minimum output frequency
E1-09 for the time set in n3-03. Increase this time if the inertia is very high and the motor is still coasting after HSB is complete.
No.
n3-03
Name
High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
1.0 s
n n3-04: High Slip Braking Overload Time
Sets the time required for an HSB overload fault (oL7) to occur when the drive output frequency does not change for some
reason during an HSB stop.
No.
n3-04
Name
High Slip Braking Overload Time
Setting Range
30 to 1200 s
Default
40 s
n n3-13: Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Applies a gain to the V/f pattern output value during overexcitation deceleration, thereby determining the level of
overexcitation. The drive returns to the normal V/f value after the motor has stopped or when it is accelerating to the frequency
reference.
No.
n3-13
Name
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Setting Range
1.00 to 1.40
Default
1.10
The optimum setting for n3-13 depends on the motor flux saturation characteristics.
• Increase the gain by 1.25 to 1.30 to improve the breaking power of overexcitation.
• Reduce the value when the motor slip gets too high, which can trigger overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive
overload (oL2) faults. Alternatively reduce n3-21.
n n3-21: High Slip Suppression Current Level
If overcurrent, oL1, or oL2 occur during overexcitation deceleration, reduce the overslip suppression current level. Set as a
percentage of the drive rated current.
Reduce this setting if the current during overexcitation deceleration exceeds the overslip suppression current set in n3-21 as
a result of flux saturation and excessive slip. Alternatively reduce the overexcitation gain n3-13.
No.
n3-21
Name
Overslip Suppression Current Level
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
100%
n n3-23: Overexcitation Operation Selection
Determines which direction overexcitation can be used in. However, parameter L3-04 must be set to 4 in order for n3-23 to
be enabled.
No.
n3-23
Name
Overexcitation Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: Enabled in Both Directions
Setting 1: Enabled in Forward Direction Only
Setting 2: Enabled in Reverse Direction Only
242
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
u n6: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Online Tuning
The drive can tune the motor line-to-line resistance during run in order to prevent torque loss due to a rise in motor temperature
increase, especially at low speeds.
n n6-01: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Online Tuning Selection
No.
n6-01
Name
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Online Tuning
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
u n8: PM Motor Control
These parameters are available when using the special Open Loop Vector Control for permanent magnet motors and can be
used to adjust the control performance.
n n8-45: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain (for PM OLV)
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control. Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may
be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease the drive responsiveness.
No.
n8-45
Name
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00
Default
0.80
n n8-47: Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant (for PM OLV)
No.
n8-47
Name
Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0 s
Default
5.0 s
n n8-48: Pull-In Current (for PM OLV)
Tells the drive the amount of d-axis current to be provided to the motor during no-load operation at a constant speed. Set as a
percentage of the motor rated current.
• Increase this setting when hunting occurs or the motor speed is unstable while running at a constant speed.
• If there is too much current when driving a light load at a constant speed, then reduce this level slightly.
No.
Name
Setting Range
n8-48
Pull-In Current
<1>
Default
Determined by
E5-01
<1> Setting range varies depending on drive software version. Software versions PRG: 1018 and later disable pull-in current when n8-48 = 0, and allow
the pull-in current to be changed during Run.
PRG: 1018 and later: 0% or 20 to 200%
PRG: 1017 and earlier: 20 to 200%
n n8-49: d Axis Current for High Efficiency Control (for PM OLV)
Sets the amount of d axis current when using Energy Saving control as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Although this setting seldom needs to be changed, please note the following:
• If motor operation is unstable when driving heavy loads, try increasing this setting (towards 0).
• If motor parameters (E5) have been changed, this value will be reset to 0 and has to be readjusted.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
243
Parameter Details
Sets the time constant for making the actual current and the pull-in current agree.
Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting when it takes too long for the reference value for the pull-in current to match the target value.
• Decrease this setting if motor oscillation occurs.
5
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
No.
Name
Setting Range
n8-49
d Axis Current for High Efficiency Control
<1>
Default
Determined by
E5-01
<1> Setting range varies depending on drive software version. Software versions PRG: 1018 and later allow this parameter to be changed during Run.
PRG: 1018 and later: -200.0 to 200.0%
PRG: 1017 and earlier: -200.0 to 0.0%
n n8-51: Acceleration/Deceleration Time Pull-In Current (for PM OLV)
Sets the d-axis current during acceleration and deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-03).
Adjustments to this setting may help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when a large amount of starting torque is required.
• Lower this setting if there is excessive current during acceleration and deceleration.
No.
Name
Setting Range
n8-51
Acceleration/Deceleration Time Pull-In Current
0 to 200%
Default
Determined by
E5-01
n n8-54: Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant (for PM OLV)
Sets the time constant for voltage error compensation. Make changes to this parameter under the following conditions:
• Adjust the value when hunting occurs at low speed.
• Increase the value in steps of 0.1 when hunting occurs with sudden load changes. Try to disable the compensation by setting
n8-51 = 0 if increasing does not help.
• Increase the value when oscillations occur at start.
No.
n8-54
Name
Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00
Default
1.00
n n8-55: Load Inertia (for PM OLV)
Sets the ratio between motor inertia and the inertia of the connected machinery. If this value is set too low, the motor may not
start very smoothly, and a STo fault (Motor Step-Out) might occur.
No.
n8-55
Name
Motor/Load Inertia Ratio
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: Below 1:10
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is just less than 1:10.
Setting 1: Between 1:10 and 1:30
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is between 1:10 and 1:30. Set n8-55 to 1 if a STo fault occurs as a result of
impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 0.
Setting 2: Between 1:30 and 1:50
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is between 1:30 and 1:50. Set n8-55 to 2 if a STo fault occurs as a result of
impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 1.
Setting 3: Beyond 1:50
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is higher than 1:50. Set n8-55 to 3 if a STo fault occurs as a result of impact
load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 2.
n n8-62: Output Voltage Limit (for PM OLV)
Sets the output voltage limit to prevent output voltage saturation. This value should not be set higher than the actual input
voltage.
No.
n8-62
Name
Output Voltage Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 230.0
Vac <1>
Default
230 Vac <1>
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class drive.
244
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
n n8-63/n8-68: Output Voltage Limit Gain 1/2
n8-63 sets the gain for the output voltage limit in 0.01 units. n8-68 sets the voltage detection level adjustment gain. There is
normally no need to change these parameters from their default values.
No.
n8-63
n8-68
Name
Output Voltage Limit Gain 1
Output Voltage Limit Gain 2
Setting Range
0.00 to 100.00
0.50 to 1.50
Default
1.00
0.95
n n8-65: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression (for PM OLV)
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control when overvoltage suppression is active. Although this setting rarely
needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs when ov suppression is active.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease the drive responsiveness during ov suppression.
No.
n8-65
Name
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain
during Overvoltage Suppression
Setting Range
Default
0.00 to 10.00
1.50
n n8-87: Output Voltage Limit Selection
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Determines the method of the output voltage limit. Use the feed-forward method if oscillation occurs in the constant output
range. There is normally no need to change this parameter from its default value.
No.
n8-87
Name
Output Voltage Limit Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Feedback Method
Setting 1: Feed-Forward Method
n n8-88: Output Voltage Limit Switching Current Level
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
No.
n8-88
Name
Output Voltage Limit Switching Current Level
Setting Range
0 to 400%
Parameter Details
Sets the current level to switch the output voltage limit sequence. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-03). There
is normally no need to change this parameter from its default value.
Default
400%
n n8-89: Output Voltage Limit Switching Current Hysteresis Width
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Determines the hysteresis of the current level to switch the output voltage limit sequence. Set as a percentage of the motor
rated current (E5-03).
No.
n8-89
Name
Output Voltage Limit Switching Current Hysteresis Width
Setting Range
0 to [n8-88]
Default
3%
n n8-90: Output Voltage Limit Switching Speed
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Sets the speed level to switch the output voltage limit sequence. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
No.
n8-90
Name
Output Voltage Limit Switching Speed
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
200%
245
5
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
n n8-91: Id Limit for Output Voltage Limit Control
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Sets the amount of pull-in current that flows through the motor while operating at constant speed. Set as a percentage of the
motor rated current (E5-03). Increase this setting if hunting occurs at constant speed.
No.
n8-91
246
Name
Id Limit for Output Voltage Limit Control
Setting Range
-200 to 0%
Default
-50%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
These parameters concern the various functions and features of the digital operator.
u o1: Display Settings and Selections
These parameters determine how data is shown on the operator display.
n o1-01: Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
When using an LED operator, pressing the up arrow key on the drive will display the following data: frequency reference →
rotational direction → output frequency → output current → o1-01 selection.
Parameter o1-01 selects the content of the last monitor in this sequence. There is no effect like this on an LCD operator.
No.
Name
o1-01
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
Setting Range
104 to 810
(U1-04 to U8-10) <1>
Default
106 (U1-06)
<1> U2-oo and U3-oo parameters cannot be selected.
To select a monitor parameter, set the three numeric digits that make up that monitor. This is done by entering the o-oo part
of Uo-oo. For a list of monitors, Refer to U: Monitor Parameters on page 254.
n o1-02: User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Selects which monitor parameter will be displayed upon power up. Defaulted to show the frequency reference when the drive
is first turned on.
No.
o1-02
Name
User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Setting Range
1 to 5
Default
1
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 1: Frequency Reference (U1-01)
Setting 2: Forward/Reverse
Setting 3: Output Frequency (U1-02)
Setting 4: Output Current (U1-03)
Parameter Details
Setting 5: User Selected Monitor (set by o1-01)
Setting 5 displays the monitor selected from the U parameter by o1-01.
n o1-03: Digital Operator Display Selection
Sets the units used to display the frequency reference and output frequency.
Set this parameter to 3 for user-set units before setting parameters o1-10 and o1-11.
No.
o1-03
Name
Digital Operator Display Selection
5
Setting 0: 0.01 Hz Units
Setting 1: 0.01% Units
100% = max output frequency.
Setting 2: r/min Units
Calculated by the max output frequency and the number of motor poles.
Note:
Setting 2 requires entering the number of motor poles to E2-04, E4-04, and E5-04.
Setting 3: User-Set Units (use o1-01 and 01-11)
Set the value used for the maximum frequency reference to o1-10, then set the placement of the decimal point in this number
to o1-11.
For example, to display the maximum output frequency as “100.00”, set o1-10 to 10000 and o1-11 to 2 (i.e., 10000 with two
numbers to the right of the decimal point).
Note:
Parameter o1-03 allows the programmer to change the units used in the following parameters and monitors:
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
247
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
U1-01: Frequency Reference
U1-02: Output Frequency
U1-05: Motor Speed
U1-16: Output Frequency after Soft-Starter (Accel/Decel Ramp Generator)
d1-01 to d1-17: Frequency References
n o1-05: LCD Contrast Control
Note:
Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1022 and later.
Sets the brightness of the optional LCD operator. The lower the setting, the brighter the LCD contrast. The higher the setting,
the darker the LCD contrast.
No.
o1-05
Name
LCD Contrast Control
Setting Range
0 to 5
Default
3
n o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency. The decimal number is defined by parameter
o1-11.
Note:
This setting changes automatically when o1-03 is changed. o1-10 can only be adjusted when o1-03 is set to 3.
No.
Name
Setting Range
o1-10
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
1 to 60000
Default
Determined by
o1-03
n o1-11: User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
Determines the number of digits for user-set display if o1-03 is set to 3. The setting value is equal to the number of decimal
places. The maximum display value is defined by o1-10.
Note:
This setting changes automatically when o1-03 is changed. o1-11 can only be adjusted when o1-03 is set to 3.
No.
Name
Setting Range
o1-11
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
0 to 3
Default
Determined by
o1-03
u o2: Operator Key Selections
These parameters determine the functions assigned to the operator keys.
n o2-01: LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection
Parameter o2-01 determines whether the LO/RE key on the digital operator will be enabled or not for switching between
LOCAL and REMOTE.
No.
o2-01
Name
LO/RE Key Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
The LO/RE key is disabled.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LO/RE switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation. Switching is possible during stop only. When LOCAL is
selected, the LED indicator on the LO/RE key will light up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Be sure all personnel are clear of rotating machinery
and electrical connections prior to switching between LOCAL mode and REMOTE mode.
n o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection
Selects if the STOP key on the digital operator can be used to stop the operation when the drive is controlled from a remote
source (i.e., not from digital operator).
No.
o2-02
248
Name
STOP Key Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: Disabled
The STOP key has no function when the drive is controlled by a source other than the digital operator. The drive can only be
stopped from the Run command source that has been selected.
Setting 1: Enabled
The STOP key can be used to terminate the operation, even if the Run command source is not assigned to the digital operator.
If operation has been interrupted by pressing the STOP key, the Run command must be cycled to restart the drive.
n o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
Once drive parameters are set up completely, the values set can be saved as “User Initialization Values” by setting parameter
o2-03. Once this has been done, the “Initialize Parameters” parameter (A1-03) will offer the choice of “1110: User Initialize”.
Choosing A1-03 = “1110: User Initialize”, will reset all parameters to the values saved as “User Initialization Values”. Refer
to A1-03: Initialize Parameters on page 117 for details on drive initialization.
No.
o2-03
Name
User Parameter Default Value
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: No Change
All “User Initialization Values” are saved as they are.
Setting 1: Set User Initialization Values
The current parameter settings are saved as “User Initialization Values”. After setting o2-03 to 1 and pressing the ENTER
key, the values are saved and the display returns to 0.
Setting 2: Clear User Initialization Values
All “User Initialization Values” are cleared. After setting o2-03 to 2 and pressing the ENTER key, the values are erased and
the display returns to 0. A1-03 = 1110 becomes invalid.
n o2-04: Drive Model Selection
Parameter o2-04 matches the control board to the drive hardware. Proper setting of o2-04 is important for optimal performance
and proper protection for the drive hardware. This parameter is configured at the factory and does not normally require
adjustment in the field. It is available primarily to accommodate control board replacement in the event of damage.
Name
Setting Range
o2-04
Drive Model Selection
-
Note:
Default
Depending on drive
size
1. Refer to Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating (ND/HD) on page 409 for a list of o2-04 settings and parameters that change
depending on the drive model selection.
2. Drive performance will suffer if the correct drive capacity is not set to o2-04, and protective functions will fail to operate properly.
3. This parameter is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
n o2-05: Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
Determines if the ENTER key must be used to input a frequency reference from the digital operator.
No.
o2-05
Name
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
5
Default
0
Setting 0: ENTER Key Required
Every change in the frequency reference setting on the digital operator has to be finalized by pressing the ENTER key before
it becomes effective.
Setting 1: ENTER Key Not Required
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference is changed by the UP and DOWN key on the digital operator.
The ENTER key does not need to be pressed. The frequency reference is saved five seconds after the Up or DOWN key has
been released. If an undervoltage error (Uv) occurs within 5 seconds of pressing the ENTER key, the frequency reference will
not be saved to memory. The digital operator display flashes when settings can be made to the frequency reference.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
No.
249
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Figure 5.91 Ready to Set Frequency Reference
n o2-06: Operation Selection when Digital LCD Operator is Disconnected
Determines if the drive will stop when an external LCD operator is removed in LOCAL mode or with b1-02 set to 0.
Note:
An LCD operator is available as an option. This setting is not applicable to the standard LED operator that comes with the drive.
No.
o2-06
Name
Digital Operator Disconnection Operation
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Continue Operation
The operation is continued.
Setting 1: Trigger a Fault
The operation is stopped and an oPr fault is triggered. The motor coasts to stop.
n o2-07: Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Determines the direction the motor will rotate after the drive is powered up when the Run command is set to be given from
the digital operator.
Note:
This parameter is effective only when the Run command is set to be given from the digital operator (b1-02/16 = 0).
No.
o2-07
Name
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Forward
Setting 1: Reverse
u o3: Copy Function
Use o3 parameters to Read, Copy, and Verify the parameter settings to and from the drive.
n o3-01: Copy Function Selection
This parameter controls the copying of parameters to and from the LED operator (option). The copy function will change
certain parameter default settings depending on the regional specification of the drive.
No.
o3-01
Name
Copy Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
0: COPY SELECT (no function)
1: INV --> OP READ
All parameters are copied from the drive to the digital operator.
Note:
Set o3-02 to 1 to unlock copy protection.
2: OP --> INV WRITE
All parameters are copied from the digital operator to the drive.
3: OP<-->INV VERIFY
Parameter settings in the drive are compared to those in the digital operator.
Note:
When using the copy function, the drive model number (o2-04) and the software number (U1-14) must match or an error will occur.
n o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
Enables and disables the digital operator copy functions.
250
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
No.
o3-02
Name
Copy Allowed Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
0: Disabled
No digital operator copy functions are allowed
1: Enabled
Copying allowed
u o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings
n o4-01: Accumulated Operation Time Setting
Parameter o4-01 sets the cumulative operation time and allows the user to set the starting value of the accumulated operation
time displayed in monitor U4-01.
Note:
The value in o4-01 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cumulative operation time counter to 300 h. 300 h will also
be displayed in monitor U4-01.
No.
o4-01
Name
Accumulated Operation Time Setting
Setting Range
0 to 9999
Default
0
n o4-02: Accumulated Operation Time Selection
Selects the conditions for what is to be considered “accumulated operation time.” Accumulated operation time is displayed in
U4-01.
No.
o4-02
Name
Accumulated Operation Time Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Power On Time
The drive logs the time it is connected to a power supply, no matter if the motor is running or not.
Setting 1: Run Time
n o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time/Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the cooling fan operation time counter displayed in monitor U4-03. Parameter o4-03 also sets the base value
used for the cooling fan maintenance value displayed in U4-04. Be sure to reset this parameter back to 0 if the cooling fan is
replaced.
Note:
No.
o4-03
1. The value in o4-03 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h. “300” will
be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2. The actual maintenance time depends on the environment the drive is used in.
Name
Cooling Fan Operation Time
Setting Range
0 to 9999
5
Default
0
n o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting
Sets value of the maintenance monitor for the DC bus capacitors displayed in U4-05 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the DC bus capacitors have been replaced.
Note:
No.
o4-05
The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment the drive is used in.
Name
Capacitor Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0%
n o4-07: DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the softcharge bypass relay maintenance time displayed in U4-06 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the relay has been replaced.
Note:
The maintenance actual time depends on the environment the drive is used in.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter Details
The drive logs the time that the output is active, i.e., whenever a Run command is active (even if the motor is not rotating) or
a voltage is output.
251
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
No.
o4-07
Name
DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0%
n o4-09: IGBT Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the IGBT maintenance time displayed in U4-07 as a percentage of the total expected performance life. This
value should be reset to 0 when the IGBTs have been replaced.
Note:
The actual maintenance time depends on the environment the drive is used in.
No.
o4-09
Name
IGBT Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0%
n o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization
When the drive is initialized, the fault trace and fault history monitors (U2-oo and U3-oo) are not reset. Parameter o4-11
can be used to initialize them.
No.
o4-11
Name
U2, U3 Initialization
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The drive keeps a record of the fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset Fault Data
Resets the data for the U2-oo and U3-oo monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, the fault data
are erased and the display returns to 0.
n o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
The kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11 are not initialized when the power is cycled or the drive is initialized. o4-12 can be used
to manually reset them.
No.
o4-12
Name
kWh Monitor Initialization
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The kWh data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will show 0. Once o4-12 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed,
the kWh data are erased and the display returns to 0.
n o4-13: Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
The Run command counter displayed in U4-02 is not reset when the power is cycled or the drive is initialized. Using o4-13
it can be manually reset to 0.
No.
o4-13
Name
Number of Run Commands Counter Reset
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The Run command data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Reset Run Commands Counter
Resets the Run commands counter. The monitor U4-02 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed,
the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.
u q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters
n q1-01 to q6-07: Reserved for Use by DriveWorksEZ
These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.
252
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
u r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters
n r1-01 to r1-40: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters
These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.
u T: Motor Tuning
Parameter Details
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance.
Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 102 for details on Auto-Tuning parameters.
5
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
253
5.11 U: Monitor Parameters
5.11 U: Monitor Parameters
Monitor parameters let the user view various aspects of drive performance as it is shown on the operator display.
Some monitors can be output from terminal AM by assigning the specific monitor parameter number to H4-01. Refer to
H4-01: Multi-Function Analog Terminal AM Monitor Selection on page 210 for details on assigning functions to the analog
output.
u U1: Operation Status Monitors
Status monitors display drive status like output frequency, current etc. Refer to U1: Operation Status Monitors on page 399
for a complete list of U1-oo monitors and descriptions.
u U2: Fault Trace
These monitor parameters are used to view the status of various drive aspects when a fault occurs. This information is helpful
for finding out why a fault occurred. Refer to U2: Fault Trace on page 400 for a complete list of U2-oo monitors and
descriptions.
U2-oo monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 252 for instructions
to initialize the fault trace.
u U3: Fault History
These parameters display faults that have occurred during operation as well as the drive operation time when those faults
occurred. Refer to U3: Fault History on page 401 for a complete list of U3-oo monitors and descriptions.
U3-oo monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 252 for instructions
to initialize the fault trace.
u U4: Maintenance Monitors
Maintenance monitors show:
• Runtime data of the drive and cooling fans, and number of Run commands issued.
• Maintenance data and replacement information for various drive components.
• kWh data.
• Highest peak current that has occurred and output frequency at the time the peak current occurred.
• Motor overload status information.
• Detailed information about the present Run command and frequency reference source selection.
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 402 for a complete list of U4-oo monitors and descriptions.
u U5: PID Monitors
These monitors display various aspects of PID control. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 138 for a description of where
each monitor is located in the PID control block.
Refer to U5: PID Monitors on page 403 for a complete list of U5-oo monitors and descriptions.
u U6: Control Monitors
Control monitors show:
• Reference data for the output voltage and vector control.
• ASR monitors. Refer to C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 154 for details and an illustration that shows where
in the ASR block the monitors are located.
• The offset value added to the frequency reference by the Frequency Offset function. Refer to Setting 44/45/46: Offset
Frequency 1/2/3 Addition on page 192.
• The bias value added to the frequency reference by the Up/Down 2 function. Refer to Setting 75/76: Up/Down 2 on page
193.
Refer to U6: Control Monitors on page 404 for a complete list of U6-oo monitors and descriptions.
Note:
254
Fix monitors U6-80 to U6-99 for communication options. Monitor content will vary based on the communication option card connected to
the drive. Refer to the option manual for more information.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
5.11 U: Monitor Parameters
u U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors
Parameter Details
These monitors are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ.
5
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
255
5.11 U: Monitor Parameters
This Page Intentionally Blank
256
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and possible
solutions. This chapter can also serve as a reference guide for tuning the drive during a trial run.
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
SECTION SAFETY...............................................................................................258
MOTOR PERFORMANCE FINE TUNING............................................................260
DRIVE ALARMS, FAULTS, AND ERRORS........................................................263
FAULT DETECTION.............................................................................................267
ALARM DETECTION...........................................................................................282
OPERATOR PROGRAMMING ERRORS............................................................291
AUTO-TUNING FAULT DETECTION..................................................................295
DIAGNOSING AND RESETTING FAULTS.........................................................298
TROUBLESHOOTING WITHOUT FAULT DISPLAY..........................................300
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
257
6.1 Section Safety
6.1
Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall covers
or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the drive
input power is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent
electric shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe
level.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation,
adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
258
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Troubleshooting
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring after installing the drive and connecting other devices to ensure that all connections are correct.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
259
6.2 Motor Performance Fine Tuning
6.2
Motor Performance Fine Tuning
This section offers helpful information for counteracting oscillation, hunting, or other faults that occur while performing a
trial run. Refer to the section below that corresponds to the motor control method used.
Note:
This section describes parameters that are commonly edited. Consult Yaskawa for more information on detailed settings and fine-tuning
the drive.
u V/f Motor Control Method Tuning
Table 6.1 Parameters for Tuning the Drive in V/f Motor Control Method
Problem
Parameter
• Motor hunting and
oscillation at speeds between
10 and 40 Hz
Hunting Prevention
Gain (n1-02)
• Motor noise
• Motor hunting and
oscillation at speeds up to 40
Hz
Carrier Frequency
Selection (C6-02)
• Poor torque or speed
Torque Compensation
response
Primary Delay Time
• Motor hunting and
(C4-02)
oscillation
• Poor motor torque at speeds
below 10 Hz
Torque Compensation
Gain (C4-01)
• Motor hunting and
oscillation
• Poor motor torque at low
speeds
• Motor instability at motor
start
• Poor speed precision
Corrective Action
• If insufficient motor torque relative to the size of the load
causes hunting, reduce the setting.
• When motor hunting and oscillation occur with a light load,
increase the setting.
• Lower this setting if hunting occurs when using a motor
with a relatively low inductance, such as a high-frequency
motor or a motor with a larger frame size.
• If the motor noise is too loud, increase the carrier
frequency.
• When motor hunting and oscillation occur at speeds up to
40 Hz, lower the carrier frequency.
• The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the
drive capacity (o2-04) and the Drive Duty Selection
(C6-01).
Default
Value
Suggested
Setting
1.00
0.10 to 2.00
7 (Swing
PWM 1)
1 to A
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease
the setting.
200 ms
• If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting.
• If motor torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz,
increase the setting.
• If motor hunting and oscillation with a relatively light load,
decrease the setting.
• If torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz, increase the
Mid Output Voltage A setting.
(E1-08)
• If motor instability occurs at motor start, decrease the
Minimum Output
setting.
Voltage (E1-10)
Note: The recommended setting value is for 200 V class
drives. Double this value when using a 400 V class drive.
Slip Compensation • After setting the motor-rated current (E2-01), motor-rated
slip (E2-02) and motor no-load current (E2-03), adjust the
Gain (C3-01)
slip compensation gain (C3-01).
<1>
1.00
E1-08:
18.4 V
E1-10:
13.8 V
100 to 1000 ms
0.50 to 1.50
Initial value ±5 V
<1>
-
0.5 to 1.5
<1> Default settings change when the Control Method is changed (A1-02) or a different V/f pattern is selected using parameter E1-03. The default
setting shown is for V/f Control.
Note:
260
Use slip compensation to improve speed precision in V/f Control. First make sure that the proper values have been set for the motor rated
current to E2-01, motor rated slip (E2-02), and motor no-load current (E2-03). Next, adjust the slip compensation gain set to C3-01 so that
it is between 0.5 to 1.5.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.2 Motor Performance Fine Tuning
u Open Loop Vector (OLV) Motor Control Method Tuning
Table 6.2 Parameters for Tuning the Drive in OLV Motor Control Method
Parameter No.
Corrective Action
• Poor motor torque and speed
response
• Control motor hunting and
oscillation at speeds between 10
and 40 Hz.
AFR Gain
(n2-01)
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow,
gradually decrease the setting by 0.05.
• If motor hunting and oscillation occur, gradually
increase the setting by 0.05.
• Poor motor torque and speed
response
• Control motor hunting and
oscillation at speeds between 10
and 40 Hz.
AFR Time Constant 1
(n2-02)
AFR Time Constant 2
(n2-03)
• Overvoltage trips when
accelerating, decelerating, or
during sudden speed or load
changes.
Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time
Constant 2 (C4-06)
• Poor motor torque and speed
response
• Motor hunting and oscillation.
Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time
Constant 1
(C4-02)
• Poor speed response and stability
Slip Compensation
Primary Delay Time
Constant (C3-02)
• Poor speed precision
Slip Compensation
Gain (C3-01)
• Motor noise
• Control motor hunting and
oscillation occur at speeds below
10 Hz.
Carrier Frequency
Selection (C6-02)
Default Value
Suggested
Setting
<1>
0.50 to 2.00
• To improve motor torque speed response,
gradually reduce this setting by 10 ms and check
the performance.
• If motor hunting and oscillation occur as a result of
load inertia, gradually increase the setting by 50 ms
50 ms
and check the performance.
Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When making
adjustments to n2-02, set C4-02 (Torque
Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 1)
accordingly.
• If overvoltage trips occur, gradually increase this
setting by 50 ms.
• If response is slow, gradually reduce this setting by
10 ms.
750 ms
Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When making
adjustments to n2-03, increase the value of C4-06
(Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2)
proportionally.
• If overvoltage trips occur, gradually increase this
setting by 10 ms and check the performance.
• If response is slow, gradually reduce this setting by
2 ms and check the performance.
150 ms
Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When changing
C4-06 (Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Constant 2), increase the value of n2-03
proportionally.
• To improve motor torque speed response,
gradually reduce this setting by 2 ms and check the
performance.
• If motor hunting and oscillation occur, gradually
20 ms <2>
increase this setting by 10 ms.
Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When making
adjustments to C4-02, increase n2-02 (AFR Time
Constant) proportionally.
• If response is slow, gradually decrease the setting
by 10 ms.
200 ms <2>
• If speed is unstable, gradually increase the setting
by 10 ms.
• If speed is too slow, gradually increase the setting
by 0.1 ms.
1.0 <2>
• If speed is too fast, gradually decrease the setting
by 0.1 ms.
• If there is too much motor noise, the carrier
frequency is too high.
• If motor hunting and oscillation occur at low
7 (Swing PWM
speeds, reduce the carrier frequency.
1)
• The default setting for the carrier frequency
depends on the drive capacity (o2-04) and Drive
Duty Selection (C6-01).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
50 to 2000 ms
750 to 2000 ms
150 to 750 ms
20 to 100 ms
100 to 500 ms
Troubleshooting
Problem
6
0.5 to 1.5
0 to the default
setting
261
6.2 Motor Performance Fine Tuning
Problem
Parameter No.
Corrective Action
Default Value
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow,
increase the setting.
•
If the motor exhibits excessive instability at start- E1-08: 12.0 V
• Poor motor torque at low speeds Mid Output Voltage A
up, reduce the setting.
<2>
(E1-08)
• Poor speed response
Note: The default value is for 200 V class units.
Minimum Output
E1-10: 2.5 V
<2>
Double this value when using a 400 V class drive.
• Motor instability at motor start.
Voltage (E1-10)
When working with a relatively light load, increasing
this value too much can create an excessively high of
a torque reference.
Suggested
Setting
Initial ±2 V
<1> Default setting is determined by drive model.
Models BA0001 to BA0012, 2A0001 to 2A0020, and 4A0001 to 4A0011: Setting 1.00.
Models BA0018, 2A0030 to 2A0069, and 4A0018 to 4A0038: Setting 1.50.
<2> Default settings change when the Control Method is changed (A1-02) or a different V/f pattern is selected using parameter E1-03. The default
setting shown is for V/f Control.
When using OLV Motor Control, leave the torque compensation gain (C4-01) at its default setting of 1.00. To increase speed
precision during regeneration in OLV Motor Control, enable slip compensation during regeneration (C3-04 = “1”).
u Motor Hunting and Oscillation Control Parameters
In addition to the parameters discussed on page 169, the following parameters indirectly affect motor hunting and oscillation.
Table 6.3 Parameters that Affect Control Performance in Applications
Name (Parameter No.)
Application
Prevents
motor
speed
loss
by
maintaining
the
output
frequency when working with heavy loads or when
Dwell Function (b6-01 through b6-04) there is powerful backlash on the machine side.
Adjusting accel and decel times will affect the torque presented to the motor during acceleration or
Accel/Decel Time (C1-01 through C1-09) deceleration.
S-Curve Characteristics (C2-01 through Prevents shock at the beginning and end of acceleration and deceleration.
C2-04)
Jump Frequency (d3-01 through d3-04) Skips over the resonant frequencies of connected machinery.
Analog Filter Time Constant (H3-13)
Prevents fluctuation in the analog input signal due to noise.
• Prevents motor speed loss and overvoltage. Used when the load is too heavy and also during sudden
acceleration/deceleration.
Stall Prevention (L3-01 through L3-06,
L3-11)
• Adjustment is not normally required because Stall Prevention is enabled as a default. Disable Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = “0”) when using a braking resistor.
• Sets the maximum torque for Open Loop Vector Control.
Torque Limits (L7-01 through L7-04,
• Ensure that the drive capacity is greater than the motor capacity when increasing this setting. Be careful
L7-06, L7-07)
when reducing this value because motor speed loss may occur with heavy loads.
262
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
6.3
Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
u Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Check the LED operator for information about possible faults if the drive or motor fails to operate. Refer to Using the Digital
LED Operator on page 80.
If problems occur that are not covered in this manual, contact the nearest Yaskawa representative with the following
information:
• Drive model
• Software version
• Date of purchase
• Description of the problem
Table 6.4 contains descriptions of the various types of alarms, faults, and errors that may occur while operating the drive.
Contact Yaskawa in the event of drive failure.
Table 6.4 Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Faults
Minor Faults and
Alarms
Operation Errors
Tuning Errors
Drive Responses to Alarms, Faults, and Errors
When the drive detects a fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific fault and the ALM indicator LED remains lit until the fault is
reset.
• The fault interrupts drive output and the motor coasts to a stop.
• Depending on the setting, the drive and motor may stop via different methods than listed.
• If a digital output is programmed for fault output (H2-oo = E), it will close if a fault occurs.
When the drive detects a fault, it will remain inoperable until that fault has been reset. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page
298.
When the drive detects an alarm or a minor fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific alarm or minor fault and the ALM indicator LED flashes.
• The motor does not stop.
• One of the multi-function contact outputs closes if set to be tripped by a minor fault (H2-oo = 10), but not by an alarm.
• The digital operator displays text indicating a specific alarm and ALM indicator LED flashes.
Remove the cause of an alarm or minor fault to automatically reset.
When parameter settings conflict with one another or do not match hardware settings (such as with an option card), it results
in an operation error.
When the drive detects an operation error:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
When the drive detects an operation error, it will not operate the motor until the error has been reset. Correct the settings that
caused the operation error to reset.
Tuning errors occur while performing Auto-Tuning.
When the drive detects a tuning error:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
• Motor coasts to stop.
• Remove the cause of the error and repeat the Auto-Tuning process.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
263
Troubleshooting
Type
6
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
u Alarm and Error Displays
n Faults
When the drive detects a fault, the ALM indicator LEDs remain lit without flashing. If the LEDs flash, the drive has detected
a minor fault or alarm. Refer to Minor Faults and Alarms on page 265 for more information. Conditions such as overvoltage
or external faults can trip both faults and minor faults, therefore it is important to note whether the LEDs remain lit or if the
LEDs flash.
Table 6.5 Fault Displays
Digital Operator
Display
Pg.
GF
Ground Fault
271
CE
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communication Error
267
LF
Output Phase Loss
272
CF
Control Fault
267
LF2
Current Imbalance
272
CoF
Current Offset Fault
267
nSE
Node Setup Error
272
CPF02
A/D Conversion Error
268
oC
Overcurrent
272
CPF03
PWM Data Fault
268
CPF08
Drive Specification Mismatch during
Terminal Board or Control Board
Replacement
Terminal Board Communication
Fault
EEPROM Serial Communications
Fault
CPF11
RAM Fault
<3>
oFA00
Option Card Connection Error
273
<3>
oFA01
Option Unit Fault
273
oFA03
Option Card Fault
273
oFA04
Option Card Fault
273
oFA30 to Option Card Fault
oFA43
273
268
268
to
268
oH
Heatsink Overheat
274
268
oH1
Heatsink Overheat
274
Motor Overheat 1 (PTC input)
274
CPF12
FLASH Memory Fault
268
oH3
CPF13
Watchdog Circuit Exception
269
oH4
Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input)
275
Motor Overload
275
CPF14
Control Circuit Fault
269
oL1
CPF16
Clock Fault
269
oL2
Drive Overload
275
Overtorque Detection 1
276
CPF17
Timing Fault
269
oL3
CPF18
Control Circuit Fault
269
oL4
Overtorque Detection 2
276
CPF19
Control Circuit Fault
269
oL5
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1
276
269
269
269
269
oL7
High Slip Braking oL
276
oPr
Operator Connection Fault
277
oS
Overspeed (for Simple V/f with PG)
277
ov
Overvoltage
277
PF
Input Phase Loss
278
PG Disconnect (for Simple V/f with
PG)
278
rH
Dynamic Braking Resistor
278
rr
Dynamic Braking Transistor
279
SC
IGBT Short Circuit
279
SEr
Too Many Speed Search Restarts
279
RAM Fault
CPF20 or FLASH Memory Fault
CPF21 Watchdog Circuit Exception
Clock Fault
CPF22
A/D Conversion Error
269
CPF23
PWM Feedback Data Fault
269
CPF24
Drive Capacity Signal Fault
270
CPF25
Terminal Board Not Connected
270
dEv
270
dWAL
Excessive Speed Deviation (for
Simple V/f with PG)
DriveWorksEZ Program Error
Output
dWFL
DriveWorksEZ Fault
EF0
264
Name
267
E5
to
Digital Operator
Display
Option Communication Error
CPF07
<1>
Pg.
bUS
CPF06
or
Name
EF1 to
EF7
PGo
<2>
270
MECHATROLINK Watchdog
Timer Error
270
Option External Fault
270
External Fault (input terminal S1 to
S7)
270
Err
EEPROM Write Error
271
FbH
Excessive PID Feedback
271
FbL
PID Feedback Loss
271
STo
Pull-Out Detection
279
UL3
Undertorque Detection 1
279
UL4
Undertorque Detection 2
280
UL5
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2
280
<3>
Uv1
Undervoltage
280
<3>
Uv2
Control Power Supply Undervoltage
280
Uv3
Soft Charge Circuit Fault
280
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
<1> Displayed as
when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display will show
.
<2> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later.
<3> Uv1 and Uv2 faults are not saved to the fault history
n Minor Faults and Alarms
When a minor fault or alarm occurs, the ALM LED flashes and the text display shows an alarm code. A fault has occurred if
the text remains lit and does not flash. Refer to Alarm Detection on page 282. An overvoltage situation, for example, can
trigger both faults and minor faults. It is therefore important to note whether the LEDs remain lit or if the LEDs flash.
Table 6.6 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays
AEr
bb
bUS
CALL
CE
Station Address Setting Error (CC-Link, CANopen,
MECHATROLINK)
Drive Baseblock
Minor Fault Output
(H2-oo = 10)
Pg.
YES
282
No output
282
Option Card Communications Error
YES
282
Serial Communication Transmission Error
YES
282
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
YES
283
CrST
Can Not Reset
YES
283
CyC
MECHATROLINK Comm. Cycle Setting Error
YES
283
dEv
Excessive Speed Deviation (for Simple V/f with PG)
YES
283
dnE
Drive Disabled
YES
284
DriveWorksEZ Alarm
YES
270
E5
MECHATROLINK Watchdog Timer Error
YES
284
EF
Run Command Input Error
YES
284
EF0
Option Card External Fault
YES
284
EF1 to EF7 External Fault (input terminal S1 to S7)
dWAL
to
Name
YES
284
FbH
Excessive PID Feedback
YES
285
FbL
PID Feedback Loss
YES
285
Hbb
Safe Disable Signal Input
YES
285
HbbF
Safe Disable Signal Input
YES
285
HCA
Current Alarm
YES
285
LT-1
Cooling Fan Maintenance Alarm
LT-2
Capacitor Maintenance Alarm
LT-3
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time
LT-4
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%)
No output
<1>
No output
<1>
No output
<1>
No output
286
286
286
<1>
286
oH
Heatsink Overheat
YES
286
oH2
Drive Overheat
YES
287
oH3
Motor Overheat
YES
287
oL3
Overtorque 1
YES
287
oL4
Overtorque 2
YES
287
oL5
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1
YES
288
oS
Overspeed (for Simple V/f with PG)
YES
288
ov
PASS
Overvoltage
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Complete
YES
288
No output
288
PGo
PG Disconnect (for Simple V/f with PG)
YES
288
rUn
During Run 2, Motor Switch Command Input
YES
289
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
265
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Digital Operator Display
SE
Name
Minor Fault Output
(H2-oo = 10)
Pg.
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault
YES
289
TrPC
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)
YES
289
UL3
Undertorque 1
YES
289
UL4
Undertorque 2
YES
289
UL5
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2
YES
280
Undervoltage
YES
290
Uv
<1> Output when H2-oo = F
n Operation Errors
Table 6.7 Operation Error Displays
Digital Operator
Display
Name
Pg.
Digital Operator
Display
Name
Pg.
oPE01
Drive Unit Setting Error
291
oPE08
Parameter Selection Error
293
oPE02
Parameter Setting Range Error
291
oPE09
PID Control Selection Error
293
oPE03
Multi-Function Input Setting Error
291
oPE10
V/f Data Setting Error
294
oPE04
Terminal Board Mismatch Error
292
oPE11
Carrier Frequency Setting Error
294
oPE05
Run Command Selection Error
292
oPE13
Pulse Train Monitor Selection Error
294
oPE07
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection
Error
292
n Auto-Tuning Errors
Table 6.8 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
Digital Operator
Display
266
Name
Pg.
Digital Operator
Display
Name
Pg.
End1
Excessive V/f Setting
295
Er-04
Line-to-Line Resistance Error
296
End2
Motor Iron Core Saturation Coefficient
Error
295
Er-05
No-Load Current Error
296
End3
Rated Current Setting Alarm
295
Er-08
Rated Slip Error
296
Er-01
Motor Data Error
295
Er-09
Acceleration Error
296
Er-02
Alarm
295
Er-11
Motor Speed Error
296
Er-03
STOP button Input
296
Er-12
Current Detection Error
296
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
6.4
Fault Detection
u Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Table 6.9 Detailed Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Option Communication Error
• After establishing initial communication, the connection was lost.
• Only detected when the run command frequency reference is assigned to an option card.
Cause
Possible Solution
No signal received from the PLC.
• Check for faulty wiring.
The communication cable is faulty or a short • Correct the wiring.
circuit exists.
• Check for loose wiring and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors
A communications data error occurred due to
if required.
noise.
• Use cables recommended by Yaskawa or another type of shielded line. Ground the shield on the
controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all wiring for communications devices from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise
filter to the input side of the drive input power.
The option card is damaged.
• Replace the option card if there are no problems with the wiring and the error continues to occur.
The option card is not properly connected to • The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
the drive.
• Reinstall the option card.
bUS
Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received for the CE detection time set to H5-09.
Cause
Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
Faulty communications wiring, or a short
• Correct the wiring.
circuit exists.
• Check for loose wiring and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Use Yaskawa-recommended cables, or another type of shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller
A communications data error occurred due to
side or on the drive input power side.
noise.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors
if required.
• Separate all wiring for communications devices from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise
filter to the input side of the drive input power.
Digital Operator Display
CF
Cause
Motor parameters are not set properly.
Torque limit is too low.
Load inertia is too big.
Digital Operator Display
CoF
Cause
Fault Name
Control Fault
A torque limit was reached continuously for three seconds or longer during a ramp to stop while in Open
Loop Vector Control.
Possible Solution
Check the motor parameter settings and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Set the torque limit to the most appropriate setting (L7-01 through L7-04).
• Adjust the deceleration time (C1-02, -04, -06, -08).
• Set the frequency to the minimum value and interrupt the run command when the drive finishes
decelerating.
Fault Name
Current Offset Fault
The current sensor is damaged or there was residual induction current in the motor (e.g., during sudden
deceleration or when coasting) when the drive attempted to start the motor.
Possible Solution
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
267
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
•
Create
a
motor
restart
sequence
that
allows
enough time for the residual induction voltage to dissipate.
Due to residual induction current in the motor
when the drive attempted to start the motor, • Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1). Use the multi-function terminals to execute External Speed
the drive attempted to adjust the current offset Search 1 and 2 (H1-oo = 61 or 62).
value beyond the allowable range.
Note: When using a PM motor, both External Speed Search 1 and 2 perform the same operation.
Digital Operator Display
CPF02
Fault Name
A/D Conversion Error
An A/D conversion error occurred.
Cause
Control circuit is damaged.
Possible Solution
Cycle power to the drive. If the problem continues, replace the drive.
• Check for wiring errors along the control circuit terminals.
Control circuit terminals have shorted out (+V, • Correct the wiring.
AC).
Check the resistance of the speed potentiometer and related wiring.
Control terminal input current has exceeded • Check the input current.
allowable levels.
• Reduce the current input to control circuit terminal (+V) to 20 mA.
Digital Operator Display
CPF03
Cause
Drive hardware is damaged.
Fault Name
PWM Data Error
There is a problem with the PWM data.
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF06
Cause
Control circuit is damaged.
The power supply was switched off when
parameters were written (e.g., using a
communications option card).
Fault Name
EEPROM Data Error
There is an error in the data saved to EEPROM.
Possible Solution
Cycle power to the drive. If the problem continues, replace the drive.
• Cycle power to the drive and check operation again.
• Initialize the drive using A1-03.
• If the problem persists after initializing the drive, replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF07
Cause
There is a fault connection between the
terminal board and control board.
Digital Operator Display
CPF08
Cause
Terminal board or control board is not
connected properly.
Fault Name
Terminal Board Communications Error
A communication error occurred at the terminal board.
Possible Solution
Turn the power off and reconnect the control circuit terminals.
Fault Name
EEPROM Serial Communication Fault
EEPROM communications are not functioning properly.
Possible Solution
Turn the power off and check the control terminal connections.
Digital Operator Display
CPF11
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF12
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
268
Fault Name
RAM Fault
Fault Name
FLASH Memory Fault
Problem with the ROM (FLASH memory).
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
CPF13
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Fault Name
Watchdog Circuit Exception
Self-diagnostics problem.
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF14
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Fault Name
Control Circuit Fault
CPU error (CPU operates incorrectly due to noise, etc.)
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF16
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Fault Name
Clock Fault
Standard clock error.
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
CPF17
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Digital Operator Display
CPF18
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Fault Name
Timing Fault
A timing error occurred during an internal process.
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Fault Name
Control Circuit Fault
CPU error. Non-Maskable Interrupt (An unusual interrupt was triggered by noise, etc.)
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF19
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Digital Operator Display
CPF20 or CPF21
or
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Fault Name
Control Circuit Fault
CPU error (Manual reset due to noise, etc.)
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Fault Name
One of the following faults occurred: RAM fault, FLASH memory error, watchdog circuit exception,
clock error
• RAM fault.
• FLASH memory error (ROM error).
• Watchdog circuit exception (self-diagnostic error).
• Clock error.
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF22
Cause
Fault Name
A/D Conversion Fault
A/D conversion error.
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 298.
• If the problem continues, replace the drive.
Control circuit is damaged.
Digital Operator Display
CPF23
Fault Name
PWM Feedback Fault
PWM feedback error.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
269
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Digital Operator Display
CPF24
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
Fault Name
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Fault Name
Drive Capacity Signal Fault
Entered a capacity that does not exist. (Checked when the drive is powered up.)
Possible Solution
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
CPF25
Cause
Terminal board is not connected correctly.
Digital Operator Display
dEv
Cause
Load is too heavy.
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too
short.
The load is locked up.
Parameters are not set appropriately.
Motor brake engaged.
Fault Name
Terminal Board Not Connected
Possible Solution
Reconnect the terminal board to the connector on the drive, then cycle the power to the drive.
Fault Name
Speed Deviation (for Simple V/f with PG)
According to the pulse input (RP), the speed deviation is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than
the time set to F1-11.
Possible Solution
Reduce the load.
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
Check the machine.
Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11.
Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
dWFL
DriveWorksEZ Fault
dWAL
DriveWorksEZ Program Error Output
Cause
Fault output by DriveWorksEZ
Possible Solution
Correct the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display
E5
Cause
Data has not been received from the PLC,
triggering the watchdog timer.
Fault Name
MECHATROLINK Watchdog Timer Error
The watchdog timed out.
Possible Solution
Execute DISCONNECT or ALM_CLR, then issue a CONNECT command or SYNC_SET command and
proceed to phase 3.
Digital Operator Display
EF0
Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
An external fault condition is present.
Cause
Possible Solution
An external fault was received from the PLC • Remove the cause of the external fault.
with other than F6-03 = 3 “alarm only” (the
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
drive continued to run after external fault).
Problem with the PLC program.
Check the PLC program and correct problems.
Digital Operator Display
EF1
EF2
EF3
270
Fault Name
External Fault (input terminal S1)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External Fault (input terminal S2)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External Fault (input terminal S3)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
EF4
EF5
EF6
EF7
Cause
An external device has tripped an alarm
function.
Wiring is incorrect.
Incorrect setting of multi-function contact
inputs.
Fault Name
External Fault (input terminal S4)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External Fault (input terminal S5)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External Fault (input terminal S6)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External Fault (input terminal S7)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7
Possible Solution
Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the fault.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault
detection (H1-oo = 20 to 2F).
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals set for H1-oo = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display
Err
Cause
-
Fault Name
EEPROM Write Error
Data does not match the EEPROM being written to.
Possible Solution
• Press the ENTER button.
• Correct the parameter settings.
• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 298.
Fault Name
Excessive PID Feedback
FbH
PID feedback input is greater than the level set b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Set b5-12 to
2 or 5 to enable fault detection.
Cause
Possible Solution
Parameters are not set appropriately.
Check the settings of parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
Wiring for PID feedback is incorrect.
Correct the wiring.
• Check the sensor on the control side.
There is a problem with the feedback sensor.
• Replace the sensor if damaged.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
PID Feedback Loss
This fault occurs when PID Feedback Loss Detection is programmed to fault (b5-12 = 2) and the PID
FbL
Feedback < PID Feedback Loss Detection Level (b5-13) for the PID Feedback Loss Detection Time
(b5-14).
Cause
Possible Solution
Parameters are not set appropriately.
Check the settings of parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
Wiring for PID feedback is incorrect.
Correct the wiring.
There is a problem with the feedback sensor. Check the sensor on the controller side. If damaged, replace the sensor.
Digital Operator Display
GF
Cause
Motor insulation is damaged.
Fault Name
Ground Fault
• Current shorted to ground exceeded 50% of rated current on output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-09 to 1 enables ground fault detection in models 2A0020 to 2A0069 and 4A0011 to 4A0038.
Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance of the motor.
• Replace the motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
271
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
• Check the motor cable.
• Remove the short circuit and turn the power back on.
A damaged motor cable is creating a short
circuit.
• Check the resistance between the cable and the ground terminal .
• Replace the cable.
The leakage current at the drive output is too • Reduce the carrier frequency.
high.
• Reduce the amount of stray capacitance.
• The value set exceeds the allowable setting range while the drive automatically adjusts the current offset
(this happens only attempting to restart a PM motor that is coasting to stop).
The drive started to run during Current Offset • Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1).
Fault or while coasting to a stop.
• Perform Speed Search 1 or 2 (H1-oo = 61 or 62) via one of the external terminals.
Note: Speed Search 1 and 2 are the same when using OLV/PM control mode.
Hardware problem.
• Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
LF
Cause
The output cable is disconnected.
The motor winding is damaged.
The output terminal is loose.
The motor being used is less than 5% of the
drive rated current.
An output transistor is damaged.
A single-phase motor is being used.
Fault Name
Output Phase Loss
• Phase loss on the output side of the drive.
• Phase Loss Detection is enabled when L8-07 is set to 1 or 2.
Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors and ensure the output cable is connected properly.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check the resistance between motor lines.
• Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
• Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size and
Torque Specifications on page 66.
Check the drive and motor capacities.
Replace the drive.
The drive being used cannot operate a single phase motor.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Output current imbalance
LF2
One or more of the phases in the output current is lost.
Cause
Possible Solution
Phase loss has occurred on the output side of • Check for faulty wiring or poor connections on the output side of the drive.
the drive.
• Correct the wiring.
Terminal wires on the output side of the drive Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size and
are loose.
Torque Specifications on page 66.
No signal displays from the gate driver board. Replace the drive. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
• Measure the line-to-line resistance for each motor phase. Ensure all values are the same.
Motor impedance or motor phases are uneven.
• Replace the motor. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
Digital Operator Display
nSE
Cause
The node setup terminal closed during Run.
A Run command was issued while the node
setup function was active.
Digital Operator Display
oC
Cause
The motor has been damaged due to
overheating or the motor insulation is
damaged.
272
Fault Name
Node Setup Error
A terminal assigned to the node setup function closed during Run.
Possible Solution
• Check whether a Run command was accidentally entered via the terminals or from a comm. option
unit.
• Turn off the Run command when using the node setup function.
Fault Name
Overcurrent
Drive sensors have detected an output current greater than the specified overcurrent level.
Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance.
• Replace the motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Fault Name
• Check the motor cables.
• Remove the short circuit and power the drive back up.
One of the motor cables has shorted out or
there is a grounding problem.
• Check the resistance between the motor cables and the ground terminal .
• Replace damaged cables.
• Measure the current flowing into the motor.
• Replace the drive with a larger capacity unit if the current value exceeds the rated current of the drive.
The load is too heavy.
• Determine if there is sudden fluctuation in the current level.
• Reduce the load to avoid sudden changes in the current level or switch to a larger drive.
Calculate the torque needed during acceleration relative to the load inertia and the specified acceleration
time.
The acceleration or deceleration times are too If the right amount of torque cannot be set, make the following changes:
• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07)
short.
• Increase the S-curve characteristics (C2-01 through C2-04)
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
•
The drive is attempting to operate a specialized Check the motor capacity.
motor or a motor larger than the maximum size • Ensure that the rated capacity of the drive is greater than or equal to the capacity rating found on the
allowed.
motor nameplate.
Magnetic contactor (MC) on the output side of Set up the operation sequence so that the MC is not tripped while the drive is outputting current.
the drive has turned on or off.
• Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
V/f setting is not operating as expected.
• Set parameter E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately. Set E3-04 through E3-10 when using a second motor.
• Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
• Check the amount of torque compensation.
Excessive torque compensation.
• Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
• Review the possible solutions provided for handling noise interference.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise
•
Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines
interference.
and ground wiring.
• Check if fault occurs simultaneously to overexcitation function operation.
Overexcitation gain is set too high.
• Consider motor flux saturation and reduce the value of n3-13 (Overexcitation Deceleration Gain).
• Set b3-01 to 1 to enable Speed Search at Start.
Run command applied while motor was
•
Program the Speed Search command input through one of the multi-function contact input terminals
coasting.
(H1-oo = “61” or “62”).
The wrong motor code has been entered for in Enter the correct motor code to E5-01 to indicate that a PM motor is connected.
OLV/PM (Yaskawa motors only).
Check which motor control method the drive is set to in A1-02.
The motor control method and motor do not • For IM motors, set A1-02 to 0 or 2.
match.
• For PM motors, set A1-02 to 5.
The motor cable is too long
Use a larger drive.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5
oFA00
The option card is incompatible with the drive.
Cause
Possible Solution
The option card is incompatible with the drive. Use a compatible option card.
Digital Operator Display
oFA01
6
Fault Name
Option Card Fault
Replace the option card.
Cause
Possible Solution
The option card is not connected properly to Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
the drive.
Digital Operator Display
oFA03
Fault Name
Option Card Fault
Option card self-diagnostic error
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
273
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
oFA04
oFA30 to oFA43
to
Cause
Option card or hardware is damaged.
Digital Operator Display
oH
Cause
Surrounding temperature is too high.
Load is too heavy.
Internal cooling fan is stopped.
Fault Name
Option Card Fault
An error occurred attempting to write to the option card memory.
Option Card Fault
Communication ID error
Possible Solution
Replace the option card. Contact Yaskawa for consultation.
Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the value set to L8-02. Default value for L8-02 is determined
by drive capacity (o2-04).
Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
• Decrease the load.
• Lower the carrier frequency in C6-02.
• After replacing the fan, set o4-03 to 0 to reset cooling fan maintenance.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat)
oH1
The temperature of the heatsink has exceeded 10 °C plus the default value of L8-02.
Cause
Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Reduce the load.
• Check the maintenance time for the cooling fan (U4-04).
The internal cooling fan has reached its
performance life or has malfunctioned.
• After replacing the fan, set o4-03 to 0 to reset cooling fan maintenance.
Current flowing to control circuit terminal +V • Check the current level of the terminal.
exceeded the tolerance level.
• Set the current to the control circuit terminal to be 20 mA or less.
Digital Operator Display
oH3
Cause
Motor has overheated
274
Fault Name
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input)
• The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1 or A2 exceeded the alarm detection level.
• Detection requires multi-function analog input H3-02 or H3-10 be set to E.
Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and
E1-10.
• Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively, as this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter the motor-rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
oH4
Cause
Motor has overheated.
Digital Operator Display
oL1
Fault Name
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)
• The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1 or A2 exceeded the fault detection level.
• Detection requires multi-function analog input H3-02 or H3-10 be set to E.
Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and
E1-10. Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively because this reduces load tolerance at low
speeds
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter the motor-rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Fault Name
Motor Overload
The electrothermal sensor tripped overload protection.
Note:
Cause
Cycle times are too short during acceleration
and deceleration.
• Drive overloaded at low speeds.
• Overload may occur at low speeds when
using a general-purpose motor, even if
operating within the rated current
limitation.
Although a special type of motor is being used,
the motor protection selection is set for a
general-purpose motor (L1-01 = 1).
The U4-16 value must be less than 100 before oL1 can be reset.
Possible Solution
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the speed.
• If the drive is supposed to operate at low speeds, either increase the motor capacity or use a motor
specifically designed to operate with the drive.
Set L1-01 to 2.
• Adjust the user set V/f patterns (E1-04 through E1-10). Parameters E1-08 and E1-10 may need to be
reduced.
• If E1-08 and E1-10 are set too high, there may be very little load tolerance at low speed.
• Check the motor-rated current.
The wrong motor-rated current is set to E2-01.
• Enter the value written on the motor nameplate to parameter E2-01.
The motor base frequency for the drive input • Check the rated frequency indicated on the motor nameplate.
power is set too low.
• Enter the rated frequency to E1-06 (Base Frequency).
Multiple motors are running off the same
Set L1-01 to 0 to disable the Motor Protection function and install a thermal relay to each motor.
drive.
• Check the motor characteristics.
The electrical thermal protection
characteristics and motor overload
• Correct the value set to L1-01 (Motor Protection Function).
characteristics do not match.
• Install an external thermal relay.
The electrical thermal relay is operating at the • Check the current rating listed on the motor nameplate.
wrong level.
• Check the value set for the motor-rated current (E2-01).
• Overexcitation increases the motor losses and the motor temperature. If applied too long, motor damage
can occur. Prevent excessive overexcitation operation or apply proper cooling to the motor
Motor overheated by overexcitation
operation.
• Reduce the excitation deceleration gain (n3-13).
• Set L3-04 (Stall Prevention during Deceleration) to a value other than 4.
• Check values set to Speed Search related parameters.
Speed Search related parameters are not set to • Adjust the Speed Search current and Speed Search deceleration times (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
the proper values.
• After Auto-Tuning, enable Speed Estimation Type Search (b3-24 = “1”).
Output current fluctuation due to input phase Check the power supply for phase loss.
loss
Digital Operator Display
oL2
Fault Name
Drive Overload
The thermal sensor of the drive triggered overload protection.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
275
Troubleshooting
Voltage is too high for the V/f characteristics.
6
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Cause
Possible Solution
Load is too heavy.
Reduce the load.
Cycle times are too short during acceleration Increase the settings for the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
and deceleration.
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and
E1-10.
Voltage is too high for the V/f characteristics.
• Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
Drive capacity is too small.
Replace the drive with a larger model.
• Reduce the load when operating at low speeds.
Overload occurred when operating at low
• Replace the drive with a model that is one frame size larger.
speeds.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive torque compensation.
Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss but less current.
• Check the settings for all Speed Search related parameters.
Speed Search related parameters are not set • Adjust the current used during Speed Search and the Speed Search deceleration time (b3-03 and b3-02
correctly.
respectively).
• After Auto-Tuning the drive, enable the Speed Search Estimation Type (b3-24 = “1”).
Output current fluctuation due to input phase Check the power supply for phase loss.
loss
Digital Operator Display
oL3
Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 1
The current has exceeded the value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time
(L6-03).
Possible Solution
Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
type of load.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the Check the status of the load. Remove the cause of the fault.
machine is locked up).
Digital Operator Display
oL4
Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 2
The current has exceeded the value set for Overtorque Detection 2 (L6-05) for longer than the allowable
time (L6-06).
Possible Solution
Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the Check the settings of parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
type of load.
Digital Operator Display
oL5
Cause
Overtorque occurred, triggering the
mechanical weakening level set to L6-08.
Digital Operator Display
oL7
Cause
Excessive load inertia.
Motor is driven by the load.
Something on the load side is restricting
deceleration.
Fault Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1
Overtorque occurred, matching the conditions specified in L6-08.
Possible Solution
Check for the cause of mechanical weakening.
Fault Name
High-Slip Braking oL
The output frequency stayed constant for longer than the time set in n3-04 during High-slip Braking.
Possible Solution
• Reduce deceleration times using parameters C1-02, C1-04, C1-06 and C1-08 in applications that do
not use High-slip Braking.
• Use a braking resistor to shorten deceleration time.
The overload time during High-slip Braking is • Increase parameter n3-04 (High-slip Braking Overload Time).
too short.
• Install a thermal relay and increase the parameter setting of n3-04 to the maximum value.
276
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
External Digital Operator Connection Fault
• The external operator has been disconnected from the drive.
Note: An oPr fault will occur when all of the following conditions are true:
oPr
• Output is interrupted when the operator is disconnected (o2-06 = 1).
• The run command is assigned to the operator
(b1-02 = 0 and LOCAL has been selected).
Cause
Possible Solution
• Check the connection between the operator and the drive.
External operator is not properly connected to • Replace the cable if damaged.
the drive.
• Turn off the drive input power and disconnect the operator. Next reconnect the operator and turn the
drive input power back on.
oS
Cause
Overshoot or undershoot is occurring.
Incorrect PG pulse settings.
Inappropriate parameter settings.
Fault Name
Overspeed (Simple V/f with PG)
Pulse input (RP) indicates that motor speed feedback exceeded F1-08 setting.
Possible Solution
• Adjust the gain by using the pulse train input parameters (H6-02 through H6-05).
• Increase the settings for C5-01 (Speed Control Proportional Gain 1) and reduce C5-02 (Speed Control
Integral Time 1).
Set the H6-02 (Pulse Train Input Scaling) = 100%, the frequency of the PG pulses at maximum motor
speed.
Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Overvoltage
Voltage in the DC bus has exceeded the overvoltage detection level.
ov
• For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
• For 400 V class: approximately 820 V (740 V when E1-01 is less than 400)
Cause
Possible Solution
• Increase the deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
Deceleration time is too short and regenerative • Install a braking resistor or a dynamic braking resistor unit.
energy flows from the motor into the drive. • Enable stall prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = “1”).
Stall prevention is enabled as the default setting.
• Check if sudden drive acceleration triggers an overvoltage alarm.
Fast acceleration time causes the motor to
• Increase the acceleration time.
overshoot the speed reference.
• Use longer S-curve acceleration and deceleration times.
The braking torque was too high, causing regenerative energy to charge the DC bus.
Excessive braking load.
Reduce the braking torque, use a braking option, or lengthen decel time.
a DC link choke.
Surge voltage entering from the drive input Install
Note:
Voltage
surge can result from thyristor convertor and phase advancing capacitor using same drive
power.
main input power supply.
Ground fault in the output circuit causing the • Check the motor wiring for ground faults.
DC bus capacitor to overcharge.
• Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
• Check the settings for Speed Search related parameters.
• Enable Speed Search Retry function
Improper Setting of Speed Search related
(b3-19 greater than or equal to 1 to 10).
parameters. (Includes Speed Search after a
momentary power loss and after a fault
• Adjust the current level during Speed Search and the deceleration time (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
restart.)
• Perform Line-to-Line Resistance Auto-Tuning and then enable Speed Estimation Type Speed Search
(b3-24 = 1).
• Enable the Overvoltage Suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
Excessive regeneration when overshoot
occurs after acceleration.
• Lengthen the S-curve at acceleration end.
• Check the voltage.
Drive input power voltage is too high.
• Lower drive input power voltage within the limits listed in the specifications.
The dynamic braking transistor is damaged. Replace the drive.
• Check braking transistor wiring for errors.
The braking transistor is wired incorrectly.
• Properly rewire the braking resistor device.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
277
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise
interference.
Load inertia has been set incorrectly.
Fault Name
• Review the list of possible solutions provided for controlling noise.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines
and ground wiring.
• Check the load inertia settings when using KEB, overvoltage suppression or Stall Prevention during
deceleration.
• Adjust L3-25 (Load Inertia Ratio) in accordance with the load.
Braking function is being used in PM Open
Loop Vector Control.
Connect a braking resistor.
Motor hunting occurs.
•
•
•
•
Adjust the parameters that control hunting.
Set the hunting prevention gain (n1-02).
Adjust the AFR time constant 1 (n2-02) and the AFR time constant 2 (n2-03) when in OLV Control.
Use parameters n8-45 (PM Speed Feedback Detection Suppression Gain)
and n8-47 (Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant).
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Input Phase Loss
PF
Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected when
L8-05 = 1 (enabled).
Cause
Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power.
There is phase loss in the drive input power.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals are tightened properly.
There is loose wiring in the drive input power
• Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges
terminals.
and Tightening Torques on page 58 for details.
• Check the voltage from the drive input power.
• Review the possible solutions for stabilizing the drive input power.
There is excessive fluctuation in the drive
• Disable Input Phase Loss Detection (L8-05 = “0”). PF is detected if DC bus ripple is too high. If it is
input power voltage.
disabled, there is no fault but the ripple is still too high, thereby the capacitors are stressed more and
lose lifetime.
There is poor balance between voltage phases. • Stabilize drive input power or disable phase loss detection.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace the drive if U4-05 is greater than 90%.
• Check for anything wrong with the drive input power.
• If nothing is wrong with the drive input power, try the following solutions if the alarm continues:
The main circuit capacitors are worn.
• Disable Input Phase Loss Protection selection (L8-05 = “0”). PF is detected if DC bus ripple is too high.
If it is disabled, there is no fault but the ripple is still too high, thereby the capacitors are stressed more
and lose lifetime.
• Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
PGo
Cause
Pulse input (RP) is disconnected.
Pulse input (RP) wiring is wrong.
Motor brake engaged.
Digital Operator Display
rH
Cause
Deceleration time is too short and excessive
regenerative energy is flowing back into the
drive.
278
Fault Name
PG Disconnect (for Simple V/f with PG)
No PG pulses are received for longer than the time set to F1-14.
Possible Solution
Reconnect the pulse input (RP).
Correct the wiring.
Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
Fault Name
Braking Resistor Overheat
Braking resistor protection was triggered.
Fault detection is enabled when L8-01 = 1 (disabled as a default).
Possible Solution
• Check the load, deceleration time and speed.
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Replace the braking option with a larger device that can handle the power that is discharged.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Recalculate
braking
load
and
braking
power.
Then
try reducing the braking load and checking the braking
Excessive braking inertia.
resistor settings and improve braking capacity.
• Check the specifications and conditions for the braking resistor device.
The proper braking resistor has not been
installed.
• Select the optimal braking resistor.
Note: The magnitude of the braking load trips the braking resistor overheat alarm, NOT the surface temperature. Using the braking resistor more frequently
than its rating trips the alarm even when the braking resistor surface is not very hot.
Digital Operator Display
rr
Cause
The braking transistor is damaged.
The control circuit is damaged.
Fault Name
Dynamic Braking Transistor
The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive and check if the fault reoccurs. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
on page 298.
• Replace the drive if the fault continues.
Digital Operator Display
SC
Fault Name
IGBT Short Circuit
Cause
Possible Solution
• Check motor wiring
• Cycle power to the drive.
IGBT short circuit detection and circuit fault
• If the problem continues, contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
IGBT fault
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Too Many Speed Search Restarts
The number of speed search restarts exceeded the number set to b3-19.
Cause
Possible Solution
• Reduce the detection compensation gain during Speed Search (b3-10).
Speed Search parameters are set to the wrong • Increase the current level when attempting Speed Search (b3-17).
values.
• Increase the detection time during Speed Search (b3-18).
• Repeat Auto-Tuning.
The motor is coasting in the opposite direction Set b3-14 to 1 to enable Bi-directional Speed Search.
of the Run command.
SEr
Fault Name
Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection
STo
Motor pull out or step out has occurred. Motor has exceeded its pull out torque.
Cause
Possible Solution
• Enter the correct motor code for the PM being used into E5-01.
The wrong motor code has been set (Yaskawa
• For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the Test Report
motors only).
provided for the motor.
• Increase the value set to n8-55 (Load Inertia for PM).
• Increase the value set to n8-51 (Pull-In Current during Accel/Decel for PM).
Load is too heavy.
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the motor or drive capacity.
Load inertia is too heavy.
Increase n8-55 (Load Inertia for PM).
Acceleration and deceleration times are too • Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
short.
• Increase the S-curve acceleration and deceleration times (C2-01).
Digital Operator Display
UL3
Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the
allowable time (L6-03).
Possible Solution
Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
type of load.
There is a fault on the machine side.
Check the load for any problems.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
279
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
UL4
Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-05) for longer than the
allowable time (L6-06).
Possible Solution
Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the Check the settings of parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
type of load.
There is a fault on the machine side.
Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display
UL5
Cause
Undertorque was detected and matched the
condition of mechanical loss detection
operation selection (L6-08).
Fault Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2
The operation conditions matched the conditions set to L6-08.
Possible Solution
Check the load side for any problems.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
DC Bus Undervoltage
One of the following conditions occurred while the drive was in operation:
• Voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level (L2-05).
Uv1
• For 200 V class: approximately 190 V (160 V for single phase drives)
• For 400 V class: approximately 380 V (350 V when E1-01 is less than 400) The fault is output only if
L2-01 = 0 or L2-01 = 1 and the DC bus voltage is under L2-05 for longer than L2-02.
Cause
Possible Solution
• The main circuit drive input power is wired incorrectly.
Input power phase loss.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure there are no loose terminals.
One of the drive input power wiring terminals
• Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges
is loose.
and Tightening Torques on page 58 for details.
•
Check the voltage.
There is a problem with the voltage from the
drive input power.
• Correct the voltage to within range listed in drive input power specifications.
The power has been interrupted.
Correct the drive input power.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
Drive internal circuitry has become worn.
• Replace the drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%.
The drive input power transformer is not large
enough and voltage drops after switching on Check the capacity of the drive input power transformer.
power.
Air inside the drive is too hot.
Check the drive internal temperature.
Problem with the CHARGE indicator.
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
Uv2
Fault Name
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault
Voltage is too low for the control drive input power.
Possible Solution
Cause
L2-02 changed from its default value in drive
that is 7.5 kW or smaller without installing a Correct parameter L2-02 setting or install optional Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru unit.
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
The wiring for the control power supply is
damaged.
• Replace the drive if the fault continues to occur.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Internal circuitry is damaged.
• Replace the drive if the fault continues to occur.
Digital Operator Display
Uv3
Cause
280
Fault Name
Undervoltage 3 (Inrush Prevention Circuit Fault)
The inrush prevention circuit has failed.
Possible Solution
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Replace the drive if the fault continues to occur.
Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the inrush prevention circuit.
Replace the drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%.
Troubleshooting
•
The contactor on the inrush prevention circuit •
is damaged.
•
•
6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
281
6.5 Alarm Detection
6.5
Alarm Detection
Alarms are drive protection functions that do not operate the fault contact. The drive will return to original status when the
cause of the alarm has been removed.
During an alarm condition, the Digital Operator display flashes and an alarm output is generated at the multi-function outputs
(H2-01 to H2-03), if programmed.
Investigate the cause of the alarm and Refer to Detailed Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 282 for the
appropriate action.
u Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Table 6.10 Detailed Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
AEr
Cause
Minor Fault Name
Station Address Setting Error (CC-Link, CANopen, MECHATROLINK)
Option card node address is outside the acceptable setting range.
Possible Solution
Station number is set outside the possible
setting range.
Digital Operator Display
bb
Cause
• Set parameter F6-10 to the proper value if a CC-Link option card is used
• Set parameter F6-20 to the proper value if a MECHATROLINK option card is used.
• Set parameter F6-35 to the proper value if a CANopen option card is used.
Digital Operator Display
bUS
Cause
YES
Minor Fault Name
Baseblock
Drive output interrupted as indicated by an external baseblock signal.
Possible Solution
External baseblock signal entered via multifunction input terminal (S1 to S7).
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Check external sequence and baseblock signal input timing.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
No output
Minor Fault Name
Option Communication Error
• After initial communication was established, the connection was lost.
• Assign a run command frequency reference to the option card.
Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
• Correct the wiring.
• Repair ground wiring or disconnected cables.
If there are no problems with the wiring and the fault continues to occur, replace the option
Option card is damaged.
card.
• The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins
The option card is not properly connected to
on the drive.
the drive.
• Reinstall the option card.
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines and ground
wiring.
• Try to reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise.
• Use surge absorbers on magnetic contactors or other equipment causing the disturbance.
• Use cables recommended by Yaskawa, or another type of shielded line. The shield
should be grounded on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• All wiring for communications devices should be separated from drive input power
lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the input side of the drive input power.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Connection is broken or master controller
stopped communicating.
Digital Operator Display
CALL
Cause
282
YES
Minor Fault Name
Serial Communication Transmission Error
Communication has not yet been established.
Possible Solution
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.5 Alarm Detection
Communications wiring is faulty, there is a
short circuit, or something is not connected
properly.
Programming error on the master side.
Communications circuitry is damaged.
Terminal resistance setting is incorrect.
Digital Operator Display
CE
Minor Fault Name
• Check for wiring errors.
• Correct the wiring.
• Remove and ground shorts and reconnect loose wires.
Check communications at start-up and correct programming errors.
• Perform a self-diagnostics check.
• Replace the drive if the fault continues to occurs.
The terminal slave drive must have the internal terminal resistance switch set correctly.
Place DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
Control data was not received correctly for two seconds.
Cause
Possible Solution
A data error occurred due to noise.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The CE detection time (H5-09) is set shorter •
than the time required for a communication •
cycle to take place.
•
•
Incompatible PLC software settings or there is
a hardware problem.
•
•
Communications cable is disconnected or
damaged.
•
Communication protocol is incompatible.
Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
Counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
Reduce noise on the controller side.
Use surge absorbers on magnetic contactors or other equipment causing the disturbance.
Use cables recommended by Yaskawa or another type of shielded line. The shield
should be grounded on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
Separate all wiring for communications devices from drive input power lines. Install an
EMC noise filter to the input side of the drive input power.
Check the H5 parameter settings as well as the protocol setting in the controller.
Ensure settings are compatible.
Check the PLC.
Change the software settings in the PLC.
Set a longer CE detection time (H5-09).
Check the PLC.
Remove the cause of the error on the controller side.
Check the connector for a signal through the cable.
Replace the communications cable.
Digital Operator Display
CrST
Cause
Fault reset was being executed when a run
command was entered.
Digital Operator Display
CyC
Cause
Cause
YES
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solution
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
• Ensure that a run command cannot be entered from the external terminals or option card
during fault reset.
• Turn off the run command.
YES
Minor Fault Name
MECHATROLINK Comm. Cycle Setting Error
Comm. Cycle Setting Error was detected.
The controller is using a comm. cycle beyond Set the comm. cycle for the upper controller within the allowable setting range for the
the allowable setting range for the
MECHATROLINK option unit.
MECHATROLINK option unit.
dEv
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Can Not Reset
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
YES
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Minor Fault Name
Speed Deviation (for Simple V/f with PG)
According to the pulse input (RP), the speed deviation is greater than the setting in F1-10 for a time longer
than the setting in F1-11.
Possible Solution
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
283
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
Load is too heavy
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too
short.
The load is locked up.
Parameter settings are inappropriate.
The motor brake engaged.
Minor Fault Name
Reduce the load.
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
Check the machine.
Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11.
Ensure the brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display
dnE
Minor Fault Name
Drive Disabled
Cause
Possible Solution
“Drive Enable” is set to a multi-function
contact input (H1-oo = 6A) and that signal
was switched off.
Check the operation sequence.
Cause
Minor Fault Name
MECHATROLINK Watchdog Timer Error
Possible Solution
The watchdog timer expired while waiting for Issue a DISCONNECT or ALM_CLR command, followed by a CONNECT or
data from the controller.
SYNC_SET command and move to phase 3.
Digital Operator Display
EF
Cause
Check the forward and reverse command sequence and correct the problem.
Note: Motor ramps to stop when minor fault EF is detected.
Digital Operator Display
EF0
Cause
EF2
EF3
EF4
EF5
EF6
EF7
284
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Minor Fault Name
An external fault was received from the PLC • Remove the cause of the external fault.
with F6-03 = 3 (causing the drive to continue
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
running when an external fault occurs).
Check the PLC program and correct problems.
There is a problem with the PLC program.
EF1
YES
Option Card External Fault
An external fault condition is present.
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault Name
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error
Both forward run and reverse run closed simultaneously for over 0.5 s.
Possible Solution
Sequence error
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Digital Operator Display
E5
YES
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Minor Fault Name
External fault (input terminal S1)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External fault (input terminal S2)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External fault (input terminal S3)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External fault (input terminal S4)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External fault (input terminal S7)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault Name
Cause
Possible Solution
Wiring is incorrect.
Multi-function contact inputs are set
incorrectly.
Digital Operator Display
FbH
Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for
external fault detection (H1-oo = 20 to 2F).
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1-oo = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
• Change the terminal settings.
Minor Fault Name
Excessive PID Feedback
The PID feedback input is higher than the level set in b5-36 for longer than the time set in b5-37, and
b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Cause
Possible Solution
Parameters settings for b5-36 and b5-37 are
incorrect.
PID feedback wiring is faulty.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned.
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
Digital Operator Display
FbL
Correct the wiring.
Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace the drive.
Correct the wiring.
Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace the drive.
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solution
Check if external safety circuit tripped and disabled the drive. If the Safe Disable function
is not utilized, check if the terminals HC, H1, and H2 are linked.
Internally, the Safe Disable channel is broken. Replace the drive.
There is no signal at terminal H1.
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
HCA
Cause
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
6
Minor Fault Name
Safe Disable Signal Input
The safe disable input hardware is defective.
Cause
One of the Safe Disable channels is faulty.
YES
Safe Disable Signal Input
The Safe Disable Input channel is open.
Cause
HbbF
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Check parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
Digital Operator Display
Digital Operator Display
YES
Minor Fault Name
PID Feedback Loss
The PID feedback input is lower than the level set in b5-13 for longer than the time set in b5-14, and
b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Possible Solution
Hbb
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Check parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
Cause
Parameters settings for b5-13 and b5-14 are
incorrect.
PID feedback wiring is faulty.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned.
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
YES
Replace the drive.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Minor Fault Name
Current Alarm
Drive current exceeded overcurrent warning level (150% of the rated current).
Possible Solution
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Troubleshooting
An external device has tripped an alarm
function.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
285
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault Name
• Measure the current flowing through the motor.
Load is too heavy.
• Reduce the load or increase the capacity of the drive.
• Calculate the torque required during acceleration and for the inertia moment.
Acceleration and deceleration times are too • If the torque level is not right for the load, take the following steps:
short.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
A special-purpose motor is being used, or the • Check the motor capacity.
drive is attempting to run a motor greater than • Use a motor appropriate for the drive. Ensure the motor is within the allowable capacity
the maximum allowable capacity.
range.
Digital Operator Display
LT-1
Cause
Minor Fault Name
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time
The cooling fan has reached its expected maintenance period and may need to be replaced.
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if H2-oo = 2F.
Possible Solution
The cooling fan has reached 90% of its
expected performance life.
Digital Operator Display
LT-2
Cause
Replace the cooling fan and reset the Maintenance Monitor by setting o4-03 to 0.
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control
have reached 90% of their expected
board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
performance life.
LT-3
Cause
The DC bus soft charge relay has reached 90% Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control
of their expected performance life.
board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
LT-4
Cause
Digital Operator Display
oH
Cause
286
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
–
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
–
Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%)
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if H2-oo = 2F.
Possible Solution
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected
performance life.
–
Minor Fault Name
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time
The DC bus soft charge relay is nearing the end of its expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if H2-oo = 2F.
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault Name
Capacitor Maintenance Time
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors are nearing the end of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if H2-oo = 2F.
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
YES
Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
–
Minor Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
The temperature exceeded the value set to L8-02.
Possible Solution
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.5 Alarm Detection
Surrounding temperature is too high
Internal cooling fan has stopped.
Airflow around the drive is restricted.
Minor Fault Name
Check the surrounding temperature.
Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Install a fan or air conditioner to cool surrounding area.
Remove anything near drive that may cause extra heat.
Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Replacement on page 317.
After replacing the fan, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter to (o4-03 = “0”).
Provide proper installation space around the drive as indicated in the manual. Refer to
Correct Installation Orientation on page 38.
• Allow for the specified space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the
control panel.
• Check for dust or foreign materials clogging cooling fan.
• Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Digital Operator Display
oH2
Cause
Minor Fault Name
Drive Overheat Warning
“Drive Overheat Warning” was input to a multi-function input terminal, S1 through S7 (H1-oo= B)
Possible Solution
An external device triggered and overheat
warning in the drive.
• Search for the device that tripped the overheat warning.
• Solving the problem will clear the warning.
Digital Operator Display
oH3
Cause
Cause
YES
Motor Overheat
The motor overheat signal entered to a multi-function analog input terminal exceeded the alarm level
(H3-02 or H3-10 = E).
Motor thermostat wiring is fault (PTC input). Repair the PTC input wiring.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up).
• Remove the cause of the fault.
• Check the load size, accel/decel times, and cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase accel and decel times (C1-01 to C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing
E1-08 and E1-10. Note: Do not lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively, because this
Motor has overheated.
reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter motor-rated current on motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
oL3
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
YES
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 1
Drive output current (or torque in OLV) was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03.
Possible Solution
Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up).
• Remove the cause of the fault.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Inappropriate parameter settings.
Digital Operator Display
oL4
Cause
YES
Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 2
Drive output current (or torque in OLV) was greater than L6-05 for longer than the time set in L6-06.
Possible Solution
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
287
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
6
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
Parameter settings are not appropriate.
Minor Fault Name
Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine being used.
machine is locked up).
• Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display
oL5
Cause
Minor Fault Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1
Overtorque occurred, matching the conditions specified in L6-08.
Possible Solution
Overtorque occurred, triggering the
mechanical weakening level set to L6-08.
Digital Operator Display
oS
Cause
Overshoot or undershoot is occurring.
PG pulse settings are incorrect.
Parameter settings are inappropriate.
Digital Operator Display
ov
Cause
Check for the cause of mechanical weakening.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
• Adjust the gain by using the pulse train input parameters (H6-02 through H6-05).
• Adjust the speed feedback accuracy.
• Increase the settings for C5-01 (Speed Control Proportional Gain 1) and reduce C5-02
(Speed Control Integral Time 1).
Set the H6-02 (Pulse Train Input Scaling) to the frequency of PG pulses at maximum motor
speed.
Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08
and F1-09).
YES
Minor Fault Name
DC Bus Overvoltage
The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
For 400 V class: approximately 820 V (740 V when E1-01 < 400)
Digital Operator Display
Digital Operator Display
PGo
Cause
288
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete
Possible Solution
MEMOBUS/Modbus test has finished
normally.
YES
Possible Solution
• Install an AC reactor or DC link choke.
Surge voltage present in the drive input power. • Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor
operating on the same drive input power system.
• The motor is short-circuited.
• Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
• Ground current has over-charged the main • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
circuit capacitors via the drive input power.
• Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
• Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main
circuit lines and ground wiring.
Noise interference causes the drive to operate
incorrectly.
• If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to
the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.
Cause
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault Name
Overspeed (for Simple V/f with PG)
Pulse input (RP) indicates that motor speed feedback exceeded F1-08 setting.
Possible Solution
PASS
YES
This verifies that the test was successful.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
No output
Minor Fault Name
PG Disconnect (for Simple V/f with PG)
Detected when no PG pulses received for a time longer than setting in F1-14.
Possible Solution
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.5 Alarm Detection
Minor Fault Name
Reconnect the pulse input (RP).
Correct the wiring.
Ensure the brake releases properly
YES
Digital Operator Display
rUn
Minor Fault Name
Motor Switch during Run
A command to switch motors was entered during run.
Cause
Possible Solution
A motor switch command was entered during Change the operation pattern so that the motor switch command is entered while the drive
run.
is stopped.
Digital Operator Display
SE
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solution
A digital input programmed to 67H
(MEMOBUS/Modbus test) was closed while Stop the drive and run the test again.
the drive was running.
TrPC
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
UL3
Cause
Replace the drive.
Cause
Digital Operator Display
UL5
Cause
Undertorque was detected and matched the
condition of mechanical loss detection
operation selection (L6-08).
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
Drive output current (or torque in OLV) less than L6-05 for longer than L6-06 time.
Possible Solution
Inappropriate parameter settings.
The load has dropped or decreased
significantly.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
Drive output current (or torque in OLV) less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03 time.
Inappropriate parameter settings.
Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Load has dropped or decreased significantly. Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
UL4
No output
YES
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.
Cause
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected
performance life.
YES
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error
Cause
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
YES
6
Minor Fault Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2
The operation conditions matched the conditions set to L6-08.
Possible Solution
Check the load side for any problems.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
Pulse input (RP) is disconnected.
Pulse input (RP) wiring is wrong.
Motor brake is engaged.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
YES
289
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
Uv
Cause
Minor Fault Name
Undervoltage
One of the following conditions was true when the drive was stopped and a run command was entered:
• DC bus voltage dropped below the level specified in L2-05.
• Contactor to suppress inrush current in the drive was open.
• Low voltage in the control drive input power. This alarm outputs only if L2-01 is not 0 and DC bus
voltage is under L2-05.
Possible Solution
Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power. Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals have been properly tightened.
Loose wiring in the drive input power
• Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to
terminals.
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques on page 58.
• Check the voltage.
There is a problem with the drive input power
• Lower the voltage of the drive input power so that it is within the limits listed in the
voltage.
specifications.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
Drive internal circuitry is worn.
• Replace the drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%.
The drive input power transformer is not large • Check for a tripped alarm when the magnetic contactor, line breaker and leakage breaker
are turned on.
enough and voltage drops when the power is
switched on.
• Check the capacity of the drive input power transformer.
Air inside the drive is too hot.
• Check the temperature inside the drive.
The CHARGE indicator light is broken or
• Replace the drive.
disconnected.
Minor Fault
(H2-oo = 10)
Phase loss in the drive input power.
290
YES
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
6.6
Operator Programming Errors
An Operator Programming Error (oPE) occurs when an inappropriate parameter is set or an individual parameter setting is
inappropriate.
The drive will not operate until the parameter is set correctly; however, no alarm or fault outputs will occur. If an oPE occurs,
investigate the cause and Refer to oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 291 for the appropriate action. When
an oPE error is displayed, press the ENTER button to display U1-18 (oPE fault constant). This monitor displays the parameter
causing the oPE error.
u oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Table 6.11 Detailed oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
oPE01
Error Name
Drive Capacity Setting Fault
Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.
Possible Solution
Cause
The drive capacity setting (o2-04) and the
actual capacity of the drive are not the same. Correct the value set to o2-04.
Digital Operator Display
oPE02
Fault Name
Parameter Range Setting Error
Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside the range.
Possible Solution
Cause
Parameters were set outside the possible
Set parameters to the proper values.
setting range.
Note: Other errors are given precedence over oPE02 when multiple errors occur at the same time.
oPE03
Cause
• The same function is assigned to two
multi-function inputs.
• Excludes “Not used” and “External Fault.”
The Up command was set but the Down
command was not, or vice versa (settings 10
vs. 11).
The Up 2 command was set but the Down 2
command was not, or vice versa (settings 75
vs. 76).
• Run/Stop command for a 2-Wire sequence
2 was set (H1-oo = 42), but forward/
reverse command (H1-oo = 43) was not.
• “Drive Enable” is set to multi-function
input S1 or S2 (H1-01 = 6A or H1-02 = 6A).
Two of the following functions are set at the
same time:
• Up/Down Command (10 vs. 11)
• Up 2/Down 2 Command (75 vs. 76)
• Hold Accel/Decel Stop (A)
• Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold
(1E)
• Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 Calculations (44,
45, 46)
The Up/Down command (10, 11) is enabled at
the same time as PID control (b5-01).
Fault Name
Multi-Function Input Selection Error
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-01 to H1-07.
Possible Solution
• Ensure all multi-function inputs are assigned to different functions.
• Re-enter the multi-function settings to ensure this does not occur.
Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display
Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
6
• Check if contradictory settings have been assigned to the multi-function input terminals at the same
time.
• Correct setting errors.
Set b5-01 to 0 to disable PID control or disable the Up/Down command.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
291
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Settings for NC and NO input for the following
functions were selected at the same time:
• External Search Command 1 and External
Search Command 2 (61 vs. 62)
• Fast-Stop N.O. and Fast-Stop N.C.
(15 vs. 17)
• KEB for Momentary Power Loss and High
Slip Braking
(65, 66, 7A, 7B vs. 68)
• Motor Switch Command and Accel/Decel
Time 2
Check for contradictory settings assigned to the multi-function input terminals at the same time. Correct
(16 vs. 1A)
setting errors.
• KEB Command 1 and KEB Command 2
(65, 66 vs. 7A, 7B)
• FWD Run Command (or REV) and FWD/
REV Run Command (2-wire)
(40, 41 vs. 42, 43)
• External DB Command and Drive Enable
(60 vs. 6A)
• Motor Switch Command and Up 2/Down 2
Command
(16 vs. 75, 76)
One of the following settings was entered
while H1-oo = 2 (External Reference 1/2):
• b1-15 = 4 (Pulse Train Input) and H6-01
(Pulse Train Input Function Selection) not
= 0 (Frequency Reference)
• b1-15 or b1-16 set to 3 but no option card
connected
Correct the settings for the multi-function input terminal parameters.
• Although b1-15 = 1 (Analog Input) and
H3-02 or H3-10 are set to 0 (Frequency
Bias).
H2-oo = 38 (Drive Enabled) but H1-oo is
not set to 6A (Drive Enable).
H1-oo = 7E (Direction Detection) although
H6-01 is not set to 3 (Simple V/f with PG).
Digital Operator Display
oPE04
Fault Name
Initialization required.
Cause
Possible Solution
The drive, control board, or terminal board has
been replaced and the parameter settings
To load the parameter settings to the drive that are stored in the terminal board, set A1-03 to 5550. Initialize
between the control board and the terminal
parameters after drive replacement by setting A1-03 to 1110 or 2220.
board no longer match.
Digital Operator Display
oPE05
Fault Name
Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error
Cause
Frequency reference is assigned to an option
card (b1-01 = 3) that is not connected to the
drive.
Reconnect the option card to the drive.
The Run command is assigned to an option
card (b1-02 = 3) that is not connected to the
drive.
Frequency reference is assigned to the pulse
train input (b1-01 = 4), but terminal RP is not Set H6-01 to 0.
set for pulse train input (H6-01 > 0)
Digital Operator Display
oPE07
Cause
292
Possible Solution
Fault Name
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02 through to H3-10 and PID
functions conflict.
Possible Solution
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
Digital Operator Display
H3-02 and H3-10 are set to the same value.
Fault Name
Change the settings to H3-02 and H3-10 so that functions no longer conflict.
Note: Both 0 (primary analog frequency reference) and F (Not Used) can be set to H3-02 and H3-10 at
the same time.
The following simultaneous contradictory
settings: H3-02 or H3-10 = B (PID Feedback)
H6-01 (Pulse Train Input) = 1 (PID Feedback)
The following simultaneous contradictory
settings: H3-02 or H3-10 = C (PID Target
Value) H6-01 = 2 (pulse train input sets the
PID target value)
Disable one of the PID selections.
The following simultaneous contradictory
settings: H3-02 or H3-10 = C (PID Target
Value) b5-18 = 1 (enables b5-19 as the target
PID value)
The following simultaneous contradictory
settings: H6-01 or H3-10 = C (PID Target
Value) b5-18 = 1 (enables b5-19 as the target
PID value)
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Attempted to use a function in the V/f motor
control method that is only possible in Open
Loop Vector Control.
Simple V/f with PG was enabled while not in
V/f Control (H6-01 = 3).
In Open Loop Vector Control, n2-02 is greater
than n2-03
In Open Loop Vector Control, C4-02 is greater
than C4-06
Parameter Selection Error
A function has been set that cannot be used in the motor control method selected.
Possible Solution
Check the motor control method and the functions available.
To use Simple V/f with PG, ensure the motor control method has been set to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
Correct parameter settings so that n2-02 is less than n2-03.
Correct parameter settings so that C4-02 is less than C4-06.
In OLV/PMl, parameters E5-02 to E5-07 are • Set the correct motor code in accordance with the motor being used (E5-01).
set to 0.
• When using a special-purpose motor, set E5-oo in accordance with the Test Report provided.
The following conditions are true in PM Open
Loop Vector Control:
• Set E5-09 or E5-24 to the correct value, and set the other to “0”.
• E5-03 does not equal 0
• Set the motor-rated current for PM to “0” (E5-03).
• E5-09 and E5-24 are both equal to 0, or
neither equals 0
Note: Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside of the specified setting range. Other errors are given precedence over oPE08 when multiple errors occur
simultaneously.
Digital Operator Display
oPE09
Fault Name
PID Control Selection Fault
PID control function selection is incorrect. Requires that PID control is enabled (b5-01 = 1 to 4).
Possible Solution
Cause
The following simultaneous contradictory
settings:
• b5-15 not 0.0 (PID Sleep Function
• Set b5-15 to a value other than 0.
Operation Level)
• Set the stopping method to coast to stop or ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0 or 1).
• The stopping method is set to either DC
injection braking or coast to stop with a
timer (b1-03 = 2 or 3).
• D control is being used on the setpoint
deviation (b5-01 = 1) or on the feedback
value (b5-01 = 2).
• A negative PID output value is set to operate Set parameters b5-01, b5-11, and d2-02 to the proper values.
the drive in reverse (b5-11 = 1) and the
frequency reference lower limit greater than
0 (d2-02 > 0).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Troubleshooting
oPE08
Fault Name
6
293
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
• D control is being used on the setpoint
deviation and the frequency reference plus
the PID output (b5-01 = 4), D control is
being used on the feedback value and the
Set parameters b5-01 and d2-02 to the proper values.
frequency reference plus the PID output
(b5-01 = 4).
• The frequency reference lower limit is set
to a value greater than 0 (d2-02 > 0).
The absolute value of the lower limit for PID
output is greater than the PID upper limit
Set parameters b5-34 and b5-06 to the proper values.
(b5-34 > b5-06).
Digital Operator Display
oPE10
Cause
V/f pattern setting error.
Digital Operator Display
oPE11
Fault Name
V/f Data Setting Error
One or more of the parameters listed below are not set according to the formula:
• E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
• E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ E3-11 ≤ E3-04
Possible Solution
Correct the settings for E1-04, E1-06, E1-07, E1-09, and E1-11.
For motor 2, correct E3-04, E3-06, E3-07, E3-09, and E3-11.
Fault Name
Carrier Frequency Setting Error
Correct the setting for the carrier frequency.
Possible Solution
Cause
The following simultaneous contradictory
settings: C6-05 is greater than 6 and C6-04 is
greater than C6-03 (carrier frequency lower
limit is greater than the upper limit). If C6-05
is less than or equal to 6, the drive operates at Correct the parameter settings.
C6-03.
Upper and lower limits between C6-02 and
C6-05 contradict each other.
Digital Operator Display
oPE13
Cause
Fault Name
Pulse Monitor Selection Error
Incorrect setting of monitor selection for Pulse Train (H6-06).
Possible Solution
Scaling for the Pulse Train monitor is set to 0
(H6-07 = 0) while H6-06 is not set to 000, 031, Change scaling for the Pulse Train monitor or set H6-06 to 000, 031, 101, 102, 105, or 116.
101, 102, 105, or 116.
294
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
6.7
Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Auto-Tuning faults are shown below. When the following faults are detected, the fault is displayed on the digital operator and
the motor coasts to a stop. No fault or alarm outputs will occur
u Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Table 6.12 Detailed Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
End1
Error Name
Excessive V/f Setting. Displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete.
Cause
The torque reference exceeded 20% during
Auto-Tuning.
Possible Solution
• Before Auto-Tuning the drive, verify the information written on the motor nameplate and enter that
data to T1-03 through T1-05.
The no-load current exceeded 80% of the drive • Enter proper information to parameters T1-03 to T1-05 and repeat Auto-Tuning.
rated current during Auto-Tuning.
• If possible, disconnect the motor from the load and perform Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Motor
Iron-Core
Saturation
Coefficient.
Detected
only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after
End2
Auto-Tuning is complete.
Cause
Possible Solution
•
Enter
the
correct
data.
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was
incorrect.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Auto-Tuning calculated values outside the
parameter setting range, assigning the iron- • Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
core saturation coefficient (E2-07, E2-08) a • Disconnect the motor from machine and perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
temporary value.
Digital Operator Display
End3
Fault Name
Rated Current Setting Alarm (displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Cause
Possible Solution
• The motor line-to-line resistance and the
motor-rated current are not consistent with •
Check T1-04 setting.
one another.
•
Check the motor data and repeat Auto-Tuning.
• The correct current rating printed on the
nameplate was not entered into T1-04.
Digital Operator Display
Fault Name
Motor Data Error
Troubleshooting
Er-01
Cause
Possible Solution
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Enter the correct data.
incorrect.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
•
Motor output and motor-rated current settings Check the drive and motor capacities.
(T1-02 and T1-04) do not match.
• Correct the settings of parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
Motor output and no-load current settings
• Check the motor-rated current and no-load current.
(T1-04 and E2-03) do not match. Data
required when Auto-Tuning for OLV Control • Correct the settings of parameters T1-04 and E2-03.
or Stationary Auto-Tuning.
Base frequency and base motor rotations
Set T1-05 and T1-07 to the correct values.
(T1-05 and T1-07) do not match.
Digital Operator Display
Er-02
6
Fault Name
Minor Fault
Cause
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was •
incorrect.
•
The wiring is faulty.
•
•
Load is too heavy.
•
Possible Solution
Enter the correct data.
Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Check the wiring and correct defective connections.
Check around the machine.
Check the load.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
295
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Er-03
Cause
Auto-Tuning canceled by pressing STOP
button.
Fault Name
STOP Button Input
Possible Solution
Auto-Tuning did not complete properly and will have to be performed again.
Digital Operator Display
Er-04
Fault Name
Line-to-Line Resistance Error
Cause
Possible Solution
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Enter the correct data.
incorrect.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Auto-Tuning did not complete within
designated time frame.
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
Drive-calculated values outside parameter
setting range.
Digital Operator Display
Er-05
Fault Name
No-Load Current Error
Cause
Possible Solution
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Enter the correct data.
incorrect.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Auto-Tuning did not complete within
designated time frame.
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
Drive-calculated values outside parameter
setting range.
Digital Operator Display
Er-08
Fault Name
Rated Slip Error
Cause
Possible Solution
•
Enter
the
correct
data.
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was
incorrect.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Auto-Tuning did not complete within
designated time frame.
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
Values calculated by the drive are outside the • Disconnect the motor from machine and perform Auto-Tuning.
allowable parameter setting ranges.
Digital Operator Display
Er-09
Fault Name
Acceleration Error (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning)
Cause
The motor did not accelerate for the specified •
acceleration time.
•
Torque limit when motoring is too low (L7-01 •
and L7-02).
•
Possible Solution
Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
Check if it is possible to disconnect the machine from the motor.
Check the settings of parameters L7-01 and L7-02.
Increase the setting.
Digital Operator Display
Er-11
Fault Name
Motor Speed Fault (detected only when Auto-Tuning is enabled)
Cause
Possible Solution
Torque reference is too high. (Enabled in OLV • Increase the acceleration time in C1-01.
only.)
• Disconnect the machine from the motor, if possible.
Digital Operator Display
Er-12
Cause
One of the motor phases is missing
(U/T1, V/T2, W/T3).
296
Fault Name
Current Detection Error
Possible Solution
Check motor wiring and correct problems.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Current exceeded the current rating of the
drive.
The current is too low.
Connect the motor and perform Auto-Tuning.
Replace the drive.
Troubleshooting
Attempted Auto-Tuning without motor
connected to the drive.
Current detection signal error.
Fault Name
• Check the motor wiring for a short between motor lines.
• If a magnetic contactor is used between motors, ensure it is on.
• Replace the drive.
6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
297
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
6.8
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
When a fault occurs and the drive stops, follow the instructions below to remove whatever conditions triggered the fault, then
restart the drive.
u Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between
the ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause
damage to equipment.
1.
2.
3.
Turn on the drive input power.
Use monitor parameters U2-oo to display data on the operating status of the drive just before the fault occurred.
Remove the cause of the fault and reset.
Note:
To find out what faults were triggered, check U2-02 (Fault History). Information on drive status when the fault occurred such
as the frequency, current and voltage, can be found in U2-03 through U2-17. Refer to Viewing Fault Trace Data After
Fault on page 298 for information on how to view fault trace data.
Note:
When the fault continues to be displayed after cycling power, remove the cause of the fault and reset.
u If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs
1.
2.
3.
Look at the LED operator for information on the fault that occurred.
Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 267
Reset the fault. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 298.
u Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault
Step
Display/Result
on the drive input power. The first screen
1. Turn
displays.
STOP
2. Press
3. Press
until the monitor screen is displayed.
to display the parameter setting screen.
STOP
and > until U2-02 (Fault History) is
4. Press
displayed.
5. Press
to view most recent fault (here, EF3).
to view drive status information when
6. Press
fault occurred.
U2-03 through U2-17 help determine
7. Parameters
cause of fault.
to
u Fault Reset Methods
After the Fault Occurs
Fix the cause of the fault, restart the
drive, and reset the fault
Procedure
Press
on the digital operator.
STOP
then open the fault signal digital input via
Fix the cause of the fault and reset via Close
terminal
S4. S4 is set fault reset as default (H1-04
Fault Reset Digital Input S4.
= 12)
298
Drive
Fault Reset Switch
S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
SC Digital Input Common
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
After the Fault Occurs
Procedure
2
ON
1
OFF
Troubleshooting
If the above methods do not reset the fault, turn off the drive main power supply. Reapply
power after LED operator display is out.
6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
299
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
6.9
Troubleshooting without Fault Display
This section describes troubleshooting problems that do not trip an alarm or fault.
u Cannot Change Parameter Settings
Cause
Possible Solutions
The drive is running the motor (i.e., the Run command • Stop the drive and switch over to the Programming Mode.
is present).
• Most parameters cannot be edited during run.
The Access Level is set to restrict access to parameter • Set the Access Level to allow parameters to be edited (A1-01 = 2).
settings.
• See what mode the LED parameter is current set for.
The operator is not in the Parameter Setup Mode (the
• Parameters cannot be edited when in the Setup Mode (“STUP”). Switch modes so that “PAr”
LED screen will display “PAr”).
appears on the screen.
A multi-function contact input terminal is set to allow • When the terminal is open, parameters cannot be edited.
or restrict parameter editing (H1-01 through H1-07 =
• Turn on the multi-function contact input set to 1B.
1B).
• If the password entered to A1-04 does not match the password saved to A1-05, then drive
settings cannot be changed.
• Reset the password.
If you cannot remember the password:
The wrong password was entered.
•
STOP
Display parameter A1-04. Press the
button while pressing
at the same time.
Parameter A1-05 will appear.
• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
• Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
Undervoltage was detected.
• Check all main circuit wiring.
u Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External
Run Command
n Motor Does Not Rotate
Cause
The drive is not in the Drive Mode.
Possible Solutions
• Check if the DRV light on the LED operator is lit.
• Enter the Drive Mode to begin operating the motor. Refer to The Drive and Programming
Modes on page 84.
Stop the drive and check if the correct frequency reference source is selected. If the operator keypad
shall be the source, the LO/RE button LED must be on, if the source is REMOTE, it must be off.
Take the following steps to solve the problem:
The
button was pushed.
•
Push the
button.
• If o2-01 is set to 0, then the LO/RE button will be disabled.
• When Auto-Tuning has completed, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The
Run command will not be accepted unless the drive is in the Drive Mode.
Auto-Tuning has just completed.
• Use the LED operator to enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive and Programming
Modes on page 84.
A Fast-Stop was executed and has not yet been reset. Reset the Fast-Stop command.
Check parameter b1-02 (Run Command Selection).
Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct run command source.
Settings are incorrect for the source that provides the 0: LED/LCD operator
run command.
1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
• Check for a short-circuit between terminals H1 and HC.
One of the Safety Inputs is open.
• See if one of the Safety Inputs is open.
• Correct any faulty wiring.
• Check the wiring for the control terminal.
There is faulty wiring in the control circuit terminals. • Correct wiring mistakes.
• Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).
300
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause
Possible Solutions
Check parameter b1-01 (Frequency Reference Selection 1).
Set b1-01 to the correct source of the frequency reference.
0: LED operator
The drive has been set to accept the frequency
1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
reference from the incorrect source.
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input (RP)
If the frequency reference is set at terminal A1, check parameter H3-01 for the correct signal level
The terminal set to accept the main speed reference is selection. If terminal A2 is used, check DIP switch S1. Then select the correct input level for
set to the incorrect voltage and/or current.
terminal A2 in parameter H3-08.
Refer to DIP Switch S1 Analog Input Signal Selection on page 70.
Selection for the sink/source mode is incorrect.
Check DIP switch S3. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch on page 68.
• Check the frequency reference monitor (U1-01).
Frequency reference is too low.
• Increase the frequency by changing the maximum output frequency (E1-09).
• Check the multi-function analog input settings.
• Check if analog input A1 or A2 is set for frequency reference gain (H3-02/10 = 1). If so, check
Multi-function analog input is set up to accept gain for if the correct signal is applied to the terminal. The gain and the frequency reference will be 0 if
the frequency reference, but no voltage (current) has
no signal is applied to the gain input.
been provided.
• Check if H3-02 and H3-10 have been set to the proper values.
• Check if the analog input value has been set properly.
The
button was pressed when the drive was
started from a REMOTE source.
Motor is not producing enough torque in the V/f motor
control method.
Motor is not producing enough torque in Open Loop
Vector Control.
The drive is set for both 2-Wire and 3-Wire sequence
at the same time.
STOP
button is pressed, the drive will decelerate to stop.
When the
• Switch off the run command and then re-enter a run command.
•
STOP
The
button is disabled when o2-02 is set to 0.
• Ensure the selected V/f pattern corresponds with the characteristics of the motor being used.
• Set the correct V/f pattern to E1-03.
• When E1-03 = F, increase both the minimum and mid output frequency voltages (E1-08, E1-10).
Increase the frequency reference so that it is higher than the minimum frequency reference (E1-09).
Perform Line-to-Line Resistance Auto-Tuning when using particularly long motor cables.
Increase the torque compensation gain (C4-01).
• Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• If the motor cables are replaced with longer cables after Rotational Auto-Tuning was performed,
Auto-Tuning may need to be repeated due to voltage drop across the line.
• Check if the torque limit parameters have been set too low (L7-01 through L7-04).
• Reset the torque limit back to its default setting (200%).
Increase both the minimum and mid output frequency voltages (E1-08 and E1-10).
• The drive is set for a 3-Wire sequence when one of parameters H1-03 through H1-07 is set to
0.
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 2-Wire sequence, then ensure parameters H1-03 through
H1-07 are not set to 0.
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 3-Wire sequence, then H1-oo must be set to 0.
n Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command
Cause
Possible Solutions
• Check the motor wiring.
• Switch two motor cables (U, V, and W) to reverse motor direction.
Phase wiring between the drive and motor is incorrect. • Connect drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2 and W/T3 in the right order to the corresponding
motor terminals U, V, and W.
• Change the setting of parameter b1-14.
Typically, forward is designated as being counterclockwise when looking from the motor shaft
(refer to the figure below).
1
The forward direction for the motor is setup
incorrectly.
2
1. Forward Rotating Motor (looking down the motor shaft)
2. Motor Shaft
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
301
Troubleshooting
•
STOP
6
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause
The motor is running at almost 0 Hz and the Speed
Search estimated the speed to be in the opposite
direction.
Note:
Possible Solutions
• Disable bi-directional search (b3-14 = “0”) so that Speed Search is performed only in the
specified direction.
Check the motor specifications for the forward and reverse directions. The motor specifications will vary depending on the manufacturer
of the motor.
n Motor Rotates in One Direction Only
Cause
Possible Solutions
• Check parameter b1-04.
The drive prohibits reverse rotation.
• Set the drive to allow the motor to rotate in reverse (b1-04 = “0”).
A Reverse run signal has not been entered, although • Make sure that one of the input terminals S3 to S7 used for the 3-Wire sequence has been set
3-Wire sequence is selected.
for reverse.
n Motor is Too Hot
Cause
The load is too heavy.
Possible Solutions
If the load is too heavy for the motor, the motor will overheat as it exceeds its rated torque value
for an extended period of time.
Keep in mind that the motor also has a short-term overload rating in addition to the possible
solutions provided below:
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Check the values set for the motor protection (L1-01, L1-02) as well as the motor rated current
(E2-01).
• Increase motor capacity.
• Check the ambient temperature.
• Cool the area until it is within the specified temperature range.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
The drive is operating in a vector control mode but
• Calculate the motor value and reset the motor parameters.
Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed.
• Change the motor control method to V/f Control (A1-02 = “0”).
When the motor is connected to terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, voltage surges occur between
the motor coils and drive switching.
Normally, surges can reach up to three times the drive input power supply voltage (600 V for 200
V class, and 1200 V for 400 V class).
Insufficient voltage insulation between motor phases.
• Use a motor with voltage tolerance higher than the max voltage surge.
• Use a motor designed to work specifically with a drive when using a 400 V class unit.
• Install an AC reactor on the output side of the drive.
The air around the motor is too hot.
The motor fan has stopped or is clogged.
Check the motor fan.
n Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Auto-Tuning
Cause
Possible Solutions
The drive is in the incorrect motor control method for • Check if the drive is set to V/f Control by accident (A1-02 = 0).
Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Change the motor control method to Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = “2”).
n Motor Hunting Occurs at Low Speeds
Cause
Possible Solutions
• Excess load inertia can cause motor hunting in Open Loop Vector Control due to slow motor
response.
Excessive load inertia in Open Loop Vector Control. • Increase the speed feedback detection control time constant (n2-02) from its default value of
50 ms to an appropriate level between 200 and 1000 ms. Adjust this setting in combination
with n2-03 (Feedback Detection Control Time Constant 2).
302
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
n oPE02 Error Occurs when Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting
Cause
Possible Solutions
The user is trying to set the motor rated current in E2-01 to a value lower than the no-load current
set in E2-03.
The motor rated current and the motor no-load current • Make sure that value set in E2-01 is higher than E2-03. Setting E2-01 < E2-03 will trigger an
settings in the drive are incorrect.
oPE02 error.
• If it is necessary to set E2-01 lower than E2-03, first lower the value set to E2-03, then change
the setting in E2-01 as needed.
n Overvoltage Occurs When Running at a Constant Speed
Cause
Possible Solutions
• Loads with a lot of inertia (fans, etc.) can trigger an overvoltage fault when operating in Open
Loop Vector Control.
Excessive load inertia in Open Loop Vector Control. • Switch to the V/f motor control method.
• Adjust the values set for the speed feedback detection control time constant (n2-02, n2-03).
n Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads
Cause
Load is too heavy.
Possible Solutions
Take the following steps to resolve the problem:
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration time.
• Increase motor capacity.
• Although the drive has a Stall Prevention function and a Torque Compensation Limit function,
accelerating too quickly or trying to drive an excessively large load can exceed the capabilities
of the motor.
Cause
Frequency reference is too low.
Load is too heavy.
Possible Solutions
• Check the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
• Increase E1-04 if it is set too low.
Check U1-01 for proper frequency reference.
Check if a frequency reference signal switch has been set to one of the multi-function input
terminals.
Check for low gain level set to terminals A1 or A2 (H3-03, H3-11).
• Reduce the load so that the output current remains within the motor-rated current.
• In extruder and mixer applications, the load will sometimes increase as the temperature drops.
Check if the mechanical brake is fully releasing as it should.
• Check the torque limit setting. It may be too low. (L7-01 through L7-04).
• Reset the torque limit to its default value (200%).
Acceleration time has been set too long.
Check if the acceleration time parameters have been set too long (C1-01, -03, -05, -07).
Motor characteristics and drive parameter settings are • Set the correct V/f pattern so that it matches the characteristics of the motor being used.
incompatible with one another in V/f Control.
• Check E1-03 (V/f Pattern Selection).
The right combination of motor characteristics have Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning.
not been set in Open Loop Vector Control.
• Check the multi-function analog input settings.
• Check if multi-function analog input terminal A1 or A2 is set for frequency gain (H3-02 or
H3-10 = “1”). If so, the frequency reference will be 0 if there is no voltage (current) input
Incorrect frequency reference setting.
provided.
• Ensure H3-02 and H3-10 are set to the proper values.
• Ensure the analog input value is set to the right value (U1-13, U1-14).
The torque limit function is operating in Open Loop
Vector Control.
•
•
•
•
The Stall Prevention level during run has been set too •
low.
•
The Stall Prevention level during acceleration and
deceleration set too low.
Check the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
If L3-02 is set too low, acceleration will take a fair amount of time.
Increase L3-02.
Check the Stall Prevention level during run (L3-06).
If L3-06 is set too low, speed will drop as the drive outputs torque.
Increase the setting value.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
303
Troubleshooting
n Motor Will Not Accelerate or the Acceleration Time is Too Long
6
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause
Although the drive is operating in Open Loop Vector •
motor control method, Auto-Tuning has not been
•
performed.
•
•
Possible Solutions
Perform Auto-Tuning.
Calculate motor data and reset motor parameters.
Switch to the V/f motor control method (A1-02 = “0”).
The motor cable may be long enough (over 50 m) to require Auto-Tuning for line-to-line
resistance.
Drive reached the limitations of the V/f motor control • Be aware that V/f Control is comparatively limited when it comes to producing torque at low
method.
speeds.
• Consider switching to Open Loop Vector Control.
n Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command
Cause
The analog input frequency gain and bias are set to
incorrect values.
A frequency bias signal is being entered via analog
input terminals A1 or A2.
Possible Solutions
• Check the main speed frequency reference terminal input gain level assigned to terminals A1
and A2, as well as the frequency reference input bias to terminals A1 and A2 (parameters H3-03,
H3-04, and H3-12).
• Set these parameters to the appropriate values.
• If multi-function analog input terminals A1 and A2 are set for frequency reference (H3-02 = 0
and H3-10 = 0), the addition of both signals builds the frequency reference.
• Ensure that H3-02 and H3-10 are set appropriately.
• Check the input level set for terminals A1 and A2 (U1-13, U1-14).
n Poor Speed Control Accuracy
Cause
Drive reached the slip compensation limit.
Motor-rated voltage is set too high in Open Loop
Vector Control.
Possible Solutions
• Check the slip compensation limit (C3-03).
• Increase the value set to C3-03.
• The input voltage for the drive determines the maximum output voltage. A drive with an input
of 200 Vac can only output a maximum of 200 Vac. Open Loop Vector Control sometimes
calculates an output voltage reference value that exceeds the maximum drive output voltage
level, resulting in a loss of speed control accuracy.
• Use a motor with a lower voltage rating (a vector control motor).
• Increase the input power voltage.
Auto-Tuning did not complete properly for Open Loop • Perform Auto-Tuning again.
Vector Control.
n Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled
Cause
L3-04 is set incorrectly.
The deceleration time is set too long.
Insufficient motor torque.
Reaching the torque limit.
Possible Solutions
• Check the Stall Prevention Level during deceleration (L3-04).
• If a braking resistor option has been installed, disable Stall Prevention during deceleration
(L3-04 = “0”).
Set deceleration to more appropriate time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
• Assuming parameter settings are normal and that no overvoltage occurs when there is
insufficient torque, it is likely that the demand on the motor has exceeded the motor capacity.
• Use a larger motor.
• Check the settings for the torque limit (L7-01 through L7-04).
• If the torque limit is enabled, deceleration might take longer than expected because the drive
cannot output more torque than the limit setting. Ensure the torque limit is set to a large enough
value.
• Increase the torque limit setting.
• If multi-function analog input terminal A1 or A2 is set to torque limit (H3-02 or H3-10 equals
10, 11, 12, or 15), ensure that the analog input levels are set to the correct levels.
• Ensure H3-02 and H3-10 are set to the right levels.
• Ensure the analog input is set to the correct value.
Load exceeded the internal torque limit determined by Switch to a larger capacity drive.
the drive rated current.
304
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
n Motor Hunting Occurs When Operating With a Light Load
Cause
Carrier frequency is too high.
Large V/f setting value at low speeds triggers
overexcitation.
Possible Solutions
Lower the carrier frequency setting C6-02.
• Select the proper V/f pattern (E1-03).
• Use parameters E1-04 through E1-10 to set the V/f pattern in relation to the load characteristics.
The maximum output frequency and the base
frequency reference are not set properly in relationship Set the proper values for the maximum output frequency and base frequency (E1-04, E1-06).
to each other.
Hunting Prevention is disabled (V/f control only).
• Enable Hunting Prevention by setting n1-01 = “1”.
• (OLV only) Increase the speed feedback detection control gain and time constant (n2-01,
n2-02).
n Load Falls When Brake is Applied (Elevator-Type Applications)
Cause
Possible Solutions
Use frequency reference detection for closing and releasing the brake.
• At start: Release the brake after creating enough torque.
• At stop: Close the brake when the motor still produces torque.
Make the following setting changes to hold the brake:
The timing for the brake to close and release is not set • Set the frequency detection inactive during baseblock (L4-07 = 0).
• Multi-function contact output terminal will switch on when the output frequency is greater than
properly.
the frequency detection level set in L4-01. Set L4-01 between 1.0 and 3.0 Hz.
• Slipping may occur when stopping because hysteresis is used in Frequency Reference 2 (where
the frequency agree setting in L4-02 is 2.0 Hz). To prevent this, change the setting to 0.1 Hz.
• Do not use the multi-function contact output setting “During Run” (H2-01 = 0) for the brake
signal.
Insufficient DC Injection Braking.
Increase the amount of DC Injection Braking (b2-02).
n Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On
Cause
Relay switching in the drive generates excessive
noise.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Possible Solutions
Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power.
Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive.
Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.
Ground the drive and motor properly.
Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.
Cause
Excessive leakage current trips MCCB.
•
•
•
•
Troubleshooting
n Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run
Possible Solutions
Increase the GFCI sensitivity or use GFCI with a higher threshold.
Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Reduce the length of the cable used between the drive and the motor.
Install a noise filter or reactor on the output side of the drive.
6
n Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation
Cause
Poor balance between motor phases.
Possible Solution
Check drive input power voltage to ensure that it provides stable power.
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery
Cause
The carrier frequency is at the resonant frequency of
the connected machinery.
The drive output frequency is the same as the resonant
frequency of the connected machinery.
Note:
Possible Solutions
Adjust the carrier frequency using parameters C6-02 through C6-05.
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump Frequency function (d3-01 through d3-04) to skip the
problem-causing bandwidth.
• Place the motor on a rubber pad to reduce vibration.
The drive may have trouble assessing the status of the load due to white noise generated when using Swing PWM (C6-02 = 7 to A).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
305
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
n Oscillation or Hunting
Cause
Insufficient tuning in Open Loop Vector Control
Possible Solutions
Adjust the following parameters in the order listed.
An increase in gain should be followed with an increase in the primary delay time constant.
• C4-02 (Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time)
• n2-01 (Speed Feedback Detection Control [AFR] Time Constant 1)
• C3-02 (Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time)
The response for torque compensation and slip compensation will drop as the time constant is
increased.
Auto-Tuning.
Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed (required for Perform
Set motor parameters after calculating the proper values.
Open Loop Vector Control).
Change the motor control method to V/f Control (A1-02 = “0”).
Reduce the gain.
Insufficient tuning in V/f Control.
• n1-02 (Hunting Prevention Gain Setting)
• n1-03 (Hunting Prevention Time Constant Setting)
Gain is too low when using PID control.
The frequency reference is assigned to an external
source and the signal is noisy.
The cable between the drive and motor is too long.
Check the period of oscillation and adjust P, I, and D settings accordingly.
• Ensure that noise is not affecting the signal lines.
• Separate main circuit wiring and control circuit wiring.
• Use twisted-pair cables or shielded wiring for the control circuit.
• Increase the analog input time filter constant (H3-13).
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
• Reduce the length of the cable.
n PID Output Fault
Cause
No PID feedback input.
The level of detection and the target value do not
correspond with each other.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Possible Solutions
Check the multi-function analog input terminal settings.
Set multi-function analog input terminal A1 or A2 for PID feedback (H3-02 or H3-10 = “B”).
A signal input to the terminal selection for PID feedback is necessary.
Check the connection of the feedback signal.
Check the various PID-related parameter settings.
No PID feedback input to the terminal causes the value detected to be 0, causing a PID fault
and the drive to operate at max frequency.
• PID control keeps the difference between target and detection values at 0. Set the input level
for the values relative to one another.
• Use analog input gains H3-03/11 to adjust PID target and feedback signal scaling.
Reverse drive output frequency and speed detection.
When output frequency rises, the sensor detects a
Set PID output for reverse characteristics (b5-09 = “1”).
speed decrease.
n Insufficient Motor Torque
Cause
Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed (required for Perform Auto-Tuning.
OLV Control).
The control mode was changed after performing Auto- Perform Auto-Tuning again.
Tuning.
Only Line-to-Line Resistance Auto-Tuning was
Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
performed.
Possible Solutions
n Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off
Cause
Low DC Injection Braking and the drive cannot
decelerate properly.
306
Possible Solutions
• Adjust the DC Injection braking settings.
• Increase the value of b2-02 (DC Injection Braking Current).
• Increase the b2-04 (DC Injection Braking Time at Stop).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
n ov or Speed Loss Occurs When Starting into a Rotating Load
Cause
•
•
The load is already rotating when the drive is trying to
•
start it.
•
Possible Solutions
Stop the motor using DC Injection braking. Restart the motor.
Increase the value of b2-03 (DC Injection Braking Time at start).
Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = “1”).
Set a multi-function input terminal for external Speed Search command (H1-oo=“61” or “62”
during restart).
n Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference
Cause
Possible Solutions
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump Frequency function (d3-01, d3-02, d3-03).
Frequency reference is set within the range of the Jump
• Enabling the Jump Frequency prevents the drive from outputting the frequencies specified in
Frequency.
the Jump Frequency range.
• Set the maximum output frequency and the upper limit for the frequency reference to more
appropriate values (E1-04, d2-01).
Upper limit for the frequency reference has been
exceeded.
• The following calculation yields the upper value for the output frequency = E1-04 x d2-01 /
100
Large load triggered Stall Prevention function during • Reduce the load.
acceleration.
• Adjust the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
n Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz
Cause
Possible Solutions
• If the output current rises too high at low speeds, the carrier frequency automatically reduces
and causes a whining or buzzing sound.
Exceeded 110% of the rated output current of the drive • If the sound is coming from the motor, disable carrier frequency derating (L8-38 = “0”).
while operating at low speeds.
• Disabling the automatic carrier frequency derating increases the chances of an overload fault
(oL2). Switch to a larger capacity motor if oL2 faults occur too frequently.
n Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM or IPM
Motor hunting occurs.
Hunting occurs at start.
Too much current is flowing through the drive.
Possible Solutions
Set parameter E5-01 in accordance with the motor being used.
Consult with Yaskawa about using a different type of motor when attempting to operate at 10%
of the speed reference.
Set and carefully adjust the following parameters in the order listed:
• n8-45 (Speed Feedback Detection Suppression Gain)
• n8-55 (Load Inertia for PM Motors)
• C4-02 (Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time)
Increase the S-curve time at the start of acceleration (C2-01).
• If using a PM motor, set the correct motor code to E5-01.
• If using a specialized motor, set parameter E5-xx to the correct value according to the Motor
Test Report.
6
n Motor Does Not Operate When the RUN Button on the Digital Operator is Pressed
Cause
Possible Solutions
The LOCAL/REMOTE mode is not selected properly. Press the LOCAL/REMOTE button to switch. The LO/RE LED should be on for LOCAL mode.
The drive is not in drive mode.
A run command will not be issued. Exit to the drive mode and cycle the run command.
• If the frequency reference is set below the frequency set in E1-09 (Minimum Output
Frequency), the drive will not operate.
The frequency reference is too low.
• Raise the frequency reference to at least the minimum output frequency.
n Motor Does Not Operate When an External Run Command is Input
Cause
Possible Solutions
the LOCAL/REMOTE button to switch. The LO/RE LED should be off for REMOTE
The LOCAL/REMOTE mode is not selected properly. Press
mode.
The drive is not in Drive Mode.
A run command will not be issued. Exit to the Drive mode and cycle the run command.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Troubleshooting
Cause
The motor code for PM (E5-01) is set incorrectly.
(Yaskawa motors only)
The drive is operating at less than 10% of the speed
reference.
307
6.9 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause
The frequency reference is too low.
Possible Solutions
• If the frequency reference is set below the frequency set in E1-09 (Minimum Output
Frequency), the drive will not operate.
• Raise the frequency reference to at least the minimum output frequency.
n Motor Stops During Acceleration or When a Load is Connected
Cause
Possible Solution
• The load is too heavy.
• The limit of motor response may be reached during Increase the acceleration time (C1-01) or reduce the motor load. Also, consider increasing the
rapid acceleration. This may be a result of improper motor size and/or drive size.
stall prevention or automatic torque boost function
adjustment.
n Motor Rotates in One Direction Only
Cause
Possible Solutions
"Reverse run prohibited" is selected. If b1-04 (Reverse
Prohibit Operation) is set to 1 (reverse run prohibited), Set b1-04 = “0” to allow reverse run operation.
the drive will not accept a reverse run command.
• Check parameter b1-04.
• Set the drive to allow the motor to rotate in reverse (b1-04 = “0”).
A Reverse run signal has not been entered, although 3- • Make sure that one of the input terminals S3 to S5 used for the 3-Wire sequence has been set
Wire sequence is selected.
for reverse.
The drive prohibits reverse rotation.
n Motor Operates at a Higher Speed than the Speed Command
Cause
Possible Solution
PID is enabled. If the PID mode is enabled (b5-01 = 1
to 4), the drive output frequency will change to regulate
the process variable to the target setpoint. The PID can If PID operation is not target, disable PID by setting b5-01 = “0”.
command a speed up to maximum output frequency
(E1-04).
n Poor Speed Control Accuracy Above Base Speed in Open Loop Vector Motor Control Method
Cause
Possible Solution
The maximum output voltage of the drive is
determined by its input voltage. Vector control uses
voltage to control the currents within the motor. If the
vector control voltage reference value exceeds the
Use a motor with a lower rated voltage compared to the input voltage.
drive output voltage capability, the speed control
accuracy will decrease because the motor currents
cannot be properly controlled.
n Peripheral Devices Affected by Drive Operation
Cause
•
Radio frequency interference may be generated by
drive output PWM waveform.
•
•
•
•
•
Possible Solutions
Change the Carrier Frequency Selection (C6-02) to lower the carrier frequency. This will help
to reduce the amount of transistor switching noise.
Install an Input Noise Filter at the input power terminals.
Install an Output Noise Filter at the motor terminals.
Use conduit. Metal can shield electrical noise.
Ground the drive and motor.
Separate main circuit wiring from control wiring.
n Ground Fault Interrupter Activates When Drive is Running
Cause
Possible Solutions
• Change to a ground fault interrupter with a higher leakage current detection level (such as, a
The output of the drive is a series of high frequency
sensitivity current of 200 mA or greater per Unit, with an operating time of 0.1 s or more), or
pulses (PWM), so there is a certain amount of leakage one that incorporates high-frequency corrective actions.
current. This may cause the ground fault interrupter to
• Change the Carrier Frequency Selection (C6-02) to lower the carrier frequency.
operate and cut off the drive input power.
Note: Leakage current increases in proportion to cable length.
308
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
This chapter describes the periodic inspection and maintenance of the drive to ensure that it receives
the proper care to maintain overall performance.
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
SECTION SAFETY...............................................................................................310
INSPECTION........................................................................................................312
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE.................................................................................314
DRIVE COOLING FANS.......................................................................................316
DRIVE REPLACEMENT.......................................................................................319
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
309
7.1 Section Safety
7.1
Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or
shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric
shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
310
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
7
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
311
7.2 Inspection
7.2
Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changed characteristics or performance deterioration after years of use
under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and periodic
inspection on the drive.
Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and relays.
The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.
Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.
Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:
• High ambient temperatures
• Frequent starting and stopping
• Fluctuations in the AC supply or load
• Excessive vibrations or shock loading
• Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres
• Poor storage conditions.
Perform the first equipment inspection 3 months after installation.
u Recommended Daily Inspection
Table 7.1 outlines the recommended daily inspection for Yaskawa drives. Check the following items on a daily basis to avoid
premature deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each
inspection.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
Table 7.1 General Recommended Daily Inspection Checklist
Inspection Category
Inspection Points
Motor
•
• Inspect for abnormal oscillation or noise coming from •
the motor.
•
Cooling
•
• Inspect for abnormal heat generated from the drive or •
motor and visible discoloration.
•
•
Cooling Fan
• Inspect drive cooling fan operation.
Environment
Load
Power Supply Voltage
312
Corrective Action
Check the load coupling.
Measure motor vibration.
Tighten all loose components.
Check for excessive load.
Loose connections
Check for dirty heatsink or motor.
Ambient temperature
Checked
• Check for clogged or dirty fan.
• Check fan operation drive parameter.
• Verify the drive environment complies with the
the source of contaminants or correct
specifications listed in the Installation section of this • Eliminate
poor environment.
manual.
• The drive output current should not be higher than the • Check for excessive load.
motor or drive rating for an extended period of time. • Check the motor parameter settings of the drive.
• Check main power supply and control voltages.
• Correct the voltage or power supply to within
nameplate specifications.
• Verify all main circuit phases.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7.2 Inspection
u Recommended Periodic Inspection
Table 7.2 outlines the recommended periodic inspections for Yaskawa drive installations. Periodic inspections should generally
be checked every 3-6 months; however, the drive may require more frequent inspection due to poor environments or rigorous
use. Operating and environmental conditions, along with experience in each application, will determine the actual inspection
frequency for each installation. Periodic inspection will help to avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure.
Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each inspection.
n Periodic Inspection
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
Table 7.2 Periodic Inspection Checklist
Inspection Area
•
•
•
•
Conductors and
Wiring
Terminals
Relays and
Contactors
Braking Resistors
Operation Check
General
• Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration,
damage, or heat stress.
• Inspect wire insulation and shielding for wear.
• Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose
connections.
• Inspect contactors and relays for excessive noise
during operation.
• Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as
melted or cracked insulation.
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
terminals.
• Check coil voltage for over or under voltage conditions.
• Replace damaged removable relays contactors or circuit
board.
Motor Periodic Inspection
the motor and contact qualified maintenance
• Check for increased vibration or abnormal noise. • Stop
personnel as required.
Control Circuit Periodic Inspection
Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
• Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged or loose • terminals.
connections.
• If terminals are integral to a circuit board then board or
• Check for tightness.
drive replacement may be required.
•
•
Heatsink
•
Air Duct
•
Note:
• Repair or replace damaged wiring.
• Inspect for discoloration of heat stress on or around • Minor discoloration may be acceptable.
resistors.
• If discoloration exists check for loose connections.
Cooling Fan
LEDs
Checked
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
General
Inspection Points
Corrective Action
Main Circuit Periodic Inspection
Overall check of the main power circuit and
Take appropriate actions (e.g., tightening loose
ground terminals
connections).
Inspect equipment for discoloration from
• Replace damaged components as required.
overheating or deterioration.
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require
complete drive replacement.
Inspect for damaged or deformed parts.
• Inspect enclosure door seal if present. Replace
components if cleaning is not possible.
Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection
on components.
• Remove foreign particles and dust with a vacuum cleaner
to avoid touching parts.
Cooling System Periodic Inspection
Replace as required.
Check for abnormal oscillation or unusual noise. •
• Refer to Drive Cooling Fans on page 316 for information
Check for damaged or missing fan blades.
on cleaning or replacing the cooling fan.
Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected • Remove foreign particles and dust with a vacuum cleaner
to avoid touching parts.
on the surface.
Inspect air intake and exhaust openings. They must • Visually inspect the area.
be free from obstruction and properly installed. • Clear obstructions and clean air duct as required.
7
LED Periodic Inspection
• Contact your Yaskawa representative if there is any
• Make sure the LED lights correctly.
• Inspect for dust or other foreign material that may trouble with the LED or keypad.
have collected on surrounding components.
• Clean the LED.
Periodic inspections should be performed every one or two years. The drive, however, may require more frequent inspection due to poor
environments or rigorous use.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
313
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
7.3
Periodic Maintenance
The drive has various "maintenance monitors." This feature provides advance maintenance warning and eliminates the need
to shut down the entire system for unexpected problems. The drive allows the user to check the following maintenance periods.
• Cooling Fan
• Electrolytic Capacitors (Main Circuit)
• Inrush Prevention Circuit
• IGBT
u Replacement Parts
Table 7.3 contains the estimated performance life of components that require replacement during the life of the drive. Only
use Yaskawa replacement parts for the appropriate drive model and revision.
Table 7.3 Estimated Performance Life
Component
Cooling Fan
Estimated Performance Life
10 years
Electrolytic Capacitors (Main Circuit)
10 years <1>
<1> The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.
NOTICE: Estimated performance life based on specific usage conditions. These conditions are provided for the purpose of replacing parts
to maintain performance. Some parts may require more frequent replacement due to poor environments or rigorous use.
Usage conditions for estimated performance life:
• Ambient temperature: Yearly average of 40 °C
• Load factor: 80% maximum
• Operation time: 24 hours a day
n Performance Life Monitors
The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A
percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the LED digital operator by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.
When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. Yaskawa recommends
checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.
Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 313 for more details.
Table 7.4 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement
Parameter
Component
U4-03
Cooling Fan
U4-04
314
U4-05
Main Circuit (DC bus)
Electrolytic Capacitors
U4-06
Inrush (pre-charge) relay
U4-07
IGBT
Contents
Displays the accumulated operation time of the cooling fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is
automatically reset to 0 once it reaches 99999.
Displays the accumulated cooling fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance
period (displayed in percent %).
Displays the accumulated time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance
period.
Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of
the inrush circuit.
Displays the percentage of the maintenance period reached by the IGBTs.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
n Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors
An output can be set up to inform the user when a specific components has neared its expected performance life.
When one of multi-function digital output terminals has been assigned the maintenance monitor function (H2-oo = 2F), the
terminal will close when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay reach 90% of the expected performance
life, or when the IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life. Additionally the digital operator will display
an alarm like shown in Table 7.5 to indicate the specific components that may need maintenance.
Table 7.5 Maintenance Alarms
Digital Operator Alarm Display
Function
Corrective Action
The cooling fans have reached 90% of their designated Replace the cooling fan.
life time.
Contact a Yaskawa representative or the
The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their
nearest Yaskawa sales office on
designated life time.
possible drive replacement.
<1>
LT-1
<1>
LT-2
<1>
LT-3
The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its
designated life time.
<1>
LT-4
The IGBTs have reached 50% of their designated life
time.
<2>
TrPC
The IGBTs have reached 90% of their designated life
time.
Contact a Yaskawa representative or the
nearest Yaskawa sales office on
possible drive replacement.
Check the load, carrier frequency, and
output frequency.
Contact a Yaskawa representative or the
nearest Yaskawa sales office on
possible drive replacement.
<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2-oo = 2F). The alarm
will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2-oo = 10).
<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2-oo = 2F).
The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2-oo = 10).
n Related Drive Parameters
Use parameters o4-03, o4-05, o4-07, and o4-09 to reset a Maintenance Monitor to zero after replacing a specific component.
Refer to Parameter List on page 353 for details on parameter settings.
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
NOTICE: If these parameters are not reset after the corresponding parts have been replaced, the Maintenance Monitor function will continue
to count down the performance life from the value that was reached with the old part. If the Maintenance Monitor is not reset, the drive will
not have the correct value of the performance life for the new component.
7
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
315
7.4 Drive Cooling Fans
7.4
Drive Cooling Fans
NOTICE: Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when installed incorrectly and could seriously
damage the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace all cooling fans when performing maintenance.
Contact your Yaskawa representative or supplier to order replacement cooling fans as required.
Some drive models have multiple cooling fans.
For drives with multiple cooling fans, replace all the fans when performing maintenance to ensure maximum useful product
life.
u Number of Cooling Fans
Drive Model
Cooling Fans
Single-Phase 200 V Class
BA0001
BA0002
BA0003
BA0006
BA0010
BA0012
BA0018
–
–
–
–
1
1
2
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0001
2A0002
2A0004
2A0006
2A0010
2A0012
2A0020
2A0030
2A0040
2A0056
2A0069
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0001
4A0002
4A0004
4A0005
4A0007
4A0009
4A0011
4A0018
4A0023
4A0031
4A0038
316
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fans
u Cooling Fan Replacement
The cooling fan is installed on the top of the drive. The cooling fan can easily be replaced without tools or removal of the drive
or enclosure parts.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the power
to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled down.
n Removing the Cooling Fan
1.
Depress the right and left sides of the fan cover tabs and pull upward. Remove the fan cover from the top of the drive.
The following figure illustrates a drive with a single cooling fan.
A
B
C
C – Tab
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
A – Fan cover
B – Cooling fan
Figure 7.1 Remove the Cooling Fan Cover
2.
Remove the fan cable carefully, disconnect the pluggable connector and remove the fan.
7
Figure 7.2 Disconnect and Remove the Fan
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
317
7.4 Drive Cooling Fans
n Installing the Cooling Fan
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. Improper cooling fan replacement could result in
damage to equipment. When installing the replacement cooling fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To ensure maximum
useful product life, replace all cooling fans when performing maintenance.
1.
Install the replacement cooling fan into the drive, ensuring the alignment pins line up, as shown in the figure below:
B
A
C
A – Label facing up
B – Back
C – Front
Figure 7.3 Cooling Fan Orientation
2.
Ensure the connectors are properly connected and place the cable back into the recess of the drive.
A
A –Push the connectors together so no space remains between them.
Figure 7.4 Connectors
Note:
3.
318
Ensure that the left and right tabs are locked back into place.
Align the left and right cover tabs to install the fan cover back on the top of the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7.5 Drive Replacement
7.5
Drive Replacement
u Serviceable Parts
The drive contains few serviceable parts. The following parts are considered replacement parts on the drive:
• Main control board and I/O Terminal board I/O PCBs.
• Cooling fan(s)
• Front cover
Replace the drive if the main power circuitry is damaged. Contact your local Yaskawa representative before replacing parts
if the drive is still under warranty. Yaskawa reserves the right to replace or repair the drive according to Yaskawa warranty
policy.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
u Terminal Board Overview
The drive has a modular I/O terminal block that facilitates quick drive replacement. The terminal board contains on-board
memory that stores all drive parameter settings and allows the parameters to be saved and transferred to the replacement drive
by disconnecting the terminal board from the damaged drive then reconnecting the terminal board to the replacement drive.
There is no need to manually reprogram the replacement drive.
Note:
When transferring the removable terminal block with backup memory to a drive with a different voltage class or different output capacity,
set A1-03 to 2220 to initialize the drive after installing the terminal block.
A
C
B
A – Charge LED
B – Terminal Board Locking Pin
C – Removable Terminal Board
u Dismantling the Removable Terminal Block
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Never connect or disconnect wiring, remove connectors or option cards, or replace the cooling fan
while the power is on. Failure to comply may result in serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal
capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation,
adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
1.
Loosen the screw on the front of the drive and remove the front cover.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
319
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
Figure 7.5 Terminal Board
7
7.5 Drive Replacement
Figure 7.6 Remove the Front Cover
2.
Pull the pin on the ground terminal out of the removable terminal block.
Pull out the
ground terminal
pin in the direction
indicated by
the arrow.
Cable
Terminal
Figure 7.7 Pull Out the Ground Terminal
3.
Push down the installation pin on the terminal board with a screwdriver
Push down
the terminal
board locking
pin with a
screwdriver.
Figure 7.8 Depress the Plastic Tab
4.
320
While holding down the locking pin from step 3, slide the removable terminal block in the direction of the arrows in
Figure 7.9.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7.5 Drive Replacement
Figure 7.9 Remove the Terminal Board
Figure 7.10 Removable Terminal Board Disconnected from the Drive
n Reinstalling the Terminal Board
1.
Reinstall the removable terminal block on the drive according to Figure 7.11.
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
Place the terminal board below the
guide tracks in the plastic case of the
drive. Then push it gently down and
slide it toward the keypad until the
locking pin clicks into place.
Figure 7.11 Terminal Board Reinstallation
2.
7
Ensure the terminal block is firmly fastened to the connector.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
321
7.5 Drive Replacement
Connector
Figure 7.12 Terminal Board Reinstalled
3.
4.
5.
Put the lower cover and the terminal cover back in place.
After replacing the drive, check the drive unit selection setting in o2-04. Refer to Defaults by Drive Model and Duty
Rating (ND/HD) on page 409 for more information.
An oPE04 error may occur when replacing the drive or the removable terminal block. If the data saved to the terminal
block is compatible, set A1-03 to 5550 to write the parameter settings stored in the terminal block to the new drive.
Reset the appropriate maintenance monitors using parameters o4-01 to o4-13.
u Details on Terminal Board (TB) or Control Board (CNT) Replacement
The drive Terminal Board retains drive parameter settings to significantly improve the ease of drive replacement. Refer to
Troubleshooting Terminal Board or Control Board Replacement on page 323 for a flowchart to assist in board replacement.
When replacing the drive, or changing the Control Board or Terminal Board, the following error codes may be encountered
upon application of power:
• oPE04 Drive parameter settings need to be initialized or uploaded from the TB.
• CPF06 Drive specification does not match the replaced drive.
• oPE01 Drive parameter o2-04 kVA requires setting.
Procedural Notes:
1. When replacing the drive, control board or terminal board, make sure to confirm the kVA setting, parameter o2-04 is
correct upon initial power-up.
2. Perform an initialization (via parameter A1-03) to obtain the desired parameter settings.
3. In cases where a previously programmed terminal board is retained, initializing the drive with a setting of A1-03 = 5550
may be desired to program the drive with previously programmed settings (settings used prior to replacing the drive or
control board).
322
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
7.5 Drive Replacement
Troubleshooting Fault Codes at
Terminal Board (TB) or Control Board (CNT) Replacement
START
YES
“CPF06” Fault is
displayed upon drive
replacement
NO
Note: Drive kVA Setting o2-04 = “FF”
inside a new Terminal Board
YES
Fault “oPE01”
NO
Set parameter o2-04 to match drive
nameplate rating
Fault “oPE04”
YES
NO
Initialize the drive using
Parameter A1-03 = 2220 or 3330
Fault “oPE04” drive parameter settings need
to be initialized or uploaded from the TB
Set value = 2220
or 3330
Initialize the drive using
parameter A1-03
Set value = 5550
Parameter setting values
are copied
TB to CNT
Ready
END
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
Figure 7.13 Troubleshooting Terminal Board or Control Board Replacement
7
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
323
7.5 Drive Replacement
This Page Intentionally Blank
324
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8
Peripheral Devices & Options
This chapter explains the installation of available peripheral devices and options for the drive.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
SECTION SAFETY...............................................................................................326
DRIVE OPTIONS AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES................................................327
CONNECTING PERIPHERAL DEVICES.............................................................329
INSTALLING PERIPHERAL DEVICES................................................................330
COMMUNICATION OPTIONS..............................................................................337
CONNECTING AN OPTION CARD......................................................................338
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
325
8.1 Section Safety
8.1
Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Disconnect all power to the drive, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off, measure the DC bus voltage to confirm
safe level, and check for unsafe voltages before servicing to prevent electric shock. The internal capacitor remains charged
even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50
Vdc.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or
shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric
shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation,
adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not change wiring or remove option unit while power is running through the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Disconnect all power to the drive and check for unsafe voltages before servicing.
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
326
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
8.2
Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
The following table of peripheral devices lists the names of the various devices/options available for Yaskawa drives. Contact
Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent to order these peripheral devices.
• Peripheral Device Selection: Refer to Yaskawa catalog for selection and part numbers.
• Peripheral Device Installation: Refer to option manual for option installation instructions.
Table 8.1 Available Peripheral Devices
Option
Model Number
Power Options
Description
DC Link Choke
AC Reactor
Braking Resistor
Braking Chopper
UZDA Series
UZBA Series
ERF-150WJ Series
CDBR Series
DC link choke to improve power factor
AC reactor to improve power factor
3% ED, 150 W braking resistor
External braking transistor
Surge Absorber
200 V class: DCR2-oA
400 V class: RFN3AL-504KD
Suppresses surge voltage caused by switching magnetic
contactors
Molded Case Circuit Breaker
NF Series
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
(GFCI)
NV, EG, or SG Series
Magnetic Contactor (Input)
SC Series
Circuit breaker for short circuit or overload protection
Note: Yaskawa recommends installing an MCCB to the
power supply side to protect drive wiring and to prevent
other damage in the event of component failure. Install an
MCCB if permitted by the power system.
Provides protection against potentially harmful leakage
currents
Note: Yaskawa recommends installing a GFCI to the
power supply side to protect drive wiring and to prevent
other damage in the event of component failure. An
MCCB can also be used if permitted by the power system.
Prevents potential damage to the braking resistor and
other internal circuitry by ensuring that power to drive is
completely shut off when necessary. Install an MCCB
when using a braking resistor to prevent the braking
resistor from overheating.
Wire the MC so that it opens when a fault output terminal
is triggered to protect internal components from sudden
high levels of input current.
Interface Options
Remote LCD Operator
JVOP-180
USB/Copy Unit
JVOP-181
Remote operator with 8 languages clear text LCD display
and copy function; Cable length max. 3 m
Allows the user to copy and verify parameter settings
between drives. Can also be used as adapter to connect
the drive to a PC USB port
EZZ020568o
DIN Rail Attachment
EZZ08122o
Installation kit for mounting the drive on a DIN rail
EZZ020564o
Parts to make the drive conform to NEMA Type 1
enclosure
NEMA Type 1 Kit <1>
Installation kit for mounting the drive with the heatsink
outside of the panel (side-by-side mounting possible)
Others
24 Vdc Control Power Supply
Option
PS-V10o
Drive Wizard Plus
DriveWorksEZ
—
—
Communication Options
CANopen Communications
SI-S3/V
Option
CC-Link Communications Option SI-C3/V
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Provides power to the control circuit and option boards in
the event of a power loss. Allows the user to monitor drive
settings and fault information when the main circuit has
no power.
PC tool for drive setup and parameter management
The installation files can be obtained at no charge from:
http://www.yaskawa.com
PC tool for enhanced programming of the drive
Connects to a CANopen network
Connects to a CC-Link network
327
Peripheral Devices &
Options
Mechanical Options
Heatsink External Mounting
Attachment
8
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
Option
CompoNet Communications
Option
DeviceNet Communications
Option
EtherCAT Communications
Option
EtherNet/IP Communications
Option
MECHATROLINK-II
Communications Option
MECHATROLINK-III
Communications Option
Modbus TCP/IP Communications
Option
PROFIBUS-DP Communications
Option
PROFINET Communications
Option
Model Number
Description
SI-M3/V
Connects to a CompoNet network
SI-N3/V
Connects to a DeviceNet network
SI-ES3/V
Connects to an EtherCAT network
SI-EN3/V
Connects to an EtherNet/IP network
SI-T3/V
Connects to a MECHATROLINK-II network
SI-ET3/V
Connects to a MECHATROLINK-III network
SI-EM3/V
Connects to a Modbus/TCP network
SI-P3/V
Connects to a PROFIBUS-DP network
SI-EP3/V
Connects to a PROFINET network
<1> Available for models: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0020, and 4A0001 to 4A0011.
328
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices
8.3
Connecting Peripheral Devices
Figure 8.1 illustrates how the drive and motor connect together with various peripheral devices.
Refer to peripheral device option manual for detailed installation instructions.
Engineering software tools
DriveSelect
DriveWizard
DriveWorksEZ
YASKAWA
LOCK
JVOP-181
ERR
COM
rify
Co
py
Line
breaker
(MCCB)
or
Leakage
breaker
Ve
Power
supply
Re
ad
USB Copy Unit
USB Copy Unit
(RJ-45/USB adapter)
USB cable
RJ-45 cable
Dedicated cable
(RJ-45/D-sub adapter)
Drive
PC <1>
24V option
B1 B2 connector
Surge
absorber
24V power supply
option
Magnetic Contactor
(MC)
AC reactor
Braking
resistor
unit
DC link choke
Ground
Input side
noise filter
+1 +2
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3
U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
Output side
noise filter
Motor
Ground
<1> NOTICE: Do not connect the LAN port on a PC and the comm. port of the drive. Failure to comply may damage the
drive and the PC.
Note:
If the drive is set to trigger an output terminal when performing a fault restart (L5-02 = 1), the power supply will be shut off during fault
restart as the drive outputs a fault signal. Keep this in mind when designing a wiring sequence to interrupt the power to the drive. The default
setting for the drive is to not trigger an output terminal that indicates a fault restart is being performed (L5-02 = 0).
Peripheral Devices &
Options
Figure 8.1 Connecting Peripheral Devices
8
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
329
8.4 Installing Peripheral Devices
8.4
Installing Peripheral Devices
This section describes the proper steps and precautions to take when installing or connecting various peripheral devices to the
drive.
Refer to peripheral device manual for detailed installation instructions.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral devices
could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.
u Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
(ELCB)
Install an MCCB or ELCB for line protection between the power supply and the main circuit power supply input terminals R/
L1, S/L2 and T/L3. This protects the main circuit and devices wired to the main circuit while also providing overload protection.
Consider the following when selecting and installing an MCCB or ELCB:
• The rated current of the MCCB or ELCB should be 1.5 to 2 times the rated output current of the drive. Use an MCCB or
ELCB with operation characteristics that do not trip the MCCB or ELCB faster than the drive overload protection (shuts off
the drive after 1 minute of operation at 150% of the drive rated current).
• If several drives are connected to one MCCB or an ELCB that is shared with other equipment, use a sequence that shuts the
power OFF when errors are output by using magnetic contactor (MC) as shown in the following figure.
Drive
MCCB
MC
Power
Supply
MC
SA
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
MB
MC
MC
Figure 8.2 Connecting an MCCB
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Disconnect the MCCB (or ELCB) and MC before wiring terminals. Failure to comply may result in
serious injury or death.
u Installing a Leakage Breaker
Drive outputs generate high-frequency leakage current as a result of high-speed switching. Install a GFCI on the input side of
the drive to switch off potentially harmful leakage current.
Factors in determining leakage current:
• Size of the AC drive
• AC drive carrier frequency
• Motor cable type and length
• EMI/RFI filter
If the GFCI trips spuriously, consider changing these items or use a GFCI with a higher trip level.
Note:
330
Choose a GFCI designed specifically for an AC drive. The operation time should be at least 0.1 s with sensitivity amperage of at least 200
mA per drive. The output waveform of the drive may cause an increase in leakage current. This may in turn cause the leakage breaker to
malfunction. Increase the sensitivity amperage or lower the carrier frequency to correct the problem.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8.4 Installing Peripheral Devices
u Installing a Magnetic Contactor
n Disconnecting the Power Supply
The drive should be shut off in the case of a fault in external equipment such as braking resistors through use of a Magnetic
Contactor (MC).
NOTICE: Do not connect electromagnetic switches or MCs to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing. Improper sequencing of
output motor circuits may cause damage to the drive.
NOTICE: Install an MC on the input side of the drive when the drive should not automatically restart after power loss. To get the full
performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the MC more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent
use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.
Note:
1. Install an MC to the drive output to prevent the drive from restarting automatically when the power is restored after momentary power
loss.
2. Set up a delay for the MC so that it does not open prematurely for the drive to continue operating through momentary power loss.
n Protecting the Braking Resistor or Braking Resistor Unit
Use an MC on the input side of the drive to protect a braking resistor or braking resistor unit from overheat or fire.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. When using a braking unit, use a thermal relay on the braking resistors and configure a fault contact output for the
braking resistor unit to disconnect drive main power via an input contactor. Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in death or
serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.
u Connecting an AC Reactor or DC Link Choke
AC reactors and DC link chokes suppress surges in current and improve the power factor on the input side of the drive.
Use an AC reactor, DC link choke, or both:
• To suppress harmonic current or improve the power factor of the power supply.
• When using a phase advancing capacitor switch.
• With a large capacity power supply transformer (over 600 kVA).
Note:
Use an AC reactor or DC link choke when also connecting a thyristor converter (such as a DC drive) to the same power supply system,
regardless of the conditions of the power supply.
n Connecting an AC Reactor
C
A
A – Power supply
B – MCCB
B
D
U
X
R/L1
V
Y
S/L2
W
Z
T/L3
C – AC reactor
D – Drive
Peripheral Devices &
Options
Figure 8.3 Connecting an AC Reactor
8
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
331
8.4 Installing Peripheral Devices
n Connecting a DC Link Choke
Ensure the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 (terminals are jumpered for shipment) is removed when connecting a DC link
choke. The jumper must be installed if no DC link choke is used. Refer to Connecting a DC Link Choke on page 332 for an
example of DC link choke wiring.
C
A
B
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
+1
+2
D
A – Power supply
B – MCCB
C – Drive
D – DC link choke
Figure 8.4 Connecting a DC Link Choke
u Connecting a Surge Suppressor
A surge suppressor suppresses transient voltages generated from switching an inductive load near the drive. Inductive loads
include magnetic contactors, relays, valves, solenoids and brakes. Always use a surge suppressor or diode when operating
with an inductive load.
Note:
Never connect a surge suppressor to the drive output.
u Connecting a Noise Filter
n Input-Side Noise Filter
Drive outputs generate noise as a result of high-speed switching. This noise flows from inside the drive back toward the power
supply, possibly affecting other equipment. Installing a noise filter to the input side of the drive can reduce the amount of noise
flowing back into the power supply. This also prevents noise from entering the drive from the power supply.
• Use a noise filter specifically designed for AC drives.
• Install the noise filter as close as possible to the drive.
B
A
C
MCCB
1
3
R/L1
2
4
S/L2
E
MCCB
D
A – Power supply
B – Input-side noise filter (Model:
LNFB-oo)
C – Drive
D – Other control device
Figure 8.5 Input-Side Noise Filter (Single-Phase 200 V)
332
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8.4 Installing Peripheral Devices
B
MCCB
A
C
R
U
S
V
T
W
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
E
MCCB
D
A – Power supply
B – Input-side noise filter (Model:
LNFD-oo)
C – Drive
D – Other control device
Figure 8.6 Input-Side Noise Filter (Three-Phase 200/400 V)
Refer to EMC Filter Installation on page 469 for details about EMC filter selection and installation in order to make the
drive compliant with European standards EN 61800-3:2004/A1:2012 and the EMC guidelines.
n Output-Side Noise Filter
A noise filter on the output side of the drive reduces inductive noise and radiated noise. Figure 8.7 illustrates an example of
output-side noise filter wiring.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Improper application of noise filters could
result in damage to the drive.
B
A
A – Power supply
B – Drive
MCCB
C
R/L1
U/T1
1
4
S/L2
V/T2
2
5
T/L3
W/T3
3
6
D
C – Output-side noise filter
D – Motor
Figure 8.7 Output-Side Noise Filter
Preventing Induced Noise
Use a noise filter on the output side or use shielded cables. Lay the cables at least 30 cm away from the signal line to prevent
induced noise.
Peripheral Devices &
Options
• Radiated Noise: Electromagnetic waves radiated from the drive and cables create noise throughout the radio bandwidth
that can affect devices.
• Induced Noise: Noise generated by electromagnetic induction can affect the signal line and may cause the controller to
malfunction.
8
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
333
8.4 Installing Peripheral Devices
B
A
C
MCCB
R/L1
U/T1
S/L2
V/T2
T/L3
W/T3
D
E
G
F
A – Power supply
B – Drive
C – Shielded motor cable
D – Motor
E – Separate at least 30 cm
F – Controller
G – Signal line
Figure 8.8 Preventing Induced Noise
Reducing Radiated/Radio Frequency Noise
The drive, input lines, and output lines generate radio frequency noise. Use noise filters on input and output sides and install
the drive in a metal enclosure panel to reduce radio frequency noise.
Note:
The cable running between the drive and motor should be as short as possible.
A
B
MCCB
C
D
R/L1
U/T1
S/L2
V/T2
T/L3
W/T3
A – Metal enclosure
B – Power supply
C – Noise filter
D – Drive
E
F
G
E – Noise filter
F – Shielded motor cable
G – Motor
Figure 8.9 Reducing Radio Frequency Noise
u EMC Filter Installation
This drive is tested according to European standards IEC/EN 61800-5-1 and it complies with the EMC guidelines. Refer to
EMC Filter Installation on page 469 for details about EMC filter selection and installation.
u Zero-Phase Reactor
A zero-phase reactor can be used to reduce the noise on the input and output sides of the drive.
C
A
D
Close-up of V/T2-phase wiring
E
B
1st pass
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2
2nd pass
F
3rd pass
T/L3 W/T3
4th pass
Pass each wire (U/T1, V/T2, W/T3)
through the core 4 times.
A – Power supply
B – MCCB
C – Zero-phase reactor on input side
D – Drive
E – Zero-phase reactor on output side
F – Motor
Figure 8.10 Zero-Phase Reactor
334
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8.4 Installing Peripheral Devices
u Installing Fuses on the Input Side
Always install input fuses to the input side of the as a protective measure against damage caused by a short circuit.
Refer to Standards Compliance on page 463 for details on input fuse selection.
u Attachment for External Heatsink
An external attachment can be used to project the heatsink outside of an enclosure to ensure that there is sufficient air circulation
around the heatsink. This installation method still requires a certain amount of airflow over the drive case. Refer to Output
Current Derating Due to Ambient Temperature on page 351 if derating is required. Contact a Yaskawa sales representative
for more information.
u Noise Filter Installation
This drive has undergone testing in conformance with IEC/EN 61800-5-1 and is in compliance with low voltage directives.
Refer to EMC Guidelines Compliance on page 469 for information on selecting a noise filter.
u Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output
Motor thermal overload relays protect the motor by disconnecting power lines to the motor due to a motor overload condition.
Install a motor thermal overload relay between the drive and motor:
• When operating multiple motors on a single AC drive.
• When using a power line bypass to operate the motor directly from the power line.
It is not necessary to install a motor thermal overload relay when operating a single motor from a single AC drive. The AC
drive has UL recognized electronic motor overload protection built into the drive software.
Note:
Disable the motor protection function (L1-0 1 = “0”) when using an external motor thermal overload relay. The relay should shut off main
power on the input side of the main circuit when triggered.
n General Precautions when Using Thermal Overload Relays
The following application precautions should be considered when using motor thermal overload relays on the output of AC
drives in order to prevent nuisance trips or overheat of the motor at low speeds:
• Low speed motor operation
• Use of multiple motors on a single AC drive
• Motor cable length
• Nuisance tripping resulting from high AC drive carrier frequency
Generally, thermal relays are applied on general-purpose motors. When general-purpose motors are driven by AC drives, the
motor current is approximately 5 to 10% greater than if driven by the commercial power supply. In addition, the cooling
capacity of a motor with a shaft-driven fan decreases when operating at low speeds. Even if the load current is within the motor
rated value, motor overheating may occur. A thermal relay cannot effectively protect the motor due to the reduction of cooling
at low speeds. For this reason, apply the UL recognized electronic thermal overload protection function built into the drive
whenever possible.
UL recognized electronic thermal overload function of the drive: Speed-dependent heat characteristics are simulated using
data from standard motors and force-ventilated motors. The motor is protected from overload using this function.
Using One Drive with Multiple Motors
Turn off the electronic thermal overload function. Please refer to the appropriate product instruction manual to determine
which parameter disables this function.
The UL recognized electronic thermal overload function of the drive cannot be applied when using multiple motors on one
drive.
Long Motor Cables
When long motor cables and high carrier frequency are used, nuisance tripping of the thermal relay may occur due to increased
leakage current. Therefore, reduce the carrier frequency or increase the tripping level of the thermal overload relay.
Nuisance Tripping Resulting from High AC Drive Carrier Frequency
Current waveforms generated by high carrier frequency PWM drives tend to create additional temperature rise in overload
relays. Therefore, it may be necessary to increase the trip level setting when encountering nuisance triggering of the relay.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
335
Peripheral Devices &
Options
Low Speed Operation and Motor Thermal oL Relays
8
8.4 Installing Peripheral Devices
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip setting. Check
local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.
336
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8.5 Communication Options
8.5
Communication Options
Table 8.2 gives detailed information about the available options that allow Yaskawa drives to connect to communication
networks. A host controller can control and monitor the drive, read and change parameters by using a communication option.
Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent to order options.
• Option Selection: Refer to Yaskawa catalog for more details on option selection and part numbers.
• Option Installation: Refer to option manual for option installation instructions.
Table 8.2 Available Communication Options
Model
SI-P3/V
SI-C3/V
SI-N3/V
SI-M3/V
SI-S3/V
SI-EN3/V
SI-T3/V
SI-ET3/V
SI-ES3/V
SI-EP3/V
SI-EM3/V
Function
Connects to a PROFIBUS-DP network
Connects to a CC-Link network
Connects to a DeviceNet network
Connects to a CompoNet network
Connects to a CANopen network
Connects to an EtherNet/IP network
Connects to a MECHATROLINK-II network
Connects to a MECHATROLINK-III network
Connects to an EtherCAT network
Connects to a PROFINET network
Connects to a Modbus TCP network
Peripheral Devices &
Options
Option
PROFIBUS-DP Communications Option
CC-Link Communications Option
DeviceNet Communications Option
CompoNet Communications Option
CANopen Communications Option
EtherNet/IP Communications Option
MECHATROLINK-II Communications Option
MECHATROLINK-III Communications Option
EtherCAT Communications Option
PROFINET Communications Option
Modbus TCP/IP Communications Option
8
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
337
8.6 Connecting an Option Card
8.6
Connecting an Option Card
The drive can communicate with other devices through a specially designed option card. The following section describes how
to install an option card.
Refer to option card manual for detailed installation instructions.
Note:
Refer to Available Communication Options on page 337 for a list of option cards for use with this product.
u Verifying the Option Card and Product Type
A
G
B
C
H
D
E
I
F
A – Option card
B – Option card cover installation
screw holes
C – Tabs for mounting front cover
D – Comm. connector (CN1)
E – Ground lead connection
F – Wire through-hole
G – Option card cover
H – Cover screw
I – Ground lead
Figure 8.11 Option Card
u Connecting the Option Card
1.
Loosen the screw on the front cover of the drive to remove the cover.
Figure 8.12 Remove Cover
2.
Remove the terminal cover. Connect the lead from the option card to the drive ground terminal.
A
B
C
A – Ground terminal
B – Ground lead
C – Terminal cover
Figure 8.13 Connect Lead
3.
338
Reattach the terminal cover.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
8.6 Connecting an Option Card
4.
Attach the option card to the drive.
A
B
A – Line up the tab with the mounting
hole.
B – Line up the tab with the mounting
hole.
Figure 8.14 Attach Option Card
Note:
5.
Gently pack wires to fit behind the left and right side of the cover into the provided recess.
Connect the lead from the drive ground terminal to the same terminal as the option card lead.
The option card lead should exit through the holes provided on the underside of the drive as it gets routed passed the
ground terminal.
E
A
D
B
C
A – Drive ground terminal
B – Route the lead wire on the inside of
the lower cover.
C – Ground lead
D – Ground lead through-hole
E – Ground lead
Figure 8.15 Lead Wire Connection
Reattach the option card cover.
Peripheral Devices &
Options
6.
A
A –Align the tab with the mounting hole.
Figure 8.16 Reattach Cover
8
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
339
8.6 Connecting an Option Card
This Page Intentionally Blank
340
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Appendix: A
Specifications
A.1
A.2
A.3
A.4
A.5
A.6
HEAVY DUTY AND NORMAL DUTY RATINGS.................................................342
SINGLE/THREE-PHASE 200 V CLASS DRIVES................................................343
THREE-PHASE 400 V CLASS DRIVES..............................................................345
DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................347
DRIVE WATT LOSS DATA..................................................................................350
DRIVE DERATING DATA....................................................................................351
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
341
A.1 Heavy Duty and Normal Duty Ratings
A.1 Heavy Duty and Normal Duty Ratings
The capacity of the drive is based on two types of load characteristics: Heavy Duty (HD) and Normal Duty (ND).
Refer to Selecting the Appropriate Load Rating on page 342 for the differences between HD and ND. Specifications for
capacity ratings are listed on the following pages.
Table A.1 Selecting the Appropriate Load Rating
Setting Parameter
C6-01
0: Heavy Duty
1: Normal Duty
(default)
Rated Output Current
HD Rating
varies by model <1>
ND Rating
varies by model <1>
Overload Tolerance
Default Carrier Frequency
150% rated output current for 60 s
8/10 kHz
varies by model
120% rated output current for 60 s
varies by model
2 kHz, Swing PWM
<1> The following pages list information on rating changes based on drive model.
TERMS
Note:
342
• HD and ND: HD refers to applications requiring constant torque output, while ND refers to applications with
variable torque needs. The drive allows the user to select HD or ND torque depending on the application. Fans,
pumps, and blowers should use ND (C6-01 = 1), and other applications generally use HD (C6-01 = 0).
• Swing PWM: Swing PWM equivalent to a 2 kHz audible noise. This function turns the motor noise into a less
obtrusive white noise.
Differences between HD ratings and ND ratings for the drive include rated input and output current, overload capacity, carrier frequency,
and current limit. The default setting is for ND (C6-01 = 1).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
A.2 Single/Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives
A.2 Single/Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives
Note:
Differences between Heavy Duty (HD) ratings and Normal Duty (ND) ratings for the drive include rated input and output current, overload
capacity, carrier frequency and current limit. Set parameter C6-01 to 0 for HD or 1 for ND (default).
Table A.2 Power Ratings
Item
Three-Phase Drive Model
2A0001
2A0002
2A0004
2A0006
2A0010
2A0012
2A0020
Single-Phase Drive Model <1>
BA0001
BA0002
BA0003
BA0006
BA0010
BA0012
BA0018
ND Rating
0.13
0.25
0.5/
0.75
5.0 <2>
0.13
0.25
0.5
2.0/
3.0
1.5/
2.0
3.0
HD Rating
1.0/
1.5
0.75/
1.0
3.0
5.0
ND Rating
1.1
1.9
3.9
7.3
10.8
13.9
HD Rating
ND Rating
HD Rating
0.7
2.0
1.4
1.5
3.6
2.8
2.9
7.3
5.5
5.8
13.8
11.0
7.5
20.2
14.1
11.0
24.0
20.6
24.0 <2>
18.9
–
35.0
ND Rating
0.5
0.7
1.3
2.3
3.7
4.6
7.5 <2>
HD Rating
0.3
0.6
1.1
1.9
3.0
4.2
6.7
1.2
1.9
3.5 (3.3)
6.0
9.6
12.0
19.6 <2>
<3>
Input
Input Current
(A) <4>
Threephase
Singlephase
Rated Output Capacity
(kVA) <5>
Output Current (A)
Output
ND Rating
HD Rating
Overload Tolerance
Carrier Frequency
Max Output Voltage (V)
Max Output Frequency (Hz)
Power
Supply
<6>
Rated Voltage
Rated Frequency
0.8
<7>
1.6 <7>
3.0 <7>
5.0 <7>
8.0 <8>
11.0 <8>
17.5 <8>
ND Rating: 120% of rated output current for 1 minute
HD Rating: 150% of rated output current for 1 minute
(Derating may be required for applications that start and stop frequently)
User-adjustable 2 to 15 kHz
Three-phase power: 200 to 240 V
Single-phase power: 200 to 240 V
(both proportional to input voltage)
400 Hz (user-adjustable)
Three-phase power: 200 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
Single-phase power: 200 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
DC power supply: 270 to 340 V <9>
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation
Harmonic Corrective
DC Link Choke
Actions
-15 to 10%
±5%
Optional
<1> Drives with single-phase power supply input will output three-phase power and cannot run a single-phase motor.
<2> 2A0020 only. BA0018 is available with a Heavy Duty rating only.
<3> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a NEC rated 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than
the motor rated current.
<4> Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring connections, and power supply impedance.
<5> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 230 V.
<6> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz (Swing PWM). Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<7> Carrier frequency is set to 10 kHz. Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<8> Carrier frequency is set to 8 kHz. Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<9> DC is not available for UL standards.
Specifications
Maximum Motor Size Allowed (HP)
Specification
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
343
A.2 Single/Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives
Table A.3 Power Ratings Continued
Item
Three-Phase Model
2A0030
Single-Phase Model <1>
-
-
-
-
7.5/10.0
7.5
37.0
24.0
11.4
9.5
10.0
10.0
52.0
37.0
15.2
12.6
20.0
15.0
68.0
52.0
21.3
17.9
25.0
20.0
80.0
68.0
26.3
22.9
30.0
40.0
56.0
69.0
25.0 <6>
33.0 <6>
Maximum Motor Size Allowed (HP)
Input
Input Current (A)
<3>
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
Rated Output Capacity (kVA)
<4>
Output Current (A)
Output
ND Rating
HD Rating
ND Rating
HD Rating
ND Rating
HD Rating
ND Rating
HD Rating
<2>
ND Rating
HD Rating
Overload Tolerance
Carrier Frequency
Max Output Voltage (V)
Max Output Frequency (Hz)
Power
Supply
<5>
Rated Voltage
Rated Frequency
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation
Harmonic Corrective Actions
DC Link Choke
Specification
2A0040
2A0056
47.
0 <6>
2A0069
60.0 <6>
ND Rating: 120% of rated output current for 1 minute
HD Rating: 150% of rated output current for 1 minute
(Derating may be required for applications that start and stop frequently)
User-adjustable 2 to 15 kHz
Three-phase power: 200 to 240 V
Single-phase power: 200 to 240 V
(both proportional to input voltage)
400 Hz (user-adjustable)
Three-phase power: 200 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
Single-phase power: 200 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
DC power supply: 270 to 340 V <7>
-15 to 10%
±5%
Optional
<1> Drives with single-phase power supply input will output three-phase power and cannot run a single-phase motor.
<2> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a NEC rated 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than
the motor rated current.
<3> Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring connections, and power supply impedance.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 220 V.
<5> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz (Swing PWM). Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<6> Carrier frequency is set to 8 kHz. Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<7> DC is not available for UL standards.
344
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
A.3 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives
A.3 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives
Note:
Differences between Heavy Duty (HD) ratings and Normal Duty (ND) ratings for the drive include rated input and output current, overload
capacity, carrier frequency and current limit. Set parameter C6-01 to 0 for HD or 1 for ND (default).
Table A.4 Power Ratings
Item
Three-Phase Model
ND Rating
Maximum Applicable Motor
Capacity (HP) <1>
HD Rating
ND Rating
Input Current
Input
(A) <2>
HD Rating
Output Current
(kVA) <3>
Output Current
(A)
Output
4A0002
0.75/1.0
0.75
2.1
1.8
4A0007
3.0
3.0
8.1
6.0
4A0009
5.0
3.0
9.4
8.2
ND Rating
<4>
0.9
1.6
3.1
4.1
5.3
6.7
HD Rating
<5>
0.9
1.4
2.6
3.7
4.2
5.5
ND Rating
<4>
1.2
2.1
4.1
5.4
6.9
8.8
HD Rating
<5>
1.2
1.8
3.4
4.8
5.5
7.2
Overload Tolerance
Carrier Frequency
Max Output Voltage (V)
Max Output Frequency (Hz)
Power
Supply
4A0001
0.5
0.5
1.2
1.2
Specification
4A0004
4A0005
1.5/2.0
3.0
1.0/1.5/2.0
3.0
4.3
5.9
3.2
4.4
Rated Voltage
Rated Frequency
ND Rating: 120% of rated output current for 60 s
HD Rating: 150% of rated output current for 60 s
(Derating may be required for applications that start and stop frequently)
User-adjustable 2 to 15 kHz
Three-phase power: 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
400 Hz (user-adjustable)
Three-phase power: 380 to 480 V 50/60 Hz
DC power supply: 510 to 680 V <6>
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation
Harmonic Corrective Actions
DC Link Choke
-15 to 10%
±5%
Optional
Specifications
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a NEC 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the
motor rated current.
<2> Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring conditions, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 460 V.
<4> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz (Swing PWM). Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.
<5> Carrier frequency is set to 8 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.
<6> DC is not available for UL standards.
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
345
A.3 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives
Table A.5 Power Ratings Continued
Item
Three-Phase Model
ND Rating
HD Rating
ND Rating
HD Rating
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity
(HP) <1>
Input
Input Current (A)
<2>
Output Current (kVA)
Output Current (A)
Output
<3>
4A0018
10.0
10.0
20.0
15.0
4A0031
20.0
15.0
38.0
29.0
4A0038
25.0
20.0
44.0
39.0
ND Rating
<4>
8.5
13.3
17.5
23.6
29.0
HD Rating
<5>
7.0
11.3
13.7
18.3
23.6
ND Rating
<4>
11.1
17.5
23.0
31.0
38.0
HD Rating
<5>
9.2
14.8
18.0
24.0
31.0
Overload Tolerance
Carrier Frequency
Max Output Voltage (V)
Max Output Frequency (Hz)
Power
Supply
4A0011
7.5
5.0
14.0
10.4
Specification
4A0023
15.0
10.0
24.0
20.0
Rated Voltage
Rated Frequency
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation
Harmonic Corrective Actions
DC Link Choke
ND Rating: 120% of rated output current for 60 s
HD Rating: 150% of rated output current for 60 s
(Derating may be required for applications that start and stop frequently)
User-adjustable 2 to 15 kHz
Three-phase power: 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
400 Hz (user-adjustable)
Three-phase power: 380 to 480 V 50/60 Hz
DC power supply: 510 to 680 V <6>
-15 to 10%
±5%
Optional
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a NEC 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the
motor rated current.
<2> Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring conditions, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 440 V.
<4> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz (Swing PWM). Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.
<5> Carrier frequency is set to 8 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.
<6> DC is not available for UL standards.
346
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
A.4 Drive Specifications
A.4 Drive Specifications
1. Perform rotational Auto-Tuning to obtain OLV performance specifications.
2. For optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environment that meets the environmental conditions.
Item
Control Method
Frequency Control Range
Frequency Accuracy
Frequency Setting Resolution
Output Frequency Calculation Resolution
Control
Characteristics
Frequency Setting Signal
Starting Torque
Speed Control Range
Speed Control Accuracy
Speed Response
Torque Limit
Accel/Decel Time
Braking Torque
V/f Characteristics
Control
Characteristics
Functions
Specification
The following control methods are available:
Open Loop Vector Control (current vector), V/f Control, and PM Open Loop Vector (for
use with SPM and IPM)
0.01 to 400 Hz
Digital input: within ±0.01% of the max output frequency
(-10 to +50 °C)
Analog input: within ±0.5% of the max output frequency
(25 °C ±10 °C)
Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz
Analog inputs: 1/1000 of maximum output frequency
1/220 x Maximum output frequency (E1-04)
Main frequency reference: 0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ), 4 to 20 mA (250 Ω), 0 to 20 mA (250 Ω)
Main speed reference: Pulse Train Input (max 32 kHz)
200%/0.5 Hz (OLV Control, HD rating, IM of 3.7 kW or smaller),
50%/6 Hz (OLV/PM Control)
1:100 (OLV Control), 1:40 (V/f Control), 1:10 (OLV/PM Control)
±0.2% in Open Loop Vector Control <1>
5 Hz (25 °C ±10 °C) in Open Loop Vector Control
(excludes temperature fluctuation when performing Rotational Auto-Tuning)
Open Loop Vector Control only. Adjustable in 4 quadrants.
0.00 to 6000.0 s (allows four separate settings for accel and decel)
Instantaneous Average Decel Torque <2> : 0.1/0.2 kW: over 150%, 0.4/0.75 kW: over 100%,
1.5 kW: over 50%, 2.2 kW and above: over 20%
Continuous Regen Torque: 20%,
125% with a Braking Resistor Unit <3> : (10% ED) 10 s with an internal braking resistor.
Preset V/f patterns and user-set program available.
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
Speed Search
Over/Undertorque Detection
Torque Limit, Multi-Step Speed (17 steps max)
Accel/Decel Time Switch
S-Curve Accel/Decel,
2-Wire/3-Wire Sequence
Rotational Auto-Tuning
Stationary Auto-Tuning of Line-to-Line Resistance
Dwell
Cooling Fan ON/OFF
Slip Compensation
Torque Compensation
Jump Frequencies (reference dead band)
Frequency Reference Upper/Lower Limit
DC Injection Braking (start and stop), High Slip Braking
PID Control (with Sleep Function)
Energy Saving
MEMOBUS/Modbus (RS-485/RS-422 Max 115.2 kbps)
Fault Reset
Parameter Copy
DriveWorksEZ
Fault Restart
Removable Terminals with Parameter Backup Function
Specifications
Note:
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
347
A.4 Drive Specifications
Item
Motor Protection
Overcurrent Protection
Overload Protection
Overvoltage Specification
Low Voltage Protection
Protection
Functions
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
Heatsink Overheat Protection
Braking Resistor Overheat Protection
Stall Prevention
Cooling Fan Failure Protection
Ground Fault Protection
DC Bus Charge LED
Storage/Installation Area
Ambient Temperature
Humidity
Storage Temperature
Altitude
Shock, Impact
Environment
Surrounding Area
Orientation
Standards
Protective Enclosure
Cooling Method
Specification
Motor overheat protection via output current sensor
Drives stops when output exceeds 200% of the rated current (Heavy Duty)
A stop command will be entered after operating at 150% for 60 s (Heavy Duty)
200 V Class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 410 V
400 V Class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V
<4>
Drive stops when DC bus voltage falls below the levels indicated: <5>
190 V (3-phase 200 V), 160 V (single-phase 200 V), 380 V (3-phase 400 V), 350 V (3-phase
380 V)
3 selections available: Ride-Thru disabled (stops after 15 ms), time base of 0.5 s, and
continue running as long as the drive control board is powered up. <6>
Protected by thermistor
Overheat input signal for braking resistor (Optional ERF-type, 3% ED)
Stall prevention is available during acceleration, deceleration, and during run. Separate
settings for each type of stall prevention determine the current level at which stall prevention
is triggered.
Circuit protection (“fan-lock” sensor)
Electronic circuit protection <7>
Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V
Indoors
IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure: -10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F)
IP20/IP00 Open-Chassis enclosure: -10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)
Finless Type: IP20/IP00 enclosure: -10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)
NEMA Type 4X/IP66 enclosure: -10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F)
95% RH or less with no condensation
-20 to +60 °C (-4 to +140 °F) allowed for short-term transport of the product
Up to 1000 meters without derating; up to 3000 meters with output current and voltage
derating. Refer to Altitude Derating on page 352 for details.
10 to 20 Hz: 9.8 m/s2
20 to 55 Hz: 5.9 m/s2
Install the drive in an area free from:
• oil mist and dust
• metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials
• radioactive materials
• combustible materials
• harmful gases and liquids
• excessive vibration
• chlorides
• direct sunlight
Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects
• UL508C
• EN 61800-3:2004/A1:2012, IEC/EN 61800-5-1
• ISO/EN 13849-1 Cat.3 PLd, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2
Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms.
IP20/Open-Chassis or IP00/Open-Chassis <8>
IP20/NEMA Type 1 <9>
BA0001 to BA0006: self-cooled
BA0010 to BA0018: cooling fan
2A0001 to 2A0004: self-cooled
2A0006 to 2A0069: cooling fan
4A0001 to 4A0004: self-cooled
4A0005 to 4A0038: cooling fan
<1> Speed control accuracy varies somewhat according to the type of motor and drive settings.
<2> Instantaneous average deceleration torque refers to the torque required to decelerate the motor (uncoupled from the load) from the rated motor speed
down to zero in the shortest time.
<3> Ensure that Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration is disabled (L3-04 = 0) or set to 3 when using a braking resistor or the Braking Resistor
Unit. The default setting for the stall prevention function will interfere with the braking resistor.
<4> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 150% of the rated output current if the output frequency is less than 6 Hz.
348
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
A.4 Drive Specifications
<5> Parameter settings allow up to 150 V.
<6> A Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Unit is required for 200/400 V class drives 7.5 kW and less if the application needs to continue running during
a momentary power loss up to 2 seconds.
<7> Ground protection cannot be provided under the following circumstances when a ground fault is likely in the motor windings during run: Low
ground resistance for the motor cable and terminal block; low ground resistance for the motor cable and terminal block; or the drive is powered up
from a ground short.
<8> The following models have an IP20/Open-Chassis enclosure as standard. Customers may convert these models to IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosures
using the IP20/NEMA Type 1 Kit Option:
2A0030 to 2A0069
4A0018 to 4A0038
<9> The following models have an IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure as standard. For an IP20/Open-Chassis or IP00/Open-Chassis design, remove the top
and bottom covers:
BA0001 to BA0018
2A0001 to 2A0020
4A0001 to 4A0011
Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms.
Specifications
Note:
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
349
A.5 Drive Watt Loss Data
A.5 Drive Watt Loss Data
Table A.6 Watt Loss 200 V Class Single-Phase Models
Drive Model
BA0001
BA0002
BA0003
BA0006
BA0010
BA0012
BA0018
Heavy Duty (Carrier Frequency 8 kHz) <1>
Rated Amps
Heatsink
Interior Unit Total Loss
(A)
Loss (W)
Loss (W)
(W)
0.8
4.3
7.4
11.7
1.6
7.9
8.9
16.7
3.0
16.1
11.5
27.7
5.0
33.7
16.8
50.5
8.0
54.8
25.9
80.7
11.0
70.7
34.1
104.8
17.5
110.5
51.4
161.9
Normal Duty (Swing PWM equal 2 kHz)
Rated Amps
(A)
1.2
1.9
3.2
6.0
9.6
12.0
—
Heatsink
Loss (W)
5.0
7.6
14.6
30.1
51.7
61.3
—
Interior Unit
Loss (W)
8.5
9.7
14.4
19.4
29.8
37.1
—
Total Loss
(W)
13.5
17.3
29.1
49.5
81.4
98.4
—
<1> 10 kHz for BA0001 to BA0006
Table A.7 Watt Loss 200 V Class Three-Phase Models
Heavy Duty (Carrier Frequency 8 kHz) <1>
Drive Model
2A0001
2A0002
2A0004
2A0006
2A0010
2A0012
2A0020
2A0030
2A0040
2A0056
2A0069
Rated Amps
(A)
0.8
1.6
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.5
25.0
33.0
47.0
60.0
Heatsink
Loss (W)
4.3
7.9
16.2
27.4
54.8
70.7
110.5
231.5
339.5
347.6
437.7
Interior Unit
Loss (W)
7.3
8.8
11.5
15.9
23.8
29.9
43.3
72.2
82.8
117.6
151.4
Total Loss
(W)
11.6
16.7
27.7
43.3
78.6
100.6
153.8
303.7
321.3
465.2
589.1
Normal Duty (Swing PWM equal 2 kHz)
Rated Amps
(A)
1.2
1.9
3.5
6.0
9.6
12.0
19.6
30.0
40.0
56.0
69.0
Heatsink
Loss (W)
5.0
7.6
15.8
27.5
51.7
61.3
98.7
246.4
266.7
357.9
461.7
Interior Unit
Loss (W)
8.0
9.5
13.6
17.2
25.8
30.4
46.3
88.9
112.8
151.8
184.5
Total Loss
(W)
13.0
17.1
29.4
44.7
77.5
91.7
145.0
335.3
379.6
509.7
646.2
<1> 10 kHz for 2A0001 to 2A0006
Table A.8 Watt Loss 400 V Class Three-Phase Models
Drive Model
4A0001
4A0002
4A0004
4A0005
4A0007
4A0009
4A0011
4A0018
4A0023
4A0031
4A0038
350
Heavy Duty (Carrier Frequency 8 kHz)
Rated Amps
Heatsink
Interior Unit Total Loss
(A)
Loss (W)
Loss (W)
(W)
1.2
19.2
11.5
30.7
1.8
28.9
14.8
43.7
3.4
42.3
17.9
60.2
4.8
70.7
26.2
96.9
5.5
81.0
30.7
111.7
7.2
84.6
32.9
117.5
9.2
107.2
41.5
148.7
14.8
166.0
62.7
228.7
18.0
207.1
78.1
285.2
24.0
266.9
105.9
372.8
31.0
319.1
126.6
445.7
Normal Duty (Swing PWM equal 2 kHz)
Rated Amps
Heatsink
Interior Unit Total Loss
(A)
Loss (W)
Loss (W)
(W)
1.2
10.0
9.6
19.6
2.1
18.5
13.9
32.4
4.1
30.5
16.8
47.3
5.4
44.5
21.8
66.3
6.9
58.5
28.4
86.9
8.8
63.7
31.4
95.1
11.1
81.7
46.0
127.7
17.5
181.2
80.1
261.3
23.0
213.4
107.7
321.1
31.0
287.5
146.1
433.6
38.0
319.2
155.8
475.0
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
A.6 Drive Derating Data
A.6 Drive Derating Data
The drive can be operated at above rated temperature, altitude and default carrier frequency by derating the drive capacity.
u Carrier Frequency Derating
Derate drive capacity using Figure A.1 as the carrier frequency of the drive increases above the factory setting.
Drive
Rating
Carrier Frequency Derating
ND
200 V Class:
80% of HD
HD
400 V Class:
60% of HD
0
2
10 (8)
Carrier Frequency (C6-02)
15
Figure A.1 Carrier Frequency Derating
u Temperature Derating
As the ambient temperature for the drive is increased above the drive specification the drive should be derated. Additionally
parameter L8-35 Installation Method Selection on page 351 should be set according to enclosure type and mounting method
as illustrated in Figure A.2.
n Output Current Derating Due to Ambient Temperature
Set L8-12 and L8-35 according to the installation conditions when the ambient temperature is above the drive specification
or when drives are mounted side-by-side in a cabinet. The output current is derated as shown in Figure A.2.
No.
L8-12
L8-35
Name
Description
Ambient
Adjust the drive overload (oL2) protection level when the drive is installed
Temperature Setting in an environment that exceeds its ambient temperature rating.
0: IP20/IP00 Drive
Installation Method 1: Side-by-Side Mounting
Selection
2: NEMA Type 1 Drive
3: Finless Drive or External Heatsink Installation
Range
Def.
-10 to 50
40 °C
0 to 3
0
Parameter L8-35 = 0 (IP20/IP00 Drive)
100%
Parameter L8-35 = 2
(NEMA Type 1 Drive)
85%
80%
Drive 70%
Rating
50%
Specifications
Parameter L8-35 = 3
(Finless Drive or External
Heatsink Installation)
Parameter L8-35 = 1
(Side-by-side Mounting)
0%
o
-10
30
o
o
35 40
o
50
o
Ambient temp o C
Parameter L8-12
A
Figure A.2 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
351
A.6 Drive Derating Data
u Altitude Derating
The drive standard ratings are valid for an installation altitude up to 1000 m. If the altitude exceeds 1000 m, both the drive
input voltage and the rated output current must be derated for 1% per 100 m. The maximum altitude is 3000 m.
352
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Appendix: B
Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.
B.1
B.2
B.3
B.4
B.5
B.6
PARAMETER GROUPS.......................................................................................354
PARAMETER TABLE..........................................................................................355
CONTROL MODE DEPENDENT PARAMETER DEFAULT VALUES................406
V/F PATTERN DEFAULT VALUES.....................................................................408
DEFAULTS BY DRIVE MODEL AND DUTY RATING (ND/HD)..........................409
PARAMETERS THAT CHANGE WITH THE MOTOR CODE SELECTION .......417
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
353
B.1 Parameter Groups
B.1 Parameter Groups
Parameter
Group
A1
A2
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b8
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
d1
d2
d3
d4
d7
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
F1
F6
F7
H1
H2
354
Name
Initialization
User Parameters
Operation Mode Selection
DC Injection Braking
Speed Search
Delay Timer
PID Control
Dwell Function
Energy Saving
Acceleration/Deceleration Time
S-Curve Accel/Decel
Motor Slip Compensation
Motor Torque Compensation
Speed Control (ASR)
Carrier Frequency
Frequency Reference
Reference Limits
Jump Frequencies
Frequency Reference Hold
Off-Set Frequency
V/f Pattern
Motor Setup
Motor 2 V/f Pattern
Motor Setup 2
PM Motor Setup
Fault Detection during PG Speed Control
Network Communications
EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP/IP
Communications
Digital Inputs
Digital Outputs
Page
355
356
356
357
358
358
358
360
360
361
362
362
362
363
363
364
365
365
365
366
367
367
368
369
370
371
372
374
376
378
Parameter
Group
H3
H4
H5
H6
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
n1
n2
n3
n6
n8
o1
o2
o4
q
r
T1
U1
U2
U3
U4
U5
U6
U8
Name
Page
Analog Inputs
Analog Outputs
Serial Communications Setup
Pulse Train I/O Setup
Motor Overload
Power Loss Ride-Thru
Stall Prevention
Reference Detection
Fault Restart
Overtorque Detection
Torque Limit
Hardware Protection
Hunting Prevention
Speed Feedback Detection
High-Slip Braking
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Online Tuning
PM Motor Control
Monitor Display Selection
Operator Keypad Functions
Maintenance Functions
DWEZ Parameters
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Auto-Tuning
Status Monitor
Fault Trace
Fault History
Maintenance Monitor
PID Monitor
Control Monitor
Custom Monitors for DriveWorksEZ
381
382
382
383
384
384
385
387
387
387
389
389
391
392
392
392
392
394
394
395
396
396
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
404
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
B.2 Parameter Table
An “A” in the “Control Mode” column indicates that the parameter is available in the Advanced menu of the respective control
mode.
An “S” in the “Control Mode” column indicates that the parameter is available in the Startup menu of the respective control
mode.
A “–” in the “Control Mode” column indicates that the parameter is NOT available in the respective control mode.
An “O” in the “Control Mode” column indicates that the multi-function selection is available in the respective control mode.
u A: Initialization Parameters
The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor
Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.
A1-00
<1> <2>
A1-01
<1> <3>
A1-02
<2>
A1-03
A1-04
A1-05
Name
Description
Range
Def.
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A1: Initialization Parameters
Use A1 parameters to configure the basic environment for drive operation.
0: English
1: Japanese
2: German
3: French
Language Selection
0 to 7
0
A A A
100
116
4: Italian
5: Spanish
6: Portuguese
7: Chinese
Selects which parameters are accessible via the digital operator.
0: Operation only
Access Level Selection 1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the
0 to 2
2
A A A
101
116
user)
2: Advanced Access Level
Selects the Control Method of the drive. Auto-Tuning must be
performed when selecting one of the vector control modes.
0: V/f Control without PG
2: Open Loop Vector (OLV)
Control Method
5: PM Open Loop Vector (PM)
0, 2, 5
0
S S S
102
116
Selection
Note: 1. Does not return to the default setting after initialization.
2. If using Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2), then Auto-Tuning
must be performed again after the drive is initialized. Refer to AutoTuning on page 102 for details.
Resets all parameters to factory default settings. (Initializes the drive 0 to 5550
0
A A A
103
117
then returns A1-03 to 0)
0: No Initialization
1110: User Initialize
The following parameters are not reset when the
Initialize Parameters
(First set user parameter values must be stored using parameter
performing initialization: A1-00, A1-02,
o2-03)
A1-07, E1-03, E5-oo, F6-08, L8-35, o2-04,
2220: 2-Wire Initialization
o2-09, and all U2 and U3 monitors.
3330: 3-Wire Initialization
5550: oPE04 Error Reset
Password
0 to 9999
0
A A A
104
118
0 to 9999
0
A A A
105
118
When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into
This
parameter
is
hidden
from
view.
To
A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through
access A1-05, first display A1-04. Then
Password Setting
A2-32 cannot be changed.
press the STOP key while holding down —
the up arrow key. Parameter A1-05 will
appear.
Parameter List
No.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
355
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
A1-06 Application Preset
Description
Sets parameters that are commonly used in certain applications to
A2-01 through A2-16 for easier access.
0: General-purpose (A2 parameters are not affected)
1: Water supply pump
2: Conveyor
3: Exhaust fan
4: HVAC fan
5: Air compressor
8: Conveyor 2 <4>
Note:
Range
Def.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
0 to 5; 8
0
A A A
127
96
0
A A A
128
119
<3>
A A A
106 to
125
120
<5>
A A A
126
120
Pg.
Application Preset settings 6 and 7 are only present in
drive software versions PRG: 1011 and earlier.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0 to 2
2: Multi-function input (enabled when H1-oo = 9F)
A2: User Parameters
Use A2 parameters to program the drive.
A2-01
Parameters that were recently edited are listed here. The user can
User Parameters, 1 to 32 also select parameters to appear here for quick access. Parameters A1-00 to
to
o2-08
A2-32
will be stored here for quick access when A1-01 = 1.
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to
User
Parameter
create a list of User Parameters.
A2-33 Automatic Selection
0, 1
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited
parameters will be saved to A2-17 through A2-32 for quick access.
A1-07 DriveWorksEZ
<2>
Function Selection
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
Addr.
Hex
Parameter can be changed during run.
Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization, A1-03 = 1110, 2220, 3330.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-06, Application Selection.
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-06. This setting value is 0 when A1-06 = 0, and 1 when A1-06 ≠ 0.
u b: Application
Application parameters configure the Run Command Source, DC Injection Braking, Speed Search, Timer functions, PID
control, the Dwell function, Energy Savings and a variety of other application-related settings.
No.
Name
b1-01
Frequency Reference
Selection 1
b1-02
Run Command Selection 1
356
Description
b1: Operation Mode Selection
Use b1 parameters to configure the operation mode.
Selects the frequency reference input source.
0: Digital operator - Digital preset speed d1-01 to d1-17.
1: Terminals - Analog input terminal A1 or A2.
2: MEMOBUS communications
3: Option PCB
4: Pulse Input (Terminal RP)
Selects the run command input source.
0: Digital operator - RUN and STOP keys on the digital
operator.
1: Digital input terminals
2: MEMOBUS communications
3: Option PCB.
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
0 to 4
1
S
S
S
180
121
0 to 3
1
S
S
S
181
123
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
b1-03
b1-04
b1-07
b1-08
b1-14
b1-15
b1-16
b1-17
b2-01
Name
Description
Range
DC Injection Braking Current Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the
drive rated current.
0 to 75
50%
b2-03
DC Injection Braking Time/
DC Excitation Time at Start
0.00 to
10.00
0.00 s
b2-08
b2-12
Pg.
Selects the stopping method when the run command is
0 to 3
0
S S S
182
124
removed.
0: Ramp to Stop
Coast to Stop
DC Injection Braking at Stop cannot be
Stopping Method Selection 1:
2: DC Injection Braking to Stop
selected when using Open Loop Vector for PM
3: Coast with Timer
motors.
(A new run command is ignored if received before the timer
expires)
Permits or prohibits reverse operation.
Reverse Operation Selection 0: Reverse enabled.
0, 1
0
A A A
183
126
1: Reverse disabled.
Determines the operation when the Run command source is
switched from LOCAL to REMOTE or between Run source 1
and 2 while an external Run command is active at the new
source.
LOCAL/REMOTE Run
0, 1
0
A A A
186
127
0: External Run command has to be cycled at the new source
Selection
to be activated.
1: External Run command at new source is accepted
immediately.
0: Run command accepted only in the operation menu.
Run Command Selection
Run command accepted in all menus.
0 to 2
0
A A A
187
127
while in Programming Mode 1:
2: Prohibit entering Programming Mode during Run
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2 and
W/T3.
Phase Order Selection
0, 1
0
A A A
1C3
127
0 : Standard
1 : Switch phase order
Selects the frequency reference input source 2.
0: Operator - Digital preset speed d1-01 to d1-17.
Frequency Reference
1: Terminals - Analog input terminal A1 or A2
0 to 4
0
A A A
1C4
128
Selection 2
2: MEMOBUS communications
3: Option PCB
4: Pulse Input (Terminal RP)
Selects the run command input source 2.
0: Operator - RUN and STOP keys on the digital operator.
Run Command Selection 2
1: Digital input terminals
0 to 3
0
A A A
1C5
128
2: MEMOBUS communications
3: Option PCB
Determines the operation when a Run command is active at
up of the drive.
Run Command at Power Up power
0, 1
0
A A A
1C6
128
0: Run command not issued, needs to be cycled
1: Run command issued, motor operation start
b2: DC Injection Braking
Use b2 parameters to configure DC Injection Braking operation
Sets the frequency at which DC Injection Braking starts when
DC Injection Braking Start
Ramp
to Stop (b1-03 = 0) is selected. If b2-01< E1-09, DC 0.0 to 10.0 0.5
189
128
Frequency
Hz A A A
Injection Braking starts at E1-09.
b2-02
b2-04
Addr.
Hex
Sets DC Injection Braking time at start. Disabled when set to
0.00 seconds.
<1>
A A A
18A
129
A A A
18B
129
18C
129
190
129
1BA
129
Sets DC Injection Braking time at stop.
When b1-03 = 2, actual DC Injection time is calculated as
DC Injection Braking Time at follows:
0.00 to 0.50 s A A −
(b2-04) x 10 x (Output Freq)/(E1-04). When b1-03 = 0, this
Stop
parameter sets the amount of DC Injection time applied to the 10.00
motor at the end of the decel ramp or High Slip Braking.
Disabled when set to 0.00.
Magnetic Flux Compensation Sets the magnetic flux compensation as a percentage of the no- 0 to 1000 0% − A −
Value
load current value (E2-03).
Sets the time for Short-Circuit brake operation at start.
0.00 to 0.00 s − − A
Short Circuit Brake Time at Disabled when set to 0.00.
25.50
Start
<2>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
357
Parameter List
No.
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
b2-13
b3-01
b3-02
b3-03
b3-05
b3-06
b3-08
<11>
b3-10
b3-14
b3-17
b3-18
b3-19
b3-24
Short Circuit Brake Time at
Stop
Sets the Short-Circuit brake operation time at stop. Used to
stop a motor rotating due to inertia. Disabled when set to 0.00
seconds.
0.00 to
25.50
0.50 s −
<2>
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A
1BB
129
A A A
191
133
A A
−
192
133
A A
−
193
133
A A A
195
133
A A
−
196
134
A A A
198
134
A A
−
19A
134
A A
−
19E
134
A A
−
1F0
134
A A
−
1F1
134
A A
−
1F2
135
A A
−
1C0
135
0.5 s A A A
1C8
135
10%
A
77C
135
0.0 s A A A
1A3
135
0.0 s A A A
1A4
135
b3: Speed Search
Use b3 parameters to configure Speed Search function operation.
Enables/disables the Speed Search function at start.
Speed Search Selection at
0: Disabled - Speed Search is not automatically performed at
0, 1
0
Start
start.
1: Enabled - Speed Search is automatically performed at start.
Sets the current level at which the speed is assumed to be
120
Speed Search Deactivation
detected and Speed Search is ended. Set as a percentage of the 0 to 200
<3>
Current
drive rated current.
Sets the time constant used to reduce the output frequency
Speed Search Deceleration
during Speed Search. Related to a change from max. output 0.1 to 10.0 2.0 s
Time
frequency to 0.
Delays the Speed Search operation after a momentary power 0.0 to 100 0.2 s
Speed Search Delay Time
loss to allow time for an external output contactor to close.
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of
Output Current 1 during
Estimation type Speed Search. Set as a factor of the motor rated 0.0 to 2.0 <4>
Speed Search
current.
Current Control Gain during Sets the proportional gain for the current controller during
0.00 to
<12>
Speed Search (Speed
Speed Search. There is normally no need to change this
6.00
Estimation Type)
parameter from the default value.
Sets the gain which is applied to the speed detected by Speed
Speed Search Detection
Estimation Speed Search before the motor is reaccelerated.
1.00 to
1.05
Compensation Gain
Increase this setting if ov occurs when performing Speed
1.20
Search.
Selects if Speed Search detects the motor rotation direction
Bi-Directional Speed Search during Speed Search.
0, 1
0
Selection
0: Disabled–Frequency reference direction used
1: Enabled–Detected direction used
Speed Search Restart Current Sets the Speed Search restart current level as a percentage of 0 to 200 150%
Level
the drive rated current.
Speed Search Restart
to 0.10 s
Sets the time in seconds for Speed Search restart to be detected. 0.00
Detection Time
1.00
Number of Speed Search
Sets the number of restarts possible for Speed Search restart
0 to 10
3
Restarts
operations.
Sets the Speed Search detection mode.
Speed Search Method
0: Current Detection Type
0, 1
0
Selection
1: Speed Estimation Type
Speed Search Retry Interval
Time
b3-29
Speed Search Induced
Voltage Level
b4-01
Timer Function On-Delay
Time
b4-02
Timer Function Off-Delay
Time
358
Range
Name
b3-25
<5>
Description
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Sets the wait time before Speed Search restarts.
0 to 30.0
Performs Speed Search when the motor induced voltage
exceeds the set level. This setting rarely needs to be changed.
If changes are necessary, try lowering this value in small
0 to 10
increments. If set too low, then the drive will not perform
Speed Search.
b4: Timer Function
Use b4 parameters to configure timer function operation.
Used in conjunction with a multi-function digital input (H10.0 to
oo = 18) and a multi-function digital output (H2-oo = 12)
300.0
programmed for the timer function. This sets the amount of
time between digital input closure and digital output activation.
Used in conjunction with a multi-function digital input (H1oo = 18) and a multi-function digital output programmed for 0.0 to
300.0
the timer function. This sets the amount of time the output
remains activated after the digital input is opened.
b5: PID Control
Use b5 parameters to configure the PID control drive function.
–
−
–
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
Name
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Description
Range
0 to 4
0
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A A A
1A5
139
b5-01
PID Function Setting
Sets the PID control mode.
0: Disabled
1: Enable (PID output = freq. ref., PID input is D-controlled)
2: (PID output = freq. ref., PID feedback is D-controlled)
3: Enable (PID output added to freq. ref., PID input is Dcontrolled)
4: Enable (PID output added to freq. ref., PID feedback is Dcontrolled)
b5-02
Proportional Gain Setting
(P)
Sets the proportional gain of the PID controller. A setting of
0.00 disables P control.
0.00 to
25.00
1.00
A A A
1A6
139
Integral Time Setting (I)
Sets the integral time for the PID controller. A setting of 0.0 s
disables integral control.
0.0 to
360.0
1.0 s A A A
1A7
139
Integral Limit Setting
Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator.
0.0 to
100.0
100.0 A A A
%
1A8
139
Derivative Time (D)
Sets D control derivative time. A setting of 0.00 s disables
derivative control.
0.00 to
10.00
0.00 s A A A
1A9
140
PID Output Limit
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PID
controller.
0.0 to
100.0
100.0 A A A
%
1AA
140
PID Offset Adjustment
Applies an offset to the PID controller output.
-100.0 to 0.0% A A A
+100.0
1AB
140
b5-08
PID Primary Delay Time
Constant
Sets the amount of time for the filter on the output of the PID
controller.
1AC
140
b5-09
PID Output Level Selection
Sets the PID controller output direction.
0: Normal Output (direct acting)
1: Reverse Output (reverse acting)
0, 1
0
A A A
1AD
140
b5-10
PID Output Gain Setting
Sets the gain applied to the PID output.
0.00 to
25.00
1.00
A A A
1AE
140
0, 1
0
A A A
1AF
140
0 to 5
0
A A A
1B0
141
0 to 100
0%
A A A
1B1
142
0.0 to 25.5 1.0 s A A A
1B2
142
0.0 to
0.0 A A A
400.0
Hz
0.0 to 25.5 0.0 s A A A
0 to 255
0s A A A
1B3
142
1B4
1B5
143
143
1DC
143
<6>
b5-03
<6>
b5-04
<6>
b5-05
<6>
b5-06
<6>
b5-07
<6>
<6>
b5-11
b5-12
b5-13
b5-14
b5-15
b5-16
b5-17
b5-18
Sets the drive operation with negative PID output.
Negative PID output triggers zero limit and drive stops.
PID Output Reverse Selection 0:
1: Rotation direction reverses with negative PID output.
When using setting 1 make sure, reverse operation is permitted
by parameter b1-04.
Configures the PID feedback loss detection. With all setting a
digital output programmed for H2-01/02/03 = 3E/3F (PID
feedback low/PID feedback high) is operated when the
detection condition becomes true.
0: Digital output only.
1: Feedback loss detected when PID enabled. Alarm output,
operation is continued without triggering a fault contact.
PID Feedback Reference
2: Feedback loss detected when PID enabled. Fault output,
Missing Detection Selection operation is stopped and a fault contact is triggered.
3: Feedback loss detection even when PID is disabled by digital
input. No alarm/fault output.
4: PID Feedback error detection even when PID is disabled by
digital input. An alarm is triggered and the drive continues to
run.
5: PID Feedback error detection even when PID is disabled by
digital input. Fault is triggered and output is shut off.
PID Feedback Loss Detection Sets the PID feedback loss detection level.
Level
PID Feedback Loss Detection Sets the PID feedback loss detection delay time in terms of
Time
seconds.
PID Sleep Function Start
Sets the sleep function start frequency.
Level
Note: Also enabled when PID is not active.
PID Sleep Delay Time
Sets the sleep function delay time.
PID Accel/Decel Time
Applies an accel/decel time to the PID setpoint.
Selects b5-19 as PID setpoint value.
PID Setpoint Selection
0: Disabled
1: Enabled, b5-19 becomes PID target
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
0.00 to
10.00
0, 1
0.00 s A A A
0
A A A
359
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
b5-19
b5-20
b5-34
<6>
b5-35
<6>
b5-36
b5-37
b5-38
b5-39
b5-40
<8>
b5-47
<5>
b6-01
b6-02
b6-03
Name
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
PID Setpoint Value
Sets the PID target value when b5-18 = 1.
0.00 to
100.00
0.00
%
A A A
1DD
143
PID Setpoint Scaling
Sets the units for setting/display b5-19, and for parameter
monitors U5-01 (PID Feedback) and U5-04 (PID Setpoint).
0: 0.01Hz units
1: 0.01% units (100% = max output frequency)
2: r/min (number of motor poles must be set up)
3: User-set (set to b5-38 and b5-39)
0 to 3
1
A A A
1E2
143
PID Output Lower Limit
Sets the minimum output possible from the PID controller.
-100.0 to
+100.0
0.00
%
A A A
19F
144
PID Input Limit
Limits the PID control input (deviation signal). Acts as a
bipolar limit.
1000. A A A
0%
1A0
144
PID Feedback High Detection Sets the PID feedback high detection level.
0 to 100 100% A A A
Level
PID Feedback High Level
Sets the PID feedback high level detection delay time.
0.0 to 25.5 1.0 s A A A
Detection Time
Sets the display value of U5-01 and U5-04 when the maximum
PID Setpoint / User Display frequency is output. Changeable only if b5-20 = 3.
1 to 60000 <7> A A A
0 to 60000: User-Set Display if b5-20 = 3
Sets the number of digits of U5-01 and U5-04. Changeable
only if b5-20 = 3.
No decimal places
<7>
PID Setpoint Display Digits 0:
0 to 3
A A A
1: One decimal places
2: Two decimal places
3: Three decimal places
0: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) after PID
Frequency Reference
compensation has been added.
0, 1
0
A A A
Monitor Content during PID 1: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) before PID
compensation has been added.
Reverses operation selection when b5-01 = 3 or 4
Reverse Operation Selection 0: Zero limit when PID output is a negative value
0, 1
1
A A A
2 by PID Output
1: Reverse operation when PID output is a negative value (Zero
limit if the reverse operation is prohibited by b1-04)
b6: Dwell Function
Use b6 parameters to configure dwell function operation.
The Dwell function is used to temporarily hold the frequency
0.0 to
0.0 A A A
Dwell Reference at Start
when driving a motor with a heavy load.
400.0
Hz
Parameters b6-01 and b6-02 set the frequency to hold and the 0.0 to 10.0 0.0 s A A A
Dwell Time at Start
time to maintain that frequency at start.
Parameters b6-03 and b6-04 set the frequency to hold and the 0.0 to
0.0 A A A
Dwell Frequency at Stop
time to maintain that frequency at stop.
400.0
Hz
1A1
142
1A2
142
1FE
144
1FF
144
17F
144
17D
144
1B6
145
1B7
145
1B8
145
1B9
145
Run command
0.0 to
1000.0
OFF
ON
b6-04
Dwell Time at Stop
Output
Frequency
0.0 to 10.0 0.0 s A A A
b6-01
b6-02
b8-01
b8-02
<6>
b6-03
Time
b6-04
b8: Energy Saving
Use b8 parameters to configure the energy saving/conservation drive function.
Selects the Energy Savings function.
Energy Saving Control
0: Disabled
0, 1
Selection
1: Enabled
Energy Saving Gain
Sets energy savings control gain when in Open Loop Vector 0.0 to 10.0
Control.
0
A A
−
1CC
145
0.7
−
A
−
1CD
145
b8-03
Energy Saving Control Filter Sets energy saving control filter time constant when in Open
Time Constant
Loop Vector Control.
0.00 to
10.00
0.50
<4>
−
A
−
1CE
145
b8-04
Energy Saving Coefficient
Value
0.0 to
655.00
<9>
<10>
A
−
−
1CF
146
<6>
360
Sets the Energy Saving coefficient and is used to fine
adjustments in V/f Control.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
b8-05
b8-06
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>
<12>
Name
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
a filter time for the Power Detection used by Energy
Power Detection Filter Time Sets
0 to 2000 20 ms A
Savings in V/f Control.
Sets the limit for the voltage search operation performed by
Search Operation Voltage
Energy Savings in V/f Control. Set as a percentage of the motor 0 to 100
0% A
Limit
base voltage. Disabled when set to 0%.
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
−
−
1D0
146
−
−
1D1
146
Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection. The value shown is for A1-02 = 2-OLV control.
A coasting motor may require a braking resistor circuit to bring the motor to a stop in the required time.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection. The value shown is for A1-02 = 0-V/f Control.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later.
Parameter can be changed during Run.
Default setting is dependent on parameter b5-20, PID Setpoint Scaling.
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1014 and later.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection and C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
Parameter value is changed if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1022 and later.
Default setting is determined by A1-02, Control Method Selection
u C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration times, S-curves, slip and torque compensation functions and
carrier frequency selections.
No.
Name
Description
Range
Def.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times
Use C1 parameters to configure motor acceleration and deceleration.
<1>
C1-02
<1>
C1-03
<1>
C1-04
<1>
Acceleration Time 1
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
S
S
S
200
147
Deceleration Time 1
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
S
S
S
201
147
Acceleration Time 2
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency
when Accel/Decel times 2 are selected by a digital input.
A A A
202
147
Deceleration Time 2
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0
when Accel/Decel times 2 are selected by a digital input.
A A A
203
147
A A A
204
147
0.0 to
6000.0
10.0 s
C1-05
Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency
Accel Time 1)
when Accel/Decel times 3 are selected by a digital input.
C1-06
Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0
Decel Time 1)
when Accel/Decel times 3 are selected by a digital input.
A A A
205
147
C1-07
Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency
Accel Time 2)
when Accel/Decel times 4 are selected by a digital input.
A A A
206
147
C1-08
Deceleration Time 4 (Motor Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0
2 Decel Time 2)
when Accel/Decel times 4 are selected by a digital input.
A A A
207
147
C1-09
Fast-Stop Time
A A A
208
148
<1>
<1>
<1>
<1>
C1-10
Accel/Decel Time Setting
Units
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0
for the multi-function input fast-stop function.
Note: This parameter is also used by selecting “Fast-Stop”
as a Stop Method when a fault is detected.
Sets the resolution of C1-01 to C1-09.
0: 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)
1: 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
<2>
0.0 to
6000.0
<2>
0, 1
10.0 s
Parameter List
C1-01
B
1
A A A
209
148
361
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
C1-11
C1-14
<3>
C2-01
C2-02
C2-03
Name
Description
Range
Def.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Sets the frequency for automatic acceleration/deceleration
switching.
Accel/Decel Time Switching Below set frequency: Accel/Decel Time 4
0.0 to 400.0 0.0 Hz A A A
Frequency
Above set frequency: Accel/Decel Time 1
Hz
The multi-function input “Accel/Decel Time 1” or “Accel/
Decel Time 2” take priority.
Sets the base frequency used to calculate acceleration and
deceleration times.
When set to 0.0 Hz, the drive calculates the time required
Accel/Decel Rate
to accelerate from 0 Hz to E1-04, and decelerate from E1-04 0.0 to 400.0 0.0 Hz A A A
down to 0 Hz (conventional setting).
Hz
Frequency
When set to any other value above 0.0 Hz, the drive
calculates the time required to accelerate from 0 Hz to
C1-14, and to decelerate from C1-14 down to 0 Hz.
C2: S-Curve Characteristics
Use C2 parameters to configure S-curve operation.
0.20 s
The S-curve can be controlled in the four points shown
0.00 to
S-Curve Characteristic at
A A A
<4>
below.
10.00
Accel Start
S-Curve Characteristic at
Accel End
S-Curve Characteristic at
Decel Start
Run
command
Output
frequency
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
20A
149
264
149
20B
150
ON
OFF
0.00 to 10.0 0.20 s
A A A
20C
150
C2-02
C2-03
0.00 to 10.0 0.20 s
A A A
20D
150
0.00 to 10.0 0.00 s
S-curve is used to further soften the starting and stopping
ramp. The longer the S-curve time, the softer the starting
and stopping ramp.
C3: Slip Compensation
Use C3 parameters to configure the slip compensation function.
Sets the slip compensation gain. Decides for what amount
0.0
the output frequency is boosted in order to compensate the 0.0 to 2.5
Slip Compensation Gain
<4>
slip.
Note: Adjustment is not normally required.
Adjusts the slip compensation function delay time.
2000
the setting when the slip compensation response
Slip Compensation Primary Decrease
ms
is
too
slow,
increase
it
when
the
speed
is
not
stable.
0
to
10000
Delay Time
<4>
Disabled when Simple V/f Control with PG (H6-01 = 3) is
used.
Sets the slip compensation upper limit. Set as a percentage
Slip Compensation Limit
of motor rated slip (E2-02). Disabled when Simple V/f
0 to 250
200%
Control with PG (H6-01 = 3) is used.
Selects slip compensation during regenerative operation.
0: Disabled
Slip Compensation Selection 1: Enabled
0, 1
0
during Regeneration
Using the Slip Compensation function during regeneration
may require a braking option to handle momentary
increasing regenerative energy.
Selects if the motor magnetic flux is reduced during output
0
Output Voltage Limit
voltage saturation.
0, 1
<4>
Operation Selection
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
A A A
20E
150
A A
−
20F
151
A A
−
210
151
A A
−
211
151
A A
−
212
152
−
A
−
213
152
90.0% −
A
−
263
152
C2-04
C2-01
C2-04
C3-01
<1>
C3-02
C3-03
C3-04
C3-05
C3-18
<10>
S-Curve Characteristic at
Decel End
Output Voltage Limit Level
Time
Sets the maximum percentage of output voltage reduction
when C3-05 is enabled.
70.0 to
100.0
C4: Torque Compensation
Use C4 parameters to configure Torque Compensation function.
362
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
C4-01
<5>
C4-02
C4-03
C4-04
C4-05
C4-06
C5-01
<1>
C5-02
<1>
C5-03
<1>
C5-04
<1>
C5-05
<1>
C6-01
C6-02
Name
Description
Range
Def.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
V/f Control: Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage)
boost function and helps to produce better starting torque.
Increase this setting when using a long motor cable or when
the motor is significantly smaller than the drive capacity.
Torque Compensation Gain Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs. Set the 0.00 to 2.50 1.00
A
<4>
value so that the current at low speed does not exceeds the
drives rated current.
Open Loop Vector: Sets the torque compensation function
gain. Normally no change is required.
Sets the torque compensation filter time.
Torque Compensation
Increase this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
200 ms A
<6>
Primary Delay Time
Reduce the setting if there is not enough response from the 0 to 60000
motor.
Torque Compensation at
Sets torque compensation at forward start as a percentage 0.0 to 200.0 0.0% −
Forward Start
of motor torque.
Torque Compensation at
Sets torque compensation at reverse start as a percentage of -200.0 to
0.0% −
Reverse Start
motor torque.
0.0
the time constant for torque compensation at forward
Torque Compensation Time Sets
start
and reverse start (C4-03 and C4-04). The filter is
0 to 200
10 ms –
Constant
disabled if the time is set to 4 ms or less.
Sets the torque compensation time 2. When an ov fault
occurs with sudden load changes or at the and of an
Torque Compensation
0 to 10000 150 ms –
acceleration, increase the setting.
Primary Delay Time 2
Note: Adjustment is not normally required. If adjusted then
AFR time 2 (n2-03) should be adjusted too.
C5: Speed Control (ASR)
Use C5 parameters to configure the Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR).
C5 parameters are available only when using V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback (H6-01 = 3).
ASR Proportional Gain 1
Sets the proportional gain of the speed control loop (ASR).
0.00 to
300.00
0.20
Sets the integral time of the speed control loop (ASR).
0.000 to
10.000
0.200
A
ASR Proportional Gain 2
Sets the speed control gain 2 of the speed control loop
(ASR).
0.00 to
300.00
0.02
A
ASR Integral Time 2
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop (ASR).
0.000 to
10.000
Sets the upper limit for the speed control loop (ASR) as a
percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
0.0 to 20.0
C6: Carrier Frequency
Use C6 parameters to configure the carrier frequency drive settings.
Selects the load rating for the drive.
0: Heavy Duty (HD) for constant torque applications.
Drive Duty Selection
1: Normal Duty (ND) for variable torque applications.
0, 1
This setting affects the Rated output current and overload
tolerance of the drive.
Selects the carrier frequency
1 : 2.0 kHz
2 : 5.0 kHz
3 : 8.0 kHz
4 : 10.0 kHz
5 : 12.5 kHz
6 : 15.0 kHz
<7>
Carrier Frequency Selection 7 : Swing PWM1 (Audible sound 1)
8 : Swing PWM2 (Audible sound 2)
9 : Swing PWM3 (Audible sound 3)
A : Swing PWM4 (Audible sound 4)
B: Leakage Current Rejection PWM <3>
C to E: No setting possible
F : User defined (determined by C6-03 through C6-05)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Pg.
A A
215
152
A A
216
153
A
−
217
153
A
−
218
153
A
–
219
153
A
–
21AH
153
21B
155
–
–
21C
155
21D
155
21E
155
21F
155
A
ASR Integral Time 1
ASR Limit
Addr.
Hex
−
−
–
–
0.050 s A
5.0%
A
1
S
S
S
223
155
<8>
S
S
S
224
156
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
363
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
C6-03
Name
Carrier Frequency Upper
Limit
Description
Note: Set C6-02 to F before setting C6-03.
Open Loop Vector: C6-03 defines the fixed carrier
frequency if C6-02 = F.
V/f Control: C6-03 and C6-04 set upper and lower limits
for the carrier frequency.
Range
Def.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
1.0 to 15.0
<9>
A A A
225
157
1.0 to 15.0
<9>
A
-
-
226
157
00 to 99
<9>
A
-
-
227
157
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
carrier frequency
C6-03
C6-04
C6-04
C6-05
Carrier Frequency Lower
Limit
Carrier Frequency
Proportional Gain
output frequency
× (C6-05) × K
output
frequency
E1-04
max output
frequency
The coefficient K depends on C6-03:
C6-03 ≥ 10.0 kHz: K = 3
10.0 kHz > C6-03 ≥ 5.0 kHz: K = 2
5.0 kHz > C6-03: K = 1
When C6-05 ≤ 6, C6-04 is disabled (makes the carrier
frequency C6-03 value).
Sets the relationship of output frequency to carrier
frequency when C6-02 = F.
<1> Parameter can be changed during run.
<2> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Time Setting Units. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting range
becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds.
<3> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1020 and later.
<4> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection. The value shown is for A1-02 = 0-V/f Control.
<5> Parameter cannot be changed during run when parameter A1-02 = 5-PM OLV Control.
<6> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection. The value shown is for A1-02 = 2-OLV control.
<7> Setting range is determined by the drive software version.
PRG: 1020 and later: 1 to B; F
PRG: 1018 and earlier: 1 to A; F
<8> Default setting value is dependent on parameters o2-04, Drive Model Selection, A1-02, Control Method Selection and C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
<9> Default setting value is dependent on parameter C6-02, Carrier Frequency Selection.
<10> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1024 and later.
u d: References
Reference parameters are used to set the various frequency reference values during operation.
No.
d1-01
<1>
d1-02
<1>
d1-03
<1>
d1-04
<1>
d1-05
<1>
d1-06
<1>
364
Name
Frequency Reference 1
Frequency Reference 2
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
d1: Frequency Reference
Use d1 parameters to configure the drive frequency reference.
Frequency reference. Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference
0.00
Selection 1 on page 121 for instructions to use d1-01 as the main 0.00 to
Hz
frequency reference.
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
Frequency reference when digital input "Multi-Step Speed
0.00
Hz
Reference 1" (H1-oo = 3) is on.
Frequency Reference 3
Frequency reference when digital input "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 2” (H1-oo = 4) is on.
Frequency Reference 4
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 1, 2" (H1-oo = 3 and 4) are on.
Frequency Reference 5
Frequency reference when digital input "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 3" (H1-oo = 5) is on.
Frequency Reference 6
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 1, 3 " (H1-oo = 3 and 5) are on.
0.00 to
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
0.00 to
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
S
S
S
280
160
S
S
S
281
160
0.00
Hz
S
S
S
282
160
0.00
Hz
S
S
S
283
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
284
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
285
160
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
d1-07
<1>
d1-08
<1>
d1-09
<1>
d1-10
<1>
d1-11
<1>
d1-12
<1>
d1-13
<1>
d1-14
<1>
d1-15
<1>
d1-16
<1>
d1-17
<1>
d2-01
d2-02
d2-03
d3-01
d3-02
d3-03
d3-04
Name
Description
Frequency Reference 7
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 2, 3" (H1-oo = 4 and 5) are on.
Frequency Reference 8
Frequency reference when multi-function input "Multi-Step
speed reference 1, 2, 3" (H1-oo = 3, 4, 5) are on.
Frequency Reference 9
Frequency reference when multi-function input "Multi-Step
Speed Reference 4" (H1-oo= 32) is on.
Frequency Reference 10
Frequency reference when digital input "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 1, 4" (H1-oo = 3 and 32) are on.
Frequency Reference 11
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 2, 4" (H1-oo = 4 and 32) are on.
Frequency Reference 12
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 1, 2, 4" (H1-oo = 3, 4, 32) are on.
Frequency Reference 13
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 3, 4" (H1-oo = 5 and 32) are on.
Frequency Reference 14
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 1, 3, 4" (H1-oo = 3, 5, 32) are on.
Frequency Reference 15
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 2, 3, 4" (H1-oo = 4, 5, 32) are on.
Frequency Reference 16
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Multi-Step Speed
Reference 1, 2, 3, 4" (H1-oo = 3, 4, 5, 32) are on.
Range
0.00 to
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
0.00 to
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
0.00 to
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
0.00 to
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
0.00 to
400.00 Hz
<2> <3>
Frequency reference when digital inputs "Jog Frequency
0.00 to
"Forward Jog", or "Reverse Jog." are on. "Jog
400.00 Hz
Jog Frequency Reference Reference",
Frequency Reference" has priority over "Multi-Step Speed
<2> <3>
Reference 1 to 16”.
d2: Frequency Upper and Lower Limits
Use d2 parameters to configure the frequency reference limits.
Sets the frequency reference upper limit as a percentage of
Frequency Reference
maximum output frequency (E1-04). Output speed is limited to
0.0 to
Upper Limit
this value even if the frequency reference is higher. This limit
110.0
applies to all frequency reference sources.
Sets the frequency reference lower limit as a percentage of
Frequency Reference
maximum output frequency (E1-04). Output speed is limited to
0.0 to
Lower Limit
this value even if the frequency reference is lower. This limit
110.0
applies to all frequency reference sources.
Sets the minimum frequency reference lower limit if the
Master Speed Reference
frequency reference is input using an analog input. Set as a
0.0 to
Lower Limit
percentage of maximum output frequency (E1-04). The higher
110.0
of both values d2-02 and d2-03 will be the lower limit.
d3: Jump Frequency
Use d3 parameters to configure the drive Jump Frequency settings.
d3-01 to d3-04 allow programming of three prohibited frequency
Jump Frequency 1
reference points for eliminating problems with resonant
vibration of the motor / machine. This feature does not eliminate
to
Jump Frequency 2
the selected frequency values, but accelerates and decelerates the 0.0
400.0
motor through the prohibited bandwidth.
The parameters must be according to the rule
Jump Frequency 3
d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
This parameter sets the dead-band width around each selected
Jump Frequency Width
prohibited frequency reference point. The bandwidth becomes 0.0 to 20.0
the designated Jump frequency, plus or minus d3-04.
d4: Frequency Reference Hold
Use d4 parameters to configure the drive frequency reference hold function.
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
0.00
Hz
A A A
286
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
287
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
288
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
28B
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
28C
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
28D
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
28E
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
28F
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
290
160
0.00
Hz
A A A
291
160
6.00
Hz
S
S
292
160
100.0 A A A
%
289
161
0.0% A A A
28A
161
0.0% A A A
293
162
A A A
294
162
S
0.0
Hz
0.0
Hz
0.0
Hz
A A A
295
162
A A A
296
162
1.0
Hz
A A A
297
162
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
365
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
d4-01
Frequency Reference Hold
Function Selection
d4-03
Frequency Reference Bias
Step (Up/Down 2)
d4-04
Frequency Reference Bias
Accel/Decel (Up/Down 2)
d4-05
<1>
Frequency Reference Bias
Operation Mode Selection
(Up/Down 2)
d4-06
Frequency Reference Bias
(Up/Down 2)
d4-07
Analog Frequency
Reference Fluctuation
Limit (Up/Down 2)
d4-08
Frequency Reference Bias
Upper Limit (Up/Down 2)
d4-09
<1>
Frequency Reference Bias
Lower Limit (Up/Down 2)
d4-10
Up/Down Frequency
Reference Limit Selection
<1>
<1>
<1>
<1>
d7-01
<1>
d7-02
<1>
d7-03
<1>
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
366
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Determines if the frequency reference or frequency reference
bias is saved when the Run command is removed or the power
goes off.
0: Disabled
0, 1
0
A A A
1: Enabled
This parameter is effective when the multi-function inputs
“Accel/Decel Ramp Hold”, “Up/Down” or “Up/Down 2”
commands are selected (H1-oo = A or 10/11 or 75/76).
Sets the bias added to the frequency reference when the Up/
Down 2 digital inputs are set.
When set to 0.00 Hz, the bias value is increased or decreased
0.00 to
0.00 A A A
according to d4-04.
99.99
Hz
Hz
When greater than 0.0 Hz, the bias value d4-03 is added or
subtracted to/from the frequency reference. The acceleration or
deceleration rate is ultimately determined by d4-04.
Selects how the bias or frequency reference is increased when
using the Up/Down 2 function.
0, 1
0
A A A
0: Use selected accel/decel time.
1: Use Accel/Decel Time 4 (C1-07 and C1-08).
0: Bias value is held if no input Up 2 or Down 2 is active.
1: When the Up 2 reference and Down 2 reference are both on
or both off, the applied bias becomes 0.
0, 1
0
A A A
Currently selected accel / decel. times are used. Enabled only
when d4-03 = 0.
The Up/Down 2 bias value is saved in d4-06 when the frequency
reference is not input by the digital operator. The function
-99.9 to 0.0% A A A
depends on the setting of d4-01.
+100.0
It is limited by d4-08 and d4-09.
When an Up 2 or Down 2 input is active and the frequency
reference value from analog or pulse input changes for more than
the level set in d4-07, the bias value is hold and the frequency
0.1 to
reference is changed to the new value.
+100.0 1.0% A A A
After the speed reaches the frequency reference the bias hold is
released.
Sets the upper limit for the bias and the value that can be saved
to
<4>
in d4-06. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency 0.1
A A A
100.0
E1-04.
Sets the lower limit for the bias and the value that can be saved -99.9 to
in d4-06. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency
0.0% A A A
0.0
E1-04.
Selects which value is used as frequency reference lower limit if
the Up/Down function is used.
0: The lower limit is determined by d2-02 or analog input
0
A A A
(H3-02/10 = 0). The higher of both values becomes the reference 0 or 1
limit.
1: The lower limit is determined by d2-02.
d7: Offset Frequency
Use d7 parameters to set the offset frequency.
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
298
162
2AA
165
2AB
165
2AC
166
2AD
166
2AE
166
2AF
166
2B0
167
2B6
167
Offset Frequency 1
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input
“Frequency Offset 1” (H1-oo = 44) is switched on.
-100.0 to 0.0% A A A
+100.0
2B2
167
Offset Frequency 2
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input
“Frequency Offset 2” (H1-oo = 45) is switched on.
-100.0 to 0.0% A A A
+100.0
2B3
167
Offset Frequency 3
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input
“Frequency Offset 3” (H1-oo = 46) is switched on.
-100.0 to 0.0% A A A
+100.0
2B4
167
Parameter can be changed during Run.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter o1-03, Digital Operator Display Selection.
Range upper limit is dependent on parameters E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency, and d2-01, Frequency Reference Upper Limit.
Default setting is determined by the drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 100.00%
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 0.00 %
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
u E: Motor Parameters
Name
E1-01
Input Voltage
Setting
E1-03
V/f Pattern
Selection
E1-04
Maximum Output
Frequency
E1-05
Maximum Output
Voltage
E1-06
Base Frequency
E1-07
Middle Output
Frequency
E1-08
Middle Output
Frequency Voltage
<1>
<2>
<1>
<1>
Description
E1: V/f Pattern Characteristics
Use E1 parameters to set V/f characteristics for the motor.
This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage. It
sets the maximum and base voltage used by preset V/f
patterns (E1-03 = 0 to E) and adjusts levels used by certain
functions.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Drive input voltage 155 to 255
(not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective
features of the drive to function properly. failure to do so may
result in equipment damage and/or death or personal injury.
Selects a preset V/f pattern.
0: 50 Hz Constant torque 1
1: 60 Hz Constant torque 2
2: 60 Hz Constant torque 3 (50 Hz base)
3: 72 Hz Constant torque 4 (60 Hz base)
4: 50 Hz Variable torque 1
5: 50 Hz Variable torque 2
6: 60 Hz Variable torque 3
7: 60 Hz Variable torque 4
0 to F
8: 50 Hz High starting torque 1
9: 50 Hz High starting torque 2
A: 60 Hz High starting torque 3
B: 60 Hz High starting torque 4
C: 90 Hz (60 Hz base)
D: 120 Hz (60 Hz base)
E: 180 Hz (60 Hz base)
F: Custom V/f. E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the
V/f pattern
40.0 to
400.0
<3>
VACrms Out(V)
E1-05
E1-12
Minimum Output
Frequency
E1-10
Minimum Output
Frequency Voltage
E1-13
E1-11
Middle Output
Frequency 2
E1-08
E1-12
Middle Output
Frequency Voltage
2
E1-10
<1>
<7>
E1-13
<1> <9>
Def.
230 V
S
S
S
300
169
F
A
A
−
302
169
S
S
S
303
172
S
S
S
304
172
S
S
S
305
172
A
A
-
306
172
A
A
-
307
172
S
S
S
308
172
60 Hz
<4>
E1-04 and E1-06 to E1-13 can only be changed when E1-03
is set to F. To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same
230 V
<4>
values for E1-07 and E1-09. In this case, the setting for E1-08 0.0 to 255.0
will be disregarded.
60 Hz
0.0 to
When E1-13 = 0.0 V, then the drive uses the value set to
<4>
E1-04
E1-05 to control the voltage level.
Ensure that the five frequencies are set according to these
3.0 Hz
0.0 to
rules to prevent triggering an oPE10 fault:
<3>
E1-04
E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
Note: Setting E1-11 to 0 disables both E1-11 and E1-12, and
18.4 V
0.0 to 255.0 <5> <6>
the above conditions do not apply.
E1-09
<1>
Range
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
Frequency (Hz)
Base Voltage
1.5 Hz
0.0 to
E1-04
<5> <4>
0.0 to 255.0
<5> <6>
A
A
-
309
172
0.0 to
E1-04
0.0 Hz
A
A
-
30A
172
0.0 to 255.0
0.0 V
A
A
-
30B
172
0.0 to 255.0
0.0 V
A
S
-
30C
172
13.8 V
E2: Motor Parameters
Use E2 parameters to set motor-related data.
E2-01
Motor Rated
Current
Sets the motor nameplate full load current in amperes (A). 10 to 200%
of drive
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
rated
Note: Set E2-03 (Motor No-Load Current) before making
changes to E2-01. An oPE01 error will be triggered if E2-01 current
<9>
< E2-03.
<10>
S
S
−
30E
173
E2-02
Motor Rated Slip
Sets the motor rated slip in Hertz.
Automatically set during rotational Auto-Tuning.
<10>
A
A
−
30F
173
<8>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
0.00 to
20.00
367
Parameter List
No.
Control
Mode
Addr. Hex Pg.
O PM
V/f LV
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
E2-03
E2-04
E2-05
E2-06
E2-07
E2-08
Name
Description
Range
Sets the magnetizing current of the motor in Ampere.
Automatically set during rotational Auto-Tuning.
0 to less
Motor No-Load
<10>
Note: Set E2-03 (Motor No-Load Current) before making than E2-01
Current
changes to E2-01. An oPE01 error will be triggered if E2-01
< E2-03.
Number of Motor
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during
2 to 48
4 poles
Poles
Auto-Tuning.
0.000 to
Motor Line-to-Line Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance in ohms.
<10>
65.000
Resistance
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
<11>
A
A
−
310
173
A
A
−
311
173
A
A
−
312
173
Motor Leakage
Inductance
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a
percentage of motor rated voltage.
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
0.0 to 40.0
<10>
A
A
−
313
174
Motor Iron-Core
Saturation
Coefficient 1
Motor Iron-Core
Saturation
Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic 0.00 to 0.50
flux. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
0.50
−
A
−
314
174
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic
flux. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
0.75
−
A
−
315
174
0.0%
−
A
−
316
174
0 to 65535
<10>
A
−
−
317
174
0.00 to
650.00
0.40 kW
<6>
S
S
−
318
174
1.30
−
A
−
328
174
0
A
A
−
319
175
E2-07 to
0.75
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated
power (kW). Adjust in the following circumstances:
When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor
0.0 to 10.0
bearing friction.
When there is a large amount of torque loss.
E2-09
Motor Mechanical
Loss
E2-10
Motor Iron Loss for
Torque
Sets the motor iron loss in watts (W).
Compensation
E2-11
Motor Rated
Output
Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (kW). Automatically
set during Auto-Tuning. (1 HP = 0.746 kW).
E2-12
Motor Iron-Core
Saturation
Coefficient 3
E3-01
Motor 2 Control
Method
Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 130% of
magnetic flux.
1.30 to 5.00
Automatically set during rotational Auto-Tuning.
E3: Motor 2 V/f Characteristics
Use E3 parameters to set the V/f pattern for a second motor.
0: V/f Control
0 or 2
2: Open Loop Vector (OLV)
368
Def.
Control
Mode
Addr. Hex Pg.
O PM
V/f LV
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
E3-04
Motor 2 Max Output
Frequency
E3-05
<1>
Motor 2 Max
Voltage
E3-06
Motor 2 Base
Frequency
E3-08
<1>
Motor 2 Min. Output
Freq.
E3-10
Motor 2 Min. Output
Freq. Voltage
E3-11
<7>
E3-12
<1>
<13>
E3-13
<1>
<9>
E4-01
E4-02
E4-03
VACrms Out (V)
E3-05
E3-12
A
−
31A
175
A
A
−
31B
175
A
A
−
31C
175
A
A
−
31D
175
A
A
−
31E
175
A
A
−
31F
175
0.0 to
E3-04
1.5 Hz
<12>
0.0 to 255.0
<6>
<12>
A
A
−
320
175
0.0 to
E3-04
0.0 Hz
A
A
−
345
175
0.0 Vac
A
A
−
346
175
0.0 Vac
A
S
−
347
175
A
A
−
321
176
A
A
−
322
176
A
A
−
323
176
E3-08
Motor 2 Mid Output
Frequency 2
Motor 2 Mid Output
Frequency Voltage
2
E3-10
E3-09 E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
Frequency (Hz)
0.0 to 255.0
<1>
0.0 to 255.0
Motor 2 Base
Voltage
<1>
E4: Motor 2 Parameters
Use E4 parameters to control a second motor operating on the same drive.
10 to 200%
Motor 2 Rated
Sets the motor 2 nameplate full load current in amperes (A). of drive
<10>
Current
This value is automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
rated
current
Sets
the
motor
2
rated
slip
in
Hz.
Automatically
set
during
0.00 to
<10>
Motor 2 Rated Slip Auto-Tuning.
20.00
0 to less
Motor 2 Rated No- Sets the magnetizing current of motor 2 in Ampere.
<10>
than E4-01
Load Current
Automatically set during Rotational Auto-Tuning.
<9>
Motor 2 Line-toLine Resistance
E4-09
A
13.8 V
E4-05
E4-08
60 Hz
E3-13
Motor 2 Motor Poles Sets the number of poles of motor 2. This value is
automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
E4-07
40.0 to
400.0
0.0 to 255.0 230.0 V
E4-04
E4-06
Def.
To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for
0.0 to
60 Hz
E3-07 and E3-09. In this case, the setting for E3-08 will be
E3-04
disregarded.
3.0 Hz
Motor 2 Mid Output Ensure that the five frequencies are set according to these
0.0 to
<12>
rules to prevent triggering an oPE10 fault:
Freq.
E3-04
E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ Ε3−11 ≤ E3-04
18.4 V
Motor 2 Mid Output Note: Setting E3-11 to 0 disables both E3-11 and E3-12, and 0.0 to 255.0
<6>
the above conditions do not apply.
Freq. Voltage
<12>
E3-09
<1>
Range
Sets the phase-to-phase resistance of motor 2 in ohms.
Automatically during Auto-Tuning.
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a
percentage of rated voltage of motor 2. Automatically set
during Auto-Tuning.
Motor 2 Motor Iron- Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of
Core Saturation
magnetic flux. Automatically set during Rotational
Coefficient 1
Auto-Tuning.
Motor 2 Motor Iron- Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of
Core Saturation
magnetic flux. This value is automatically set during
Coefficient 2
Rotational Auto-Tuning.
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated
power (kW) capacity.
Motor 2 Mechanical Adjust in the following circumstances:
Loss
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor
bearing friction.
• When there is a large amount of torque loss.
Motor 2 Leakage
Inductance
E4-10
Motor 2 Iron Loss
Sets the motor iron loss in watts.
E4-11
Motor 2 Rated
Capacity
Sets the motor rated capacity in kW. Automatically set
during Auto-Tuning.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
2 to 48
4 poles
A
A
−
324
176
0.000 to
65.000
<10>
A
A
−
325
176
0.0 to 40.0
<10>
A
A
−
326
176
0.00 to 0.50
0.50
−
A
−
343
177
Setting for
E4-07 to
0.75
0.75
−
A
−
344
177
0.00 to 10.0
0.0
−
A
−
33F
177
0 to 65535
<10>
Α
−
−
340
177
0.00 to
650.00
<6>
A
A
−
327
177
<11>
369
Parameter List
E3-07
Description
Control
Mode
Addr. Hex Pg.
O PM
V/f LV
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
Description
Range
E4-15
Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 130% of
magnetic flux. Automatically set during Rotational
1.30 to 5.00
Auto-Tuning.
Sets the slip compensation gain for motor 2. The function is
the same as C3-01 for motor 1. Refer to C3-01: Slip
0.0 to 2.5
Compensation Gain on page 151.
Torque
Sets the torque compensation gain for motor 2. The function
Compensation Gain is the same as C4-01 for motor 1. Refer to C4-01: Torque 1.00 to 2.50
- Motor 2
Compensation Gain on page 152.
E5: PM Motor Parameters
Enter the Yaskawa motor code for the PM motor being used.
Various motor parameters are automatically set based on the
value of this parameter.
Note: Set to FFFF when using a specialized, custom, or nonYaskawa motor. For all other motors:
E5-01
Motor Code
Selection (for PM
motor)
E4-12
E4-14
<14>
<2>
Motor 2 Iron-Core
Saturation
Coefficient 3
Motor 2 Slip
Compensation
Gain
Def.
1.30
Control
Mode
Addr. Hex Pg.
O PM
V/f LV
−
A
−
342
177
<12>
A
A
−
341
177
1.00
A
A
−
341
177
0000 to
FFFF
<6>
<15>
−
−
S
329
178
0.10 to
18.50
<4>
−
−
S
32A
178
10 to 200%
of drive
rated
current
<16>
−
−
S
32B
178
0.0
0000
Motor Voltage Class
and Capacity
0: Pico Motor
(SMRA Series)
1: Derated Torque for IPM
Motors
(SSR 1 Series)
0: 1800 r/min Series
1: 3600 r/min Series
2: 1750 r/min Series
3: 1450 r/min Series
4: 1150 r/min Series
F: Special Motor
All motor parameters are reinitialized to factory settings
when this parameter is set.
E5-02
<2>
E5-03
<2>
Motor Rated
Capacity (for PM
motor)
Motor Rated
Current
Sets the rated capacity of the motor.
Sets the motor rated current in amps.
<9>
E5-04
Motor Poles
Sets the number of motor poles.
2 to 48
<4>
−
−
S
32C
178
E5-05
Motor Stator
Resistance
Set the resistance for each motor phase in units of 0.001 Ω.
0.000 to
65.000
<4>
−
−
S
32D
179
E5-06
Motor d Axis
Inductance
Sets the d axis inductance in units of 0.01 mH.
0.00 to
300.00
<4>
−
−
S
32E
179
E5-07
Motor q Axis
Inductance
Sets the q axis inductance in units of 0.01 mH.
0.00 to
600.00
<4>
−
−
S
32F
179
0.0 to
2000.0
<4>
−
−
S
331
179
<17>
<4>
−
−
S
353
179
-1000 to
1000
0 µs
A
A
A
5E2
179
<2>
<2>
<2>
<2>
E5-09
<2>
E5-24
<2>
E5-39
<18>
Set the induced phase peak voltage in units of 0.1 mV (rad/
s) [electrical angle].
Set this parameter when using a Yaskawa SSR1 series PM
Motor Induction
motor with derate torque, or a Yaskawa SST4 series motor
Voltage Constant 1 with constant torque.
When setting this parameter, E5-24 should be set to 0. An
alarm will be triggered if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set to 0,
or if neither parameter is set to 0.
Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1
mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle].
Set this parameter when using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM
Motor.
Motor Induction
When setting this parameter, E5-09 should be set to 0. An
Voltage Constant 2 alarm will be triggered if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set to 0,
or if neither parameter is set to 0.
If E5-03 (Motor Rated Current) is set to 0, however, then an
alarm will not be triggered when both E5-09 and E5-24 are
set to 0.
Sets the current detection delay time at the time of d-Axis
Current Detection and q-Axis current feedback calculation.
Delay Time
Changing this parameter from the default setting is not
normally required.
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
370
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>
<12>
<13>
<14>
<15>
<16>
<17>
<18>
Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization, A1-03 = 1110, 2220, 3330.
Range upper limit is dependent on parameter E4-01 Motor 2 Rated Current.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter E5-01, Motor Code Selection.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection. The value shown is for A1-02 = 0-V/f Control.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Parameter ignored when E1-11, Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2, and E1-12, Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2, are set to 0.0.
When setting motor parameters, the motor rated current must be set to a value greater than the motor no-load current (E2-01 > E2-03).
Display is in the following units: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0040, and 4A0001 to 4A0023: 0.01 A units.
2A0056 to 2A0069, 4A0031 to 4A0038: 0.1 A units.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection and C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
Setting range becomes 0.00 to 130.00 for drives 0.2 kW and smaller.
Default setting depends on the control mode for motor 2 set in parameter E3-01. The given value is for V/f Control.
Parameter ignored when E3-11, Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2, and E3-12, Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2, are set to 0.
Parameter can be changed during Run.
If using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor, the default setting is 1800 r/min.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-06. This setting value is 0 when A1-06 = 0, and 1 when A1-06 ≠ 0.
Default setting is determined by drive software version.
PRG: 1018 and later: 0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min)
PRG: 1017 and earlier: 0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(r/min)
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1022 and later.
u F: Options
No.
F1-02
F1-03
F1-04
F1-08
F1-09
Name
Description
Range
Def.
F1: V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback - PG Setup Parameters
Use F1 parameters to set up the drive for V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback.
These parameters are enabled only when H6-01 = 03
Sets stopping method when a PG open circuit fault (PGo)
occurs. Refer to parameter F1-14.
0: Ramp to Stop - Decelerate to stop using the active
Operation Selection at PG
deceleration time.
0 to 3
1
Open Circuit (PGo)
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09.
3: Alarm only - Drive continues operation.
Sets the stopping method when an overspeed (oS) fault occurs.
Refer to F1-08 and F1-09.
0: Ramp to stop - Decelerate to stop using the active
Operation Selection at
deceleration time.
0 to 3
1
Overspeed (oS)
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast-stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09.
3: Alarm Only - Drive continues operation.
Sets the stopping method when a speed deviation (dEv) fault
occurs. Refer to F1-10 and F1-11.
0: Ramp to stop - Decelerate to stop using the active
Operation Selection at
deceleration time.
0 to 3
3
Deviation
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast-stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09.
3: Alarm only - Drive continues operation.
Sets the speed feedback level which has to be exceeded for the
Overspeed Detection Level time set in F1-09 before an oS fault will occur.
0 to 120 115%
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
the time in seconds for which the speed feedback has to
Overspeed Detection Delay Sets
exceed the overspeed detection level F1-08 before an oS fault 0.0 to 2.0 1.0
Time
will occur.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A
−
−
381
181
A
−
−
382
181
A
−
−
383
181
Parameter List
F parameters are used to program the drive for PG feedback and to function with option cards.
B
A
−
−
387
181
A
−
−
388
181
371
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
F1-14
PG Open-Circuit Detection
Time
F6-01
Communications Error
operation Selection
F6-02
External fault from comm.
option selection
F6-03
External fault from comm.
option operation selection
<6>
F6-08
Reset Communication
Parameters
F6-10
CC-Link Node Address
F6-11
CC-Link communications
speed
F6-14
BUS Error Auto Reset
F6-20
MECHATROLINK Station
Address
<6>
<7>
F6-21
MECHATROLINK Frame
Size
F6-22
MECHATROLINK Link
Speed
<7>
<7>
0: Communication-related parameters (F6-oo and
F7-oo) are not reset when the drive is initialized using
A1-03.
1: Reset all communication-related parameters (F6-oo and
F7-oo) when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
Sets the node address if a CC-Link option card is installed.
0: 156 Kbps
1: 625 Kbps
2: 2.5 Mbps
3: 5 Mbps
4: 10 Mbps
Selects if a BUS fault can be automatically reset.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Sets the station address when the MECHATROLINK option
has been installed.
MECHATROLINK-II
0: 32 byte
1: 17 byte
MECHATROLINK-III
0: 64 byte
1: 32 byte
0: 10 Mbps
1: 4 Mbps
Note:
−
0.5 s
A
2.0 s
389
181
−
−
38A
181
A
−
−
38D
182
1
A
A
A
3A2
182
0
A
A
A
3A3
182
1
A
A
A
3A4
182
2.0 s
A
A
A
3A5
–
0, 1
0
A
A
A
3A8
182
0, 1
<1>
A
A
A
36A
183
0 to 63
0
A
A
A
3E6
–
0 to 4
0
A
A
A
3E7
–
0, 1
0
A
A
A
3BB
–
<8>
21
A
A
A
36B
–
0, 1
0
A
A
A
36C
–
0, 1
0
A
A
A
36D
–
0: Multi-step reference disabled (same as F7)
1: Multi-step reference enabled (same as V7)
Excessive Speed Deviation
Detection Delay Time
A
−
Bus Error Detection Time
F1-11
10%
Pg.
NetRef/ComRef Function
Selection
Excessive Speed Deviation
Detection Level
Def.
Addr.
Hex
Range
Sets the allowable deviation between motor speed and
frequency reference before a speed deviation fault (dEv) is
0 to 50
triggered.
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Sets the time in seconds for which a deviation between motor 0.0 to
speed and frequency reference has to exceed the speed
10.0
deviation detection level F1-10 before a dEv fault will occur.
Sets the time for which no PG pulses must be detected before 0.0 to
a PG Open (PGo) fault is triggered.
10.0
F6: Serial Communications Option Card Settings
Use F6 parameters to program the drive for serial communication.
Selects the operation after a communications error occurred.
0: Ramp to stop using current accel/decel time
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast-stop using C1-09
0 to 5
3: Alarm only
4: Alarm and Run at d1-04 <9> <10>
5: Alarm and Ramp to stop <9>
Sets when an external fault from a comm option is detected.
0: Always detected
0, 1
1: Detection during Run only
Selects the operation after an external fault set by a
communications option (EF0).
0: Ramp to stop using current accel/decel time
0 to 3
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast-stop using C1-09
3: Alarm only
Set the delay time for error detection if a bus error occurs.
0.0 to 5.0
F1-10
F6-04
F6-07
Description
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
0
Available only for MECHATROLINK-II.
F6-23
MECHATROLINK Monitor Sets the MECHATROLINK monitor (E).
Selection (E)
0 to
FFFFH
0
A
A
A
36E
–
F6-24
MECHATROLINK Monitor Sets the MECHATROLINK monitor (F).
Selection (F)
0 to
FFFFH
0
A
A
A
36F
–
<7>
<7>
372
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A
3C9
–
A
A
3CA
–
A
A
A
3CB
–
0
A
A
A
3CC
–
0, 1
0
A
A
A
3CD
–
<2>
99
A
A
A
3D0
–
0 to 8
6
A
A
A
3D1
–
0 to 63
0
A
A
A
3D5
–
0 to 255
0
A
A
A
3D6
–
0 to 64
64
A
A
A
3C1
–
0 to 4
4
A
A
A
3C2
–
No.
Name
Description
Range
Def.
F6-25
Operation Selection at
MECHATROLINK
Watchdog Timer Error (E5)
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate using the deceleration time in
C1-02.
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast stop. Decelerate using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only
0 to 3
1
A
A
F6-26
<7>
MECHATROLINK bUS
Errors Detected
Sets the number of option communication errors (bUS).
2 to 10
2
A
F6-30
PROFIBUS node address
0 to 125
0
F6-31
PROFIBUS Clear Mode
Selection
0, 1
F6-32
PROFIBUS Data Format
Selections
Sets the node address for a PROFIBUS option.
Selects the operation when a "Clear Mode" command is
received.
0: Resets drive operation.
1: Maintains the previous operation state.
0: PPO Type
1: Conventional
F6-35
CANopen Node ID selection Sets the Node ID for a CANopen option
<7>
F6-36
CANopen Communications
speed
F6-40
CompoNet Node ID
F6-41
CompoNet Speed
F6-50
<3>
F6-51
<3>
F6-52
<3>
F6-53
<3>
DeviceNet MAC Address
0: Auto-adjust
1: 10 kbps
2: 20 kbps
3: 50 kbps
4: 125 kbps
5: 250 kbps
6: 500 kbps
7: 800 kbps
8: 1 Mbps
Sets the Node ID for a CompoNet option.
0: 93.75 kbps
1: Reserved
2: 1.5 Mbps
3: 3 Mbps
4: 4 Mbps
5-255: Reserved
Selects the drives MAC address for DeviceNet.
0: 125 kbps
250 kbps
Device Net Communications 1:
2:
500 kbps
Speed
3: Adjustable from Network
4: Detect automatically
DeviceNet PCA setting
I/O Polled Consuming Assembly Data Instance
0 to 255
21
A
A
A
3C3
–
DeviceNet PPA setting
I/O Polled Producing Assembly Data Instance
0 to 255
71
A
A
A
3C4
–
0, 1
0
A
A
A
3C5
–
0 to 2
0
A
A
A
3C6
–
Selects if an EF0 fault is detected when no data are received
from the master. <4>
0: Detection enabled
1: No detection
Verifies the baud rate running on the network.
0: 125 kbps
1: 250 kbps
2: 500 kbps
F6-54
DeviceNet Idle Mode Fault
Detection
F6-55
DeviceNet Baud Rate
Monitor
F6-56
DeviceNet Speed Scaling
Factor
Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in DeviceNet
Class ID 2AH Object.
-15 to 15
0
A
A
A
3D7
–
F6-57
DeviceNet Current Scaling
Factor
Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in
DeviceNet Class ID 2AH Object.
-15 to 15
0
A
A
A
3D8
–
F6-58
DeviceNet Torque Scaling
Factor
Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in DeviceNet
Class ID 2AH Object.
-15 to 15
0
A
A
A
3D9
–
F6-59
DeviceNet Power Scaling
Factor
Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in DeviceNet
Class ID 2AH Object.
-15 to 15
0
A
A
A
3DA
–
<3>
<3>
<3>
<3>
<3>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
373
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
Description
Range
Def.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
F6-60
DeviceNet Voltage Scaling
Factor
Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in DeviceNet
Class ID 2AH Object.
-15 to 15
0
A
A
A
3DB
–
F6-61
DeviceNet Time Scaling
Factor
Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in DeviceNet Class -15 to 15
ID 2AH Object.
0
A
A
A
3DC
–
<3>
<3>
F6-62
<3>
DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval Sets the heartbeat interval for DeviceNet communications.
0 to 10
0
A
A
A
3DD
–
F6-63
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 1 <5>
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 1
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3DE
–
MAC ID Memory <6>
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 2
Sets the MAC ID memory (Read only)
0 to 63
–
A
A
A
3DE
–
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 2
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3DF
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 1
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 1
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3DF
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 3
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 3
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E0
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 2
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 2
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E0
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 4
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 4
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E1
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 3
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 3
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E1
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 1
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 1
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E2
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
109 Parameter 4
Dynamic Output Assembly 109 Parameter 4
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E2
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 2
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 2
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E3
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 1
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 1
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E3
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 3
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 3
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E4
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 2
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 2
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3E4
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 4
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 4
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3C7
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 3
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 3
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3C7
–
Dynamic Output Assembly
159 Parameter 4
Dynamic Output Assembly 159 Parameter 4
0x0 to
0xFFFF
0
A
A
A
3C8
–
<5>
F6-64
<6>
<5>
F6-65
<6>
<5>
F6-66
<6>
<5>
F6-67
<6>
<5>
F6-68
<6>
<5>
F6-69
<6>
<5>
F6-70
<6>
F6-71
<6>
F7: EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP/IP Option Parameters
Use F7 parameters to program the drive for EtherNet communication.
374
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
F7-01 to
F7-42
EtherNet/IP and Modbus
TCP/IP Option Parameters
Description
F7 parameters are reserved for use with SI-EN3/V and SIEM3/V options. Refer to the respective Option Installation
Manuals for details.
Range
Def.
–
–
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
–
–
–
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
–
–
Parameter List
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization, A1-03 = 1110, 2220, 3330.
<2> Setting range is determined by the drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 0 to 126
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 0 to 127
<3> Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1011 and later.
<4> The following parameter settings apply to drive software versions 1015 and earlier:
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<5> Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1012 and later.
<6> Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1014 and later.
<7> Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1023 and later.
<8> Setting range is determined by the option.
MECHATROLINK-II: 20H to 3FH
MECHATROLINK-III: 03H to EFH
<9> Available in drive software version PRG: 1024 and later.
<10> Take proper safety measures, such as installing an emergency stop switch, as the drive will continue operation when detecting an bUS error.
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
375
B.2 Parameter Table
u H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
No.
Name
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
438
184
439
184
400
184
401
184
402
184
A A A
403
184
A A A
404
184
H1-05
H1: Multi-Function Digital Input
H1 parameters to assign functions to the multi-function digital input terminals. Unused terminals should be set to "F".
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function
40 A A A
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function
41 A A A
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function
24 A A A
Selection
Assigns a function to the multifunction digital inputs.
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function
1 to 9F
14 A A A
Refer to H1 Multi-Function Digital
<1>
Selection
Input Selections on page 376 for a
3 (0)
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
description of setting values.
A A A
<2>
Selection
H1-06
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
Selection
4 (3)
H1-07
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
Selection
6 (4)
H1-01
H1-02
H1-03
H1-04
<2>
<2>
<1> The availability of certain functions depends on the control method used.
<2> Parenthetical value is the default when parameter A1-03 = 3330 3-Wire Initialization.
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1-oo
Setting
376
Function
0
3-Wire Sequence
1
LOCAL/REMOTE Selection
2
External Reference 1/2
3
4
5
Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
Multi-Step Speed Reference 3
6
Jog Reference Selection
7
Accel/Decel Time 1
8
Baseblock Command (N.O.)
9
Baseblock Command (N.C.)
A
Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
B
Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
C
Terminal A1/A2 Enable
Description
Closed: Reverse rotation (only if the drive is set up for 3-Wire sequence)
Open: REMOTE, Reference 1 or 2 (b1-01/02 or b1-15/16)
Closed: LOCAL, LED operator is run and reference source
Open: Run and frequency reference source 1 (b1-01/02)
Closed: Run and frequency reference source 2 (b1-15/16)
Used to select Multi-Step Speeds set in d1-01 to d1-16
Open: Selected speed reference
Closed: Jog Frequency reference (d1-17). Jog has priority over all other
reference sources.
Used to switch between Accel/Decel. Time 1/2
Open: Normal operation
Closed: No drive output
Open: No drive output
Closed: Normal operation
Closed: The drive pauses during acceleration or deceleration and maintains
the output frequency.
Closed: Closes when an oH2 alarm occurs.
Terminal status differs depending on drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later:
Open: Analog input selected by H3-14 is disabled.
Closed: Analog input selected by H3-14 is enabled.
PRG: 1015 and earlier:
Open: Analog inputs selected for terminals A1 and A2 are disabled.
Closed: Analog inputs selected for terminals A1 and A2 are enabled.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Pg.
O
O
O
185
O
O
O
185
O
O
O
186
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
186
186
186
O
O
O
186
O
O
O
186
O
O
O
186
O
O
O
186
O
O
O
186
O
O
O
187
O
O
O
187
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
H1-oo
Setting
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Pg.
Select this setting when not using the terminal or when using the terminal
in a pass-through mode.
Open: Maintains the current frequency reference
Closed: Increases or decreases the current frequency reference.
Ensure that the increase and decrease commands are set in conjunction with
one another.
Closed: Runs forward at the Jog Frequency d1-17.
Closed: Runs reverse at the Jog Frequency d1-17.
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Run command is
removed.
Closed: Decelerates at the Fast-Stop time C1-09.
To restart the Fast-Stop input must be released and Run must be cycled.
O
O
O
187
O
O
O
187
O
O
O
187
O
O
O
O
O
O
188
188
O
O
O
188
O
O
O
188
O
O
O
189
O
O
O
188
O
O
O
189
O
O
O
O
O
O
189
189
O
O
O
189
O
O
O
190
O
O
O
190
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
191
191
191
191
191
O
O
O
191
O
O
O
191
Function
Description
F
Not used
10
Up Command
11
Down Command
12
13
Forward Jog
Reverse Jog
14
Fault Reset
15
Fast-Stop (N.O.)
16
Open: Motor 1 (E1-oo, E2-oo)
Closed: Motor 2 (E3-oo, E4-oo)
Fast-stop (N.C.)
Open: Decelerates according to C1-09 (Fast-stop Time)
Set the timer delay using parameters b4-01 and b4-02.
Ensure this function is set in conjunction with the multi-function output
Timer Function Input
timer (H2-oo = 12).
PID Disable
Closed: PID control disabled
Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
Switches Accel/Decel times.
Open: Parameters can not be edited. (except U1-01 if reference source is set
Program Lockout
for operator)
Closed: Parameters may be edited and saved.
Closed: Samples the analog frequency reference and operates the drive at
Reference Sample Hold
that speed.
20: N.O., Always Detected, Ramp To Stop
21: N.C., Always Detected, Ramp To Stop
22: N.O., During Run, Ramp To Stop
23: N.C., During Run, Ramp To Stop
24: N.O., Always Detected, Coast To Stop
25: N.C., Always Detected, Coast To Stop
26: N.O., During Run, Coast To Stop
27: N.C., During Run, Coast To Stop
External Fault
28: N.O., Always Detected, Fast-stop
29: N.C., Always Detected, Fast-stop
2A: N.O., During Run, Fast-stop
2B: N.C., During Run, Fast-stop
2C: N.O., Always Detected, Alarm Only (continue running)
2D: N.C., Always Detected, Alarm Only (continue running)
2E: N.O., During Run, Alarm Only (continue running)
2F: N.C., During Run, Alarm Only (continue running)
PID Integral Reset
Closed: Resets the PID control integral value.
PID Integral Hold
Closed: Maintains the current PID control integral value.
Multi-Step Speed Reference 4
Used to select Multi-Step Speeds set in d1-01 to d1-16
PID Soft Starter
Closed: Disables the PID soft starter b5-17.
PID Input Switch
Closed: Inverses the PID input signal
Open: Stop
Forward Run Command (2-Wire
Closed: Forward run
sequence)
Note: Can not be set together with Settings 42 or 43.
Open: Stop
Reverse Run Command (2-Wire
Closed: Reverse run
sequence)
Note: Can not be set together with Settings 42 or 43.
Open: Stop
Run Command (2-Wire sequence 2)
Closed: Run
Note: Can not be set together with Settings 40 or 41.
Forward
FWD/REV Command (2-Wire sequence Open:
Closed: Reverse
2)
Note: Can not be set together with Settings 40 or 41.
17
18
19
1A
1B
1E
20 to 2F
30
31
32
34
35
40
41
42
43
Motor 2 Selection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter List
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
B
O
O
O
191
O
O
O
191
377
B.2 Parameter Table
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1-oo
Setting
44
45
46
47
Function
Description
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Pg.
Offset Frequency 1 Addition
Offset Frequency 2 Addition
Offset Frequency 3 Addition
Closed: Adds d7-01 to the frequency reference.
Closed: Adds d7-02 to the frequency reference.
Closed: Adds d7-03 to the frequency reference.
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
192
192
192
<1>
Node Setup
Closed: Node setup for SI-S3/V enabled.
O
O
O
192
60
DC Injection Braking Command
O
O
-
192
61
External Search Command 1
O
O
O
192
62
External Search Command 2
O
O
O
192
65
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)
O
O
O
192
66
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.)
O
O
O
192
67
68
Communications Test Mode
High-Slip Braking
O
O
O
-
O
-
192
192
6A
Drive Enable
O
O
O
192
75
Up 2 Command
O
O
O
193
76
Down 2 Command
O
O
O
193
7A
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.)
O
O
O
194
7B
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.)
O
O
O
194
7C
Short-Circuit Braking (N.O.)
-
-
O
194
7D
Short-Circuit Braking (N.C.)
-
-
O
194
7E
90 to 96
Forward/Reverse Detection
DWEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 7
Closed: Triggers DC Injection Braking (b2-02)
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the max. output
frequency (E1-04) if b3-01 = 0. Activates Speed Estimation Type Speed
search if b3-01 = 0.
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency
reference b3-01 = 0. Activates Speed Estimation Type Speed search if b3-01
= 0.
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled
Closed: Normal operation
Open: Normal operation
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled
Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-485/422 interface.
Closed: High-Slip braking is executed. Drive stops.
Open: Drive disabled.
If this input is opened during run, then the drive will stop as specified by
parameter b1-03.
Closed: Ready for operation.
Open: Maintains the current frequency reference.
Closed: Increases or decreases the frequency reference.
UP 2 and Down 2 commands must be set in combination with each other.
The frequency reference source must be assigned to the operator (b1-01 =
“0”).
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled
Closed: Normal operation
Open: Normal operation
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled
Open: Normal operation
Closed: Short-Circuit Braking
Open: Short-Circuit Braking
Closed: Normal operation
Direction of rotation detection (for V/f with Simple PG Feedback)
Reserved for DWEZ input functions
Open: DWEZ enabled
Closed: DWEZ disabled
O
O
O
O
194
194
O
O
O
194
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
9F
DriveWorksEZ enable
<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
No.
H2-01
H2-02
H2-03
378
Name
Description
Range
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs
Use H2 parameters to assign functions to the multi-function digital outputs.
Terminal MA, MB and MC Function
Selection (relay)
Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output
0 to 192
Terminal P1 Function Selection (openSettings on page 379 for a description of setting
<1>
collector)
values.
Terminal P2 Function Selection (opencollector)
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
E
A A A
40B
195
0
A A A
40C
195
2
A A A
40D
195
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
H2-06
Name
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
Description
Range
Sets the output units for the watt hours when
Watt Hour Pulse Output is selected as the digital
output (H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 = 39).
Outputs a 200 ms pulse signal when the watthour counter increases by the units selected.
0: 0.1 kWh units
1: 1 kWh units
2: 10 kWh units
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units
0 to 4
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
0
A A A
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
437
204
<1> The availability of certain functions depends on the control method used.
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Function
Description
During Run
Zero Speed
Closed: A Run command is active or voltage is output.
Closed: Output frequency is 0.
Closed: Output frequency equals the speed reference (plus or minus the hysteresis set
Speed Agree 1
to L4-02).
Closed: Output frequency and speed reference equal the value in L4-01 (plus or minus
User Set Speed Agree 1
the hysteresis of L4-02).
Closed: Output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis
Frequency Detection 1
determined by L4-02.
Closed: Output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-01, with hysteresis
Frequency Detection 2
determined by L4-02.
Closed: Drive Ready. The drive is powered up, not in a fault state, and in the Drive
Drive Ready
mode.
DC Bus Undervoltage
Closed: DC bus voltage is below the Uv trip level set in L2-05.
During Baseblock (N.O.)
Closed: There is no output voltage
External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the frequency reference
Frequency reference selection Open:
Closed: Digital operator supplies the frequency reference.
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the Run command
Run command selection
Closed: Digital operator supplies the Run command.
Closed: Output current/torque exceeds the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer
Torque Detection 1 (N.O.)
than the time set in parameter L6-03.
Frequency Reference Loss
Closed: Loss of the analog frequency reference detected. Enabled when L4-05 = 1.
Closed: Braking resistor or transistor is overheated or faulted out. This selection requires
Braking Resistor Fault
that braking resistor protection parameter be set for ERF (L8-01 = “1”).
Fault
Closed: Fault occurred (other than CPF00 and CPF01).
Set this value when the terminal is not used, or when using the terminal in the passNot used/Through Mode
through mode.
Minor Fault
Closed: An alarm is triggered.
Closed: The drive has received a reset command from the multi-function input terminals
Reset Command Active
or from serial network, or the digital operator RESET key has been pressed.
Timer output, controlled by b4-01 and b4-02. Used in conjunction with the digital input
Timer Output
(H1-oo = 18 “timer function”).
Speed Agree 2
Closed: When drive output frequency equals the frequency reference +/- L4-04.
Closed:
When the drive output frequency is equal to the value in L4-03 (plus or minus
User Set Speed Agree 2
L4-04).
Closed: When the drive output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-03 with
Frequency Detection 3
the hysteresis determined by L4-04.
Closed: When the output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03 with
Frequency Detection 4
the hysteresis determined by L4-04.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
O O O
O O O
195
196
O O O
196
O O O
196
O O O
197
O O O
197
O O O
198
O O O
O O O
198
198
O O O
198
O O O
198
O O O
198
O O O
199
O O O
199
O O O
199
O O O
199
O O O
199
O O O
199
O O O
199
O O O
199
O O O
200
O O O
200
O O O
201
379
Parameter List
H2-oo
Setting
Control
Mode
Pg.
V/ O
P
L
f V M
B
B.2 Parameter Table
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
H2-oo
Setting
Function
17
Torque Detection 1 (N.C.)
18
Torque Detection 2 (N.O.)
19
Torque Detection 2 (N.C.)
1A
1B
Reverse Direction
During Baseblock (N.C.)
1C
Motor 2 Selection
1E
1F
20
Restart Enabled
Overload Alarm oL1
oH Pre alarm
Mechanical Weakening
(N.O.)
22
2F
Description
Open: When the output current/torque exceeds the value set in parameter L6-02 for more
time than is set in parameter L6-03.
Closed: When the output current/torque exceeds the value set in parameter L6-05 for
more time than is set in parameter L6-06.
Open: Output current/torque exceeds the value set in parameter L6-05 for more time
than is set in parameter L6-06.
Closed: Drive is running in the reverse direction.
Open: Drive is in Baseblock condition. Output is disabled.
Control
Mode
Pg.
V/ O
P
L
f V M
O O O
198
O O O
198
O O O
198
O O O
O O O
201
202
Closed: Motor 2 is selected by a digital input (H1-oo = 16)
Closed: An automatic restart is performed
Closed: oL1 is at 90% of its trip point or greater.
Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the parameter L8-02 value.
O O
−
202
O O O
O O O
O O O
202
202
202
Closed: Mechanical Weakening detected.
O O O
202
<1>
Maintenance Period
Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay may O O O
require maintenance.
202
30
During Torque Limit
−
202
37
During Frequency Output
Closed: When the torque limit has been reached.
Open: No frequency output from drive if stopped, with baseblock, with DC injection
braking during initial excitation, or with short-circuit braking.
Closed: Drive is outputting a frequency
O O O
202
38
Drive Enable
O O O
203
39
Watt Hour Pulse Output
O O O
203
3C
LOCAL/REMOTE Status
O O O
203
3D
Speed Search
O O O
203
3E
PID Feedback Loss Low
O O O
203
3F
PID Feedback Loss High
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
<1>
<1>
90 to 92
−
O
O O O
203
KEB Operation
Short-Circuit Brake
During Fast-stop
oH Pre-alarm Time Limit
Closed: Multi-function input closes (H1-oo = 6A)
Output units are determined by H2-06, outputs 200 ms pulse for each incremented kWh
count.
Closed: LOCAL
Open: REMOTE
Closed: Speed search is being executed.
Closed: PID Feedback Loss Low.
PID feedback value is below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set in b5-14.
Closed: PID Feedback Loss High.
PID feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37.
Closed: KEB is being performed.
Closed: Short-Circuit Braking is active.
Closed: Fast-stop command is entered
Closed: oH Pre-alarm time limit is passed.
O O O
− − O
O O O
O O O
203
203
203
203
Braking Transistor Fault (rr)
Closed: The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.
O O O
203
Braking Resistor Overheat
(oH)
Closed: The dynamic braking resistor has overheated.
O O O
203
O O O
204
O O O
204
DWEZ Digital Outputs 1 to 3
Reserved for DWEZ digital output functions.
Reverse the output switching of the multi-function output functions. Set the last two
H2 Parameter Functions
digits of 1oo to reverse the output signal of that specific function.
100 to 192 Reversed Output Switching of Examples:
0 to 92
Setting “108” reverses the output of “During baseblock,” which is setting value 08.
Setting “14A” reverses the output of “During KEB operation”, which is setting “4A”.
<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
380
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
Description
H3-01
Terminal A1 Signal Level
Selection
H3-02
Terminal A1 Function
Selection
H3-03
Range
H3: Analog Inputs
Use H3 parameters to set the multi-function analog input terminals.
Sets the input level for terminal A1.
0: 0 to +10 V (lower limit)
0, 1
1: 0 to +10 V (no lower limit)
Sets the function of terminal A1.
0 to 31
When terminal A1 is not used or is used as a through terminal,
<1>
this parameter must be set to “F”.
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
0
A A A
410
204
0
A A A
434
205
Terminal A1 Gain Setting
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 10 V -999.9 to
is input at terminal A1.
999.9
100.0 A A A
%
411
205
<2>
Terminal A1 Bias Setting
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V
is input at terminal A1.
0.0% A A A
412
205
H3-09
Terminal A2 Signal Level
Selection
H3-10
Terminal A2 Function
Selection
<2>
H3-04
H3-11
-999.9 to
999.9
Sets the input signal level for terminal A2.
0 to 3
2
A A A
417
207
0: 0 to +10 V (with lower limit)
1: 0 to +10 V (no lower limit)
Use DIP switch S1 to set input terminal A2 for
2: 4 to 20 mA
a current or a voltage input signal.
3: 0 to 20 mA
Sets the function of terminal A2.
0 to 31
When terminal A2 is not used or is used as a through terminal,
0
A A A
418
207
<1>
this parameter must be set to “F”.
Terminal A2 Gain Setting
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V -999.9 to
(20 mA) is input at terminal A2.
999.9
100.0 A A A
%
419
207
<2>
Terminal A2 Bias Setting
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V
(0 or 4 mA) is input at terminal A2.
0.0% A A A
41A
207
H3-13
Analog Input Filter Time
Constant
A A A
41B
207
H3-14
Analog Input Terminal
Enable Selection
A A A
41C
209
H3-16
Terminal A1 Offset
A A A
440
209
H3-17
Terminal A2 offset
Sets the primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1 0.00 to 2.00 0.03 s
and A2. Used for noise filtering.
Determines which analog input terminal will be enabled when
a digital input programmed for “Analog input enable” (H1oo = C) is activated.
1, 2, 7
7
1: Terminal A1 only
2: Terminal A2 only
7: All terminals enabled
Enter a 0 V signal to terminal A1. Next adjust the offset in
H3-16 until the monitor U1-13 for the terminal A1 input
-500 to 500 0
voltage reads 0.0%. The process is the same for terminal A2.
Enter a 0 V signal, and adjust the offset for terminal A2 in
H3-17 until the monitor U1-14 for terminal A2 input voltage -500 to 500 0
reads 0.0%.
A A A
441
209
<2>
H3-12
<3>
<3>
<3>
-999.9 to
999.9
<1> The availability of certain parameters depends on the control method used.
<2> Parameter can be changed during Run.
<3> Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
H3-oo
Setting
Function
0
Frequency Bias
1
4
Frequency Gain
Auxiliary Frequency Reference (used as a
Multi-Step Speed 2)
Output Voltage Bias
7
Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Level
B
PID Feedback
2
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Pg.
Max output frequency (E1-04).
Same value can be set using H3-02 and H3-10.
10 V = 100%
O
O
O
208
O
O
O
208
Maximum output frequency (E1-04)
O
O
O
208
Motor rated voltage (E1-05).
Open Loop Vector: Motor rated torque
V/f Control: Drive rated current
10 V = 100%
O
–
−
208
O
O
O
208
O
O
O
208
Maximum Input Level Possible
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
381
Parameter List
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
B
B.2 Parameter Table
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
H3-oo
Setting
C
E
F
10
11
12
15
16
30/31
41
<1>
Function
Maximum Input Level Possible
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Pg.
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
−
−
−
−
O
O
208
208
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
−
−
209
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
PID Set Point
Motor Temperature (PTC input)
Not used/Through Mode
FWD Torque Limit
REV Torque Limit
Regenerative Torque Limit
FWD/REV Torque Limit
Differential PID Feedback
DWEZ Analog Input 1/2
10 V = 100%
10 V = 100.00%
Motor rated torque
Motor rated torque
Motor rated torque
Motor rated torque
10 V = 100%
Depending on function.
O
O
O
−
−
−
−
O
O
Output Voltage Gain
10 V = 100%
O
–
<1> Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
No.
Name
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs
Use H4 parameters to configure the multi-function analog output terminals.
H4-01
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog
output terminal AM.
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in 000 to 999
102
<1>
Uo-oo. For example, enter “103” for U1-03.
When using this terminal in through mode or when not using
it at all, set “000” or “031”.
H4-02
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM Gain
H4-03
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM Bias
<2>
<2>
H5-01
<3>
H5-02
H5-03
382
A
A
A
41D
210
Sets terminal AM output gain.
Maximum output voltage is 10 V.
-999.9 to 100.0 S
999.9
%
S
S
41E
210
Sets terminal AM output bias.
-999.9 to 0.0% A
999.9
A
A
41F
210
A
A
425
439
A
A
426
439
A
A
427
439
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Use H5 Parameters to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.
The settings for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications become effective when the drive is restarted.
Selects drive station node number (address) for MEMOBUS/
Drive Node Address
Modbus terminals R+, R-, S+, S-. Cycle power for the setting 0 to 20 H 1F A
to take effect.
Selects the baud rate for MEMOBUS/Modbus terminals R+,
R-, S+ and S-. Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
0 : 1200 bps
1 : 2400 bps
2 : 4800 bps
Communication Speed
3 : 9600 bps
0 to 8
3
A
Selection
4 : 19200 bps
5 : 38400 bps
6 : 57600 bps
7 : 76800 bps
8 : 115200 bps
Selects the communication parity for MEMOBUS/Modbus
terminals R+, R-, S+ and S-. Cycle power for the setting to
Communication Parity
take effect.
0 to 2
0
A
Selection
0: No parity
1: Even parity
2: Odd parity
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
Name
H5-04
Stopping Method After
Communication Error
H5-05
Communication Fault
Detection Selection
H5-06
Drive Transmit Wait Time
H5-07
RTS Control Selection
H5-09
CE Detection Time
H5-10
Unit Selection for
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Register 0025H
H5-11
Communications ENTER
Function Selection
H5-12
Run Command Method
Selection
H6-01
Pulse Train Input Terminal
RP Function Selection
H6-02
<2>
H6-03
<2>
H6-04
<2>
H6-05
<2>
H6-06
<2>
Description
Selects the stopping method when a communication time-out
fault (CE) is detected.
0: Ramp to stop
0 to 3
3
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast-stop
3: Alarm only
Enables or disables the communications time-out fault (CE)
detection.
0: Disabled
0, 1
1
1: Enabled - If communication is lost for more than two
seconds, a CE fault will occur.
Set the wait time between receiving and sending data.
5 to 65 5 ms
Selects "request to send" (RTS) control:
0: Disabled - RTS is always on.
0, 1
1
1: Enabled - RTS turns on only when sending.
Sets the time required to detect a communications error.
0.0 to 10.0 2.0 s
Adjustment may be need when networking several drives.
s
Selects the units used for MEMOBUS/Modbus register
0025H (Output Voltage Reference Monitor).
0, 1
0
0: 0.1 V units
1: 1 V units
Select the function for the enter command that saves
parameter data to the drive.
0: Parameter changes are activated when ENTER command
0, 1
1
is entered.
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without
ENTER command (compatible with Varispeed VS606-V7).
0: FWD/STOP, REV/STOP Method
0, 1
0
1: RUN/STOP, FWD/REV Method
H6: Pulse Train Input/Output
Use H6 parameters to configure Pulse Train I/O operation.
Selects pulse train input function.
0: Frequency reference
1: PID feedback value
0 to 3
0
2: PID setpoint value
3: V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback (can be set only when
using motor 1 in V/f Control)
Pulse Train Input Scaling
Sets the terminal RP input signal frequency that is equal to
100% of the value selected in H6-01.
Pulse Train Input Gain
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when a frequency
with the value set in H6-02 is input.
Pulse Train Input Bias
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when 0 Hz is
input.
Pulse Train Input Filter
Time
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant.
Select the pulse train monitor output function (value of the
o-oo part of Uo-oo).
Pulse Train Monitor Terminal Refer to U: Monitors on page 399 for the list of U monitors.
Example: To select U5-01, set “501. ”When not using this
MP Selection
parameter or when using in the through mode, set “000”.
<5>
H6-07
<2>
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Sets the terminal MP output signal frequency when the
value is 100%. Set H6-06 to 102 and H6-07 to 0 to
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling monitor
make the pulse train monitor output equal to the output
frequency.
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A
A
A
428
439
A
A
A
429
440
A
A
A
42A
440
A
A
A
42B
440
A
A
A
435
440
A
A
A
436
440
A
A
A
43C
441
A
A
A
43D
441
A
A
A
42C
211
<4>
1440 A
Hz
A
A
42D
211
0.0 to
1000.0
100.0 A
%
A
A
42E
211
-100.0 to 0.0% A
+100.0
A
A
42F
211
A
A
430
211
A
A
A
431
212
0 to 32000 1440
Hz A
A
A
432
212
0.00 to
2.00
0.10 s A
000, 031,
101, 102,
105, 116, 102
501, 502;
801 to 809
B
The availability of certain functions depends on the control method used.
Parameter can be changed during Run.
If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.
Default setting is determined by drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 100 to 32000 Hz
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
383
B.2 Parameter Table
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 1000 to 32000 Hz
<5> When set for sourcing, +5 V/1.5 kΩ or higher, +8 V/3.5 kΩ or higher, +10 V/10 kΩ or higher. When set for sinking, the external power supply
should be +12 Vdc, ±5% with 16 mA or less.
Note:
Cycle power to the drive to enable MEMOBUS/Modbus settings.
u L: Protection Function
L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, such as: control during momentary power loss, Stall Prevention,
frequency detection, fault restarts, overtorque detection, torque limits and other types of hardware protection.
No.
Name
L1-01
Motor Overload Protection
Selection
L1-02
Motor Overload Protection
Time
L1-03
Motor Overheat Alarm
Operation Selection (PTC
input)
L1-04
Motor Overheat Fault
Operation Selection (PTC
input)
L1-05
Motor Temperature Input
Filter Time (PTC input)
L1-13
Continuous Electrothermal
Operation Selection
L1-22
<16> <17>
L1-23
<16> <17>
384
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
L1: Motor Protection Functions
Use L1 parameters to configure motor protective functions.
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) based on the
cooling capacity of the motor.
0: Disabled
1: General Purpose Motor (Standard Fan Cooled)
2: Drive Dedicated Motor with a Speed Range of 1:10
1
3: Vector Motor with a Speed Range of 1:100
0 to 4; 6
<2>
4: PM Motor with Variable Torque
6: General Purpose Motor (50 Hz) <1>
Note: When using multiple motors the drive may not be able
to provide protection, even if overload is enabled in L1-01. Set
L1-01 to 0 and ensure each motor has separate thermal relays
installed.
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time.
A larger L1-02 time will increase the time for an oL1 fault to
8.0
occur.
0.1 to 20.0 min
This parameter does not typically require adjustment. Should
be set in accordance with the overload tolerance of the motor.
Sets operation when the motor temperature analog input
(H3-02/10 = E) exceeds the oH3 alarm level.
0: Ramp to Stop
0 to 3
3
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-stop using C1-09
3: Alarm Only (“oH3” will flash)
Sets stopping method when the motor temperature analog
input (H3-02/10 = E) exceeds the oH4 fault level.
0: Ramp to Stop
0 to 2
1
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-stop
This parameter adjusts the filter on the motor temperature
to 0.20 s
analog input (H3-02 or H3-10 = E). Increase to add stability, 0.00
10.00
decrease to improve response.
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
S
480
213
A A A
481
215
A A A
482
216
A A A
483
217
A A A
484
217
46D
217
768
217
769
217
S
S
Determines whether or not to hold the electrothermal value
when the power supply is interrupted.
0, 1
1
A A A
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Sets the time constant for reducing the sensitivity level when
detecting leakage current. Set in seconds and used when
Leakage Current Filter Time operating at constant speed.
0.0 to 60.0 20.0 s A A A
Constant 1
Note:
This parameter is available only when C6-02 is
set to B. To display this parameter, first set
C6-02 = B.
Sets the time constant for reducing the sensitivity level when
detecting leakage current. Set in seconds and used during
Leakage Current Filter Time acceleration and deceleration operation.
0.0 to 60.0 1.0 s A A A
Constant 2
Note:
This parameter is available only when C6-02 is
set to B. To display this parameter, first set
C6-02 = B.
L2: Momentary Power Loss
Use L2 parameters to configure drive functions for momentary power loss conditions.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
L2-01
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L2-05
<5>
L2-06
L2-07
L2-08
L2-11
<5>
L3-01
L3-02
Description
Enables and disables the momentary power loss function.
0: Disabled - Drive trips on (Uv1) fault when power is lost.
Momentary Power Loss
1: Power Loss Ride-Thru Time - Drive will restart if power
Operation Selection
returns within the time set in L2-02.
2: CPU Power Active - Drive will restart if power returns as
long as the CPU is working.
Momentary Power Loss Ride- Sets the Power Loss Ride-Thru time. Only effective when
Thru Time
L2-01 = 1.
Sets the minimum wait time for residual motor voltage decay
Momentary Power Loss
before the drive output reenergizes after power loss Ride-Thru.
If L2-03 is greater than L2-02, operation resumes after the time
Minimum Baseblock Time
set in L2-03.
Momentary Power Loss
Sets the time for the output voltage to return to the preset V/f
Voltage Recovery Ramp
pattern during Speed Search.
Time
Range
0 to 2
0
485
0.0 to 25.5
<3>
A A A
486
218
0.1 to 5.0
<4>
A A A
487
218
0.0 to 5.0
<3>
A A A
488
218
A A A
489
218
A A A
48A
220
A A A
48B
220
A A A
48C
221
150 to 400 E1-01 A A A
V
x 1.22
461
221
Sets the DC Bus undervoltage trip level. If this is set lower
<3>
than the default setting, additional AC input impedance or DC
150 to 210 <6>
bus reactance may be necessary.
This value is used for KEB activation if L2-01 > 0.
Sets
the time required to decelerate from the speed when KEB 0.0 to
KEB Deceleration Time
0.0 s
was activated to zero speed.
200.0
Sets the time to accelerate to the frequency reference when
momentary power loss is over.
0.0 to 25.5 0.0 s
KEB Acceleration Time
If set to 0.0, the active acceleration time (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05,
or C1-07) is used.
the percentage of output frequency reduction at the
KEB Start Output Frequency Sets
beginning of deceleration when the KEB function is started. 0 to 300 100%
Reduction
Reduction = (slip frequency before KEB) x (L2-08/100) x 2
Sets the desired value of the DC bus voltage during KEB.
Pg.
For a restart to occur, the run command 218
must be maintained throughout the RideThru period.
Undervoltage Detection
Level (Uv)
Desired DC Bus Voltage
during KEB
A A A
Addr.
Hex
L3: Stall Prevention Function
Use L3 parameters to configure the Stall Prevention function.
Selects the Stall Prevention method used to prevent excessive
current during acceleration.
0: Disabled - Motor accelerates at active acceleration rate. The
motor may stall if load is too heavy or accel time is too short.
Stall Prevention Selection
1: General Purpose - When output current exceeds L3-02 level, 0 to 2
<7>
during Acceleration
acceleration stops. Acceleration will continue when the output
current level falls below the L3-02 level.
2: Intelligent - The active acceleration rate is ignored.
Acceleration is completed in the shortest amount of time
without exceeding the current value set in L3-02.
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2.
0 to 150
Stall Prevention Level during 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
<18>
Acceleration
Decrease the set value if stalling or excessive current occurs
with default setting.
Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when
Stall Prevention Limit during Sets
operating in the constant power range. Set as a percentage of 0 to 100
Acceleration
the drive's rated current.
1
A A A
48F
221
<8>
<18>
A A A
490
222
50%
A A A
491
223
Parameter List
L3-03
Name
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
385
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
L3-04
Stall Prevention Selection
during Deceleration
L3-05
Stall Prevention Selection
during Run
L3-06
Stall Prevention Level during
Run
L3-11
ov Suppression Function
Selection
L3-17
<5>
Overvoltage Suppression and
Stall Prevention Desired DC
Bus Voltage
L3-20
Main Power Circuit Voltage
Adjustment Gain
L3-21
Accel/Decel Rate Calculation
Gain
L3-22
Deceleration Time at Stall
Prevention during
Acceleration
386
Description
Range
When using a braking resistor, use setting "0". Setting "3" is
used in specific applications.
0: Disabled - The drive decelerates at the active deceleration
rate. If the load is too large or the deceleration time is too short,
an ov fault may occur.
1: General Purpose - The drive decelerates at the active
deceleration rate, but if the main circuit DC bus voltage
reaches the Stall Prevention level, deceleration will stop.
Deceleration will continue once the DC bus level drops below
the Stall Prevention level.
0 to 4; 7
2: Intelligent - The active deceleration rate is ignored and the
<9>
drive decelerates as fast as possible without hitting ov fault
level. Range: C1-02 / 10.
3: Stall Prevention with Braking Resistor - Stall Prevention
during deceleration is enabled in coordination with dynamic
braking.
4: Overexcitation Deceleration - Decelerates with the flux
level determined by n3-13 (Overexcitation Gain).
7: Overexcitation Deceleration 3 - Applies more braking
power than normal overexcitation deceleration. Yaskawa
recommends extra caution due to the heavy load on the motor.
Selects the Stall Prevention method to use to prevent drive
faults during run.
0: Disabled - Drive runs a set frequency. A heavy load may
cause the drive to trip on an oC or oL fault.
1: Decel Time 1 - The drive will decelerate at Decel Time 1
(C1-02) if the output current exceeds the level set by L3-06.
Once the current level drops below the L3-06 level, the drive
0 to 2
will accelerate back to its frequency reference at the active
acceleration rate.
2: Decel Time 2 - Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates
at Decel Time 2 (C1-04).
When output frequency is 6 Hz or less, Stall Prevention during
run is disabled regardless of the setting in L3-05.
Enabled when L3-05 is set to "1" or "2". 100% is equal to the
30 to 150
drive rated current.
<18>
Decrease the set value if stalling or excessive current occurs
with the default settings.
Enables or disables ov suppression function, which allows the
drive to change the output frequency as the load changes, thus
preventing an ov fault.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0, 1
Note: The frequency reference and motor speed diverge as the
regenerative energy begins to flow back into the DC bus and
triggers the ov suppression function. Disable this function
when using a braking resistor.
Sets the desired value for the DC bus voltage during
150 to 400
overvoltage suppression and Stall Prevention during
V
deceleration. Enabled only when L3-04 = 2 or L3-11 = 1.
Sets the proportional gain used by KEB, Stall Prevention and
overvoltage suppression.
0.00 to
If ov or Uv1 occurs at the beginning of KEB deceleration,
5.00
slowly increase this setting by 0.1.
Sets the proportional gain used to calculate the deceleration
rate during KEB, ov suppression function and Stall Prevention
0.00 to
during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
This parameter does not typically require adjustment. Increase 200.00
the value in steps of 1.0 if overcurrent and overvoltage occur.
Sets the deceleration time used for Stall Prevention during
acceleration in Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors.
0.0 to
When set to 0, the drive decelerates at the normal deceleration 6000.0
time.
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
1
S
S
S
492
223
1
A
−
A
493
224
<8>
<18>
A
−
A
494
225
A A A
4C7
225
<6>
A A A
462
226
1.00
A A A
465
226
1.00
A A A
466
226
0.0 s
−
4F9
223
0
370 V
−
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
L3-23
L3-24
L3-25
L4-01
L4-02
Name
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A A Α
4FD
225
A A A
46E
226
A A A
46F
227
A A A
499
227
A A A
49A
227
These parameters configure the Multi-Function Output (H2- -400.0 to 0.0 Hz A A A
+400.0
oo = 13, 14, 15, 16) settings "Speed Agree 2", "User Set
Speed Agree 2", "Frequency Detection 3," or "Frequency
Detection 4".
Parameter L4-03 sets the level while parameter L4-04 sets the 0.0 to 20.0 2.0 Hz A A A
hysteresis for the Speed Detection Output Function.
49B
227
49C
227
A A A
49D
227
80.0% A A A
4C2
228
Description
Range
0: Sets the Stall Prevention level throughout the entire
frequency range to the value in parameter L3-06.
0, 1
0
1: Automatically lowers the Stall Prevention level in the
constant output range. The lower limit value is 40% of L3-06.
Sets the time needed to accelerate the uncoupled motor at rated
<4>
Motor Acceleration Time for torque from stop to the maximum frequency.
0.001 to <10>
Inertia Calculations
Setting the drive capacity to parameter o2-04 or changing
10.000
<11>
E2-11 will automatically set this parameter for a 4-pole motor.
0.0 to
Load Inertia Ratio
Sets the ratio between the motor and machine inertia.
1.0
1000.0
L4: Frequency Detection
Use L4 parameters to configure frequency detection operation.
Speed Agreement Detection These parameters configure the multi-function output (H20.0 to 0.0 Hz
Level
400.0
oo = 2, 3, 4, 5) settings "Speed Agree 1", "User Set Speed
Agree 1", "Frequency Detection 1," and "Frequency detection
Speed Agreement Detection 2".
Parameter L4-01 sets the level while parameter L4-02 sets the 0.0 to 20.0 2.0 Hz
Width
hysteresis for the Speed Detection Output Function.
Automatic Reduction
Selection for Stall Prevention
during Run
L4-03
Speed Agreement Detection
Level (+/-)
L4-04
Speed Agreement Detection
Width (+/-)
L4-05
Frequency Reference Loss
Detection Selection
L4-06
Frequency Reference at
Reference Loss
L4-07
Frequency Detection
Conditions
L4-08
Speed Agreement Detection
Conditions
L5-01
Number of Auto Restart
Attempts
L5-02
Auto Restart Operation
Selection
L5-04
Fault Reset Interval Time
L5-05
Fault Reset Operation
Selection
<12>
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Sets operation when the frequency reference is lost (reference
drops 90% or more within 400 ms).
0, 1
0: Stop - Drive will stop.
1: Run at L4-06 Level - Drive will run at the percentage set in
L4-06 of the frequency reference before loss.
Sets the frequency reference when a reference loss was
to
detected and L4-05 = 1. Reference will be: Fref = Fref at time 0.0
100.0
of loss x L4-06.
0: No detection during baseblock.
0, 1
1: Detection always enabled.
0: Match speed with the soft-starter output
1: Match frequency reference and motor speed
Note: In V/f Control, the drive ignores the value set to L4-08
0, 1
and refers to the soft-starter output to determine whether a
speed agree situation has been reached.
L5: Fault Reset
Use L5 parameters to configure Automatic Restart after fault.
Sets the counter for the number of times the drive attempts to
restart when one of the following faults occurs: GF, LF, oC,
oH1, ov, PF, rH, rr, oL1, oL2, oL3, oL4, STo, Uv1.
Parameter L5-05 determines the how the restart counter is
0 to 10
incremented.
When the drive operates without fault for 10 minutes, the
counter will be reset.
Sets fault contact (H2-oo = E) activation during automatic
restart attempts.
0: Fault output not active.
1: Fault output active during restart attempt.
Sets the amount of time to wait between performing fault
restarts. Enabled when L5-05 is set to 1.
Selects the method of incrementing the restart counter.
0: Continuously attempt to restart and increment counter after
successful restart (same as Varispeed VS616-F7/G7)
1: Attempt to restart with the interval time set in L5-04. Every
trial increments the counter. (same as Varispeed VS606-V7)
L6: Overtorque Detection
Use L6 parameters to configure overtorque detection.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
0, 1
0.5 to
600.0 s
0, 1
0
0
A A A
470
228
0
A A A
47F
228
0
A A A
49E
230
0
A A A
49F
230
10.0 s A A A
46C
231
467
231
0
A A A
387
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
L6-01
Torque Detection Selection
1
L6-02
Torque Detection Level 1
L6-03
Torque Detection Time 1
L6-04
Torque Detection Selection
2
L6-05
Torque Detection Level 2
L6-06
Torque Detection Time 2
388
Description
Selects the overtorque/undertorque operation. overtorque and
undertorque are determined by the settings in parameters
L6-02 and L6-03. The multi-function output settings (H2oo= B and 17) are also active if programmed.
0: Disabled
1: oL3 at Speed Agree - Alarm (overtorque detection only
active during Speed Agree and operation continues after
detection).
2: oL3 at RUN - Alarm (overtorque detection is always active
and operation continues after detection).
3: oL3 at Speed Agree - Fault (overtorque detection only active
during Speed Agree and drive output will shut down on an oL3
fault).
4: oL3 at RUN - Fault (overtorque detection is always active
and drive output will shut down on an oL3 fault).
5: UL3 at Speed Agree - Alarm (undertorque detection is only
active during Speed Agree and operation continues after
detection).
6: UL3 at RUN - Alarm (undertorque detection is always active
and operation continues after detection).
7: UL3 at Speed Agree - Fault (undertorque detection only
active during Speed Agree and drive output will shut down on
an oL3 fault).
8: UL3 at RUN - Fault (undertorque detection is always active
and drive output will shut down on an oL3 fault).
Sets the overtorque/undertorque detection level. 100% is equal
to the motor rated current in V/f Control and the motor rated
torque in Open Loop Vector Control.
Sets the length of time an overtorque/undertorque condition
must exist before Torque Detection 1 is triggered.
Sets the response to an overtorque/undertorque condition.
overtorque and undertorque are determined by the settings in
parameters L6-05 and L6-06. The multi-function output
settings (H2-oo = 18 and 19).
0: Disabled
1: oL4 at Speed Agree - Alarm (overtorque Detection only
active during Speed Agree and Operation continues after
detection).
2: oL4 at RUN - Alarm (overtorque Detection is always active
and operation continues after detection).
3: oL4 at Speed Agree - Fault (overtorque Detection only
active during Speed Agree and drive output will shut down on
an oL4 fault).
4: oL4 at RUN - Fault (overtorque Detection is always active
and drive output will shut down on an oL4 fault).
5: UL4 at Speed Agree - Alarm (undertorque Detection is only
active during Speed Agree and operation continues after
detection).
6: UL4 at RUN - Alarm (undertorque Detection is always
active and operation continues after detection).
7: UL4 at Speed Agree - Fault (undertorque Detection only
active during Speed Agree and drive output will shut down on
an oL4 fault).
8: UL4 at RUN - Fault (undertorque Detection is always active
and drive output will shut down on an oL4 fault).
Sets the overtorque/undertorque detection level. 100% is equal
to the motor rated current in V/f Control or PM OLV and equal
to the motor rated torque in Open Loop Vector Control.
Sets the length of time an overtorque/undertorque condition
must exist before torque detection 2 is recognized by the drive.
Range
0 to 8
0 to 300
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A A A
4A1
231
150% A A A
4A2
232
A A A
4A3
233
A A A
4A4
232
150% A A A
4A5
232
4A6
233
0
0.0 to 10.0 0.1 s
0 to 8
0 to 300
0
0.0 to 10.0 0.1 s
A A A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
Name
L6-08
Mechanical Weakening
(oL5) Detection Operation
L6-09
Mechanical Weakening
Detection Speed Level
L6-10
Mechanical Weakening
Detection Time
Mechanical Weakening
Detection Start Time
L6-11
L7-01
L7-02
L7-03
Forward Torque Limit
Reverse Torque Limit
Forward Regenerative
Torque Limit
L7-04
Reverse Regenerative Torque
Limit
Description
This function can detect an over/undertorque in a certain speed
range as a result of machine fatigue. It is triggered by a certain
operation time and uses the oL1 detection settings (L6-01 to
L6-02)
0: Mechanical Weakening Detection disabled.
1: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed
(signed) is greater than L6-09.
2: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed
(not signed) is greater than L6-09.
3: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed
(signed) is greater than L6-09.
0 to 8
4: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed (not
signed) is greater than L6-09.
5: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed
(signed) is less than L6-09.
6: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed
(not signed) is less than L6-09.
7: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed
(signed) is less than L6-09.
8: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed (not
signed) is less than L6-09.
Sets the speed that triggers mechanical weakening detection. -110.0 to
When L6-08 is set for an unsigned value, the absolute value is +110.0%
used even if the setting is negative.
Sets the time a mechanical weakening has to be detected before 0.0 to 10.0
an Alarm/Fault is triggered.
s
Sets the operation time (U1-04) that has to be passed before 0 to 65535
Mechanical weakening detection is active.
L7: Torque Limit
Use L7 parameters to configure the torque limit function.
Sets the torque limit value as a percentage of the motor rated 0 to 300
torque. Four individual quadrants can be set.
0 to 300
output torque
positive torque
L7-01
L7-04
motor
r/min
regeneration
REV
L7-07
L8-01
L8-02
Torque Limit Integral Time
Constant
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A A A
468
233
110% A A A
469
233
0.1 s
A A A
46A
234
0
A A A
46B
234
0
200% −
200% −
A
A
−
−
4A7
4A8
234
234
0 to 300
200% −
A
−
4A9
234
0 to 300
200% −
A
−
4AA
234
FWD
regeneration
L7-02
L7-06
Range
L7-03
negative torque
Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit.
5 to 10000
Selects the method of torque limit control during accel/decel.
0: Proportional Control (change to integral controls at fixed
speeds). Use this setting when acceleration to the desired speed
Torque Limit Control Method has priority over torque limitation.
Selection during Accel/
1: Integral Control. Use this setting if the torque limitation has
0, 1
Decel
priority.
When torque limit is applied to the motor, accel/decel time
may increase and motor speed may not meet the speed
reference.
L8: Hardware Protection
Use L8 parameters to configure hardware protection functions.
Selects the Braking resistor when using a 3% duty cycle
Internal Dynamic Braking
heatsink mounted braking resistor. This parameter does not
Resistor Protection Selection enable or disable the braking transistor of the drive.
0, 1
(ERF type)
0: Resistor overheat protection disabled
1: Resistor overheat protection enabled
When the heatsink temperature exceeds the value set in this 50 to 130
Overheat Alarm Level
parameter, an Overheat Alarm (oH) will occur.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
200
ms
−
A
−
4AC
234
0
−
A
−
4C9
234
0
A A A
4AD
235
<3>
A A A
4AE
235
Parameter List
No.
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
389
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
L8-03
Overheat Pre-Alarm
Operation Selection
L8-05
Input Phase Loss Protection
Selection
L8-07
Output Phase Loss Protection
Selection
L8-09
Output Ground Fault
Detection Selection
L8-10
Heatsink Cooling Fan
Operation Selection
L8-11
L8-12
Heatsink Cooling Fan
Operation Delay Time
Ambient Temperature Setting
L8-15
oL2 Characteristics Selection
at Low Speeds
L8-18
Soft Current Limit Selection
L8-19
Frequency Reduction Rate
during oH Pre-Alarm
L8-29
Current Unbalance Detection
(LF2)
L8-35
Installation Method Selection
L8-38
Carrier Frequency
Reduction
390
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Sets the drive operation when an overheat alarm oH is
detected.
0: Ramp to Stop using the active decel time.
1: Coast to Stop.
2: Fast-stop using the time set in C1-09.
0 to 4
3
3: Alarm Only. Drive continues running, but displays an alarm.
4: Reduced Speed Operation. Drive continues to run with
reduced frequency reference as specified in L8-19.
Settings 0 through 2 trigger a fault relay if the heatsink
becomes too hot.
Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply
voltage imbalance, or main circuit electrolytic capacitor
deterioration.
0, 1
1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Note: This parameter is disabled in 200 V single-phase drives.
Selects the output phase loss detection.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss)
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
0 to 2
1
Output phase loss is detected when operating with less than
5% of the drive rated current. Detection can mistakenly occur
if the motor is small relative to the drive capacity rating (this
parameter should be disabled in such cases).
Selects the output ground fault detection.
<3>
0: Disabled
0, 1
1: Enabled
Controls the heatsink cooling fan operation.
0: Run with timer (Fan operates only during run and for L8-11
seconds after stop.)
0, 1
0
1: Run always (Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is
powered up.)
This parameter sets the delay time for the cooling fan to shut 0 to 300 60 s
off after the run command is removed when L8-10 = 0.
Used to input the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the -10 to 50 40 °C
drives oL2 detection level.
Sets the oL2 characteristics at output frequencies below 6 Hz.
0: No oL2 level reduction below 6 Hz.
0, 1
1
1: oL2 level is reduced linearly below 6 Hz. It is halved at 0
Hz.
Selects the software current limit function. Typically no
adjustment is required.
<15>
0, 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Specifies the frequency reference reduction gain at overheat 0.1 to 1.0 0.8
pre-alarm when L8-03 = 4.
Selects the detection of unbalanced output currents caused by
faulty devices in the output circuit.
0, 1
1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Selects the installation type:
0: IP20/Open-Chassis Drive, IP00/Open-Chassis Drive
2
1: Side-by-Side Mounting
0 to 3
<13>
2: NEMA Type 1 Drive
3: Finless Drive or External Heatsink Installation
Provides protection to the IGBTs by reducing the carrier
frequency at low speeds.
<3>
0: Disabled
0 to 2
1: Enabled below 6 Hz
2: Enabled for the whole speed range
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A A A
4AF
235
A A A
4B1
236
A A A
4B3
236
A A A
4B5
237
A A A
4B6
237
A A A
4B7
237
A A A
4B8
237
A A A
4BB
237
A A
−
4BE
238
A A A
4BF
236
−
A
4DF
238
Α Α A
4EC
238
A A A
4EF
238
−
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
L8-40
L8-41
L8-51
<14>
L8-54
<14>
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>
<12>
<13>
<14>
<15>
<16>
<17>
<18>
Name
Description
Sets the time for that the drive continues running with reduced
frequency after the carrier reduction condition has gone
Carrier Frequency Reduction carrier
(see also L8-38).
Time
A setting of 0.00 s disables the carrier frequency reduction
time.
Configures an alarm when the output current exceeds 150% of
drive rated current.
High Current Alarm Selection the
0: Alarm disabled.
1: Alarm enabled.
Sets the STo detection level as a percentage of the motor rated
current.
STo Fault Detection Level
Increase this value to detect pull-out more quickly during
acceleration. The drive calculates this value automatically
when L8-51 is set to 0.0%.
STo Deviation Detection
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
0.00 to
2.00
0.50
0, 1
0
0.0 to
150.0%
0, 1
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A A A
4F1
239
A A A
4F2
239
0.0%
–
–
A
471
239
1
–
–
A
474
239
Setting 6 available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection. The value shown is for A1-02 = 0-V/f Control.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection and C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter E1-01, Input Voltage Setting.
Setting value 2 is not available A1-02 = 5-PM OLV Control. When enabled, the drive stops accelerating when it exceeds the value of L3-02, Stall
Prevention Level. The drive decelerates after 100 ms and begins accelerating again after restoring the current level.
Default setting value is 120% when C6-01 is set to 1 (ND) and 150% when C6-01 is set to 0 (HD).
The setting range depends on the control mode set in A1-02. For PM OLV Control the setting range is 0 to 2 and 7.
Default setting value is dependent on parameter E5-01, Motor Code Selection.
Parameter value is changed if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization, A1-03 = 1110, 2220, 3330.
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later. There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value.
Default setting is determined by drive software version and C6-02 setting. Drive software versions PRG: 1021 and later have a default setting of 0
when the carrier frequency is set for Leakage Current Rejection PWM (C6-02 = B), and 1 when C6-02 is set to any other value.
Parameter can be changed during Run.
Available in drive software versions PRG: 1021 and later.
The default setting and the upper limit of the setting range are determined by C6-01, Drive Duty Mode, and L8-38, Carrier Frequency Reduction
Selection.
u n: Advanced Performance Set-Up
No.
n1-01
Name
Description
Range
n1: Hunting Prevention
Use n1 parameters to configure hunting prevention operation.
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, Hunting Prevention
reduce the vibration.
Hunting Prevention Selection may
0: Disabled
0, 1
1: Enabled
When quick response is needed disable Hunting Prevention.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
Parameter List
The n parameters are used to adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as hunting prevention, speed feedback
detection, high-slip braking and R1 online tuning.
B
1
A
−
−
580
240
391
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
n1-02
Hunting Prevention Gain
Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and n1-01 = 1,
increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
If the motor stalls while n1-01 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1
until the stalling ceases.
0.00 to
2.50
1.00
A
−
−
581
240
n1-03
Hunting Prevention Time
Constant
Sets the time constant used for hunting prevention.
0 to 500
<1>
A
−
−
582
240
n1-05
Hunting Prevention Gain
while in Reverse
n2-01
n2-02
n2-03
n3-01
n3-02
n3-03
n3-04
n3-13
n3-21
n3-23
n6-01
392
Sets the gain used for Hunting Prevention.
to
When set to 0, the gain n1-02 is used for operation in reverse 0.00
0.00 A − −
530
240
2.50
direction.
n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control Function
Use n2 parameters to configure the Speed Feedback Detection Control function operation.
Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the 0.00 to
<8>
− A −
584
240
automatic frequency regulator (AFR).
10.00
Speed Feedback Detection
This parameter does not typically require adjustment. Adjust
Control (AFR) Gain
this parameter as follows:
Adjust the setting by 0.05 units at a time, while
If hunting occurs, increase the set value.
checking the response.
If response is low, decrease the set value.
Speed Feedback Detection
0 to 2000 50 ms − A −
585
241
Control (AFR) Time Constant Sets the AFR time constant 1.
Speed Feedback Detection
Sets the AFR time constant 2. Increase the setting if
Control (AFR) Time Constant overvoltage occurs during sudden load changes or the speed 0 to 2000 750
ms − A
2
overshoots during fast acceleration.
n3: High-Slip Braking
Use n3 parameters to configure the high-slip braking function.
Sets the output frequency reduction step width when the drive
High-Slip Braking
stops the motor using high-slip braking (HSB).
Deceleration Frequency
1 to 20
5% A −
If Overvoltage (ov) faults occur during HSB, this parameter
Width
may need to be increased.
Sets the current limit during HSB. Higher n3-02 settings will
High-Slip Braking Current
shorten motor stopping times but increase the motor current, 100 to 200 150% A −
Limit
and therefore motor heating.
Sets the time the drive will run with minimum frequency
(E1-09) at the end of deceleration.
If this time is set too low, the machine inertia can cause the 0.0 to 10.0 1.0 s
motor to rotate slightly after HSB completion.
Sets the time required for an HSB overload fault (oL7) to occur
High-Slip Braking Overload when the drive output frequency does not change during an 30 to 1200 40 s
Time
HSB stop. This parameter does not typically require
adjustment.
Applies a gain to the V/f pattern during deceleration (L3-04 =
4).
Returns to normal values after ramp to stop or at reOverexcitation Deceleration acceleration.
1.00 to
1.10
Gain
1.40
To increase the braking power of overexcitation, increase the
gain by 1.25 to 1.30.
If overcurrent or overload occur during high-slip deceleration,
High-Slip Suppression
reduce the high-slip suppression current level. Set as a
0 to 150 100%
Current Level
percentage of the drive rated current.
0: Enabled in both directions
Overexcitation Operation
1: Enabled only when rotating forward
0 to 2
0
Selection
2: Enabled only when in reverse
n6: Online Tuning of Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Use n6 parameters to adjust the motor line-to-line resistance while the drive is online.
Tunes the line-to-line motor resistance continuously during
Line-to-Line Motor
operation.
0, 1
1
Resistance Online Tuning
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
n8: Permanent Magnet (PM) Motor Control
Use n8 parameters to control the PM motor control.
High-Slip Braking Dwell
Time at Stop
−
586
241
−
588
241
−
589
242
A
−
−
58A
242
A
−
−
58B
242
A A
−
531
242
A A
−
579
242
A A
−
57B
242
−
−
570
243
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
n8-45
n8-47
n8-48
<2>
Name
Speed Feedback Detection
Control Gain
Description
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control.
This parameter does not typically require adjustment.
Increase this setting if hunting occurs.
Decrease to lower the response.
Sets the time constant to make the pull-in current and actual
Pull-In Current
current value agree.
Compensation Time Constant Decrease the value if the motor begins to oscillate.
Increase the value if it takes too long for the current reference
to equal the output current.
Defines the amount of current provided to the motor during
no-load operation at a constant speed.
Pull-In Current
Set as a percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this
setting when hunting occurs while running at a constant speed.
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
0.00 to
10.00
0.80
−
−
0.0 to
100.0 s
5.0 s
−
<3>
30%
<4>
0%
n8-49
d-Axis Current for HighEfficiency Control
n8-51
Sets the pull-in current during acceleration as a percentage of
Acceleration Pull-In Current the motor rated current (E5-03). Set to a high value when more 0 to 200% 50%
starting torque is needed.
Sets the time constant for voltage error compensation. Adjust
value when hunting occurs at low speed.
0.00 to
Voltage Error Compensation the
Increase
in steps of 0.1 or disable the compensation by setting 10.00 s 1.00 s
Time Constant
n8-45 to 0 when hunting occurs with sudden load changes or
when oscillations occur at start.
Sets the ratio between motor and machine inertia.
0: less than 1:10.
Load Inertia
1: between 1:10 to 1:30.
0 to 3
0
2: between 1:30 to 1:50.
3: higher than 1:50.
Sets the limit for the output voltage. Adjustment is normally
0.0 to
200
Output Voltage Limit
needed only if the input voltage is below the n8-62 set value.
230.0
Vac
In this case set n8-62 to the input voltage.
<2>
n8-54
n8-55
n8-62
<5>
Sets the amount of d-Axis current when using Energy Saving
control.
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A
538
243
−
A
53A
243
−
−
A
53B
243
−
−
A
53C
243
−
−
A
53E
244
−
−
A
56D
244
−
−
A
56E
244
−
−
A
57D
244
n8-63
Output Voltage Limit Gain
1
Sets the gain used for output voltage limit.
0.00 to
100.00
1.00
–
–
A
57E
245
n8-65
Speed Feedback Detection
Control Gain during ov
Suppression
Sets the gain used for internal speed feedback detection during
ov Suppression
0.00 to
10.00
1.50
−
−
A
65C
245
0.50 to
1.50
0.95
–
–
A
237
245
–
A
2BC
245
–
A
2BD
245
–
A
2BE
245
<6>
<7>
n8-68
<6>
n8-87
<6>
n8-88
<6>
n8-89
<6>
Output Voltage Limit Gain 2 Sets the voltage detection level adjustment gain.
Determines the method of the output voltage limit.
0: Feedback method
0, 1
0
–
1: Feed forward method Use the feed forward method if
oscillation occurs in the constant output range.
Sets the current level to switch the output voltage limit
Output Voltage Limit
sequence. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current
0 to 400% 400% –
Switching Current Level
(E5-03).
Output Voltage Limit
Determines the hysteresis of the current level to switch the
0 to
Switching Current Hysteresis output voltage limit sequence. Set as a percentage of the motor
3% –
[n8-88]
Width
rated current (E5-03).
Output Voltage Limit
Selection
n8-90
Output Voltage Limit
Switching Speed
Sets the speed level to switch the output voltage limit sequence.
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). 0 to 200% 200% –
–
A
2BF
245
n8-91
Id Limit for Output Voltage
Limit Control
Sets the amount of pull-in current that flows through the motor
while operating at constant speed. Set as a percentage of the
motor rated current (E5-03). Increase this setting if hunting
occurs at constant speed.
–
A
2F7
246
<6>
<6>
-200 to
0%
-50% –
<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Parameter can be changed during Run.
<3> Setting range varies depending on drive software version. Software versions PRG: 1018 and later disable pull-in current when n8-48 = 0 and allow
this parameter to be changed during run.
PRG: 1018 and later: 0% or 20 to 200%
PRG: 1017 and earlier: 20 to 200%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
393
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
B.2 Parameter Table
<4> Setting range varies depending on drive software version. Software versions PRG: 1018 and later allow this parameter to be changed during run.
PRG: 1018 and later: -200.0 to 200.0%
PRG: 1017 and earlier: -200.0 to 0.0%
<5> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<6> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later. There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value.
<7> Parameter available in drive software versions PRG: 1011 and later.
<8> Default setting is determined by drive model.
Models BA0001 to BA0012, 2A0001 to 2A0020, and 4A0001 to 4A0011: Setting 1.00.
Models BA0018, 2A0030 to 2A0069, and 4A0018 to 4A0038: Setting 1.50.
u o: Operator Related Parameters
o parameters are used to set up the LED digital operator displays.
No.
o1-01
<1>
o1-02
<1>
o1-03
Name
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
o1: Display Settings
Use o1 parameters to configure the digital operator display.
<2>
Switches the display after the power has been turned on. When
106 A A A
500
using an LED operator, pressing the up arrow key will display
the following data:
Drive Mode Unit Monitor
frequency reference → rotational direction → output
Set to U1-06 as a default (Output Voltage 247
Selection
frequency → output current → output voltage → U1-oo.
Reference).
(This is done by entering the 1oo part of U1-oo. Certain
monitors are not available in some control modes.)
Selects the information that is displayed when the power is
turned on.
Frequency Reference (U1-01)
User Monitor Selection After 1:
2: Forward/Reverse
1 to 5
1
A A A
501
247
Power Up
3: Output Frequency (U1-02)
4: Output Current (U1-03)
5: User Monitor (set by o1-01)
Sets the units to display the frequency reference and output
frequency.
0: Hz
Digital Operator Display
1: % (100% = E1-04)
0 to 3
0
A A A
502
247
Selection
2: r/min (enter the number of motor poles into E2-04/E4-04/
E5-04)
3: User defined by parameters o1-10 and o1-11
o1-05
<1>
<7>
o1-10
o1-11
o2-01
o2-02
394
LCD Contrast Control
Sets the brightness of the optional LCD operator.
0 to 5
Frequency Reference Setting These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 1 to 60000
and User-Set Display
3.
o1-10 sets display values when operating at the maximum
Frequency Reference
output frequency.
0 to 3
Setting / Decimal Display
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal positions.
o2: Operator Keypad Functions
Use o2 parameters to configure LED digital operator key functions.
Enables/Disables the digital operator LO/RE key.
LO/RE Key Function
0: Disabled
0, 1
Selection
1: Enabled
STOP Key Function
Selection
Enables/Disables the operator panel STOP key when the drive
is operated form external sources (not operator).
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0, 1
3
A A A
504
248
<3>
A A A
520
248
<3>
A A A
521
248
1
A A A
505
248
1
A A A
506
248
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
o2-03
o2-04
<4>
o2-05
o2-06
o2-07
o2-09
o3-01
o3-02
o4-01
o4-02
o4-03
o4-05
o4-07
o4-09
Name
Description
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Allows storing of parameter settings as a User Initialization
Selection (value 1110 for A1-03). The value returns to 0 after
entering 1 or 2.
User Parameter Default Value 0: No Change
0 to 2
0
1: Set Defaults - Saves current parameter settings as user
initialization.
2: Clear All - Clears the currently saved user initialization.
Sets the drive model.
<5>
Drive Model Selection
This parameter only needs to be set when installing a new
0 to FF
control board. Do not change for other reason.
Selects if the ENTER key must be pressed when inputting the
frequency reference by the operator keypad.
0: Data/Enter key must be pressed to enter a frequency
Frequency Reference Setting reference.
0, 1
0
Method Selection
1: Data/Enter key is not required.
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference
is changed by the UP or DOWN keys on the digital operator.
The ENTER key does not need to be pressed.
Sets drive action when the digital operator is removed in
Operation Selection when
LOCAL mode or with b1-02 = 0.
0, 1
0
Digital Operator is
0: The drive will continue operation
Disconnected
1: The drive will trigger a fault (oPr) and the motor will coast
to stop
0: Forward
Motor Direction at Power Up 1: Reverse
0, 1
0
when Using Operator
This parameter requires that drive operation be assigned to the
digital operator.
–
Factory use.
–
–
o3: Copy Function
Use o3 parameters to Read, Copy and Verify the parameter settings to and from the drive.
0: Copy select
1: INV → OP READ (Read parameters from the drive, saving
them onto the digital operator.)
2: OP → INV WRITE (Copy parameters from the digital
Copy Function Selection
operator, writing them to the drive.)
0 to 3
0
3: OP → INV VERIFY (Verify parameter settings on the drive
to check if they match the data saved on the operator.)
To read the drive parameter settings into the digital operator,
set o3-02 to 1 (to allow reading).
Locks the READ operation to prevent accidental overwriting
of the data stored in the LED operator.
Copy Allowed Selection
0, 1
0
0: READ operation prohibited
1: READ operation allowed
o4: Maintenance Period
Use o4 parameters to perform maintenance.
Accumulated Operation Time Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive 0 to 9999
0
Setting
in units of 10 h.
Determines, how the cumulative operation time (U4-01) is
Accumulated Operation Time counted.
0: Logs power-on time
0, 1
0
Selection
1: Logs operation time when the drive output is active (output
operation time).
Cooling Fan Operation Time Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units 0 to 9999
0
Setting
of 10 h. <6>
Capacitor Maintenance
Sets the value of the capacitor maintenance time monitor
0 to 150
0%
Setting
U4-05.
DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay
Sets the value of the Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance 0 to 150
0%
Maintenance Setting
monitor U4-06.
IGBT Maintenance Setting Sets the value of the IGBT Maintenance monitor U4-07.
0 to 150
0%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
A A A
507
249
A A A
508
249
A A A
509
249
A A A
50A
250
A A A
527
250
–
–
A A A
515
—
A A A
516
—
A A A
50B
251
A A A
50C
251
A A A
50E
251
A A A
51D
251
A A A
523
251
A A A
525
252
–
–
–
395
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
Description
o4-11
U2, U3 Initialization
o4-12
kWh Monitor Initialization
o4-13
Number of Run Commands
Initialize Selection
Range
0: U2-oo and U3-oo monitor data are not reset when the
drive is initialized using A1-03.
1: U2-oo and U3-oo monitor data are reset when the drive
is initialized using A1-03. (The value of o4-11 is automatically
returned to 0.)
0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data are not reset when the drive
is initialized using A1-03.
1: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data are reset when the drive is
initialized using A1-03. (The value of o4-12 is automatically
returned to 0.)
0: U4-02 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized
using A1-03.
1: U4-02 monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized
using A1-03. (The value of o4-13 is automatically returned to
0.)
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
0, 1
0
A A A
510
252
0, 1
0
A A A
512
252
0, 1
0
A A A
528
252
<1> Parameter can be changed during run.
<2> Setting range is determined by drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 104 to 810
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 104 to 621
<3> Default setting value is dependent on parameter o1-03, Digital Operator Display Selection.
<4> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization, A1-03 = 1110, 2220, 3330
<5> Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<6> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1011 and later. Parameter o4-03 is set in 10 h units. When o4-03 = 30, the operation time for the cooling
fan will start counting from 300 hours, and monitor U4-03 will display “300 H”. Earlier software versions set o4-03 in 1 h units.
<7> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1022 and later.
u q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters
No.
Name
q1-01 to DriveWorksEZ
q6-07 Parameters
Description
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ.
Range
Def.
Control
Mode
V/ O
P
L M
f V
-
-
A A Α
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
-
—
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
u r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters
No.
r1-01
r1-02
r1-03
r1-04
r1-05
r1-06
r1-07
396
Name
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 1 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 1 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 2 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 2 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 3 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 3 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 4 (upper)
Description
Parameter 1 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 1 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 2 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 1 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 1 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 3 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 4 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0
–
A A
1840
—
0
–
A A
1841
—
0
–
A A
1842
—
0
–
A A
1843
—
0
–
A A
1844
—
0
–
A A
1845
—
0
–
A A
1846
—
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
No.
r1-08
r1-09
r1-10
r1-11
r1-12
r1-13
r1-14
r1-15
r1-16
r1-17
r1-18
r1-19
r1-20
r1-21
r1-22
r1-23
r1-24
r1-25
r1-26
r1-27
r1-28
r1-29
r1-30
r1-31
r1-32
r1-33
r1-34
r1-35
Name
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 4 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 5 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 5 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 6 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 6 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 7 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 7 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 8 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 8 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 9 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 9 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 10 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 10 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 11 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 11 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 12 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 12 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 13 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 13 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 14 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 14 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 15 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 15 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 16 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 16 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 17 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 17 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 18 (upper)
Description
Parameter 4 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 5 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 5 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 6 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 6 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 7 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 7 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 8 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 8 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 9 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 9 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 10 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 10 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 11 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 11 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 12 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 12 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 13 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 13 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 14 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 14 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 15 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 15 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 16 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 16 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 17 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 17 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 18 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Range
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
0
–
A A
1847
—
0
–
A A
1848
—
0
–
A A
1849
—
0
–
A A
184A
—
0
–
A A 184BH
—
0
–
A A
184C
—
0
–
A A
184D
—
0
–
A A
184E
—
0
–
A A
184F
—
0
–
A A
1850
—
0
–
A A
1851
—
0
–
A A
1852
—
0
–
A A
1853
—
0
–
A A
1854
—
0
–
A A
1855
—
0
–
A A
1856
—
0
–
A A
1857
—
0
–
A A
1858
—
0
–
A A
1859
—
0
–
A A
185A
—
0
–
A A
185B
—
0
–
A A
185C
—
0
–
A A
185D
—
0
–
A A
185E
—
0
–
A A
185F
—
0
–
A A
1860
—
0
–
A A
1861
—
0
–
A A
1862
—
397
Parameter List
B.2 Parameter Table
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
r1-36
r1-37
r1-38
r1-39
r1-40
Name
Description
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 18 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 19 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 19 (lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 20 (upper)
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameter 20 (lower)
Parameter 18 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 19 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 19 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Parameter 20 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (upper).
Parameter 20 for connecting DriveWorksEZ (lower).
Range
Control
Mode
Def.
V/ O
P
L M
f V
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
0 to
FFFFH
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
0
–
A A
1863
—
0
–
A A
1864
—
0
–
A A
1865
—
0
–
A A
1866
—
0
–
A A
1867
—
Addr.
Hex
Pg.
u T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance
Control
Mode
No.
Name
Description
Range
Def.
1, 2
1
T1-00
Selects which set of motor parameters are used and set during
Auto-Tuning. If Motor 2 selection (H1-oo = 16) is not selected,
this parameter will not be displayed.
Motor Selection 1/2
1: Motor 1 (sets E1-oo, E2-oo)
2: Motor 2 (sets E3-oo, E4-oo. This selection is not displayed
if motor 2 has not been selected.)
T1-01
Auto-Tuning Mode
Selection
Selects the Auto-Tuning mode.
0: Rotational Auto-Tuning
2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control (necessary for Energy
Savings and Speed Estimation type Speed Search)
T1-02
Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (kW).
Note: If motor power is given in horsepower, power in kW can be
calculated using the following formula: kW = HP x 0.746.
T1-03
Motor Rated Voltage Sets the motor rated voltage in volts (V).
T1-04
Motor Rated
Current
Sets the motor rated current in amperes (A).
T1-05
Sets the base frequency of the motor in Hertz (Hz).
T1-06
Motor Base
Frequency
Number of Motor
Poles
T1-07
Motor Base Speed
Sets the base speed of the motor in revolutions per minute r/min
0 to 24000
(RPM).
Provides the iron loss for determining the Energy Saving
coefficient.
The value set to E2-10 (motor iron loss) when the power is cycled. 0 to 65535
If T1-02 is changed, an initial value valid for the selected capacity
will be shown.
<4>
T1-11
Motor Iron Loss
Sets the number of motor poles.
0, 2, 3
<1>
<2>
0.0 to
255.5
V/ O
P
L M
f V
A A
−
700
106
2 or 3 in
V/f
0 or 2 in A A
OLV
2 in
Motor 2
−
701
106
A A
−
702
106
200.0 V A A
−
703
107
−
704
107
−
705
107
<3>
10 to 200%
of drive
<3>
A A
rated
current
0.0 to
60.0 Hz A A
400.0
2 to 48
4
A A
−
706
107
1750 r/
min
A A
−
707
107
A
−
70B
107
14 W
−
These values differ depending on the
motor code value and motor
parameter settings.
<1> The available tuning methods depend on control mode. Select values 2 or 3 in V/f Control, 0 or 2 in OLV control, and 2 for Motor 2 control.
<2> Setting range varies depending on drive software version.
PRG: 1016 and later: 0.03 to 650.00 kW
PRG: 1015 and earlier: 0.00 to 650.00 kW
<3> Default setting value is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<4> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
398
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
u U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other information about drive operation.
No.
Name
Description
Control
Mode
Analog Output Unit
Level
V/ O
P
L M
f V
U1-01
Frequency Reference
U1-02
Output Frequency
U1: Operation Status Monitors
Use U1 monitors to display the operation status of the drive.
10 V: Max
Monitors the frequency
frequency
Displays the output frequency. Display units are determined 10 V: Max
by o1-03.
frequency
U1-03
Output Current
Displays the output current.
U1-04
Control Mode
U1-05
Motor Speed
Control method set in A1-02.
0: V/f without PG
2: Open Loop Vector (OLV)
5: PM Open Loop Vector (PM)
Displays the motor speed feedback. Display units are
determined by o1-03.
U1-06
Output Voltage Reference
Displays the output voltage.
U1-07
DC Bus Voltage
Displays the DC bus voltage.
U1-08
Output Power
Displays the output power (this value is determined
internally).
U1-09
Torque Reference
Monitor of internal torque reference value for Open Loop
Vector (OLV) control
Displays the input terminal status.
10 V: Drive rated
current
No output signal
available
Addr.
Hex
0.01
Hz
0.01
Hz
0.01
A
A A A
40
A A A
41
<1>
<2>
A A A
42
–
A A A
43
–
–
44
A A A
45
A A A
46
A A A
47
–
–
48
A A A
49
10 V: Maximum
0.01
speed
Hz
10 V: 200 Vrms
0.1 V
(400 Vrms)
10 V: 400 V (800 1 V
V)
10 V: Drive
capacity (kW)
<1>
(rated motor
capacity)
10 V: Motor rated
–
torque
A
A
Digital input terminal
S1 enabled
Digital input terminal
S2 enabled
U1-10
Input Terminal Status
Digital input terminal
S3 enabled
Digital input terminal
S4 enabled
No output signal
available
–
Digital input terminal
S5 enabled
Digital input terminal
S6 enabled
Parameter List
Digital input terminal
S7 enabled
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
399
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
Description
Control
Mode
Analog Output Unit
Level
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
Displays the output terminal status.
U1-11
Output Terminal Status
Multi-Function
Digital Output (fault)
(terminal MA/MB-MC)
Multi-Function
Digital Output 1
(terminal P1) enabled
Multi-Function
Digital Output 2
(terminal P2) enabled
No output signal
available
–
A A A
4A
No output signal
available
–
A A A
4B
0.1% A A A
0.1% A A A
0.01 A A A
Hz
4E
4F
Verifies the drive operation status.
During run
During zero-speed
During REV
U1-12
Drive Status
During fault reset
signal input
During speed agree
Drive ready
During alarm
detection
During fault detection
U1-13
U1-14
U1-16
Terminal A1 Input Level
Terminal A2 Input Level
Output Frequency after Soft
Starter
Displays analog input A1 level: 100% when input is 10 V.
Displays analog input A2 level: 100% when input is 10 V.
Displays output frequency with ramp time and S-curves.
Units determined by o1-03.
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
10 V: Max
frequency
U1-18
oPE Fault Parameter
Displays parameter no. for oPEoo or Err where error
occurred.
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.
No output signal
available
–
A A A
61
No output signal
available
–
A A A
66
1 Hz A A A
7D
53
CRC Error
Data Length Error
U1-19
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error
Code
Not Used
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timed Out
Not Used
U1-24
Input Pulse Monitor
U1-25
Software No. (Flash)
U1-26
Software No. (ROM)
U1-27
Operator Message ID
U1-28
Drive Message ID
U2-01
Current Fault
400
Displays the Pulse Train input RP frequency.
32000
No signal output
Flash ID
avail.
No signal output
ROM ID
avail.
Displays the numeric code of the remote operator (for use by No signal output
the manufacturer).
avail.
Displays the numeric code of the drive (for use by the
No signal output
manufacturer)
avail.
U2: Fault Trace
Use U2 monitors to view fault trace data. <3>
No signal output
Displays the current fault.
avail.
–
A A A
4D
–
A A A
5B
–
A A A
7A8
–
A A A
7A9
–
A A A
80
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
Name
Description
Addr.
Hex
–
A A A
81
0.01
Hz
0.01
Hz
A A A
82
U2-04
Frequency Reference at
Displays the frequency reference at the previous fault.
Previous Fault
Output Frequency at Previous Displays the output frequency at the previous fault.
Fault
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
A A A
83
U2-05
Output Current at Previous
Fault
No signal output
avail.
<1>
<2>
A A A
84
U2-06
Motor Speed at Previous Fault Displays the motor speed at the previous fault.
0.01
Hz
−
−
85
U2-07
Output Voltage at Previous
Fault
DC Bus Voltage at Previous
Fault
Output Power at Previous
Fault
Torque Reference at Previous
Fault
Input Terminal Status at
Previous Fault
Output Terminal Status at
Previous Fault
Drive Operation Status at
Previous Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at Previous Fault
Soft Starter Speed Reference
at Previous Fault
Motor q-Axis Current at
Previous Fault
Motor d-Axis Current at
Previous Fault
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
0.1 V A A A
86
U2-02
Previous Fault
U2-03
U2-08
U2-09
U2-10
U2-11
U2-12
U2-13
U2-14
U2-15
U2-16
U2-17
Displays the previous fault.
Displays the output current at the previous fault.
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
Displays the output power at the previous fault.
Displays the torque reference at the previous fault.
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault.
Displayed as in U1-10.
Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the
same status displayed in U1-11.
Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous
fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-12.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
Displays the run speed after a soft start when a previous fault
occurred. Displayed as in U1-16.
Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
U3: Fault History
Use U3 monitors to display fault data.
1V
A A A
87
0.1
kW
A A A
88
0.1% −
Α
−
89
–
A A A
8A
–
A A A
8B
–
A A A
8C
1H
A A A
8D
0.01
%
0.10
%
0.10
%
A A A
7E0
A A A
7E1
−
A A
7E2
–
A A A
–
A A A
–
A A A
–
A A A
90
(800)
91
(801)
92
(802)
93
(803)
–
A A A
804
–
A A A
805
–
A A A
806
–
A A A
807
–
A A A
808
–
A A A
809
1h
A A A
94
(80A)
<3>
U3-01
Most Recent Fault
Displays the most recent fault.
U3-02
2nd Most Recent Fault
Displays the second most recent fault.
U3-03
3rd Most Recent Fault
Displays the third most recent fault.
U3-04
4th Most Recent Fault
Displays the fourth most recent fault.
U3-05
5th Most Recent Fault
Displays the fifth most recent fault.
U3-06
6th Most Recent Fault
Displays the sixth most recent fault.
U3-07
7th Most Recent Fault
Displays the seventh most recent fault.
U3-08
8th Most Recent Fault
Displays the eighth most recent fault.
U3-09
9th Most Recent Fault
Displays the ninth most recent fault.
U3-10
10th Most Recent Fault
Displays the tenth most recent fault.
U3-11
Cumulative Operation Time
at Most Recent Fault
Displays the cumulative operation time at the most recent
fault.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
A
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
No signal output
avail.
401
Parameter List
No.
Control
Mode
Analog Output Unit
Level
V/ O
P
L M
f V
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
U3-12
Cumulative Operation Time
at 2nd Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 3rd Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 4th Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 5th Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 6th Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 7th Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 8th Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 9th Most Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation Time
at 10th Most Recent Fault
U3-13
U3-14
U3-15
U3-16
U3-17
U3-18
U3-19
U3-20
U4-01
<7>
U4-02
U4-03
<5> <8>
U4-04
U4-05
Description
Control
Mode
Analog Output Unit
Level
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Displays the cumulative operation time at the second most No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the third most
No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the fourth most No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the fifth most
No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the sixth most
No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the seventh most No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the eighth most No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the ninth most
No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
Displays the cumulative operation time at the tenth most
No signal output
recent fault.
avail.
U4: Maintenance Monitors
Use U4 monitors to display drive maintenance information.
Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The
value for the cumulative operation time counter can be reset
Accumulated Operation Time in parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the No signal output
operation time should start as soon as the power is switched
on or only while the run command is present. The maximum avail.
number displayed is 99999, after which the value is reset to
0.
Displays the number of times the run command is entered.
the number of run commands using parameter o4-13. No signal output
Number of Run Commands Reset
This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after
avail.
reaching 65535.
Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan.
The default value for the fan operation time is reset in
signal output
Cooling Fan Operation Time parameter o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting No
avail.
again after reaching 99999. <4>
Displays main cooling fan usage time in as a percentage of
Cooling Fan Maintenance
their expected performance life. Parameter o4-03 can be used No signal output
avail.
to reset this monitor.
Displays main circuit capacitor usage time in as a percentage No signal output
Capacitor Maintenance
of their expected performance life. Parameter o4-05 can be avail.
used to reset this monitor.
Addr.
Hex
1h
A A A
1h
A A A
1h
A A A
95
(80B)
96
(80C)
97
(80D)
1h
A A A
80E
1h
A A A
80F
1h
A A A
810
1h
A A A
811
1h
A A A
812
1h
A A A
813
1h
A A A
4C
–
A A A
75
1h
A A A
67
1%
A A A
7E
1%
A A A
7C
Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a
percentage of the estimated product life. Parameter o4-07 can
be used to reset this monitor.
Displays IGBT usage time as a percent of expected
performance life. Parameter o4-09 can be used to reset this
monitor.
No signal output
avail.
1%
A A A
7D6
No signal output
avail.
1%
A A A
7D7
Heatsink Temperature
Displays the heatsink temperature.
10 V: 100 °C
1 °C
A A A
68
U4-09
LED Check
No signal output
avail.
–
A A A
3C
U4-10
kWh, Lower 4 Digits
kWh A A A
5C
U4-11
kWh, Upper 5 Digits
Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is
working properly.
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9
digit number displayed across two monitor parameters,
U4-10 and U4-11.
Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-10: 678.9 kWh
U4-11: 12345 MWh
MWh A A A
5D
U4-06
<5>
U4-07
<5>
U4-08
<6>
402
Soft Charge Bypass Relay
Maintenance
IGBT Maintenance
No signal output
avail.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
Name
Description
U4-13
Peak Hold Current
Displays the peak hold current during run.
No signal output
avail.
U4-14
Peak Hold Output
Frequency
Motor Overload Estimate
(oL1)
Displays the output frequency when operating at the peak
hold current.
No signal output
avail.
100% = oL1
detection level
U4-16
U4-18
U4-19
U4-20
U4-21
U4-22
U4-23
100% = oL1 detection level
Displays the source for the frequency reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-15)
Y-nn: indicates the reference source
0-01 = Operator (d1-01)
Frequency Reference Source 1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
Selection
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
2-02 to 17 = Multi-step speed (d1-02 to 17)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus comm.
4-01 = Option
5-01 = Pulse Input
6-01 = CASE
7-01 = DWEZ
Frequency Reference from
Displays the frequency reference provided by MEMOBUS/
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Modbus (decimal).
the frequency reference input by an option card
Option Frequency Reference Displays
(decimal).
Displays the source for the Run command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Run source is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-16)
Y: Input power supply data
0 = Operator
1 = External terminals
2 = Not used
3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4 = Option
5 = Not used
6 = CASE
7 = DWEZ
nn: Run command limit status data
00: No limit status.
Run Command Source
01: Run command was left on when stopped in the PRG
Selection
mode.
02: Run command was left on when switching from LOCAL
to REMOTE operation.
03: Waiting for the soft charge bypass contactor after the
power is switched on (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 seconds).
04: Waiting for “Run Command Prohibited” time period to
end.
05: Fast-stop (digital input (H1-oo = 15), operator)
06: b1-17 (run command given at power-up).
07: During Baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Frequency reference is below minimal reference during
Baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
10: Run command was switched on while copying
parameters
Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications Reference communications register No. 0001H as a 4 digit hexadecimal
number.
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a 4 digit
Option Card Reference
hexadecimal number.
U5: PID Monitor
Use U5 monitors to view application-specific settings.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
Addr.
Hex
0.01
A
A A A
7CF
0.01
Hz
A A A
7D0
0.1% A A A
7D8
<2>
–
–
A A A
7DA
–
–
A A A
7DB
–
–
A A A
7DD
–
–
A A A
7DD
–
–
A A A
7DE
–
–
A A A
7DF
403
Parameter List
No.
Control
Mode
Analog Output Unit
Level
V/ O
P
L M
f V
B
B.2 Parameter Table
No.
Name
Description
Control
Mode
Analog Output Unit
Level
V/ O
P
L M
f V
Addr.
Hex
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
A A A
57
A A A
63
A A A
64
A A A
65
A A A
7D2
0.01
%
A A A
7D3
U5-01
PID Feedback
Displays the PID feedback value in.
U5-02
PID Input
Displays the amount of PID input (deviation between PID
target and feedback).
U5-03
PID Output
Displays PID control output.
U5-04
PID Setpoint
Displays the PID setpoint.
U5-05
PID Differential Feedback
U5-06
PID Adjusted Feedback
Displays the 2nd PID feedback value if differential feedback
is used.
Displays the difference of both feedback values if differential
feedback is used (U5-01) - (U5-05).
If differential feedback is not used, then U5-01 and U5-06
will be the same.
U6: Control Monitor
Use U6 monitors to display drive control information.
U6-01
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq).
10 V: 100%
0.1% A A A
51
U6-02
10 V: 100%
0.1% −
A A
52
−
−
54
0.1% A
−
−
55
A A
59
Output Voltage Reference
(Vd)
Output voltage reference (Vd). (d-axis)
0.1
Vac
0.1
Vac
−
U6-06
10 V: 100%
(max. freq.)
10 V: 100%
(max. freq.)
10 V: 200 V
(400 V)
10 V: 200 V
(400 V)
0.1% A
U6-05
Motor Excitation Current (ld) Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current
(Id).
Displays the ASR input value if V/f Control with Simple PG
ASR Input
Feedback is enabled.
Displays the ASR output value if V/f Control with Simple
ASR Output
PG Feedback is enabled.
Output voltage reference (Vq) Output voltage reference (Vq). (q-axis)
−
A A
5A
U6-07
q-axis ACR Output
0.1% −
A
−
5F
U6-08
d-Axis ACR Output
0.1% −
A
−
60
U6-20
Frequency Reference Bias
(Up/Down 2)
U6-21
Offset Frequency
Displays the current control (ACR) output of for the motor
10 V: 100%
secondary current (Iq).
Displays the current control (ACR) output of for the motor
10 V: 100%
excitation current (Id).
Displays the bias value used to adjust the frequency
10 V: max.
reference.
frequency
The total value of the offset frequencies d7-01, d7-02 and
10 V: max.
d7-03 selected with digital inputs 44 to 46 is displayed.
frequency
Monitors reserved for use by the communication option card.
Monitor content varies based on the communication option No signal output
connected to the drive.
avail.
Refer to the instruction manual for the option card for more
information..
U8: Custom Monitors for DriveWorksEZ
U8 monitors are reserved for DriveWorksEZ
–
A A A
7B0 to
7F9
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
Α A Α
1950
A A A
1951
A A A
1952
A A A
1953
A A A
1954
A A A
1955
A A A
1956
U6-03
U6-04
U6-80 to Option Monitors 1 to 20
U6-99
10 V: 100%
(max. freq.)
U8-01
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 1.
–
U8-02
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 2.
–
U8-03
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 3.
–
U8-04
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 4.
–
U8-05
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 5.
–
U8-06
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 6.
–
U8-07
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 7.
–
404
0.1% A A A
7D4
0.1% A A A
7D5
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Table
Description
Control
Mode
Analog Output Unit
Level
V/ O
P
L M
f V
No.
Name
U8-08
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 8.
–
U8-09
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 9.
–
U8-10
–
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ, Monitor 10.
–
0.01
%
0.01
%
0.01
%
Addr.
Hex
A A A
1957
A A A
1958
A A A
1959
Parameter List
<1> Display is in the following units: BA0001 to BA0018, 2A0001 to 2A0040, and 4A0001 to 4A0023: 0.01 A units.
2A0056 to 2A0069, 4A0031 to 4A0038: 0.1 A units.
<2> U1-03, U2-05, and U4-13 display monitor contents in amp units. When reading the value of these monitors via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of
8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization, A1-03 = 1110, 2220, 3330
<4> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1011 and later. Maximum value is 65536 in drive software versions PRG: 1010 and earlier.
<5> When this value reaches 100%, the maintenance period has been reached for the component in question and the drive is at risk of faulting out due
to component failure. Periodically check the maintenance monitors to avoid this situation.
<6> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1011 and later.
<7> MEMOBUS/Modbus communications data is in 10 h units. If data in 1 h units are also required, refer to register 0099H.
<8> MEMOBUS/Modbus communications data is in 10 h units. If data in 1 h units are also required, refer to register 009BH.
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710606 18E YASKAWA AC Drive – V1000 Technical Manual
405
B.3 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
B.3 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
The tables below list parameters that depend on the control mode selection (A1-02 for motor 1, E3-01 for motor 2). These
parameters are initialized to the shown values if the control mode is changed.
u A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters
Table B.1 A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Parameter
Description
Control Modes (A1-02)
Setting Range
Resolution
V/f (0)
OLV (2)
PM (5)
0 to 200
1%
120
100
–
b3-02
Speed Search deactivation current
b3-08
Current Control Gain during Speed Search (Speed
Estimation Type)
0.00 to 6.00
–
0.50 <1>
0.50 <1>
0.30
b8-02
Energy Saving gain
0.0 to 10.0
0.1
–
0.7
–
C2-01
S-curve time at acceleration start
0.00 to 10.00
0.01 s
0.20
0.20
1.00
C3-01
Slip compensation gain
0.0 to 2.5
0.1
0.0
1.0
–
C3-02
Slip compensation time constant
0 to 10000
1 ms
2000
200
–
C4-01
Torque compensation gain
0.00 t